. = - ~ Dal

Pb SPS Sl Sot dh Po ee Pe oe . fot :

wl a el tee Pp ee ¥? 4 ~+ ;

ee ee ee 483 4 on ws =

= .s.. Se et CEC ‘ of

SF iP oo” . ’ ) 4 _ t a, Py of +

Pe Pes So Enea ry ILIA,

sy er a he ok : i - : -

4 f;* ~ yp 4 aA AS " Ded nh rah vs ee a 2 ag tae nee

pe nd oe SF ie ee be be oe y Sh a ee 8 ee 6.43.4

Sw ot Bt US Yr ‘ - a a Ss he 4-6

~ebae Se "a a5 ye ee oe a ave ew

Te ee et ed ee el ed lk ek be ee oo ten teas ae te

~ poy Sead St 4468 B48 Pa at oe ee |

AAs ~ Oe ee ee ee +2 2%

> aw DH) - .- ee eee ee eee * « @.¢ 4.4 _«

4 tA > etele s @ Ce |

| a et A ja s 8S EA MSBP 74 44 4

ye pt ot as yyy. AA A OS «48 .

Le rd wits

. _ rr a c

of et oe 44 par al Pe we) a a, St ee Se a o°u"

Pa PS PS Pt PDF SILI Io aa!

Fa 4 A ~ yp ee ee eee 34

2 4.4.6 4.4468.8 3 © 46 3 8 “a ~~ Po Wl oF oP Fie ~ 4

2 et ot SP 4-4-3 ad ee ee a Ss eS we et 2_¢ 77

e.8 .4 4 . se ae 8 ee ee ae * o.4

re Se 4-0 4 & & 4 * . . cS

i oe os 6.% © @ 4.%8_% as

43 ; COG eee eae e & + v.44 & BE+ 6 & a)

PF FoF Pe od tgs a ee ek

+s . » +s

Ye PEF SEPP re #_@-8-5_3_60-8 366-8

“a eee +4 «4-4 6 4 6 a)

SAK KN KKK CRBS 4 vse w @ ~ @

pl Twig op oe P onus ion é é 4 . vee ee ew ‘+4 # © + % #5;

. + ~* » ”- a & * ¢ 9-4.-@ #_0. 6-& *-« *5 -

oe 6 oh Se we ee ee 2 w_ es =

a 2% 4m 6 4h DK . o.1

edad - & “ 7 7 ‘ s- pa*

.* “—- * « - 4 * ‘

el oe het ta he ae WS Se oh ye tet al oe a a 1 *

SHAHN DEMME J : = 4

gf SPgt SPA SAQA AADC ANNAAR DEM BAN ES oe

OP Pe i ee ee) - * 4

ae 4A Aw A 6S aes as

+’ SS. a4 SC ABM EAA BATH BRD GAH es

- ea a ee eee bed 7.

. oa a a” Ce ee ee ee bo 4

A 4 3-4 8-6 BARK A RM DB CM RE RS +

Hae ee ae ee ee ee ee a ee , +.

ak Ppt PF FP Py Ne Pah uh ot Ne ae ong ee ee ee ?

ms is aw roe

PI SF PP PP PP Lo oh Fol oh oF PE EEA os

a ee eS 2 <-%- 6 £8 9 © SESH ES EHS OS = : f ot

6.9 U6 4-0 6-4 © 6. tt @e D6 6h § 6 HEE EA G & em See ee NN SS - 7 < * 4

+88 Nie OME ES GAS DORM ' - . ‘

~~ Se ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ae ee ee ee att : ss

fsa 4 fa SOS a ag tates Ce Oe ee ‘= 4 = ee ee

eS ee ae es ee ee ee i & 4% SZ OS OH : es

FAN FP td een oP el ke PP Pe +4 F 804 o 4 4.

Paws ok at oF et So ee ey a J oe ee ee ee ee ee ee ae Oe ee $44

SF ee ee ae Be Oe ae ee es as ae ee ee ee ee ey = oe

Pas a od pS nF ad Pt oF pt yl ot pe oP ot Fete 2A Pee wee Se @T4 Cb eT 8 6-84 Pog

~ ~ ‘ . e

‘, ears ASA AS Fig AGO A AI APS oa"

3. - > »

PoP PPI PP ot PPP Fk Pe Poll ot et ee oe

Pe et OP ras oh Py ee Fle ES vt So BS CMA G6 BH CMAN

TARGA AEA 4 SE @ 2 9d A te am ee :

4 Po eS oP yt PP EPS PF Pu - * 4

4 2 4-@ 4-66-8648 SS 6S 6 HH 8S SS 8 A DSO 444. EN SS OO KS we avwaee

SEP CH SMS ETO SS SCO a Feo M ABE MABE DA AA A es © «064

AAD? 4 4 Ee be ee Oe Be Ae ee oe ee ee ea eee cave ae “<8

fs SA Ashi sts SASS St A FAA AAA SAA SP TES TEER Se SS Fi a N64 SE 48 Oe 04H DORE S

—t B54 4-9-4645 44 § 54 4S Sth B61 HN eS hb 4_ 6 0.a-¢ 3.6 ON BO Ow

Cee ee a ee ae er wed BF pw pe es pe at ee a ea PPP te ry & 4 a 4 a a s eet aww Ge He dtee es CH dE BG t-2 4.8

“ ~ : s- -t.+ «a * ~~ « - + s* oa

44 ad at ae pt ok a et ee ee Pl ie pt ot a 44 2B 4 EE 4 4-44 EA 4444 4AN GAS C6 OS C4 +d OED BE SH 6 0-4-4 4-8-4 4

4 ry ew Pea* 75356 Pi ad ae ad pel al oP he =. PS PP ob eh pe te pod ot tis het OPO ASA Pos E C. 9662. F FO 2 neg

: ~ : pe . 4 . * .

ee ee Aa, Fo at ata tite ta Pd Sia tes Po SF pl ol PoP el ea ¥, PP a Po BSS SF A fA A SPAN Nf est? A 4 a .

=; >) - = " * » be 2 ~ @- F @ 4

6. 8-4-8 6-04-84. -3-3-5 3 '9 10 0 ee ee ee ee +a a ed ee ee ee ee ae ee +e ews

4a°s* 3 Fr ad we ee pe Sy ie pb oe ple pe PS ge ee ee ot ee ie As of oF a oP PP Wee z oe 4 ys sa & +35 4 © te Fs

- + = 7 = ’ «~ «= _-*- i J se * - oo 4-83 £4 & © ©

fA, Asti ats Asst 4-4 4-2-6 ¢- 4 -3-@ @ 4 4-4-4 £4 6.5 HOE 4% EAS 64S 4 66 8 See PNT OCS CCC ee see Hee CS

aA i a2 4d 644 GABA CSG 45 46 8444 4 6-4-6 4S 6 EEA SEG EARS 54 4 eR AHS Cee ae Be wew tse

22 tt 4.6 0,5 6 2 EtOH SERA LEAS COR SERD EAE EEE D SDDS EEL OE OW O86 eee wes

a he <5 PASSESAEP AS Sse as ete%s Cpt eo oe ee ek ak EE FT Eke gf ne et Be ot Pg i Fy

wo . a a a q J ”~ .- »- +s w= & .

a 4-8 eis =~ oe ae PP et et oe Br SS A BHA OSE EAR BA BAA MAK § BEE: ‘4 : + 6 46 © 64 6 wt

+ = “<“—@ t2 © @ 44 4 S14 S48 A 4-@ 4 ER BAARAD @ BAL HN EE KERE EE ES Mt tb ee ee Aa ee ieee Ce eet Bete sere

4. ts 24 bt 66 4-6-4645 54442-6483 4-4-4 4-4 4 4-6-5 4 EE CE MAM GEA GK ES ON 88S Oe ee ee ke e+ 5 6+ 8 6H 44S HAE SG

| DBF * 2-4 S46 AAA @ 8 44-4 QE SE SE AAS EE EE EE GE CERAM ENE HARE SY vee ee ee ee ee

4.8 4-4-@ 4.4 € SHEA SAN NOE ECA Hg AOC BAPE AG EEAAMK M4 64S DE 68S KS Oe A x a aes e+ @NscHeiges8E

jb SE iG sD S-% 6.44 6 £4 GA SG 4G 4 4 4 GA 4 ENE SAMAK BENE BAKE HNN YS CHEESE ES wee wv «swe ‘oo

TA 4 Ott 44 4 4-4-4 8-4 -@ 6S 4 4 6 4-6 - OA D4A EARS 4 44M HHS SD 6464S BES F088 SC CA 4 AEE ERS CEA EEE EHS SE HS “#26 we

44.32 4:44 444% 4 44 4 4 « 4 A. 6-4 © 5.1.8 4 8.6 4 4D AS 62 CSCC CNS EEBRUCHRECKH DH ED 4 oe¢vwwtrs ta

4.4 ~@ €.9. 8 2 ¢€ 4-@ 4-9 6 A443 8-8 4 044-4 ORK BAKA NN EE 6 88 SE DEA 4 EOE 68 CO OEE BOCES SS jeunes

e864 es Ce oe ee ee 2 ee ee ee St 8 CBRE BR AEH 4.4 44 SEH ©THE ABA LC HAE HE HBRO eeeaeecuas

6 5 5 @-4 5 @ 4 Bw O 4 4H 4 8 4.4 8 4 © A 6 AS 8 DEES BEEBE ESAS $4 DHEC ER ES + w 6

¢ 36s * Ss @ Se ee ei BP sais steers ia® ee ee ee ee ee ee eee “swe cae

s2¢€ ss S-).@ 4-8-4 -4 4. @ @ 6-4 €-% 4-4 4 4 44H £64 4444 % 4.4 4448 S48 8&6 t+ 64 4 @ 4 OS O2 4 ENDBA CEO 4 > ov ¥-8.4- F ©

oi a ww arena ee EAA AAN-826 64 E4 ENG EAHEA GEER EE 4 EES €ES 66d eH OHS 6 OA 4 eas oe S&S wo ewe

eis eye PF neat pi ats gaa? iste AA SIS AA AFA AS ASSET AEE SE ggg $493 AA SNP ASAP ES ee ¢ 6 5-9 #7

> r . .* ~o 2 - so * _* 2 4 . ewvwaéd < .

Fitts ite tS AF AAA AA AP A A ESA EEE TD ER EP EPR OS ON at oo su ~ «6

¢ @-& 4 4.4 € 4&2 © .) OF Af 8 2 8 4 8 4B 6 ED AE EEK EAD ON € 4 46 EG HS » ee es = w oe , 2 ¢ 4 © % ©

= SS gts fs st Seats Se he ee eee a ee re 0.6 6 3 8 @¢ 4 GS O88 << -w 4 < 4 4 ¢* © eH : ~-@ 6 ¢ ws

eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ae 4474384 6K AA DAE SHRUB AG 6H 4 4 ORK ELSE H GEL HERMES HE : +s @ eH Os

zas a3 ee a ee ee ee ee 65.4.6 4 £4 BH EN GAGE EE®E 64 SH 4% OY FC KE HH 4 BAD 4AM DN “~~ 4 © 4 «

* + i@#as ‘ 4.6 4 6 84 8 TESS EEE NK ERE AHKAKRAK EDR GEHASALR EC 4 S 25 Ww 8h 4 © ERK HKE SE EHH a 8s ee ee vw es

ae 408-6 0 tH #2 54D 64 EEG HED UHMEET ESE BB EBR EDGAR ES 66 44 04 HS 4S Es owe ee awe eee

Sis 5-@--4 4-@ 4 3 44 4 GAG 4-6 «6-6 4 4 i -t-6 4-4-4 4 0 6-5 C44 GF E4DARA THA KES OSD OHS % eseue eee eos

a4 ; 5-6 4-44-44 G45 64.646 2 GAN GARE TABI ED LDYES A MAH 4D 4 SY ee a oe ‘ v S-& “e » © «& # a 4

oe eee ee ee ee ee © CABA4EA-S4EC4LBRRMHEAMB AA EEA BAKKE BRDSLE GELS BH %-< oe ee ee Merwe vets

4c eu P 00-6 -4 -6 6 -8-@ 1-6-4 6 €5:4 S4E SE ERBA ESE C4 CKAMEKRA#A TC UAHK SDE KEW SA ERMDEM DEY P 4 +h eee s+ te 44 Oe

S.4 4-4 = oT 464 AAA 48 SAAC EREBAGMABAM EE HEAR RK KE 6 MAMDMA EBD KO HS eww @# t¢ 4 «

6 8% © © 46% 85 -O 64 CE AAA NAA DAA EA CA BEZHA BARA SM HS 5H HEN ee ea a Sse Oe ow ¢ oH

7. 4 © 2.8 4 4 $4 -4 4 4 A AMA6 Sd 4-444 CREE EEA BZAAZGE AR GEDA BA 4 CE OES €.B KR 4KSE 4 OS “#8

aes é_« tO fF 5 48 4 4 8 COREE HH CECB CERHEHAE RESCH KAK KANE CHOKE KYM OR ae + -s «

o-€ ¢ 6-4-2 © & i_4-4_€_46 4.8 4 6-4.4 4-6 484-6 4-4 4-4-4 +4 -5 @-@-6 64-4 4-5. 4 6-44 84 @ G46. 46.6 FN 6 46-6 & 6-0 ee ee ee ee

4-6-6 t_8-4-6 5-6 i. 6 3 44 64-444 64656 5 @ 2 444.9 8-6.0-4-4-4 £4.48 SH 4 4 HOS re ee ee ee ee 7 Cee Fe ew

O88 geist tt AA ASA AAS A448 484664 64 S64 G41 G4 6 4 BS eS 4 eS 6 8 8 ae ea ee a jae ave

* @ 6 + &¢ € §.5 5 § % OA 8 AEE FE EEGHEEEAKR EK EEE HHH LDR SOY B 2% MES 4 & CA O2wWevtweuw @ & eH eo cmt © 4%

Ott gt et ttt ttt 1 AA B48 5 28 86S 8 6 8 8a mS 6 eh ER NS RS 8 ee ke a See et suw

6 S$ G4 -q SO At NS 68 4-8-8 SD 6-6 GK BEE EHEEBDAEERREBAKEA HBR KE KDE RED ON 6S OM UY BS eS i ee ee ee

555908 448 5? 2 gt Ait Gt Ae + fA 5A 44 46 4 EA ES eR 4 ee 8 ae Ak a eS “@we #@# ©

_¥_4 2- 6.55 5 @ *_¢f. 7 S-§-5 $8666 % @ 464 4H CK 4EKEG HAVER BCA E Sia CHADS wee AS ‘ewe @

‘-¢-4 #3 _-@ -8 ; J w 4-8-4 HON TEER ESM DTM Ca GN ew wet ow + we a

@ #_*_f 2 s eat FT GBS 4'ASTHRPSULAR EE &EAAAKAEEALS LSZH K CE RHDOR 4 OS # 7 4

is @e<¢éits <.@ <4 PAA SANBAG GAA AIA AMA AEE OCR Sh ae Ee ES ws So i+w 64 4%

oe 3 § vs € aa 9 4 4-4-4 6-1 44 @ 4G. 4 6-44-44 EG a. 48 4 4 oe «2 Se wwe See ee

POPS edt ek et ak te ad de a ee dF ee ee te ot er or at et ee tN 8 CHA OBE HAT HTH HDS & . . .

S&S 4 4 ME Ett 4 GE HEEB EE EECCA EC KRAKE MBE AER CH 4 44 Fh 4S AS HEROD E SDA DME ~+ 0 & .

| -&. 6 6-30 6-4 4+ © S3H A 4 44% 6-4 BAG EP 44 44D ee ee oe ee ee ee ae a ee ee “w& ~v *#

SG 16-46 4 §-4—8-+ G44 8H i § § 64 S-4 4 A C.BAGZA EA TENG 6 OH re vo Ses ye

| +S @-S 2-5 69H. 9 4D 8444 E EK 41 5 BE ee ee ee ee ee ee ee a ee ee +a fae OH HS «ew Feuer

6 -@_4 1-34 ¢ $5 44 6 GhHA ES H4 4 GDH EH a ee ee ee ee ee ee oe ee U-3 OH 449 4 BETS EK HH EH ~v.Gwues «

gt 44 6 6 46 8-6-6464 6S S4 GAD E TAD HA BEEREPR RL A DAK OK GS av4e4et @ We ++@ wets see © 4 @ - ese ewe 6 Se ew

SSF A-EEAH6ESHE HEEL AGES ESE CHUL AA $3 4S 8G ETE D HAD EEE * © &% A HE w WS oe SCOP TES Hee ern ewer ead «#

b V8.6 0 8 8 6-8 2 N SE UEGHEDEAKSE ONE GAASERACTAN ATSC. EES SD a ee ae ee ee a ae

a S81 8 6 68 4 A OS BEES 4 ESHA GCHECD EL DHS 4 48 He UD 4 BS a | eves STR OW OHH i ie i i

bt 8 6-0 46 4-6-4646 -4 @ DCE S48 85 AMA Oe Ke KS 46 tw eo + we i ee ee ee ee ee ee

8. GF A SE @ 46 G4 SLAG GZAS4EGG“EE oH 4-4-4 64 Z4HH DHE DA *Y 6 04 J'H tO AS a8 wee 4&4 SSR HO Hwee Ew oe +

i@-@ #2.@ 6 ¢ <¢4 2 @ 4 8 46S 4444 8 HH # a4 Sng 4 4 ¢ 6 4.4 ee ee ee Pr ae ae ae ee ee ‘4 re

7.8 _ F €4 FF 68 B-6€S GH 4A EEL GBA SG . « « [At + 6 HEH ETE Sede tea nan . . 7268 4+ Geeeeestivnuwtievee~etstcvrwaeevws

i-0 9 G6 -5- 8 6-9 4. 2H-8 44-93 FHS GH G5 6 4H ~ 4 CG -% 64-4 4-16 V4 6.8 © : 5 ie ow h CBT ON KC OC HTH HHT e vst weet e

+ St 68 6 8S 4 EDDA AANALAADB A 4G Aa t<« Sat Giwew ae et + ’ * . ee ££ ees te tot &§ @w & - ‘es CTSCwv bw te Yee * « oes * = Uy

|? ©€ Fe §$&§ ££ GZ 44-4 PAB EAA AY D4 € 4A 4 4-5 6 4-4 Pe a a ee ee a {tsseesewretaeetews 6 cy

- + #8 -@*% 4 28-46 5 6 HS * < oe ee ee ee a a oe a oe ~ % © ‘~+*eos .

3 =—t-@@74 644.461 44 44-¢€¢ 440 44:44 Sa * Ve & +* «© ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee

¥.@ 1-64 & 3-3 6 Ot Ee THC eS 0 4 4 4 4.4% ~-* se ow we % +. = + sP ees ete

. _7_* © .% eo +=% ££ & KH & swe é@we ~**« s* *“~+¢ sas e . - *

» — 46 a iv-« $e*teveteeu@e_ee “ss * a .@ ‘.@ @ % 4: 3':@ 6 v4 ‘oe +4 90 (eee 5 8, 6 ys «+ © ae oe 29-8

~6 © $2 8-4 ® 4-<4é Sees Oeste ous 44-6 so 7, eee Be wee ss eos © © Ves - . ee ee ee

* 3s : “4 am ree ws * 4 : + tw we ss 4 « ee : 2 . ‘

. vs .@ 4 ow enwes teva eweweane e @=-s6¢0@at £4 ee ee oe | see eer ees vee ses 8 . - .* -* %* = @

* 6 1% =~ 4 a eta “vw 6 + ew ww “a « s+ w fo yw ee + se + « * w-% « “4 @ « “co . fr . .*

* =e be Se twee 4in se ie ee er | + %, ov See Be Wee _+* + we © 6 @ > O'S we OS CMON ks eee aries t= ” . . as * < .

>. 3 . =e vm & 4 se « « ee a ee ee oe . ~* ve 4 * 4H © . ses 3s 4%& © oemee ee ae ew bee 6 et. . Le a ee en te en ee ee owt se & we

F : ner as ; , ae ar aa ; rs: bet Sop J Rf

f+ 7 a = = oh et ee : 4 , + a tea rue - =, s E.R On Pe

Sri tetra tet septstst tet + +c 3 = be 8 19,9592 98 ee F985 e tt tee ara ee St aT G SP REP eee Ae oe PP Rater. eee Bea aes Sees PsbS SEHR ane:

: 2. “OS 8-8 8 22 ; rn 9 ee we Oe Oe ae ee ee ee .* oe ete 6 #* o ps 6 eo m Pt? 4 oe OOF eR Dh O20 Se 2 = 2 6 i -< ‘ss - i ie ae

3 Poa Sm oe om La ae oe a ae ale el ae ea ra EN a al eae a i ee ae an Se en es A a Sa ee eee ee eer eee Fe ore

Lee

ae ues

; eee

“bei acgngebe |

' 4 b

| 3 r %

n4 - .

of , Be

La h ; :

. iy

é “<a <) ee-e

+ *~4Av<

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

VOL, XLITI.

PART II. (NATURAL History, &c.)

(Nos. I to IV.—1874.)

EDITED BY

JHE JIONORARY pECRETARY.

‘¢ It will flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men of science

in different parts of Asza, will commit their observations to writing, and send them to

the Asiatic Society at Calcutta. It will languish, if such communications shall be long

intermitted ; and it will die away, if they shall entirely cease.” SIR WM. JONES.

CALCUTTA:

PRINTED BY f- RB: p;ewis, BaPtisT MISSION PRESS.

1874.

; Pee ea re ba eihs 931

ie 5, gues Rais

(ite ot

es ah

: ted

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

~~ OE Oren

Brooxs, W. E.;—Some Ornithological Notes and Corrections,....

Day, F.;—Remarks on some Indian Fishes,.......0..sessccvece

Dogson, G. E.;—On the Asiatic species of Molossi, ... cece reeee

;—List of Chiroptera inhabiting the Khasia Hills,

MatheGeseripuon, Of a NEW SPECles, ..ccsceeceeascesewele esse

;—Descriptions of new Species of Chiroptera from

(Pitetiaradidy WUT ayT: ioc acclecneee: alte sjosis'e dg noe acelelei acer amcelon ens

Gopwin-Austen, H. H. ;—Descriptions of nine Species of Alyceinae

from Assam and the Naga Hills (Plate IIT), .............

— ;—Fourth list of Birds principally from al

Naga Hills and Munipur, including others from the Khasi,

Garo, and Tippera, Ellis (Pls. TV—X)y-* . ste casees cic e os sus é

Kurz, S. ;—Contributions towards a knowledge of the Burmese

POT Ay sists ac ts sive o's velvet viet sé gies Moler ster es so oer aiteiates

;—Descriptions of a few Indian Plants, ..... ociiia och tat

;—Enumeration of Burmese Palms, (Pls. XII—XXXI),

Mepuicorr, H. B. ;—Record of the Khairpur Meteorite of 23rd

Hepes. 1878, 05.2 .cecsdscees Siae sieerasele A re ae a are

Nevitt, G. anp H.;—Descriptions of New Marine Mollusca from

prrbrian Ocean ( PE ch). acs 5 sine’ nimi nte a oiaicisi Gite 6 Mme aanhdrwy

ScHwWENDLER, L. ;—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy

CR AEUME) ers since Ces 6 tein inip'sie nis 0.4 0s aie ard aint s/ele:e/ sie. «an aln aioe

ee (Part Db), 03:55: ates

Woop-Mason, J. ;—On the occurrence of a Superorbital Chain of

Bones in the Arboricole (Wood-partridges) (Pl. II), ........

SO eee eee eee _—oe_c_c_—n—__C—eek leer”

Page

239

142

23-4

237

145

Dates of issue of the different numbers of Journal, Part II, 1874.

No. I,—containing pp. 1—82, with pl. I.—was issued on June 8rd, 1874.

No. II,—containing pp. 38—144,—was issued on October 7th, 1874.

No. I1I,—containing pp. 145—189, with pls. III—X,—was issued on. De-

cember 19th, 1874.

No. IV,—containing pp. 191—272, with pls. II and XII—XXXI,—was

issued on April 26th, 1875.

JOURNAL

OF THE

motATIC SOCLE T x.

wae

Part I1.—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

No. 1.1874.

whee eae re eee

ON THE GENERAL THEORY OF DupLtEx TELEGRAPHY.

By Louis ScHWENDLER.

(Received December, 1873, read 4th February, 1874.)

INTRODUCTION.

The name of “ Duplex Telegraphy” has been given to that mode of

Electric Telegraphy which admits of the simultaneous transmission in

opposite directions of signals between two stations through a single wire.

That this name is far from happily chosen, is evident ; but, as it is current

and has already gained a recognized footing, it is not considered advisable

to endeavour to replace it now by a more rational one, and it will therefore

be adhered to throughout this paper.*

In the following investigation I shall endeavour to develop the

mathematical theory of ‘“ Duplex Telegraphy” in its most general form,

with the object of determining not only the best arrangement for any

particular method, but also the relative values of different methods.

It is manifest that having from general considerations decided on the

best method, and further determined the best arrangement for this method,

the remaining difficulties, due to the nature of the problem itself, will be

exhibited in a clearer light, and the means of overcoming them may then

be more easily discerned.

* The German language possesses a peculiarly suitable word in “ Gegensprechen” and

the idea is fully rendered by “ Gleichzettiges Gegensprechen.”

2 UL. Schwendler—On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraghy. (No. 1,

It is believed, however, that the sequel will shew, that if the best —

method be adopted, and for this method the best arrangement be selected,

to suit the particular line on which the method is to be employed, the

difficulties that stand in the way of Duplex Telegraphy will hardiy be

greater than those which are encountered every day in ordinary single

Telegraphy.

Imprerrect Hisrortcan SKETCH.

Having access to but scanty records in this country, I am not ina

position to give an exhaustive history of this most important invention,

and consequently the following sketch is necessarily incomplete, and

must be taken as merely introductory, it being relegated to those better

situated in this respect than myself to clear up the doubtful points of

priority, and produce, what is much required, a complete history.

The idea of sending signals in opposite directions simultaneously

through a single wire is by no means a new one. As early as 1849, Messrs,

Siemens and Halske of Berlin took out a patent in England* for the

simultaneous transmission of a plurality of messages by a suitable combina-

tion of wires, and, although this patent does not refer directly to Duplex

Telegraphy as it was subsequently understood, it must notwithstanding be

regarded asa forerunner of it. In point of fact Dr. Wr. Siemens’s idea

represents the general problem of which Duplex Telegraphy is only a

particular case.

In 1854 Dr. Gintl of Vienna tried his “ compensation” method of

“ duplex” working between that capital and Prague,y and on the 30th

November of the same year read a paper before the Kaiserlich Ko6nig-

liche Acadamie of Science of Viennaf on the practical solution of the same

problem by employing a Bain’s electro-chemical Telegraph apparatus instead

of a Morse’s receiving instrument.

In the summer of 1854, after Dr. Gintl’s experiments between Vienna

and Prague had brought the subject prominently to notice, Messrs. Siemens.

and Halske of Berlin, and Hr. Frischen independently, invented the

“ differential’ method.

In January 1855, Edlund§ made experiments on the line between

Stockholm and Gothenburg. He employed a “ differential’ method, which

he had invented in 1848 for the purpose of measuring accurately Faraday’s

“ extra-currents,”

In papers read at Paris on the 16th July and 6th August 1855]|

* 23rd October, 1849. The actual wording of the English patent is unknown to me.

7 Polyt. Central bl., 1853, p. 1475.

~ Wien Akad. Sitzungsber., XIV.

§ Pogg. Ann., 1856, vol. 98, page 634,

|| Pogg. Ann., 1856, vol. 98, page 123.

1874.] L. Schwendler—On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 3

before the Academy of Science by M. Zantedeschi, he claims the honour of

having first suggested the idea of Duplex Telegraphy, for as early as 1829

he had proved the possibility of the simultaneous transmission of currents

in opposite directions through a single conductor. Having never seen his

original communication of 1829, it is impossible for me to say how far these

early ideas of Zantedeschi bear on the problem; but it is certain that both

he and Dr. Gintl took a great deal of trouble to prove an erroneous theory,

viz., that two distinct electrical currents can pass simultaneously in opposite

directions through the same conductor without in any way interfering with

each other. Such a supposition is in direct opposition to the electrical laws

which were already known in 1829,* and besides is in no way required in

order to explain the simple phenomenon. of Duplex Telegraphy.+

None of the above methods, however, came to have extended, or indeed

any, practical application. ‘They appear to have been attempted doubtingly

and without confidence, and, although the trials are generally reported to

have been successful, yet the methods were rejected as impracticable, and

came to be regarded as merely of scientific interest.

Only recently, after atorpid existence of almost twenty years, has .

Duplex Telegraphy been revived, and come to be the leading topic in

Telegraphy, securing, after such a lapse of time, the amount of public

interest it rightly deserves.

To Mr. Stearns, an American Telegraph Engineer, is due the honour of

having appreciated the real value of Duplex Telegraphy, and of having (by

giving the system, modified by improvements of his own, an extended

~ application on the lines of the United States) proved its thorough practi-

eability.

ENQUIRY INTO THE CAUSES WHICH HAVE DELAYED THE INTRODUCTION

OF THE SYSTEM.

When Steinheil in 1837 announced his discovery of the feasibility of

employing the earth to complete the electric circuit instead of a return wire,

Telegraph Engineers immediately recognized its immense mercantile value,

and did not delay to verify his results.

Now, in the career of Telegraphy, the invention of duplex working

ranks second only in importance to Steinheil’s discovery. The utilization

of the earth reduced by one half the number of wires required to carry a

given traffic: Duplex Telegraphy again almost halves this number. In

* Ohm published his classical work “ Die g eae Kette mathematisch bear-«

beitet” in the year 1828.

+ Dr. Wr. Siemens, Pogg. Ann., vol. 98, page 123.

{ For the light in which Duplex Telegraphy was regarded up till quite lately, sce

Schellen, Dub, Sabine, Blavier, Kuhn, &e.

4 UL. Schwendler—On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. (No. 1,

the face of this fact it is not easy to understand why the one idea received

immediate and universal application, while the other, of only about 10

years more recent date, has met until now with universal neglect ; but on

closer examination it will be found that there have been perfectly compre-

hensible, although not all rational, influences at work,

An enquiry into the circumstances, therefore, that have caused the

discovery of a system, the introduction of which must mark the second

great erain Telegraphy, to lie fallow for nearly twenty years is of the

utmost interest and cannot fail to be instructive with regard to the

prospects of future progress.

From an examination of the methods originally proposed for duplex

working, it will be found that they do not in any way essentially differ from

those which may now come into actual use. The causes therefore, which

have prevented the introduction of the system, must be sought for external

to the methods.

The first of these, we find, is that the invention was in advance of the

requirements of the age. Telegraph lines had already been constructed,

which were quite capable of carrying the given traffic and even more,

Further, any increase in traffic could be easily met by an increase in the

number of wires on the existing Telegraph posts, instead of by resorting to

a system, which had a complex appearance, and after all might not answer.

However, although the above considerations explain the course of

events in certain limited instances, and up to a certain time, they do nothing

towards justifying the costly expedients that have been generally adopted

until recently in preference to introducing Duplex Telegraphy. For instance,

the reconstruction and multiplying of long overland lines, and especially the

laying of a second submarine cable when the traffic became too great for

one.

It is true that the successful application of any duplex method requires

lines of a more constant electrical condition, receiving instruments of a

larger range,* and Telegraph operators of a somewhat better professional

education; but, surely, these three conditions have not all at once become

fulfilled (since 1872) so as to make Duplex Telegraphy possible only just

now? No—the causes, which have delayed its introduction so long, have

been of a much less technical and more irrational nature.

The mere fact of the duplex methods appearing complex prevented

Telegraph administrations from thinking seriously of introducing them.

* By the “range” of a telegraph instrument I understand the ratio of the largest

to the smallest force by which the instrument in question can be worked without re-

quiring a fresh mechanical adjustment. For instance, Siemens’s beautiful relays can be

easily adjusted to a range of 20, 7. e., they can be made to work with one cell through an

external resistance equal to their own resistance, and with 10 cells through no external

resistance, without giving the tongue a fresh adjustment.

1874.] L. Schwendler-—On the general Tieory of Duplex Telegraphy. 5

The ingenious methods were never tried with that zeal and _ perse-

verance which is necessary to carry a new invention successfully through.

They were indiscriminately rejected after a few trials made without method

or consideration, and the real conditions of success or failure were never

examined or pointed out. Thus naturally a prejudice was created against

Duplex Telegraphy, and it was fostered by a host of school literature up to

the latest time as pointed out before. Further, not a single physicist or

electrician investigated the question with a view to ascertaining what

quantitative effect the variable condition of lines has on duplex working

as compared with single working,

If such an investigation had been made, it would have been found that

the technical obstructions in the way were by no means so formidable as

had been represented, and that the electrical condition of the lines, as well

as the perfection of the instruments, and the professional education of the

staff, would have fully admitted of the successful introduction of Duplex

Telegraphy at least 10, if not 20, years ago.

It is true indeed that the suggestion of using condensers for balancing

the charge and discharge of a line has only been made very lately, being

one of Stearns’ happy ideas ; but this should have been no reason against

introducing the system on short and overworked lines, where the charge and

discharge is imperceptible. If only one Telegraph administration had

shewn the perfect practicability of the system on a short line, the cloud of

prejudice would have been dissipated, and suggestions for overcoming the

charge and discharge on long overland lines and submarine cables would

have been readily enough given, and thereby large capitals saved.

To sum’ up, therefore, we have the following causes which acted

persistently against the introduction of Duplex Telegraphy.

Firstly, the invention was in advance of the age.

Secondly, the Telegraph profession, young as it is, is far more conser-

vative than is good for the advance of Telegraphy, and on the whole

Telegraph administrations and staffs have by no means that professional

education which is required to conduct practical experiments with a clear

understanding, and thence deduce rational conclusions. Thus prejudice was

created, which was increased from year to year by authors of school litera-

ture writing most discouragingly of the subject.

Thirdly, unfortunately, during all that time no physicist found it worth

his while to investigate the duplex methods with a view to ascertain quan-

titatively what can be expected of them, and how they actually compare,

with respect to safety, with single working.

Fourthly, duplex working itself could not progress, because it was

neither tried nor investigated, and hence no suggestions for overcoming the

difficulty of charge and discharge were called for.

6 lL, Schwendler—On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 1,

Great honour must therefore be given to Mr. Stearns who brought up

the subject again so prominently, and who by his zeal succeeded in introdu-

cing it on a large scale, and so elevated the ingenious methods from the ques-

tionable position of “ interesting scientific experiments.”

I think far less of his idea of introducing condensers or Ruhmkorff’s coils

to balance the charge and discharge of lines, than of his having taken the

neglected child up again, against the prejudice of his own profession, and

shown that it could have a healthy existence even in the backwoods of

America. I trust that these remarks will not be considered irrelevant in the

present investigation, since they tend to shew how real progress in one of

the youngest branches of applied science may be retarded for a considerable

period by nothing but prejudice of the profession themselves, for whom pro-

gress should be the first essential ; and administrations will see how much

the advance of Telegraphy will always depend on their recognizing and

encouraging by experiment inventions that are theoretically sound and tend

in the right direction. 3

GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS.

Before entering on the solution of the problem for any particular

duplex method, it will be advisable once for all to state definitely the nature

of the general question before us. This will not only save time, but the

subsequent special solutions can then also be made under a general guide,

and thus being well linked together, the whole investigation will become

far more lucid and concise than it otherwise would be.

While in ordinary (single) Telegraphy the signals are always produced

in the same way,?.e., by the signalling current arriving through the line

from the distant station, the signals in Duplex Telegraphy may be produced

in either of two ways, essentially different from each other. Namely, if the

times of sending from the two stations fall together, 7. e., no current, or

double current, or any difference of currents, is in the line, the signals, so

long as this state of the line exists, are produced wholly or partly by the

battery of the receiving station. Signals produced in this way we shall

eall “duplex signals,’ and these signals alone indicate the essential

difference between duplex and ordinary Telegraphy.

If, however, the moments of sending from the two stations do not fall

together, the signals are then produced as in ordinary telegraphy, and may

be appropriately designated “ single signals.”

It will be ‘clear then that when the two stations are at work at the

same time “ duplex signals” and “single signals’ must necessarily follow

each other in accidental succession. Nay, one and the same signal

produced in either station may be partly a “ duplex” and partly a “ single”

signal.

1874.] L. Schwendler—On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. - 7

To secure, therefore, regularity of working, the signals produced in

either way should be invariably of equal strength.

Further, as in Duplex Telegraphy the receiving instruments must be

always permanently connected up with the line, it is one of the first require-

ments that the out-going or sent current from any station should in itself

have no effect whatever on the receiving instrument of that station, in order

that the instrument may be entirely free to receive signals from the distant

station. ‘Thus we invariably have two conditions to fulfil in duplex working,

independent of the particular method adopted, namely :—

1. The receiving instrument of each station should not be affected by

ats own sending.

2. The duplex signals and single signals must be of equal strength.

If these two conditions, which are necessary and sufficient, could be

always fulfilled, Duplex Telegraphy would be entirely on a par with single

Telegraphy, for the sending would not only not interfere with the receiving—

the more important condition of the two—but the received signals would

also be constant in strength, and, therefore, frequent adjustment of the

receiving instrument would be no more required than in single Telegraphy.

Theoretically of course every duplex method hitherto suggested fulfils

these two conditions, otherwise the method would have to be rejected a

priori and could not find any place in this paper.

Practically, however, the different methods may behave very differently

with respect to the fulfilment of these two conditions, nay, even one and

the same method is sure to give quite different results in this respect by

only altering the magnitude of the resistances of which the arrangement

consists. For in practice variations, especially in virtue of the line having

by no means a constant electrical condition, are necessarily going on. These

unavoidable variations it is clear may cause very different quantitative dis-

turbances of the two conditions (1) and (2) either if we compare different

methods, or the same method under different resistance arrangements.

To make the foregoing clear, we will designate :—

By p the force which acts on the receiving instrument on account

of not being able to fulfil the first condition absolutely ;

By P the force which acts on the same instrument, when the distant

station is sending alone, 7. e., “ single signals ;”

And by Q the force which acts on the same instrument, when both

stations are sending simultaneously, 1. e., “ duplex signals.”

Then the first condition (1) is expressed by :—

Boze (I)

and the second (2) by

P—Q=—0 (IT)

8 lL. Schwendler—On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 1,

Further if p cannot be always kept rigidly equal to zero (on account of

unavoidable variations in the system) we should at least have :—

>= D as small as possible ...... (ITT)

and if P cannot be always kept rigidly equal to Q, we should at least

have :—

P — Q = 8S as small as possible. ...... » (IV)

p, P and Q being functions of the resistances and electro-motive forces

of the system, which are known so soon as the particular duplex method has

been selected.

The general problem which is to be solved for duplex Telegraphy may

now be clearly stated as follows :—

D and 8 are two known functions which must be rigidly equal to zero

when no variation in the system occurs ; and which for any given variation

in the system must be as small as possible, and approximate rapidly towards

zero as the variation in the system becomes smaller and smaller.

Thus the solution of the problem for any given duplex method will

always be a question of the Minima and Maxima Calculus.

Having then ascertained the best arrangement for each duplex method,

the methods can be compared inter se, and that method will be best and

should be selected for use which for any given variaticn in the system gives

the least absolute magnitude to the functions D and SN.

If we suppose, however, that the particular duplex method is not given,

the problem to be solved becomes more general, but would still be entirely

within the limits of the Variation Calculus, furnishing no doubt a very

interesting and important application of that most powerful mathematical

instrument. The general solution would at once determine the best method

possible, after which special solutions would give the best arrangement for

that best method.

It is, however, not my intention to endeavour to solve here the

duplex problem in this most general form. To be able to indicate so

general and desirable a solution is by no means identical with being able to

effect it. The task before me is far more simple, since, as already pointed

out, I shall investigate each duplex method separately to determine its best

quantitative arrangement, and ultimately compare the different methods to

ascertain their relative values.

To do this, the question may be attacked in two different ways, depend-

ing on the purpose for which the solution is required.

Namely, either the solution is to be made when considering the line as

a variable conductor only, but not acting perceptibly as a Leyden jar ; or

the line is to be considered as constant in conduction and insulation, but

1874.] L. Schwendler—On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 9

acting as a Leyden jar of large capacity. In the first case the solution

would be directly applicable to short overland lines (not over 200 miles in

length), and in the second case to submarine cables, which, if good, may

always be considered sensibly constant in conduction and insulation.

Further, as a long overland line acts both as a variable conductor and as

a Leyden jar of sufficiently large capacity, it would then be necessary to give

a solution with respect to both these effects. To obtain, however, the same

result without rendering the problem too intricate,it will be best to sepa-

rate the two questions from the beginning, and afterwards combine their

solutions judiciously for application to the case of overland lines.

lst Prostem. What is the best arrangement of any given duplex

method when the line is regarded as a variable conductor, but not as acting

perceptibly as a Leyden jar ?

2nd Proptem. What is the best arrangement of any given duplex

method, when the line is regarded as a Leyden jar of large capacity, but not

as a variable conductor.

The second problem may be expressed more clearly as follows :—

2nd ProsteM. What must be the distribution of condensers along a

given resistance, in order that the two essential conditions (1 and Il) may

be least disturbed for a speed of signalling variable between two fixed limits ?*

It is clear that the nature of these two problems is very different,

because in the first we have to deal with forces constant with respect to

time, while in the second the forces acting are functions of time, 7. ¢., of the

* A telegraph line always acts as a condenser with capacity and conduction resist-

ance in each point of its entire length, while an artificial condenser, such as a Leyden jar,

which we are able to produce sufficiently cheaply, has only capacity but no perceptible

conduction resistance in each point. This is in fact the essential difference between a

line anda condenser, and, therefore, in order to render their charges and discharges under

the same Circumstances as nearly as possible equal, as is required for duplex working, it

will be necessary to find the law according to which to distribute a certain given system

of condensers along a given resistance.

This law will clearly be a function of the signalling speed within its limits of varia-

tion. For instance, say the signalling speed is constant, or its range zero, then clearly one

condenser connected to any point of the given resistance would suffice; only the mag-

nitude of the capacity of this one condenser would be determined by its position with

respect to the resistance, and in addition to this would of course be fixed by the signalling

speed and the known capacity of the line. ,

Further, say the speed of signalling is variable between 0 and o, or its range is

infinite, then clearly only an infinite number of small condensers distributed along the

given resistance in the very same manner as the capacity is distributed along the line

would strictly answer the purpose: in fact, the condenser required in this imaginary case

would be nothing more or less than a second Telegraph line, identical with the one used

for signalling. In practice, however, the speed of signalling varies only between narrow

limits, and therefore the number of condensers required to reproduce as nearly as possible

. the action of the line with respect to charge and discharge, will become few, especially if

the best system of distribution has been determined. Until this law is known we can do

nothing but find it approximately by experiment, however tedious it may be to do so.

10 L. Schwendler— On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. {No. 1,

signalling speed. (The forces in this case are proportioned to the true

currents.) The latter problem being far the more intricate and for my

special purpose only of secondary importance, I shall begin with the solution

of the first.

SOLUTION OF THE 1st PROBLEM FOR ANY GIVEN Dupitex METHOD.

What is the best arrangement of any given duplex method, when the

line is regarded as a variable conductor, but not as acting perceptibly as a

Leyden jar ?

I. The Bridge Method.*

This arrangement for duplex working is based on the well known

method of comparing electrical resistances “ Wheatstone’s Bridge,” and

Figure 1 gives the general diagram, when this method is applied for duplex

working.

Fig Yi

St. 1 es

ze t

é Cy | a]

ot’

It has also been proposed to use Ruhmkorft’s coils for balancing the effect of charge and

discharge. This method, however, I believe must be always much inferior to the one

of using condensers, inasmuch as the strength of a Voltaic induction current scarcely

depends on the speed of signalling, while the charge and discharge of a line, itis well -

known, is not at all an inconsiderable function of the signalling speed.

Therefore, if the strength of the induction current had been adjusted to balance the

charge and discharge of the line fora certain signalling speed, the balance would be consi-

derably and at once disturbed if the speed varied even slightly; and since so long as

hand signalling is used a certain variation in the speed of signalling will always exist,

this method will prove a failure, or at all events will render fresh adjustments more fre~

quently necessary than when condensers are used.

* Dr. Wr. Siemens mentions this method in Pogg. Ann. Vol 98, p. 122, 1856.

1874.] L. Schwendler—On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 11

Laplanation of Diagram.

E, electromotive force of the signalling battery.

8, internal resistance of the signalling battery.

k, Telegraph key of peculiar construction to be described hereafter.

g, the receiving instrument connected up in that branch of the bridge which when

measuring resistances would contain the galvanometer. The letter g represents also the

resistance of the receiving instrument.*

a, b, and d are the branches of the bridge.

J; the resistance between the rest-contact of the key and earth.

w, an additional resistance to be inserted in the battery branch for reasons to be given

further on.

z, the resistance of the resultant fault (“real absolute insulation” of the line) acting at

a distance /’ from station I and at a distance /” from station II (both /’ and /” expressed

in resistances so that /’ +4- /” = / equal the “real conductor resistance” of the line).

Further :

I’ the “ measured conductor”} resistance of the line when measured from Station I,

; ee l vy

Aree Oat ae ZY 7

L” the “ measured conductor’* resistance of the line when measured from station II,

oe Teme ie

2 i oe Per

p’ the complex resistance of the duplex arrangement in station I, 2. e., the resistance

between point 1 and earth.

p” the complex resistance of the duplex arrangement in station II,z.e. the resistance

between point 2 and earth.

To be quite general we must suppose that the Telegraph line, which con-

nects the two stations I and II, has a different resistance when measured

from station I than when measured from station IJ, and that therefore the

best resistance arrangement of station I must be also different from that

of station II with respect to magnitude of resistances,

The resistances which are similarly situated in both the stations will

be designated by the same letters, and to indicate the station to which they

belong, each letter will have one accent in station I and two accents in

station II.

Mr. O. Heaviside Phil. Mag. Vol. XLV, 1873, states that Mr. Eden of Edinburgh

claims to have suggested this method at about the same time as Mr. Stearns of Boston

U. S. Am. took out a patent for it.

* Siemens’s polarized relays are well adapted for this purpose on account of their

great sensitiveness and wide range; d’Arlincourt’s relays would also answer well.

+ Generally these measured values Z’ and ZL” will be different from each other,

especially for long overland lines. They can become equal only under two conditions,

either if the resistance of the resultant fault (7) is so great that the total conductor

resistance of the line (lv +- 1” = 1) can be neglected against it, or for any magnitude of $1

the latter has a position in the middle of the conductor, 2 ¢. when /? = 1” = =

12 L. Schwendler— On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. (No.1,

Further, if a relation between the resistances of one station has to hold

good between those of the other station also, the letters will be used without

any accents.

The great practical advantage of the Bridge method, it will be clear at

once, is that any kind of receiving instrument which has been used for

single working may also be employed for Duplex Telegraphy. This fact

must always be of great consideration for any administration that contem-

plates the general introduction of Duplex Telegraphy.

General expressions for the two functions “ D” and “8.”

To obtain the functions D and S, we have first to develope the general

expressions for the forces p, P, and Q, say for station I.

By p’ we understand the force which acts on the receiving instru-

ment g’ of station I when that station is sending alone. (Station II at

rest.)

p’, in our particular case, is therefore proportional to the current which

passes through the galvanometer in a Wheatstone’s Bridge when balance is

not rigidly established, thus

ris Cb!

Bg. Bay

where A/=a/d’/—b’ (L/ + p’’) =a/d/—b/e

and

Nag V+ AW) + fl @+h+etd tera a+b}

+ a’c’ (b' +d’) + b'd’ (a’ + c/)

Further, by P’ is understood the force which acts on the receiving

instrument in station I, when station IT is sending alone: Single Signals.

This force in our particular case is proportional to the current which

passes through the receiving instrument of station I when station II is

sending alone, and we have consequently

Pie) Chip’ ab’

where C” is the current which enters the line at point 2, when station

II alone is sending; ©” yw’ the part of this current C” which arrives

actually at point 1 (on account of leakage between points 2 and 1, a part

of C” is lost), and C” uw’ w’ that part of the current C” uw’ which ultimately

produces the signal (stngle signal) in station I. The current C” p’ arriving

at point 1 branches off in two, one part goes through @’ and the other

through g’ to earth.

Further CY 2S eee

where mn” — rag (b” + ad”) + q’ (a” A: b”)

1874.] L. Schwendler— On the general Theory of Duplew Telegraphy. 13

itl’ + p’

f! (a! + b/) + a’ (b/ 4 a4

(Fa) @ +b’ +e) +b @ +e)

and V” an expression identical in form with WV’.

Further by Q/ we understand the force which acts on the receiving

instrument of station I, when both stations are sending simultaneously :

Duplex Signals.

This force is again proportional to the current which under these

circumstances passes through the receiving instrument g’ of station I,

This current can be expressed by

E! —-— a’ d/

and therefore:

bs ea

Q’ (eq K/ aH — oC p

o’ being the current actually in the line at point 1 when both stations are

sending simultaneously ; and this current, being the algebraical sum of two

currents may be either +, 0, or —. We will suppose that o/ contains

the sign itself.

Further we have

HP nal: «ay?

= eee

N/ N

n’= (b/ +d’ +f) (a’ +8) + d/(f/ + a)

and / is a function which becomes indentical which y’ if we put

We de af.

Therefore the two functions D and are for the Bridge method

(station I) most generally expressed as follows:

BN” ak AS

/— — aes eR eeeoee eeeoetteneceseereeecen y

D ki’ N’ pe 1 yy” yy’ (IIL)

Ls speghig! Rey Eee CS

and..o° == hy’ = ‘yy! —

and similar expressions will be obtained for station II, namely

pe” N / 1 les

‘—— — ,— pear @CCoecrevrereereeeseneeees IIT’

n K/ N’ Be m’ y" ( )

nA i

and S* = Bey’ — +o" @eoveseeaceoese (IV”)

14 L. Schwendler—On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. {No. 1,

Rigid fulfilment of the first condition, v. e., D = 0.

For station I, we have D/—0

which equation can only be satisfied by A' = 0

since the other factor of D! cannot become zero for quantities larger than

O or smaller than o. Then substuting for A’ its value, we have

a! -d!— bP Gi) =F ip’) ==10) Ab <a -eeetae ceeebonn iets ae 7s eiete ee

or balance in station I, when that station is sending and station II is at

rest, must be rigidly established.

Therefore, if balance in station I is disturbed, say by Z/ varying or by

any other cause* external to Z/, we must have means of conveniently re-

establishing balance without delay. This of course could always be done

by altering either all the branches, a/,b/, and d/, or any two of them, or

only one of them; but it is clear that so long as the variation of L’

which disturbs the balance does not exceed certain limits, balance may be

regained by altering only one of the three branches available, and as this

will also be more convenient in practice than altering two of the branches,

or all three simultaneously, we shall make the supposition that :—

‘ Balance is re-established by an appropriate re-adjustment of one of

the three available branches.’+

The question therefore is, which of the three branches, a, 8, or d, is

the best adapted for the purpose P

To decide this we must remember that for station IJ, in accordance

with the first condition (D= 0), a similar equation has to be fulfilled,

namely

ab CW ip SO er a. eee cae cae es ae

Now p the complex resistance of the arrangement in station I, is a

function of all the resistances in station I, and similarly p” the complex resis-

tance of the arrangement in station II, is a function of all the resistances

in station II. Therefore, generally, if in order to obtain balance, say in

station I, any of the three branches a’, b’, d’ were adjusted, p! would alter

in consequence of this re-adjustment, and thereby the balance in station II

(equation WV”) would be disturbed, and vice versA. In other words the re-

adjusting in one station would interfere with the balange in the other station,

* Causes of disturbance to balance external to Z’ are inappreciable in practice and

therefore may be neglected from the beginning.

+ Finally, when the best resistance arrangement has been found, the resistance of the

different branches will be expressed in terms of L, and therefore to keep the best arrange-

ment when JZ varies between any two given limits will involve necessarily a simultaneous

alteration of the resistance of all the branches.

If, however, the variation of Z is smallin comparison with Z itself, an alteration of

one branch for the purpose of re-establishing balance is justified, and would be absolutely

correct if the variation of Z were infinitesimal.

1874.] L. Schwendler— On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 15

and therefore rigid balance could be only attained after a series of successive

adjustments in both the stations, and then only, from a theoretical point of

view, approximately, introducing practical difficulties almost insurmount-

able.

However, examining the positions of the three branches, it will be seen

at once that 6 acts as the galvanometer branch of a bridge for any current

arriving through the line. Thus if we were to fulfil the condition,

Ss ee Or Rade to vownrtaves . laruanh es ; (VB)

for both stations, the value of p would become at once independent of

b,* and consequently any adjustment of 6’ to re-establish balance in

station I would not affect in the slightest degree the balance in station IT,

and vice versa.

Thus, presupposing the fulfilment of this condition (equation VI) for

both the stations, the branch 6 would evidently be the best suited for adjust-

ment.+ Under these circumstances it would then be clear that balance

in either station can be obtained by a single adjustment of 6, and therefore

we may call equation VI “the immediate balance condition,’ and the

fulfilment of this condition, being of the greatest practical importance to

ensure the success of duplex working, we are justified, nay even compelled,

to use this relation (equation VI) as the basis for all subsequent investi-

gations.

We will therefore suppose henceforth, that

are ire at) 1 erase seas ates aiclere arein, avatars tne OVD)

is rigidly fulfilled for both the stations.

But, as the value of f depends on the position of the key, which during

signalling moves from contact 3 to contact 4 and back, the rigid fulfilment

of equation (VI) necessitates at once that

IW pe Bd ars ei Spee ek SBR ee a 4 1s)

not only for both the contacts 3 and 4, but also for all the intermediate

positions of the key. Thus supposing that w + 8 =f, 7. e. the resistance

from contact 4 through battery to earth equal to the resistance from contact

3 to earth, a key constructed in such a way that contact 4 is not broken

before contact 3 is made, and that contact 3 is not broken before contact

4 is made, would fulfil the required condition entirely. Keys of this kind

can be easily enough constructed. It is true that in any such key, there

will be always a moment when the contacts 3 and 4 are simultaneous, and

when therefore the resistance to earth is not 7, as it ought to be, but only

% _(g+d(a+f) (ad—tg)?

Tatdtit+e | FO)

Therefore if ad —fg is very near zero, p becomes most rapidly independent of 6.

+ Further, it must be remarked that, even if the condition ad—fy = 0 be not

rigidly fulfilled, still by adjusting in the branch d we have “ accelerated” balance, whereas

Ly adjusting in @ or d we should on thecontrary have “retarded” balance.

16 UL. Schwendler—On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 1,

Bal If it is, however, considered that the time during which this error lasts

is very small compared with the time it takes to make a signal, its disturbing

effect will never be appreciable in practice, 7. e. p will remain sensibly con-

stant during the time the key is moved to produce a signal.

There will be no practical difficulties connected with the fulfilment of

equation (VII), and therefore also none with the fulfilment of equation

(VI) ; for 8 the internal resistance of the signalling battery is the only

quantity which of itself can alter in time. However, this variation of 6 for

any efficient form of signalling battery being invariably steady and small,

it will be always possible to neutralize its action in time by a simple re-ad-

justment of w.

If Leclanché’s cells are used, or well prepared Minotti’s, a weekly ad-

justment of w should be sufficient. The measuring of @ will always be an

easy matter.*

higid fulfilment of the 2nd Condition, i. e.,S = 0.

The general expression for S’ was

i gat! ‘bf

ae fe doo! ii ALaavusnelsistlichan enhennn

Remembering that by equation (VIT)

we eae

we know that y/ == ¢', and substituting further for o’ its value, the general

expression for S’ becomes :—

DD es 1! ! ] I! //

S/ = —- poy — aS te ‘oo He — pe y’ (IV’)

and this form of S’ shews at once that it is perfectly immaterial for duplex

working by the Bridge method whether the same or opposite poles of the

two signalling batteries be put to line,t for in both cases equation (IV’)

becomes :

mG? iat b/

= ar ¥ merry @eece reece eese iceecanesecer (IV’)

Further, it will be seen that the right hand member of equation (IV’)

* My friend Mr. R. 8. Brough suggested the following very simple method for keeping

BY he Pr aa ut sacitesapaieescaueyae Na

Insert a small galvanoscope in the branch b, for which balance is established with

respect to the received current, 7. e.

Bil Te Oercase anoise severe rare EVEL)

Now note the deflection on the galvanoscope when both stations are sending simul-

taneously, and again when the station for which B is to be measured is sending alone.

Then clearly if these two deflections are equal, w-- 8 mustbe equal to f. If thetwo

deflections are not equal then alter w until they become equal. After the determination

is made, the galvanoscope is short circuited.

t In practice however I prefer to put the same, namely, the positive poles to the

line, as then defective insulation will not be felt so much.

1874.) L. Schwendler—On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 17

BS eres.

can be transformed* into Ly which is egual to p’, or we have generally

i ,

a. €. the difference of forces by which duplex and single signals in the same

station are produced is equal in magnitude and sign to the force by which

balance in that station 1s disturbed.

Consequently the rigid fulfilment of the first condition (D == 0)

will entail the rigid fulfilment of the second condition (S = 0) and this

it will be clear is only due to the fact that the complex resistance p is in-

dependent of b, and that the key during signalling does not alter p ; whence

it follows that the perfection of the key in this respect is of the greatest

importance. There are, however, no practical difficulties connected with the

construction of a key which fulfils condition (VII) perfectly.

By the aid of the relations given in equations (VI) and (VII) we have

therefore gained the great practical advantage, that Duplex Telegraphy

will be entirely on a par with single Telegraphy, if the means of attaining

rigid balance are sufficiently accurate, convenient and rapid.

But, even supposing that we are unable to keep that balance rigidly

for any length of time (on account of Z varying), we can nevertheless bring

the regularity of duplex working as near as possible to that of single work-

ing by making D and S as small as possible for any given variation of L.

Rapid approximation of the two functions D and S towards zero.

For station I we had

oo CS Sea a Sa oeoeereeeee@ (IV’)

_ which we may also write

———-—1 } wesoeeee (IV)

* We have

18 L. Schwendler—On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 1,

m’ b’

since — =

= eh

m’

k’

and — —

v n

Further if we call 0’ the value of which in station I establishes rigid

balance for any given values, a’, d’ and L’, we have

Af bor"

where 8 L’ is the variation of Z’ which throws the balance out, and which

variation may be either positive, zero or negative (8L’ shall contain the

Further substituting

m eae t /

hae

and =p == G’

The expression for S’ may be written as follows :—

K’

(on eer ah

S' == p’ oe G — 1 ae

Le SL’

which is the best form of S’ for our purpose.

The function S’ consists of two factors, namely, of G’ which, at or near

balance, is proportional to the current by which duplex and single signals in

Station I are produced ; and of #” which at balance = O.

Therefore to make S’ as small as possible when balance is disturbed, we

ean only do so by making #” as small as possible, which is evidently the

, ’

case for y’ = a amaximum. Further

jolie S

ee ein

See

and since at or near balance

logis a,

it follows that

1D =a

z. €. the Ist condition is also fulfilled by

aay ;

y = 7 4 macimum.

Our problem for station I would therefore be most generally solved if

we make the function y’ a maximum, remembering that the variables con-

1874.] LL. Schwendler—On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 19

tained in y’ have to fulfil two condition equations, namely the dmumediate

balance (equation VI) and the balance (equation V).

Substituting for mm’ its value, and remembering that

; a

y =’ a’ a g

on account of the immediate balance condition (equation VI), we get

aq’ , + 1? , d’

= ais £°) ot —

a’ + g b

But

eee oe

re ae

the complex resistance of station I (the expression for p has become thus

simple on account of the immediate balance condition VI).

Further

at ae

(on account of balance in station I, being established, equation V).

Thus we have

yo. taper DL’

for station I.

And similarly

ao p + p” +. Nas

for station IT.

Therefore the rapid approximation of both the functions D and § to-

wards zero in both stations is obtained, if we make the complex resistances p’

and p” maxuna.

Now the form of p shews at once that it has a maximum for

Raa aay Drees 2a al

which, in consequence of equation (VI), gives at last

a=g=d=f ...... oa (VILE)

From the development of this result it will be clear that the relation

expressed by equation (VIII) must hold for either station independent of LZ.

All that now remains is to determine J, and further to fix the abso-

lute magnitude of any one of the branches. Before doing this it is however

necessary to enquire what the other factor of S, namely G, becomes in

consequence of fulfilling the regularity condition as expressed by equation

(VIII).

The current which passes through the receiving instrument to produce

“single” as well as “ duplex” signals is at balance expressed by

(a+s){L@ts)+2ag+a}

which expression has a maximum for either @ or g.

G = E. X* const.

20 LL. Schwendler—On the general Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. No.1,

The maximum of G, with respect to a, it will be seen, contradicts the

regularity condition, since a = g == d could only satisfy

ah; 0

if d were negative, a physical impossibility.

However, the maximum of G with respect to g, gives

Te Hh — 2) +208 (2) = 0

which is satisfied by

a=—e-—d

This is a fortunate coincidence and speaks well for the Bridge method.

Now substituting for a and d their value g in the expression for the

current G, we get

Hee aL

~ 4042¢

and this expression multiplied by 4/g gives the magnetic effect of the receiv-

ing instrument, namely :

X* const.

EO Wg

— — t.

M reo * cons

which has an absolute maximum with respect to g for

fn L

ceo

Further substituting im the balance equation (V)

a= ———1 = =

we get b= + bcesin coe ie aayeieo mete nave - (1X)

We have therefore the following two equations by which the problem

is generally solved

in (his (OR

hnuwid ae 3 Avance tg lee

by ZL being understood the measured conductor resistance of the line

from that station for which the best resistance arrangement is to be

calculated.

General Results.

1. The branches of the bridge with the exception

of the one lying opposite the line must be equal to each

other and severally equal to half the measured con-

ductor resistance of the line.

1874. ] G. and H. Nevill—On New Marine Mollusca. 24

2. The branch lying opposite the line should be

equal to the 6th part of the measured conductor resis-

tance of the line, and in this, the smallest of all the

branches, readjustment of balance should be made

only.

Nos. 1 and 2 necessitate the alteration of all the branches if Z, the

measured conductor resistance, alters within wide limits. A determination

of Z willtherefore be required from time to time.

From the development of these general results it will be evident that

they fulfil the following conditions :

I. The irregularity of signals in the one station is entirely indepen-

dent of the irregularity of signals in the other station.

IT. The irregularity of signals in each station ts due only to balance

not being rigidly established.

Til. ff balance in either station is disturbed, a single adjustment in

_ the branch b will re-establish that balance.

— IV. Any disturbance of balance will have the least possible effect on

the received signals.

V. Maximum current at balance.

VI. Maximum magnetic effect of the maximum current on the receiv-

ing mstrument,

(To be continued.)

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW Martine Mortusca From tru Inpran Ocnay,

by Messrs. G. ann H. Nevin.

[Received and read 4th March, 1874. ]

[With Plate I.]

The present paper is a continuation of two which were published in

Vol. XXXVIII for 1869 of the Society’s Journal, at pp. 65 and 175. The

types of all the species now described are in the extensive collection belong-

ing to the Trustees of the Indian Museum, to whom also we are indebt-

ed for the use of the drawings from which the accompanying plate has been

executed. A considerable number of the more interesting forms were obtain-

ed by Mr. Wood-Mason, who in 1872 spent two months dredging at the

Andaman Islands; in the large and fine collection of shells made on this

occasion, particularly interesting owing to the careful manner in which the

specimens were preserved, their exact habitat recorded, &., very many

interesting novelties still remain to be described. We regret that figures

of the three new species of Marginella have been accidentally omitted from

the plate, we hope, however, to figure them before long with our next

paper.

22 G. and H. Nevill—On New Marine Mollusca. [No. 1,

Conus (CHELYCONUS) PRETIOSUS, nN. sp.

A single specimen of this lovely shell was dredged alive by Mr. Wood-

Mason at about 45 fths.; it most resembles C. swbhulatus, K., from which it

can be distinguished by its more pyriform, elegantly produced shape, by its

being nearly perfectly smooth (on the under side only, on rds of the last

whorl, are unusually distant, impressed grooves to be traced, and even these

are almost obsolete) ; in colour it is like Fig. 457 of the Thesaurus (C. spec-

trum) being white, throughout closely dashed with wavy, brown, slightly

pinkish splashes, these markings are somewhat larger and more distinct

on the spire, and also form two irregular bands on the body whorl;

apex very sharp, spire much produced, composed of 14 whorls, acutely ang-

led in the middle (as in C. Malaccanus), above this angle spirally striated,

striz numerous, near the apex very slightly granular ; interior of the aperture

a beautiful pink, white near the margin ; epidermis thin, smoothish, compact.

Long. 60 Mil., Diam. 25 Mil., Long. Apert. 48 Mil.

Andamans.

Conus (CHELYcoNUS) MASonNI, n. sp.

This shell may prove to be the true C. muscosus of Lamarck, it cer-

tainly resembles most closely the shell figured by Reeve, Pl. XXIX, Fig.

167c, as the young of the West Indian C. characteristicus, Ch. and identified

by him as the variety named muscosus by Lamarck; Mr. Wood-Mason

dredged at the Andamans, at a depth of 15 fths., ten living specimens of

this interesting species ; its affinity to the true West Indian OC. characteris-

ticus is remarkable, but, besides its much smaller size and different habitat,

it can be distinguished by being more contracted at the base, by the apex

being very sharp and pointed instead of obtuse, by the two spiral grooves

being undulated, especially strongly near the apex, giving the shell

almost a coronated appearance ; the coloration, as remarked by Reeve, is

of a different pattern from that of typical C. characteristicus, being composed

of much broader flames, interspersed with more numerous and finer zig-zag

lines, and the spire, instead of being ornamented with rather numerous and

somewhat narrow brown markings, possesses few but very broad flames of

that colour ; there is also a very marked difference in the striz near the base:

in C. characteristicus these are more raised and rounded, as well as regularly,

though somewhat distantly, reticulated with brown and white, in our

East Indian species this reticulation does not exist, and these striz, espe-

cially the upper ones, instead of being raised are pricked in ; the epidermis

is thin, close and compact.

Long. 25 Mil., Diam. 143 Mil., Long. Apert. 214 Mil.

Conus (Ruizoconvus) SEYCHELLENSIS, n. sp.

Shell like C. Hrmineus, Born, but constricted in the middle of the body

1874:.] G. and H. Nevill—On New Marine Mollusea. 23

whorl, more attenuated at the base, with the whorls-of the spire more con-

vex ; colour a uniform brilliant orange, here and there of a lighter shade,

faintly stained with light-brown at the extreme base.

Long. 39 Mil., Diam. 19 Mil,

Seychelle Islands. Rare.

MARGINELLA (GLABELLA) PICTURATA, n. sp.

Shell small, rather thick, resembling a miniature JZ. gemma, A. Ad.

(? = festiva, Rv. var.) whorls six, spire conically exserted ; rufous-brown,

throughout indistinctly mottled, round the centre a rather broad white

band and row of distant, regular, square, dark-brown spots, a second less

distinctly marked band near the base of the last whorl; columella regularly

four-plaited, aperture straight, very narrow, outer lip much thickened

and reflexed, marked with three brown spots.

Long. 33 Mil., Diam. 1$ Mil., Long. Apert. 12 Mil.

Mauritius. (Coll. Dr. Stoliczka and Indian Museum).

MARGINELLA (VoOLVARINA) INCONSPICUA, n. sp.

This small species belongs to the same group as the succeeding, both

being allied to IZ. neglecta, Sow. ; shell white, shining, smooth, whorls three

to four, the last one contracted at the base, swollen above; margin of the

outer lip slightly flexuous, two upper plaits on the columella small and

transverse, the two lower ones large and nearly perpendicular,

Long. 33 Mil., Diam. 12Mil., Long. Apert. 2 Mil.

Mauritius (Coll. Dr. Stoliczka and Indian Museum),

MARGINELLA (VOLVARINA) DEFORMIS, n. sp.

This small shell resembles no species of the genus known to us,

except I. suavis, Souv., Journ. de Conchil., 1858, p. 876; the present species,

however, differs in not having its last whorl as regularly cylindrical, but

abruptly inclined to one side, making the aperture shorter and more con-

tracted, and giving the shell a somewhat deformed appearance; the two

lower plaits on the columella are of a different character, instead of being

nearly transverse, as are the two upper ones, they are almost perpendicular ;

on the last whorl instead of three, there are only two pink bands, both very

broad, the band on the upper whorl is also just above the suture, not beneath it.

Long. 45 Mil., Diam. 27 Mil., Long. Apert. 2 Mil.

Ceylon. Rare. 2

CITHARA AMABILIS, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 11.

Shell small, oblong, fusiformly ovate, spire short ; whorls seven, longitu-

dinally strongly ribbed, ribs rather distant, on the last whorl unusually

convex, these ribs, on the last three whorls, are formed of swollen, almost

spherical granules, on the two apical whorls they are very small, colourless

and without sculpture, on the other two the ribs are also colourless, but with

24: G. and H. Nevill—On New Marine Mollusca. [No. 1,

the interstices transversely, rather distantly and very regularly ridged ;

white, with a double row of bright brown granules on the 5th and 6th

whorls, with three of the same double rows on the last whorl; outer lip

thickened, very regularly ridged, columellar margin reflected and ridged,

aperture very straight, with a very small notch at the top.

Long. 7 Mil., Diam. 38 Mil.

Mauritius.

Mirra (Pusta) Cernica, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 9.

Shell small, stout, glabrous ; whorls eight, obtusely rounded, apex de-

collated, longitudinally, somewhat indistinctly plicately ribbed, ribs smooth,

wide, close together, in the interstices transversely minutely striated, sculp-

ture altogether obsolete on the back of the last whorl ; colour rich chesnut-

brown, with a moderately broad white band round the middle of the last

whorl, ornamented in its centre with a row of square, distant, regular brown

spots, this white band can be traced indistinctly near the suture of the upper

whorls ; interior of the aperture prominently ridged, columella five-plaited,

Seven or eight specimens of this pretty species have come under our

notice, its nearest ally seems to be MZ. pardalis, Kiist.

Long. 123 Mil., Diam. 53 Mil.

Mauritius.

Nassa (HIMA) SISTROIDEA, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 6.

Shell fusiformly ovate, thick, yellowish-brown, with a narrow black belt

just above the suture, and a second broader one in the centre of the last

whorl ; whorls five to six, depressed into a sort of groove next the suture,

obliquely rather closely longitudinally ribbed, entire surface spirally ridged

with white, forming small, somewhat indistinct, white granules where the

ridges cross the longitudinal ribs; inner lip with the callus defined, of a

deep mauve colour, with three plaits at the base: outer lip simple, strongly

varicose, interior a deep mauve colour, irregularly ridged with white near

the margin and with a single white zone near the centre; operculum typi-

eal. Totally unlike both in form and colour the other species of the genus

in these seas, it has some analogy with certain species of Ststrwm.

Long. 17 Mil., Diam. 11 Mil. ;

Andamans. (Coll. Rev. J. Warneford, Dr. Stoliczka and Indian Museum).

Nassa (TELASCO) SrontozKaNna, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 8.

There is only one species of the genus that at all resembles this inter-

esting form, viz., V. semiplicata, A. Ad. (China, Benson) numerous speci-

mens of which we have seen in all stages of growth from Madagascar, Mau-

ritius, Ceylon, and Arakan ; the shell here described is considerably smaller,

more regularly and closely longitudinally ribbed, the interior more richly

stained with brown, the last whorl sculptured with incised, transverse lines

1874:.] G. and H. Nevill—On New Marine Mollusca. 25

over ? of its length, whereas in WV. semiplicata there are merely a few almost

obsolete strie at the base ; in WV. Stoliczkana there is also a very distinct

second sutural row of well-developed granules, not existing in WV. semiplicata.

Long. 10 Mil., Diam. 53 Mil.

Calicut. (Coll. Dr. Stoliczka and Indian Museum).

Nassa [Arcubaria] caunospira, A. Ad. [P juv.? n. sp.] Pl. I. Fig. 5.

We have long hesitated whether to regard the shell here figured as a

new species, or merely as a not fully developed form of WV. callospira

in which the characteristic callosity does not extend to the apex ; in this

latter typical stage, the Indian Museum possesses a single specimen also

from the Andamans, the sculpture appears to be perfectly identical, the

ash-coloured bands are somewhat more apparent in the form figured ; the in-

terior of the typical specimen is a light yellow, especially vivid within the

canal, but in the form here described, the interior, in the seven or eight

Specimens seen, is a pure white.

Long. 103 Mil., Diam. 7 Mil.

Andamans. (Coll. Rev. J. Warneford, Dr. Stoliczka, and Indian Museum).

Nassa [Niorna]| stnustcera, A. Ad. var. Cernica, Pl. I. Fig. 7.

At first we thought this Mauritian form might be separated as a dis-

tinct species, none of the eight or nine specimens seen are filleted with

brown in the manner figured and described by Reeve in his monograph of

the genus, the variety here named and figured being merely stained with

that colour at the sutures and at the base of the last whorl, especially vividly

round the basal canal; the present variety, moreover, can scarcely be de-

scribed as ‘‘ granulated at the sutures,” though indeed there is a slight trace

of something of the sort; in other respects it agrees with the figure and

description of the typical form. :

Long. 113 Mil., Diam. 7 Mil.

Mauritius. (Coll. Dr. Stoliczka and Indian Museum).

RISsOINA MINUTA, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 15,

Shell very small, shining, white, somewhat resembling #, obeliscus,

Recl.; whorls eight, angularly turreted, the first three thin, embryonal, with-

out sculpture, sometimes decollated in the adult, the others ornamented

with longitudinal, thick, slightly oblique, and somewhat irregular ribs, inter-

stices smooth ; last whorl with a single spiral row of prominent granules near

the base, at the termination of the ribs; outer lip thickened, smooth.

Long. 25 Mil., Diam. 1 Mil.

Andamans, (Coll. Indian Museum and Rev. J. Warneford).

RISSOINA EVANIDA, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 14.

Shell very small, white; whorls six, convex, the first two embryonal,

26 G. and H. Nevill—On New Marine Mollusca. [No. 1,

shining and smooth, the rest longitudinally sculptured with oblique, some-

what indistinct and distant undulations, disappearing altogether on the lat-

ter half of the last whorls, spirally striated throughout, striz close and

somewhat scabrous, causing the outer lip to be minutely but regularly den-

ticulated ; columella abruptly twisted backwards, making a sharp angle at the

base of the aperture. This species resembles #. nivea, A. Ad. from Australia,

but is a smaller shell, composed of fewer whorls, spirally striated throughout,

instead of only on the basal portion of the last whorl, the ribs also are not

so strongly developed and are more oblique, the peculiar formation of the

aperture and its canal are, however, exactly similar.

Long. 24 Mil., Diam. 1 Mil.

Andamans,

RissOINA PERORASSA, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 18.

Shell large, very thick, white; whorls seven, angularly turreted, the

last equalin size to the other six, the first five sculptured with very

massive, longitudinal ribs, on the last two whorls the sculpture is obso-

lete, traces only can be seen near the columella, the last whorl has a trans-

verse, rather indistinct furrow beneath the suture and a very broad, rounded

and callous rib, extending from the top of the aperture to the margin of the

outer lip, becoming somewhat indistinct near its termination ; columella

thickened and reflected, outer lip very thick and callous, angled near the centre

at the point where the previously mentioned rib joins it. The furrow below the

suture and the broad rib near the base of the last whorl are characteristics

not known inany other species of the genus; it is also .a more callous shell.

Long. 8 Mil., Diam. 3 Mil.

Mauritius. Rare.

ARCUELLA, n. sub-gen.

Differing from typical species of Hulima by regular spiral striation and

by the columella beg twisted back, so as to form an acute angle at the

base of the aperture.

Evia [Arcveria] miririca, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 10,

Shell slender, aciculate, white and shining ; whorls fifteen, very narrow

and tortuous, regularly and closely but very minutely spirally striated

throughout, a somewhat superficial groove is apparent, a little below the

centre, on all except the last and first five or six whorls; columella thicken-

ed, twisted and bent backwards, forming a sharp angle at its junction with

the outer lip ; interior of the aperture striated; varices certainly exist on

the whorls, but they are too indistinct to be traced satisfactorily ; in shape

this shell somewhat resembles Hulima tortuosa, Ad. and Rv.

Long. 8 Mil., Diam. 13 Mil.

Ceylon, A single specimen only has been found.

1874. ] G. and H. Nevill—On New Marine Mollusca. 27

Trocnuus [SonarreLna] castus, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 4.

Shell conoidal, glabrous ; white, ornamented with brown, sometimes

in distant broad flames, sometimes in minute close reticulations, base white,

on the outer half only, streaked or marbled with brown ; whorls five to six,

angular, spirally keeled, keels prominent, four to five; outer half of the

base with five, distant, impressed spiral lines ; round, and entering into,

the open, deep umbilicus some six spiral rows of close oblique granules, the

outer row of which is the largest.

Alt. 74 Mil., Diara. 9 Mil.

Ceylon. (Coll. H. Nevill and Indian Museum.)

Trocuvs [CrancuLus| ToNNERREI, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 3.

Shell small, turbinated, similar in shape to our C. Ceylonicus, J. A. S:

for 1869, p. 157, (? = depictus, A. Ad.) ; white, above marked with broad

flames of chesnut-brown, on the base closely mottled with the same colour ;

whorls five, convex, with four rows of spiral, coarsely granulated keels on

each. whorl, last whorl at the periphery almost rounded, with two rows of

the spiral keels more strongly developed than the rest ; interior of the aper-

ture striated, forming a slight denticulation at the outer margin ; base slightly

convex, with nine rows of granulated keels, margin of the umbilicus

thickened and rather indistinctly twisted or denticulated, somewhat as in

C. scabrosus, Phil., in this respect differing essentially from C. Ceylonicus

and most others of the sub-genus ; itis somewhat allied to C. Kraussii, Phil.

I have named this shell in honour of Dr. Fabre Tonnerre, who some years

ago presented to the Asiatic Society of Bengal a valuable collection of

birds, shells, &c.

Alt. 6 Mil., Diam. 7 Mil.

Aden.

Trocuus [MonizEa| Warnerorpt, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 2.

Shell flatly conoidal ; whorls six, angular, spirally ribbed with rather

distant, slightly undulating costulations, keeled at the periphery ; on the

angle of the last whorl, a row of slightly raised transverse undulations,

giving the shell a coronated appearance ; brown, irregularly and minutely

reticulated with white ; base smooth, glabrous, closely ribbed, ribs somewhat

superficial, flat, with a smooth thickened callosity round the umbilicus,

forming a tooth on the margin of the columella; interior of the aperture

barely striated. The only species at all resembling this fine shell are Monz-

lea rigata, Phil., MU. callifera, Lam, (also found in our Indian Seas)

and our MM. Masonz; it can, however, be easily distinguished from all

of them by the above characters.

Alt. 94 Mil., Diam. 183 Mil.

Andamans. Rare,

28 G. and H. Nevill—On New Marine Mollusca. [No. 1,

Trocuus [Monies] Masont, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 1.

Shell in form resembling I. callifera, Lam. but more depressed ; whorls

six, closely and acutely spirally keeled, alternate keels larger, very closely,

obliquely decussated, both on the ridges and in the interstices, whereas in JF

callifera the ridges only are decussated ; flesh-coloured or white, above radiately

striped at wide intervals with reddish-brown, partially continued on the

base, throughout irregularly and closely mottled with brown; base closely

ribbed, ribs scabrously decussated, a broad and raised callosity round the

open umbilicus, this callous rib being very closely and regularly convexly

striated ; columellar margin very thick and callous, much contorted, interior

of the aperture barely striated, nacre very thick and brilliant.

Alt. 11 Mil., Diam. 16 Mil.

Andamans. (Coll. Rev. J. Warneford, Dr. Stoliczka, and Indian Museum),

Scutus [P] aBnormis, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 12.

Shell colourless, thin, oblong, slightly arched ; apex nearly central, broad

anteriorly and squarely truncated, posteriorly abruptly and _ peculiarly

compressed, forming in the centre, from the apex to the margin, a deeply

excavated trough, with a corresponding raised, acute projection in the inte-

rior; concentrically and continuously striated, striz anteriorly abruptly

angled. This remarkable shell is unlike that of any mollusc hitherto describ-

ed, and should probably form the type of a new genus; unfortunately

neither Dr. Stoliczka nor ourselves have as yet been successful in obtaining

it alive, it therefore seems best to class it temporarily as a species of Seutus,

although it differs from all the known species of that genus in being

posteriorly, not anteriorly, acuminated and compressed; the internal, acute

ridge is also peculiar.

Long. 31 Mil., Diam. 19 Mil.

Penang (Dr. Stoliczka). Chandpur, Bay of Bengal.

LIMopsis COMPRESSA, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 17.

Shell resembling LZ. Japonica, A. Ad, but more compressed and the

umbones more prominent, it is much less inequilateral than L. cancellata,

Rv. ; the interior is of a distinct green hue, irregularly and somewhat in-

distinctly longitudinally striated ; there are about fourteen teeth, slightly

and irregularly tinged with chesnut-brown, on each side of the hinge; ex-

ternally it is sculptured with rather crowded longitudinal strize, scabrously

decussated and with the alternate strize larger; umbones prominent and

acute; epidermis very long, thick, and silky.

Long. 20 Mil., Diam. 20 Mil., Alt. 5 Mil.

Andamans. Dredged alive at 8-13 fths. (J. Wood-Mason).

[Coll. H. Adams, Esq., Dr. Stoliczka, Rev, J. Warneford, Indian

Museum. ] ,

1874. ] G. and H. Nevill—On New Marine Mollusca, 29

PECTUNCULUS PLANATUS, n. sp., Pl. I. Fig. 16.

Shell flat, orbicular, umbonal margin perfectly straight and much pro-

duced ; white, mottled and variegated with reddish-brown, longitudinally rib-

bed, ribs about 24, each one divided by adeep groove in the centre, throughout

closely, almost fimbriately, decussated with crowded transverse strize ; mar-

gin deeply incised ; teeth 14 on the posterior and 11 on the anterior side ;

interior mottled with brown, distantly grooved. I know of no species at

all like this interesting Pecten-like species, perhaps it most resembles Pect.

vitreus, Lam.

Long. 14 Mil., Diam. 143 Mil., Alt. 4 Mil,

Andamans.

Triton [GUTTURNIUM] ORIENTALIS, n. sp.

This beautiful species is well figured by Reeve, Pl. XI, species 38, though

it seems almost incredible that he could have confused it with the South

American Triton gibbosus, Brod., correctly figured later on in the Iconogra-

phy, PJ. XIV, species 88 b. and c. The outer lip and four varices are very

broadly and flatly expanded, the canal is more produced than in the true

T. gibbosus and slightly umbilicated, as in Z. dabeosus, Wood ; the columellar

margin and interior of the aperture are white, the sculpture and epidermis

are similar to those of Z. gemmatus, Rv.; operculum normal.

Long. 838 Mil., Diam. 20 Mil.

Four living specimens were dredged by Mr. Wood-Mason at the Anda-

mans.

We take this opportunity to point out that the shell described by

Sowerby in the Thesaurus, Pl. 328, Figs. 537-8, from the Red Sea, as

Cypraea Macandrei, is a mere variety of C. Becki, Gaskoin from the same

locality.

Pease having described, Journ. American Conch. for 1867, a Mitra

(Nebularia) assimilis (very doubtfully distinct from Mebularia caeligena,

Rv.), we propose to change to Mitra (Turricula) Garrett, the shell de-

scribed as Mitra assimilis by Garrett, Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1872.

The shell described by Lienard as Leptoconchus Robillardi, Journ. de

Conchil. for 1870, p. 305, and figured by ourselves in the Society’s Journal

for 1871, Pl. I, fig. 1, is Coralliobia fimbriatus, A. Ad. ; we are indebted to Mr,

Henry Adams for pointing out the probability of the above identification

and for giving us an opportunity of examining a typical specimen,

bth

Pee Sette eta esee see

fumed fam fel fd fed fd

SOO wb

G. and H. Nevill— On New Marine Mollusca.

Explanation of Plate I.

Trochus Masoni, n. sp., % 2;

T. Warnefordi, n. sp., K 2

T. Tonnerrei, n. sp., KX 3;

T. castus,; 0. Sps, Ke24 %..

Nassa callospira, A. Ad., X 2;

NV. sistroidea,n. sp., % 2;

NV. sinusigera, A, Ad., 23...

NV. Stoliczkana, n. sp., % 2; :

Mitra Cernica, n. sp., K 25... ee ee

EHKulima mirifica, n. sp.. K 4;

Cithara amabilis, n. sp., K 43

Scutus abnormis, n. sp., nat. size ;

Rissoina percrassa, 0. sp., K 3;

R. evanida, nv. sp., K 7;

R. minuta, n. sp., % 7;

Pectunculus planatus, n. sp., % 2;

Limopsis compressa, n. sp., X 2;

[No. 1,

Page

24:

. 24

1874.] 31

REMARKS ON SOME InprIAN Fisues,—by Surgeon Major Francis Day.

(Received March 25th ; read April 1st, 1874.)

Amongst a small collection of Burmese fishes presented last year by Mr.

Theobald, of the Geological Survey of India, to the Indian Museum, I found

a species of Goby of the genus Szeydiwm which appears to be undescribed.

The exact locality in which it was captured has not been recorded, but

I believe it to be identical with a specimen in my collection from

Pegu, which, being in Europe, is not available for comparison.

SICYDIUM FASCIATUM, sp. nov.

ivy DOL Vs 6, A. WC. 1a, Le yed0, Ls. tee 18.

Length of head, of caudal fin and height of body each 1/5 of the total

length. yes, diameter 2/9 of length of head, nearly 14 diameters from the

end of snout and 1? apart. Body subcylindrical: head rather flattened

superiorly and broader than high, its breadth being equal to its length

excluding the snout. Cleft of mouth horizontal extending to below the

middle of the orbit: lips rather thick: snout overhanging the mouth.

Teeth, in the upper jaw small and implanted in the gums ina single row:

those in the lower jaw large, conical, recurved, some distance apart, the

anterior ones being the largest and the posterior one likewise some-

what larger than the lateral ones. ins, dorsal spines rather filiform and

projecting beyond the membrane, being 3/4 as high as the body beneath:

pectorals nearly as long as the head: ventrals short forming a complete

disk. Scales somewhat irregularly arranged, extending forwards nearly to

the eyes, those anterior to the dorsal fin and also in front of the anal much

smaller than the others. Colours reddish-brown, with about six vertical

darker bands on the body wider than the ground colour, some dark spots

likewise present: under surface of the body dirty yellowish-brown. Fins

nearly black with a light, nearly white, edge.

Habitat—Burma to 2% inches in length.

Semiptotus McCuierianpt, Bleeker.

A fine specimen of this fish in excellent condition also existed in the

same collection, this being the first time that it has been found so far to the

eastward. During my recent tour in Assam, I ascertained that its distri-

bution is much more extensive than had been hitherto recorded. Under

the native name of Lah-bo-ee, it is common in the upper portions of the

Boreli river near Tezpur. I also obtained it near Goalpara, and from all

the affluents of the Brahmaputra that I visited in Upper Assam, but it. is

generally known as the Swn-de-o-ree or Rajah mas. Fishermen assert

that it was termed Rajah’s fish, because all that were caught had to be

32 F: Day—Remarks on some Indian Fishes. [No. 1,

taken to the native Rajahs for their special eating. As food it does not

appear to possess any very excellent flavour, whilst it seems too common to

render it necessary to issue any strict orders regulating its consumption.

I did not find it in the main stream of the Brahmaputra, and it is said

only nominally to reside in the clear side rivers.

LABEO DyYocHEILUS, McClelland.

Goreah or Heel goreah, Assam,

Be TU, D23/1O; Px 18, -¥.. 9, As 66519, 1, 48, Ti tera

Length of head 1/5, of caudal 2/9, height of body 1/4 of the total

length. yes, diameter 2/11 of length of head, 3 diameters from end of

snout, Snout with pores and a lateral lobe, the lower labial fold interrup-

ted. Fins, the dorsal commences nearer the snout than the base of the

caudal, whilst it is somewhat in advance of the ventrals. Scales, 64 rows

between the lateral line and the base of the ventral fin. Colours, bluish

slate colour becoming lighter on the abdomen: fins black.

Habitat—Throughout Assam.

This species is a distinct Labeo and not a Cirrhina; it attains a large

size.

Barbus hexagonolepis, McClelland, or Bokar of the Assamese, is

entirely distinct from Barbus hexastichus, McClelland, or Lobura of the

Assamese, with which 1t has been identified. The mouth of the latter has a

considerable resemblance to that of Barbus tor, but the shape of the

opercular bones at once distinguishes it from that species.

OL LL LLL

G.&H.NEVILL. Journ: Asiat: Soc: Bengal. Vol:XLIII. Pt:I. 1874

ESTERS

1. Trochics Mason .

rile! bs Warnefordi :

3. T. Tonnerra.

4,7. Casta

5. Nosse. collospira .

6. N. sistroiden .

7. N, strausigera. 11. Gthara amabilis .

8. N. Stolicxkarm .

1% Limopsis compressa

40. Bulan nurifice .

12. Seutaus abnormis.

PUL

13. Rissoma percerassa

it, R. evarida .

15. R. minuto

16, Pectuncidus plonotus

JOURNAL

OF THE

BSTATIC: SOCIETY.

Part II.—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

No. II.—1874.

OO OO OO eeeeeeeeEeEeEeoIEem™ eS

RecorD ofr THE KuartrpurR MEreorite oF 23rd Sept. 1873.—By H. B.

Mepuicorr, Esq., Officiating Superintendent of the Geological

Survey of India.

[Received July 1st, 1874. ]

At the meeting of January of this year several fine specimens were

exhibited of a meteorite that had fallen on the 23rd September, 1873,

partly in the State of Bhawalpur and partly in the Multan district, on

either side of the Sutlej. The largest pieces and the greatest number fell

close about the village of Khairpur, 72° 12’ HE. long., 29° 56’ N. lat., 36

miles east-north-east of Bhawalpur. It has hence been called the Khair-

pur Meteorite, though the name seems to be a very common one through-

out this region of the Punjab. As we are not likely to obtain any more

information on the subject, what has been received may be recorded. It is

not as exact as could be desired, but as much so as can usually be attained

without special inquiry on the spot.

The position of the known falls have been recorded on maps, received

from Major Minchin, Political Agent for Bhawalpur, and from Captain Lang,

Deputy Commissioner for the Multan district. The number of stones that

fell about Khairpur is not mentioned. Five are accounted for, but from

the terms of the forwarding letters it may be inferred that others were

procured. On the Multan side, Captain Lang mentions the finding of 7

' pieces, 4 at different spots near Gogewala well, close to E. S. E. of Mahomed

Moorut ; two at Khurampur on right bank of the Sutlej, and one at Araoli

two miles to N. W. of Khurampur. Of these one only is in known hands.

34: H. B. Medlicott—Record of the Khairpur Meteorite. [No. 2,

It was received from Col. Ralph Young, R. E., Commissioner of Multan,

as having fallen near Mylsi, which is 12 miles from the nearest of the above

named places ; but the stone is probably one of those seven. The range

thus covered by the fall has a marked lineal direction, bearing 35° S. of E.,

N. of W., with a length of sixteen miles and a breadth of about three.

List of Specimens.

Ibs OZ. or

A lahore Museum, weight, ...6......esceeees te enkt ae 12 “136

B. sbndian. .Mousemane-? seta sce 'n s hiiecnte taalls Wine Aegon 9 11 |- 4259

C 5 = SME eR wh hs deter ses eat awe 7 14 236

D Geological Musetima, 5 61.2 sg: cjere'= bie hme nw ae ome 1 2 412

E is SiR Ad et eee ae : 3 79

F Ls Spider, Lisle cutee ataleraverate etal ter greciets 6 70

otal, rao Z 266

The five first fell at Khairpur. In the letters forwarding B and C,

and D and H, separately, it is said “ These stones were taken from several

pieces that fell in the neighbourhood of Khairpur:” and that they were

“found imbedded in the earth at a depth of about 1} feet at various places,

about.a mile and a half from Khairpur to the eastward, and about a mile

apart.” F is the one from the Mylsi Pergunnah.

All are very irregular in shape, and more or less broken. Some of

these fractures are evidently done by hand, others probably at the moment

of falling ; while several seem to have occurred during the fall, the glazing

being partially renewed, In two of the latter cases, the fracture forms a

nearly plain surface.

Nothing exceptional is apparent in the composition of this Meteorite ;

it is a stone of the usual steel gray colour, and dense crypto-crystalline

texture.

The specific gravity of F is 3.66,

Several accounts of the appearance of the fall are appended :

Note by the Rev. G. Yeates, Church Missionary Society, Multan, received

through Mason Mincuin.

1. “On the morning of the 23rd of September, 1873, at 5.10 a. mw, a

meteor was observed from a spot about 12 miles south of Multan, in the

Punjab (Lat 29° 20’ East, Long. 71° 40’ or nearly so).

“The observer was on the ground in the middle of a wide plain with

nothing to obstruct the view. The morning was remarkably fine and clear,

the sky unclouded, there was a faint glow of light in the Hast, but the sun

was still about 45 minutes below the horizon.

1874.) H. B. Medlicott—Record of the Khairpur Meteorite. . 35

2. “It is difficult to estimate the size of the meteor, as it was more a

cluster of meteors, each one far exceeding the size and brightness of a star

of the first magnitude, than a ‘ fireball.’ The breadth of the train left behind

them must have been from 8° to 5°. Venus was at the time about 25°

above the horizon and very bright, but she was thrown quite in the shade

when compared with the brightness of the meteor.

“Tts first appearance in the west, towards which the observer’s face

happened to be turned, was so like a rocket which had reached its height

and was just bursting, that the first impression was that some one in a

distant village was amusing himself, at that early hour, with one that

had remained over from a last night’s display: but this idea was speedily

dispelled, as, instead of dying out, it rapidly increased in brightness and

continued to move on towards the observer, leaving a tail or train behind

it. Its motion was not very rapid but steady, and by the time it had

reached about 10° of the meridian, which it passed south of zenith, it

assumed an exceedingly brilliant appearance, the larger fragments glowing

with an intense white light with perhaps a shade of green, taking the lead

in a cluster, surrounded and followed by a great number of smaller ones,

each drawing a train after it, which blending together formed a broad belt

brilliant fiery red. At this time it lit up the whole country, casting deep

shadows .and having the effect produced by the electric light. In this

way it proceeded until it reached a point nearly due east, paling again a

little as it drew near the horizon, when, about 20° above it, it appeared to

go out, rather than to fall.

“The train it left continued very bright for some time and was distinctly

traceable for more than three quarters of an hour afterwards; at first

changing to a dull red, then, as the morning broke, to a line of silvery gray

clouds which broke up into separate portions and floated away on the wind.

3. “From the rough diagram attached, it will be noticed that the

course of the meteor was unusually long, extending through very nearly

180°, its first appearance, as sketched, was as near as possible in a spot

close to the star Algenib, which was just faintly visible, about 15° above the

horizon in the west. It then passed close under Orion, the lowest star of

which (Rigel) was very near if not on the meridian, and disappeared on the

other, east side, about the same height from the horizon as it was noticed

at, in the beginning of its course.

“ For some time after the meteor had disappeared, but while the train

still continued to attract notice, there was perfect stillness which was

interrupted by a loud report followed by a long reverberation which

eradually died away like the roll of distant thunder.

“The report seemed to come from the south, in which direction there

was a tope of Pepuls, about quarter of a mile off, but one man, who was a

36 H. B. Medlicott—Record of the Kharpur Meteorite. (No. 2,

witness of it, said it seemed to him to come from the north, as he said the

artillery were practismg in Multan, The time that elapsed between the

bursting of the meteor, when first noticed, and the report was about four

minutes.”

Mr. Yeates describes the meteor in the meridian as attaining an altitude

of 50° from his point of view, which seems to be about 380-40 miles from

the projected path of the meteor, and about 50 miles from Khairpur in the

direction of the major axis of the area covered by the fall.

The following observations are extracted from a letter of Major Min-

chin’s.

“ T was in camp at a place about 6 miles from Ooch and 50 miles from

Bhawalpur at the time, and was roused from sleep by a brilliant light

followed by a loud thunderclap. The next day we heard from Bhawalpur

that the explosion of the meteorite was so violent as to shake the house

and slam all the doors; and in the course of a few days the Tuhsildar of

Khairpur sent me in 3 meteoric stones, 2 of which were forwarded to you

and one to the museum at Lahore, which he reported had fallen at places

about a mile apart and about a mile beyond Khairpur, which is 36 miles

east of Bhawalpur.

“One of the meteorites fell close to a man who had gone out into the

jungle for the purpose of nature, and frightened him so much, that he

hardly knew what occurred and was under the impression that the stone

pursued him for two hours ; but he shewed the spot where it fell which was

the first piece found. I have had the spot marked approximately in the

map you sent, and which is herewith returned, some portions fell in the_

Mylsi district on the right bank of the Sutlej.

“ At Bhawulgur in this State, 80 miles from Khairpur, the meteor was

seen but no explosion was heard ; and I have been informed that it was seen

at Bunnoo and Kohat on the frontier and also from the Terar hills above

Peshawur,

“A correspondent in the Pzoneer mentioned having seen it at Jodhpur,

and Mr. W. Beckett saw it near Moradabad on his way from Nynee Tal.

Stating it roughly, the meteorite would appear to have been visible within

a radius of 8300 miles of Khairpur.”

The following observations are taken from the Pioneer newspaper, of

the 80th September.

“ Multan, 24th Sept.

“Sir,—The appearance of an extraordinary meteor, of which I daresay

you will have notice from other quarters, may justify my venturing to

describe it as seen from the neighbourhood of Multan, and under very

favourable circumstances,

1874.| H. B. Medlicott—Record of the Khairpur Meteorite. 37

“ Duty called me to be on the Shujabad road, about 13 miles south of

Multan, on the morning of the 23rd instant. I had stopped for the night

in one of the rest-houses, and rose early to continue my journey southward.

While my man was getting the dog-cart ready, I walked on enjoying the

fresh breeze which was from the south, and after a long and wearisome hot

Season was most grateful and reviving. & had gone on about half a mile

and the cart had just come up to me when, as I turned my face full to

the west, crossing over the road from the east, a brilliant star made its

appearance right opposite me, about 15 degrees above the horizon, It

moved on slantingly upwards and towards us, bursting almost immediately

as a rocket, but without scattering to any extent, all the fragments or stars

keeping close together, aad marching on its way steadily but slowly across

the whole heavens, crossing the meridian about 60° from the horizon close

under the constellation Orion which was close to the meridian at the time,

and proceeding on to a point in the east nearly exactly opposite to that at

which it first appeared.

“From its first appearance it increased rapidly in brightness, and long

before it had got half way, lit up the whole country with a greenish light,

not unlike the effect of the electric light. The different fragments into

which it broke up were distinctly visible, more than twenty of them I should

say, all of a brilliant palish green, moving in parallel courses, two or three

of the larger ones taking the lead in the centre, and each of them leaving a

tail of red light behind it; these tails blending into one formed a huge

band of light from one end of the heaven to the other.

“From the moment it shone out brilliantly we all stood, spell-bound,

in perfect silence, the more marked in the dead stillness of the morning,

and as it died out we stood watching the wonderful path ithad trod. The

effect was most thrilling, when silence was first broken by the Ya Allah

of one of the servants. We still remained motionless, expecting nothing

further, when a loud report, as of a number of cannon in the distance, shook

the very ground under us, reverberation rolling on for a considerable time

and dying away at length like distant thunder. Unfortunately, I had

no watch about me at the time, nor indeed, had I, should I have thought

of looking at it, to count the minutes between the explosion and the time

its sound reached us, as I did not anticipate hearing it, but I should say,

from experience in such things, that about three and half minutes must

have elapsed. This, counting 1,100 feet per second, which is, I believe,

the rate at which sound travels, would give about 45 miles as its distance at

the time of its disruption. Its explosion must have taken place almost

immediately after entering our atmosphere, through the denser part of

which it must have passed. It had all the appearance of being very close:

indeed for a moment the feeling was that it was coming unpleasantly so,

38 H. B. Medlicott—Record of the Khairpur Meteorite. [No. 2,

and contrasted remarkably with the dark background of the sky, which it

did not illuminate.

“The train left behind remained very bright for some time and gradually

faded. It was evidently affected by the wind, as it first broke up into a

heavy irregular line, then into small detached clouds, which remained

visible for upwards of an hour afterwards, and only disappeared when the

brightness of the sun rendered them indistinct.

“This month has been very prolific in small meteors. I have noticed

them in greater numbers than usual, but this one exceeds anything I have

ever witnessed. On getting to Shujabad, 12 miles distant, I found that

the noise had aroused many; some saw it, but it was difficult to judge

from the description given whether it appeared more over-head or not.

What I have heard of it here too, since my return, is too vague to form

any opinion from. Perhaps other accounts of it may throw light on its

extent, &c.” G.

“ Bhawulpore State, 24th September.

‘‘Sir,—On the morning of 23rd September, at 5 a. M., the following

phenomenon was observed on the Chenab left bank, some sixty miles south-

west of Bhawulpore. A luminous globe suddenly appeared under a clear

sky, which lighted up the earth, in the full blaze of sun-light. The electric

globe shot across towards the north-east over about sixty degrees of space,

and seemingly was not more than a few hundred yards above the earth,

when it disappeared in a shower of shooting stars. But six or seven

minutes must have elapsed before the sound of its explosion was heard,

which was a double detonation like the discharge of two heavy pieces of

artillery close together, followed by loud and prolonged reverberation. Then

all was still. The sun rose and the morning was fresh and the breeze cooler

than usual at this time of year, giving the idea to the observers who were

bound for the “ Happy Hunting Grounds,” that the blazing phenomenon

had cleared the atmosphere in a remarkable manner. According to the

lapse of time above noted, between the disappearance of the fire globe and

the sound of its explosion, its fragments may have struck the earth from 77

to 91 miles off, somewhere between the Chenab and Sutlej rivers.

. SHIKAREE.”

These few and superficial data are recorded for the information of

experts in the phenomena of meteorites. This fall seems specially remarkable

for the very oblique direction of its course to the earth’s surface.

1874.] 39

CONTRIBUTIONS TOWARDS A KNOWLEDGE OF TIE BURMESE FLORA.—

Part IL—By 8. Kunz.

{Received May 25th, read August 5th, 1874. |

In the present paper I purpose giving an abridged enumeration of Bur-

mese plants, phanerogamic and cryptogamic, as far as they have come to

my knowledge. The Burmese Empire is as yet too incompletely explored

for the present communication to be looked upon otherwise than in the light

of an attempt at collating the scattered material either published or deposit-

ed in Herbaria. An exploration of Ava, the Arracan Yomah and the Chit-

tagong hills, will furnish large additions of Khasya hill plants, while the

Tenasserim and Martaban hills abound in Malayan forms,

A bare list would have been of little use to the Indian botanist and

still less so to the resident in Burma; I have, therefore, given short outlines

of the distinctive characters of the genera as well.as of the species. Such

conspectuses are not always based upon sound characters, which in many

cases can only be ascertained by a close examination of all the species

composing the several genera; but still they will be found serviceable for

handy identification of the plants of the better explored provinces of Burma.

In the framing of the generic tables, I have chiefly followed the authors of

the ‘Genera Plantarum.’ Of citations I have given only a selection, giving

preference to illustrations. The remaining synonyms or references to

synonyms may be found in Hooker’s Flora of British India so far as that

work has been published.

I have avoided as much as possible critical discussions, and have taken

in hand only essential matters: to have done otherwise would only have

increased the bulk of my contributions without materially assisting in the

encouragement of the exploration of the Burmese Flora; for which purpose

this enumeration is written.

I have also given further particulars about the habitats of the species

and notices about frequency. Such are necessarily understood to refer only

to provinces wherein I have myself travelled (Andamans, Pegu, Prome,

Martaban and partially Arracan and Chittagong): information regarding

the rest had to be compiled from herbarium-material. Flowering and

fruiting time are given, but cannot always be relied upon, for the reason

that contradictory dates are sometimes given by collectors.

I wished to have introduced here the soil question from an Indian

point of view, but defer doing so until my experiences in this direction are

more matured and have been verified by future explorations, In Burma

my attention was directed more towards the woody vegetation, and the

necessary information as. regards this will be given elsewhere. Herbaceous

40 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge. [No. 2,

growth is for the greater part more regulated by physical and climatal

factors, which in connection with moisture, the most powerful element

in nature, bring about the greatest changes in vegetation. But still not an

inconsiderable number of herbs are found in Burma and elsewhere in India

which belong to Unger’s class of soil-steady (bodenstaetig) : such are

especially many limestone and laterite plants, and, everywhere, the saline

ones. The indication of the forests, etc., in which they grow will, however,

at once give a more or less reliable key to the soil-requirements ; the forests

being more dependent upon the substratum than the herbaceous growth.

I have purposely selected for the different varieties of Burmese forests

general denominations instead of naming them after characteristic trees,

as is usually done. The sorts of forests or combinations of forest trees as

distinguished by me are, so to say, the exponents of a complex of climatal

physical and partially chemical influences which produce everywhere habi-

tually and generically identical or representative equivalents. Thus we

have sal-forests in India and eng-forests in Burma; dry forests in Behar

and Northern Hindostan and again in the Prome district; mixed forests

in the low Terai lands of the Himalaya and savannah forests in the Bengal

Gangetic alluvium as well as in Burma; and so it is with the tidal forests,

hill-forests, etc.

The distinction between evergreen and deciduous forests must always

be the leading one in tropical countries, and such forests differ always most

conspicuously in their vegetative components.

The former are divided into the littoral forests (tidal and mangrove),

the result of saline influence ; further into swamp-forests, the product of

superabundance of fresh-water and heavy inundations during rains. Then

come the tropical forests, which are more regulated by moisture and amount-

of shade than by substratum, although great differences (not so much habi-

tually as specifically) are observable in those that grow on permeable or on

half-permeable strata, on silicious sandstones or on metamorphic or permea-

ble laterites, the latter rich in purely Malayan types, the former poorest of

all (with those growing on limestone in Tenasserim I am not acquainted).

The last sort of evergreen forests are the hill-forests, rather confusedly

huddled together by me, but sufficiently distinguished for present require-

ments. The lower damper ones of these are a modification of the tropical

forests below them, while the drier ones consist chiefly of pines, oaks, Hvi-

cinee, etc., and pass soon into the temperate forests, which contain a great

number of winter-deciduous trees but are not represented in Burma except

on a few peaks above 6500-7000 feet elevation. Here the slope and resul-

tant amount of lght and moisture, and not so much the quality of rock,

are the principal regulators, at least so it is on the metamorphie and older

formation, while limestone, ete., will form exceptions. Higher up the in-

1874. } of the Burmese Flora. 41

fluence of elevation modifies and changes vegetation according to well-known

laws.

The leaf-shedding or deciduous forests form the other large class of

Indian forests, and cover in these regions a greater area than the former.

These grow either on impermeable strata, such as compact calcareous sand-

stones, and form then the “dry forests,” where catechu trees and several

Hindustani trees and arboreous Euphorbias find their home, while higher up

on the crests of the Yomah they become formed almost exclusively of an

arboreous Hiptage, often accompanied by several rather temperate forms like

Heraclewm, Vacciniwn, Hymenopogon, etc. On laterite and gravelly strata,

and also on very stiff plastic clay, grows another variety of forest, called by

me the open forests. Those growing on the first named strata are especially

interesting and are generally known to the Burmans as the eng or ein-forests,

so named after the prevailing tree, Dipterocarpus tuberculatus ; here the

botanical rarities of Burma are scattered, and catch the eye the more readily

that the surrounding forest is open and the soil-clothing rather scanty ;

higher up in the hill-eng forests, (which grow on laterite formed by decom-

position of older rocks or on debris of them) the eng-tree is often replaced

by other kinds of wood-oil trees (chiefly Dipterocarpus costatus and obtusi-

folius) ; while those open forests that occupy the stiff clay at the base of

the hills are characterized by the absence of eng.

The last variety of deciduous forests are the mixed forests (as they are

called by the forester), in which teak is chiefly found almost always accom-

panied by pyenkadu (Xylia). The upper ones grow either on permeable silice-

ous argillaceous sandstone, as is the case on the Pegu Yomah, and the trees are

then usually very lofty, or on metamorphic and other older strata in Mar-

taban, and in this case they are richer in species but lower in growth, often

accompanied by trees which are very rare in the Yomah, such as Pterocar-

pus, Ternstroemiaceae, etc. The lower mixed forests occupy the alluvial

lands of the greater rivers and gradually pass into the savannah-forests and

the true savannahs. Along the larger choungs in the hills where alluvial

deposits spread out to a larger extent, similar savannah-forests recur on a

smaller scale, but much better grown, and, especially by favourable exposure,

much mixed up with trees that are missed in the plains, such as Hrythrina

lithosperma, Bischofia Javanica, etc.

Such is a bird’s-eye view of the Burmese forests, of which I have given a

more detailed description in my report on the Pegu-forests, and I hope that

these cursory notes may in the mean time aid in the understanding of the

habitats of the species given in the following pages.

The area comprised by me under the general denomination of Burma

is not the political one but includes Ava, Chittagong as far as the Fenny

42 S. Kurz—-Oontributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

river, Arracan, Pegu, Martaban (all the country between the Sittang and

Salween is thus named by me), Tenasserim and the Andaman islands.

The collections which were at my disposal when working up the Bur-

mese plants are as follows:

1. The large collections of Dr. Wallich and Dr. Brandis. Many of

Wallich’s Numbers are not contained in the Herbarium of the Botanical

Gardens Calcutta, of others only fragments. The latter often proved very

useful in the identification of plants collected by myself or others, but were

only too often unfit for description in the absence of corresponding specimens

collected by others. I experienced therefore much difficulty in dealing with

such, especially as the greater part of Wallich’s plants are not included in

the earlier parts of DeCandolle’s Prodromus, ete.

2. Drs. Griffith’s and Helfer’s sets of Burmese plants sent out from

Kew. Of the former’s collection a set retained by Dr. McClelland to aid

in the editing of Griffith’s posthumous papers, is still in the Herbarium here

and served partially to supplement the incompleteness of the material.

3. Dr. Falconer’s Tenasserim collections in the Calcutta herba-

rium.

4. Mr. Robert Scott’s, the Rev. C. Parish’s and Rev. Dr. F. Mason’s _

plants, in the Calcutta herbarium, which, especially those of the latter two

gentlemen, abound in novelties.

5. Drs. Hooker’s and Thomson’s Chittagong plants, and also a few

plants of the same regions collected by Mr. C. B, Clarke. Only a small

collection was made by myself during a very brief stay in 1869.

6. Dr. John Anderson’s collections. Of these only the Burmese plants

and those collected in the Kakhyen Hills are included here.

7. The collections I myself made in 1867-68, and again in 1870-71,

all over Pegu, Prome and part of Martaban.

8. Arracan-plants, chiefly collected by myself and Dr. Schlich. A

small collection by Captain Margrave from the same province is contained

-in the Calcutta herbarium.

9. Dr. Stoliczka and Mr. Theobald, of the Geological Survey of India,

both presented to me small collections of Tenasserim plants, contaiming

several new or interesting forms. To this must be added a collection of

grasses and other plants, collected in the Prome district by Mr. Hug, Oates,

C. E., and a few plants which Mrs. Mason brought home from the Red

Karen country.

10. Smaller collections and single plants from various parts of Burma

are contained in the Calcutta herbarium, collected by Mrs. Burney, Col.

Eyre, Th. Lobb, Dr. McClelland, Belanger, Reynoud, Dr. Cleghorn, O’ Riley,

Th. Phillippi and others.

11. Dr. Roxburgh’s Flora contains numerous contributions to the

1874. | of the Burmese Flora. 43

Burmese Flora and some of them are still under cultivation in the Botani-

cal garden here.

12. The collections made by myself in 1866 on the Andamans. Dr.

Helfer’s collections from the same islands were unfortunately mixed up with

his Tenasserim plants. In order to avoid as much as possible the introduction

of such doubtful stations, I have preferred to look upon such plants invaria-

bly as derived from Tenasserim or from the Andamans respectively, in all

cases where specimens of the one or other regions already existed in the

herbarium here. .

13. A collection of plants made by the garden-collectors on various

islands of the Andaman and Nicobar islands during Mr. A. O. Hume’s

ornithological cruise in 1873.

: I. DICOTYLEDONS.

RANUNCULACHA.

Conspectus of genera.

I. CLEMATIDEZ. Sepals valvate. Carpels indehiscent, with a solitary ovule

or seed in each. Leaves opposite. Usually woody climbers.

1. Czrematis. No petals, or if any, these gradually pass into stamens Leaves

without tendrils.

2. NARAVELIA. Petals terete, abruptly divided from the stamens. Leaves 2-

foliolate,

Il. RANUNCULEZ. Sepals imbricate. Carpels with a solitary ascending

ovule or seed in each. Achens indehiscent. Herbs or perennials.

3. RanuncuLus. Sepals deciduous. Petals 3 or more.

Ill. HELLEBOREZ. Sepals imbricate. Petals small, deformed, or sometimes

none. Carpels many-seeded, dehiscent, Usually herbs.

4, NIGELLA. Petals small, or clawed, never spurred. Carpels more or less connate.

Clematis, L.

Conspectus of species.

Sect.1 Viticella: Achens simply beaked, without plumose tails. ... O. bracteata.

Sect. 2. Flammula: Achens terminating in a plumose tail.

Dery GUNN ee, ASCs ake few adidas ven Conde raeaceea devices viqade eveedReutrbe ant

Leaves divided.

Anthers terminating in a subulate appendage,.........secseeseeseeeeeeneees C. hedysarifolia.

Anthers blunt, retuse or acute,

X Filaments glabrous.

C. smilacifolia.

Leaflets serrate, glabrous, shining; flowers small, ........cccesseee eee eee C. Gowriana.

Leaflets entire, tomentose ; flowers small,............ccccceseeeeesee eee eee nes C. subumbellata.

X X Filaments hairy (at least towards the base).

Leaflets shining, glabrous ; flowers small,...........ccsecceversceeeeeeeseeres C. acwninata.

Leaflets tomentose or pubescent ; flowers large, ........ccceceeeeeeee sen ees C. Buchananiana,

lL. ©. Bracreata (Lhalictrum bracteatum, Roxb., Fl. Ind., I, 671;

CO. Cadmia, Ham. ap. Hf. Fl. Ind. I, 5.)

4A S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Has. Ava, Bhamo. FI. Jan.

2. OC. smimactFotia, Wall. in Asiat. Res., XIII, 414; Hf. Ind. Fl. I.

8; Bot. Mag. t. 4259.— (C. subpeltata, Wali. Pl. Asiat. rar. t. 20;

C. Munroana, Wight Ill. t. 1; C. imversa, Griff. Not. Dicot. 700 t. 645,

RV)

Has. Ava, on Taong-dong ; Tenasserim, Mergui.

8. C. HEpySARIFoura, DC. Syst. I, 148; Hf. Ind. FL. I. 4,

Has. Pegu (Hore).

4. OC. Gourtana, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 670; Wight Ic. t. 933 and 934;

Hf. Ind, Fl. I. 4.

Has. Ava, on Taong-dong. (Wall.) ; Tenasserim, (C. Parish).

5. C. SUBUMBELLATA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, XX XIX, 61.—

(C. floribunda, Kurz in Seem. Journ, Bot. V. 540, non Pl. et Trian). |

Has. Martaban, Karen hills (O’Riley).

6. C. acuminata, DC. Syst. I. 148; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 5.

Has. Martaban, in the damp hill- oe EK. of Toungoo, at 3000 to

4000 ft. elevation. Fr. March.

7. C. Bucnanantana, DC. Syst. I. 140 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 6. var. rugosa,

Mi..and Th. ive.

Has. Martaban, Karen hills (Rev. F. Mason, O’ Riley).

Doubtful species.

1. C. grossa, Wall. Cat. 4671; Hf. and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 12.—Ava,

Tong-dong ( Wall.)

Naravelia, DC.

Conspectus of species. .

Leaflets tomentose or-pubescent bemeath,..........sceccsessrevescvenerecncee a: es NV. Zeylanica.

Tpanota wputbe SLADTOMS, ais vas acoiget ewes ans fenaws dea ia ke cpesctaneaasews kp tag eeenen NV. laurifolia.

1, N. Zeynanica, DC. Syst. I. 167; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 7.—(4Atragene

Zeylanica, L. Amoen, I. 405; Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. t. 188, and Fl. Ind. IT.

670; WV. dasyonewra, Korth, in Ned. Kruidk. Arch. I. 208; Mig. Fl. Ind.

1/2. 2).

Has. Frequent in the mixed and dry forests all over Pegu and Prome ;

alsoin Ava. Fl. H.S. Fr. C.8,

2. N. wauriFour, Wall. Cat. 4685; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 7.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban ; also Tenas-

serim, Mergui (Griff.) Fl. Fr. Febr. March.

Ranunculus, L.

Oonspectus of species.

A spreading creeping pubescent perennial, ........0...sessesssssensessencccvesses Le. CiffUsus.

An erect glabrous somewhat succulent annual,....s..sessssesceceseees cspecsenee Le. Sceleratus,

1874.] of the Burmese Flora. 45

1. R, prrrusvs, DC. Prod. I. 38; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 19. (2. subpinna-

tus W. A.; Wight Jc. t. 49; &. vestitus, Wall. Cat. 4707).

Has. Ava, Taong dong (Wall.), Khakyen hills, E. of Bhamo (J.

Anderson). Fl. Fr. March.

2. R. sceteratvs, L. sp. pl. 776; Engl. Bot. t. 681; Hf. Ind. FI.

1.19. (£. Indicus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 671).

Has. On moist mud-banks of the Irrawaddi from Prome District down

to Pegu (at Henzadah.) Fl. Fr. Febr.-Apr.

Wigella, L.

* Nigeria sativa, L. sp. pl. 753; DC. Prod. I. 49; Walp. Rep. II.

742. var. Inpica, DC. 1. c. (WV. Indica, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 646).

Has. Burmah, cult. according to Dr. Mason (never seen by me),

DILLENTIACEL.

Conspectus of genera.

J. DELIMEZ Filaments more or less dilated at apex; anthers short, the cells

diverging, or rarely parallel. Woody climbers.

1. Dertima. Carpels solitary: ovules 2-3, basilar.

2. TETRACERA. Carpels 3-5, ovules many, in 2 series.

Il DIZLENTIEA. Filaments equal ; anther-cells parallel, Trees or herbs,

3. DintentA. Carpels 5-20. Seeds without arillus. Trees.

4, AOCROTREMA. Carpels 3. Stemless-herbs with radical leaves.

Delima, L.

1. D. sarmentosa. L. sp. pl. 736; Bot. Mag. t. 3058; Hf. Ind.

Fl. I. 31.—(Letracera sarmentosa, Vahl Symb. III. 70, Roxb, Fl. Ind. II.

645). Var. HEBECARPA, Hf. and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 61.

Hap. Not unfrequent in the mixed forests all over Burma, from

Chittagong and Ava down to Aracan and the Andamans.

Tetracera, L

1. T. Assa, DC. Syst. I. 402; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 81. (2. trigyna, Roxb.

Fl. Ind. II. 645).

-Has. Chittagong (Hf. and Th.).

Another species with large leaves of a thin texture, when fullgrown

quite glabrous, is not unfrequent in the swamp-forests of the Irrawaddi

alluvium in Pegu. It is no doubt a new species but, unfortunately, I

could obtain neither flowers nor fruits.

Acrotrema, Jack. '

1. <A. costatum, Jack in Mal. Misc. ex Hook. Bot. Mise. II. 82;

Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 32. (A. Wightianum, WA ; Wight Je. t. 9).

Has. Tenasserim, Moulmein.

46 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Dillenia, L.

Conspectus of species.

Sect. 1. Eudillenia. Petals white. Seeds with hairy borders, flowers very large, D. Indica.

Sect. 2. Colbertia. Seeds smooth. Flowers yellow.

* Calyx tomentose or pubescent.

O Flowers very large (petals about 2 in. long).

Peduncles 1} to 2 in. long, straight; styles 12 ; petioles about 1 in. long. D. pulcherrima.

Peduncles 4-8 lin. long, thick and nodding; styles 10; petioles up to ¢ in. long, D. aurea.

Peduncles very long and slender; styles 6; petioles only 2 to 1 lin. long,

O O Flowers small (petals less than an in. long).

Peduncles 1 or 2-bracted, like the calyx densely tomentose ; styles 5-7, ... D. parviflora.

* * Calyx and peduncles perfectly smooth or pruinous. Flowers small.

Peduncles Woraeted 5.505000 008 cal vp ohaessdeyceeenaems ee edeoren stunt sngatennatenve aeeuee D. scabrella.

Peduncles without bracts, ....., 00+ omits . D. pentagyna.

1. D. Inpica, L. sp. aA 145 “HE. ce. FL ‘I 200. “(D. speciosa,

Thbg. in Linn. Trans. I. 200 ; Wight Jc. t. 828; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 650;

Bot. Mag. t. 5016; D. elongata, Miq, Suppl. Fl. Gutabier ee |

Has. Not unfrequent along choungs in moister upper mixed for oa of

the Pegu Yomah on sandstone; also in Martaban, Tenasserim and Chitta-

gong, on metamorphic rocks. Fl. Fr. Febr. March. |

2. D. augea,Sm. Exot. Bot. II. t. 9293?; Ham. in Linn. Trans,

xv.101, WD. ornata, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I, 20, t. 93 ; ; D. speciosa, Griff.

Not. Dicot. 7038, t. 649, f. 3.).

Has. Frequent in the drier hill-forests of Martaban and entering the

pine-forests up to 4000’ ft. elevation ; also in tropical forests of Tenasserim,

up to 3000 ft. elevation. Fl. March, Apr.

83. D. puLCHERRIMA, Kurz in Journ. As, Soc. Bengal, 1871, 46; Hf.

Ind. FI. I. 37.

Haz. Common in the open forests, chiefly in the Eng-forests of Pegu

and Martaban. Fl. H.S.; Fr. Begin of R. 8.

4. D. parvirtora, Griff. Not. Diot. 70; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 38.

Has. Frequent in the mixed forests of Pegu, Martaban and Tenasserim

Fl. H. S.; Fr. Begin of R. S.

5. D. pruosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II, 652, non Ham.; Kurz in Journ,

As. Soc. Bengal 1872, 292.

Has. Frequent in the upper mixed forests of the Andamans. Fl. H.

S.; Fr. Begin of R. S.

6. D. scaBretua, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 648; Wall. Pl. as. rar. I. 20, t,

22; Hf: dud, Fl. 1.38:

Has. Chittagong (Roxb.). Fl. H.S8., Fr. Begin of R. S.

7. D. pentacyna, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I, t. 20, and Fl. Ind. II. 652;

Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 38. Var. 6. aveusra (D. augusta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 652 ;

D. floribunda, Hf, and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 71). |

eae D. pilosa.

1874.] of the Burmese Flora. 47

Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper ones of Pegu

and Martaban down to Tenasserim. Fl. H.S.; Fr. Begin of R. S.

The smaller leaved and longer petioled var. a., frequent in India,

seems not to occur in Burmah.

MAGNOLIACEHLL.

Conspectus of genera.

I. WINTERE. Stipules none. Perianth double. Carpels in a single whorl.

1. Ixuic1um. Only genus. Trees or shrubs.

Il. MAGNOLIEH. Stipules conspicuous, convolute and sheathing the young

foliage, deciduous.

* Ovary sessile.

2. Tatauma. Carpels of fruit indehiscent, deciduous.

3. Magnorta. Carpels of fruit dorsally dehiscing. Ovules 2.

4. MANGULIETIA, Carpels of fruit dorsally dehiscing. Ovules 6 or more,

* * Ovary stalked.

5. Micueria. Only genus.

Tllicium. L.

1. J. magus, Hf. et Th, Ind. Fl. I. 40.

Has. Tenasserim, Thounggyeen range, at 5500 ft. elevation (Lobb).

Talauma, Juss.

Conspectus of Cia

Leaves glabrous ; fruits 4-6 in. long,............ slauien gagaiveoten sewneasenieniOxgheleaper ae

Leaves usually pilose or downy neat “fruits 2 i in. coi aiies <eseanany to O@ndolies.

1. T. uimrera, (Liriodendron liliftora, Roxb. Fl, Ind. II. 654;

T. Rabaniana, Hf. and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 75, and Ind. Fl. I, 40).

Has. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.). (According to Hf. and Th, first

ed. of Fl. Ind.)

2. T. Canpotter, Bl. Verh. Bat. Genotsch. I. 147; Mig. Fl. Ind.

Bat. 1/2 14. 2. mutabilis, Bl. Fl. Jav. Magnol. 35, t. 10-12 B.; Hf. Ind.

Fl. I. 40).

Has. Tenasserim, Moulmein (Lobb).

Magnolia, L.

1. M. spHenocarpa, Roxb. Corom. Pl III. t. 266; Hf. Ind. Fl. I.

41. (Liriodendron grandiflorum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 65).

Has. Chittagong; Pegu (Brandis).

Manglietia, Bl.

1, M. rstents, Bl. Fl. Jav. Magnol. 28; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 42.

(Magnolia insignis, Wall. Tent, Fl. Nap. t. 1, and Pl. as. rar. II. t. 182).

Has, Pegu (Brandis),

48 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Michelia, L. -

1. M, Cuamraca, L. sp. pl. 756; Roxb. Fl, Ind. II. 656; BL. Fl.

Jav. Magn. 9, t. 1; Griff. Not. Dicot. 715; Hf. Ind. Fl, I, 42. (Michela

aurantiaca, Wall. Pl, as. rar. II. t. 147).

Has. Rather rare in the tropical forests of Martaban and Tenasserim

also Pegu, above Rangoon (on laterite) ; Ava, Bhamo ; Prome hills (Wall.).

Fl, Fr. BR. S.

ANONACEA.

Conspectus of genera.

I. UVARIEZ. Petals in 2 rows, one or both rows imbricate in the bud,

Stamens many, closely packed.

1. Bocaq@za. Sepals small, imbricated in the bud. Torus flat. Carpels 3 to 6.

2. Uvarta. Sepals valvate. Flowers bisexual; ovules 1 or 2 or many; torus

almost flat. Climbers.

Il. UNONIEZ. Petals valvate in the bud, more or less spreading, somewhat

unequal, or those of the inner row small or wanting, not or little narrowed at base.

* Petals spreading from the base.

X Ovules many, ventral.

3. ALPHONSEA. Petals nearly equal. Stamens 6 or more, loosely- imbricated,

with dorsal anthers.

4, CANANGA. Petals open, elongate. Stamens indefinite, closely packed, ovate-

acute at the top. Ovules in 2 rows.

5. CyYATHOSTEMMA. Petals broad-ovate.. Stamens indefinite, the connective

obliquely incurved. Ovules many, in 2 rows.

6. Unona. Petals open, usually elongated. Stamens indefinite closely packed,

capitate or truncate atthe top. Ovules ina single row. Ripe carpels usually monili-

form.

XK X Ovules 1 or 2, erect.

7, PoLyALTHIA. Petals opened, rather thick. Berries indehiscent.

8. ANAXAGOREA, Petals opened, rather thick. Carpels follicle-like, dehiscent,

* * Petals enclosing the sexual organs with a concave or connivent base, free

towards the summit.

9. CyaATHOCALYX. Calyx 3-toothed. Petals connivent at base. Carpels solitary.

Ovules many.

Il. XYLOPIEZA. Petals valvate, connivent or hardly open, those of the outer

row usually thick, not narrowed at base, and enclosing the 3 inner, smaller or minute

ones, or the latter wanting,

* Ovules solitary.

10. Awnona. Outer petals concave, often broad. Berries united into a many-celled

syncarp.

* * Ovules 2 or more.

11. Xyuorra, Petals triquetrous, connivent, narrowed. Anthers truncate.

Torus hollow. Stigmas elongate.

12. ArtTapoTrys. Petals terete, triquetrous or flat, concave at the base and

enclosing the sexual organs, the tips spreading. Anthers truncate. Torus hollow.

Peduncles usually hooked.

1874.] of the Burmese Flora. 49

Trib. IV. MITREPHOREM. Petals valvate, the outer ones open, the inner ones

erect, connivent or connate at their tips and often claw-like narrowed at the base.

* Petals of the inner row shorter or equally long.

X Petals not narrowed at the base, or the claw-like base broad.

13. Oxymirra. Inner petals connivent, notor almost not narrowed at base.

Ovules 2, erect. Seeds not angular.

14, GonroTHALAMUs. Inner petals connivent, narrowed in a broad claw. Ovules

2, erect.

15. Mertoporum. Petals thick coriaceous, the inner ones shorter, triquetrous at

summit and hollowed at base on the inner side.

X X Petals narrowed into curved not angular free slender claws, the

lamine cohering in a sort of mitre.

16. MirTrEPHORA. Stamensnumerous. Ovules many, in 2 rows.

rather conspicuous, sometimes dioecious.

17. OropHEa, Stamens definite, 6,9, or 12. Ovules 2-4. Flowers usually very

Flowers usually

small.

* ® Sepals and the 3 outer petals usually conform or nearly so, minute,

resembling a calyx. Inner petals large, erect-connivent, often saccate or

concave at base.

18. PHmANTHUs. Inner petals flat, rather thick. Ovules 1 or 2. Anther-cells

concealed by the overlapping connectives.

19. Mutivsa. Inner petals flat. Ovules 2 or more. Anther-cells not concealed.

Bocagea, St. Hil.

1. 3B. ecxurprica, Hf. and Th. in Ind. FI. I. 92.

Haz. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.).

Uvaria, L.

Conspectus of species.

Subg. 1. Hilipeia. Ovules solitary or by pairs. Usually erect shrubs.

A little erect shrub; berries elliptical or nearly so, very small, glabrous,sessile, U. ferruginea.

Subg. 2. Hu-uvaria, Ovules usually numerous, rarely few. Climbing shrubs.

§ Flowers large or middling sized, the connective terminating in a large

almost leafy appendage.

O Carpels on long stalks.

Flowers solitary ; carpels and all other parts shortly tomentose, .......00..000. 0. purpurea.

All parts hirsute ; usually solitary; carpels tawny hirsute, .......s.secccereesaeeee UO. hirsuta.

Flowers by 2 or 3 on a peduncle ; ee tubercled and stellately hispid-tomentose ; all

parts puberulous, ......... ve ieursehaucentas ses: On PUYCHOCHIYD,

O O Carpels teach or very shares sale .

Peduncles 3-to 6-flowered ; carpels glabrous,....- secase ese center nasseciesess Ue Macrophy lid.

Peduncles 1-to 2-flowered; carpels tomentose, ........-.. vensept .. U. bracteata,

§ § Flowers minute. Stamens truncate, the aay har ake sioduend beyond

the anther-cells.

Berries on long slender stalks, glabrous,...sessescossee sosseseeceeceecencasseesenses Us micrantha, *

1, U. Ferrveinea, Ham. ap. Hf. and Th. Fl. Ind. 1.96. (£ilipeia

Serruginea, Hf, and Th, Ind. Fl. I, 52.) a

50 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No, 2,

Haz. Not uncommon in the Eng forests of Prome and Pegu, on

laterite ; also Tenasserim, Thoungyeen (Dr. Brandis). Fl. Apr.; Fr. Jan.

Febr.

In this species the ovules vary in number (1 or 2). Hooker gives

Uv. dulcis, Dun., as a Burmese plant, but I suspect it is referable to this

species.

2. U. purpursa, Bl. Bydr. 11 and Fl. Jav. Anon. 13, t. 1 and 18 f.

A; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 47. (Uvaria grandiflora Roxb. Fl. Ind. IL. 665,

Wall. Pl. As. rar. III. t. 121).

Haz. Not uncommon in the tropical forests of Martaban ; also

Tenasserim,

3. U.Hresura, Jack Mal. Misc.; Bl. Fl. Jav. Anon. 22, t.5; Hf.

Ind. Fl. I. 48. (U. pilosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 665; U. trichomalla, BI.

len 42son, 18).

Has. Rare in the tropical forests of the E, slopes of the Pegu Yoma

(Khaboung, Choungmenah valley).

I have only leaf-branches, but I can hardly be mistaken in identifying

my specimens with Jack’s Malayan species.

4. U. prycHocatyx, Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. II. 4; Hf. Ind. Fl.

I. 49.

Has. Not uncommon in tropical forests of the southern slopes of the

Pegu Yomah ; Tenasserim, Moulmein (Theobald). Fr. Dec. Jan.

5. U, MACROPHYLLA, Roxb, Fl. Ind. II. 663 ; Wall. Pl, As. rar. II,

t. 122; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 49 pp. ; Bedd. Icon. Pl. Ind. or. t. 81.

Has. Frequent in the mixed forests all over Burma from Chittagong

and Ava down to Tenasserim, Fl. R. 8.; Fr. Nov. Dec.

6. U.BractEeata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 660; Hf. Ind, Fl. I. 49.

Has. Tenasserim (Wall.) Fl. May; Fr. Sept.

7. U.Micrantua, Hf. and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 108 and Ind. FI. I. 51.

(U. Sumatrana, Kurz And. Rep. App. B. 1; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 51).

Has. Rather frequent in tropical forests of the Andamans ; also Pegu

(Brandis) and Upper-Tenasserim (Falconer). Fl. June.

Alphonsea, Hf. and Th.

Conspectus of species.

The stalk nearly as long as the carpel,... HY <0 «eA. ventricosa.

The stalk of the carpels very short, .., os he Uuted,

1. A. veNTRIcosA, Hf. and Th. FL ‘Tad I. 152 and Ind. Pl, 1, Bo,

*(Uvaria ventricosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 658).

Has. In the forests of Chittagong; Andamans.

2. A. LurEA, Hf. and Th, Fl. Ind, I, 153, and Ind. Fl. I. 89 Bedd.

1874.) of the Burmese Flora. 51

Je. Pl. Ind. or. t. 91. (Uvaria lutea, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 36 and FI.

Ind. II. 666).

Has. Ava, Segain (Wall.) ; Pegu (teste Hf. and Th.).

Cananga, Rumph.

1. C. oporata, Hf. and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 180 and Ind, FI. I. 56.

(Uvaria odorata, Lam. Il. t. 495, f. 1; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 661; Griff. Not.

- Dicot. 712; Uvaria axillaris, Roxb. 1. c. 667).

Haz. Ava (Wall. cult. ?) ; Tenasserim, apparently frequent.

Cyathostemma, Griff.

1. OC. virtpriFrLoruM, Griff. Not. Dicot. 707, Ic. t. 650; Hf. Ind.

Fl. I. 57. |

Has. South Andaman, in the tropical forests north of Port Mouat.

This species is inserted here on the authority of Hf. and Th,

Unona, L.

Conspectus of species.

Sect. 1, Desmos. Petals 6. Berries necklace-like constricted between the seeds.

% Petals glabrous.

Leaves glabrous, pale coloured beneath ; peduncles only $ to 13 in. long, axillary and

occasionally terminal, ... UO, Dunalit.

X X Petals spiked puticannd or Sabanulind

Leaves glabrous beneath ; peduncle 1-2 in, long; petals 2 in. by 1 in. ...U. discolor.

Leaves “a and usually pubescent beneath ; peduncle 4-8 in. long; petals 25 by 1

in., .. U. desmos.

Leaves while young eeeeah! Pane ENE ; Gpevantia a to 8 lin. long 3 petals 1- 14 in. long.

oblong, ite ; ee latifolia.

Leaves pale coloured and pibexiale onentti alba the nerves; peeeniee: z in. long;

petals 2 to 3 in. long, very narrow linear, see sue ose pC es

Sect. 2. Dasymaschalon. Outer petals 3, large, the 3 inner ones quite panacea.

Petioles rather long ; petals 4 to 6 in. long, he. ... U. longiflora.

Leaves almost sessile, cordate at base ; pauls mbar 3 j in. long, ... U. dasymaschala.

1. U. Dunanu, Wall. ap. Hf and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 131, and Ind,

Fl. I. 53

Has. Forests of Chittagong on the Seetakoond hill (Hf. and Th.).

2. U. piscotor, Vahl. Symb. II. 68, t. 36; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 669;

Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 59; Bedd. Icon. Pl. Ind. or. t. 51.

Var. a. PUBIFLORA, Hf. and Th. 1. c.

Var. 8. puBESCENS, Hf. and Th. |. c.

Var. y. LaTIFoLIA, Hf, and Th. 1. ¢.

Has. Tropical forests and moister upper mixed forests from Chittagong

and Ava down to Tenasserim. Fr. Jan.

3. U. pesmos, Dun, Anon. 112; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 52.

52 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Has. Frequent in tropical and low forests all over Pegu and Martaban ;

also Tenasserim. Fl. June; Fr. October.

It is difficult to distinguish some states of this species from the former,

for the peduncles vary very much in length, as do also the petals with regard

to size and shape.

4. U. tattrort1a, Hf. and Th. Ind. FI. I. 60.

Has. Martaban, in dry hill-forests on limestone rocks along the Nga-

choung of the Salween (Brandis). Fl. May.

5. U. srenoperaa, Hf. and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 168, and Ind. FI. z 60.

Has. Tenasserim, Moulmein (Lobb).

G. U. Loncirtora, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 668; Hf. Ind, Fl. I. 61.

Has. Chittagong.

7. U. pasymascHaLa, Bl. Fl. Jav. Avon. 55. t. 27; Hf. and Th. FI,

Ind. I. 1385, and Ind. Fl. I. 61. (Pelticalyx argentea, Griff. Not. Dicot.

706 de

Var. a. Buumet, Hf. and Th. 1. ec.

Var. 8. Watticui, Hf. and Th. l.c.(U. coelophloea, Scheff. Obs.

phyt. 6).

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of Martaban and Tenasserim to

the Andamans; also Ava. Fl. Febr. to May.

Polyalthia, Bl.

Conspectus of species.

Sect. 1, Monoon, Miq. Fl. hermaphrodite. Petals flat. Ovules solitary, erect.

§ Flowers usually rather large; carpels oblong or elongate and cylindrical.

X Petals linear to linear-lanceolate or spathulate-linear.

Leaves glabrous, one-coloured, apiculate or shortly acuminate; carpels obversely ovoid,

.. 2. laterifiora.

Leaves glabrous, glaucous or whitish beneath, shortly acuminate, ...P. Sumatrana,

X X Petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate and elliptical. ;

Carpels almost globular, glabrous ?, leaves glabrous,... wins .. LP. nitida,

Carpels velvety ; leaves along the nerves beneath puberulous, ..L. membranacea,

Carpels elongate-oblong, glabrous ; leaves along the nerves pubescent, PL. Jenkinsii.

§ § Flowers small, on slender pedicels ; carpels globular, pea-shaped.

Leaves along the nerves beneath pubescent, blunt or nearly so ... ...L. suberosa,

Leaves pubescent beneath, acuminate, ... #: af ... LP. cerasoides,

Sect. 2. Eupolyalthia, Flowers hermaphrodite. Petals flat. Ovules 2, superposed,

ascending.

Fowers small, sessile or nearly so, sometimes clustered, ae eae can - labia

1. P. wareririora, (Guatteria lateriflora, Bl. Bydr. 20 and Fl. Jay.

Anon, 100, t. 50 and 52 D.; Guatteria spathulata, T. et B. in Tydschr. Nat.

Ver. Ned. Ind. XXIV, petalis latioribus ;- P. sémiarwm, Bth, and Hf. Ind.

Fl. I, 63.) ?

1874: | of the Burmese Flora. 58

Has. Not uncommon in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of

the Pegu Yomah and Martaban; also Tenasserim. Fr. May, June.

2. P. Sumarrana (Gwatteria Sumatrana, Maiq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr.

380; DMonoon Sumatranum, Miq. mm Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat II. 19).

Hap. Tenasserim (or Andamans?) (Helf.).

3, P.nrrima, Bth, and Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 64. (Guatteria nitida, A, DC,

Mem. Anon. 41.

Has. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.),

Guatteria membranacea, A. DC. Mem. Anon. 41. Hf. Ind. FJ. I. 68.

is hardly different from the above.

4. P. Jenxrysi, Bth. and Hf Ind. Fl. I. 64. (Guatteria Jenkinsii,

Hf. and Th. FI. Ind. 1.141 ; P. Andamanica, Kurz and And. Rep. 2 ed.29).

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of South Andaman and the

adjacent islands. Fl. begin of R. S.

5. P. superosa, Bth and Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 65; Bedd. Icon. Pl. Ind. or.

t. 56. (Uvaria suberosa, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 84 and FI. Ind. II. 667),

Has. Tenasserim. Fr. Febr.

6. P. cerasorpes, Bth. and Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 63. (Uvaria cerasoides

Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 33, and Fl. Ind. II. 666; Guatteria cerasoides,

Dun. Mem. Anon. 28; P. bifaria, Bth. and Hf. Ind. FI. I. 62).

Has. Prome (Wall.) Fr. Sept. Oct.

Wallich’s specimens in HBC. are in fruit, and, therefore, it is very

improbable that the flowers (which appear during H.8.) should belong to

the same specimens in Kew Herb. referred to P. bifaria.

7. P.? puBra, Kurz in And. Rep. 2nd ed. 29 (P. macrophylla, Hf,

and Th. Ind. Fl. I. 66, excl. syn.) var. a @LABRIUSCULA, petals broader,

leaves and branchlets glabrescent, var. 8. Fanconert, branchlets and leaves

beneath pubescent, petals less imbricate in bud.

Has. Var. a. Frequent in the tropical forests on the Andamans; var,

B. Moulmein (Fale. 545). Fl. May, June.

I have only male flowers, and the imbrication of the petals (especially

in the Andaman plant) indicates a different genus. Hf. and Th. identify

the plant with Blume’s Guatteria macrophylla (= Trivalvaria macrophylia,

Migq., Guatteria brevipetala, Mig.) which resembles especially the Andaman

plant so much that I confounded it with it in my Andaman Report. This

has, however, the inner petals thick and fleshy, narrowed at base and the

broad triangular blades (see Bl. Fl. Jav. Anon. t. 52. 3B, f, 2,) connivent

somewhat after the fashion of Mlitrephora.

Doubtful species,

1. P.cosrara, Hf. and Th. Ind. FI. I. 67.

Has. Tenasserim, along the Attaran river (Wall.)

Hf. and Th. refer this to the genus Zrivalvaria, Miq.

54 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Anaxagorea, St. Hil.

1, A. Luzonensts, A. Gray in Bot. U. S. Expl. Exp. 27; Hf. Ind. Fl.

I. 68. (A. Zeylanica, Hf. and Th. Fl. Ind. I, 144; Bedd. Icon. Pl. Ind.

or. t. 46.)

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban and the

Southern slopes of the Pegu Yomah; also on the Andamans. Fl. May,

June; Fr. Aug.

Popowia, Endl.

1. P. HELreei, Hivand “Th. Ind? 1.69:

Has. Tenasserim, King’s island (Helfer).

Cyathocalyx, Champ.

1. C. Marrapanicts, Hf. and Th. Ind. FI. I. 53,

Has, Not uncommon in the tropical forests of Martaban down to

Tenasserim, rare in those of the eastern, and southern slopes of the Pegu

Yomah. Fr. March, Apr.

Anona, L.

Conspectus of species.

* Fruits areolate.

Leaves usually blunt; inner petals minute or almost none; fruit with prominent convex

areoles, ... one i sia is 1A, squamosa.

Leaves acuminate, larger; areoles of fruit not or hardly projecting, .. A. reticulata.

* * Fruits very large, muricate.

All parts glabrous. a «o . A. muricata,

1. <A. squamosa, L. sp. pl. 757; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 657; Bot. Mag.

t. 3095; Bl. Fl. Jav. Anon. 107. t..53 B.; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 78.

Has. Cultivated all over Burmah, more especially and on a large scale

in the Prome district. Fl. March.

2. A. RETIcULATA, L. sp. pl. 757; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 657 ; Bot. Mag,

t, 2911; Hf. Ind. FLL. 78.

Haz. Not much cultivated in Burmese gardens.

3. A. MuRicaTa, L. sp. pl. 756; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I-2. 34.

Has. Cultivated in gardens of Tenasserim, especially the southern

parts.

Artabotrys, R. Br.

Conspectus of species.

§ Blade of petals flattened.

% Petals oblong-lanceolate, usually narrowed at base, with the borders

reflexed.

O Flowers arising from hooked peduncles.

Young parts rusty tomentose; leaves firmly coriaceous, glabrous ; petals densely tawny

tomentose... Pe wate es a wi A. crassifolius

1874..] of the Burmese Flora, 55

Quite glabrous ; leaves thin coriaceous; petals glabrous or puberulous...4. odoratissimus.

O O Flowers arising directly from the lateral branchlets, peduncle

reduced or only indicated.

Small erect shrub, adult parts all glabrous, sn ese A, Kure,

X X Petals narrow, linear, elongate, ... vee «A. Speciosus.

§ § Petal-blade terete or triquetrous, fleshy, subulate or linear,

Petals triquetrous ; branchlets and leaves beneath jae a ae A. Birmanicus.

Petals terete; all parts glabrous ses A. suaveolens.

1. A. crasstroxuius, Hf. and Th, Ind. Fl. I. 54.

Has. Martaban (Dr. Brandis).

2. A. opoRATISSIMUS, R. Br. in Bot. Reg. t. 423; Hf. Ind. Fl. I.

54. (A. hamatus, Bl. Fl. Jav. Anon. 60, t. 29 and 31, C; Uvaria odoratis-

sima et U. uncata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 666; A. Blumei, Hf. and Th. FI.

Ind. I. 128; A. intermedius, Hassk. Pl. Jav. rar. 1738).

Has. Tenasserim, banks of rivers, along the Attaran etc.; Ava,

near Mandalay, probably cultivated. (Dr. J. Anderson.)

eo. A. Kurz, Hf. and Th. Ind. Fl. E54.

Has. Not unfrequent in the Eng forests of Pegu and Martaban, on

laterite. FI. Apr.

4. A, spEcrosus, Kurz in And. Rep. 1 ed. App. B. 1; Hf. Ind.

Fl. I. 55.

Has. In the tropical forests along Middle Straits, South Andaman.

Fl. May.

5. A. Burmanicus, A. DC. Mem. Anon. 36; Hf. Ind. Fl. I, 565.

(Rhopalopetalum uniflorwm, Griff. Not. Dicot. 717).

Has. Not unfrequent in tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the

Pegu Yomah ; Tenasserim from Moulmein to Mergui; also Ava, on Taong

dong (Wall.) Fl. Nov.; Fr. Febr.

6. <A. SUAVEOLENS, Bl. Fl. Jav. Anon. 62, t, 80 and 31, D.; Hf. Ind.

FL 1.55. (Lhopalopetalum sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 716).

Has. Chittagong (Hf. and Th.), Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff).

Oxymitra, Bl.

Conspectus of species.

* Sepals short, coriaceous, 2 to 8 lin. long.

Petals from a broad base narrowly linear, nearly 2 in. long, slightly pubescent O. stenopetala.

Petals oblong-lanceolate, blunt, very thick, tawny puberulous, ...O. Macclellandii.

Incompletely known. sis aes ..O. unonefolia.

* *® Sepals as in PE ere iN si Uta te and nerved, ‘aie about 7 to 8

lin. long.

Petals oblong-lanceolate, about 13 in. long, acute, tawny pubescent, +. O. fornicata,

1. O. stenopreraLa, Hf. and Th. Ind, Fl. I. 71.

Has. Tenasserim, Moulmein and Thoungyeen (Fale., Brandis), Fl Apr.

2. O. MaccitEtLanpu, Hf. and Th, Ind. FI. I. 70,

56 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical and low forest of the southern

slopes of the Pegu Yomah, chiefly on permeable laterite. Fl. May to June.

8. O. FornicaTa, Hf. and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 146 and Ind. Fl. I. 71.

(Uvaria fornicata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 662).

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of South Andaman ;

Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.). Fl. May.

Doubtful species.

1. O. unon#ronia, Hf, and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 146 and Ind. Fl. I. 71.

Has. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wallich).

Goniothalamus, Bl.

Conspectus of species.

Flowers about 9 lin. long. 455 ae eve vc Gt. sesquipedalis.

Flowers about 2 in. long... bes UG. Griffith.

1. G. SESQUIPEDALIS, Hf. aad Th. Fl. ‘Ina. I. 108 and Ind. Fl. 2, 73s

(Guatteria sesquipedalis, Wall. Pl. As. rar. III. t. 266).

Has. Tenasserim (teste Hf. and Th).

2. G. Grirriruu, Hf. and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 110 and Ind. Fl. I. 73.

Has. Rather rare in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the

Pegu Yomah (headwaters of Swachoung) ; Martaban (Brandis) ; Tenasserim,

Mergui (Griff).

Melodorum, Dun.

Conspectus of species,

Sect. 1. Pyramidanthe, Mig. Calyx cyathiform, 3-lobed. Flowers large, 2-5 in. long.

Flowers 4-5 in. long, white ; leaves membranous, quite glabrous, ... LL, macranthum.

Flowers 2-3 in. long, yellow; leaves beneath densely puberulous, glabrescent coriace<

ous,

. MM. prismaticum.

Sect. 2. Hu- Sidon, (ites deealy: 3. cleft ; fiswers small, ‘Li in, or ee long.

Flowers about an in. long or a little longer ; as simply tomentose, ... 12. rubiginosum.

Flowers about 3 in. long, ... = n s . ML. Griffithi.

Flowers nearly 3 in. long ; carpels sans verrucose, he eens . LW, verrucosum.

Flowers 1 in. long; carpels almost glabrous, ; ans .. . bicolor,

1. M. macrantuum Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng., 1872, 291. (Uno-

na macrantha, Kurzin And, Rep. ed. 1. App. B. 1; Pyr cata macrantha,

Kurz, 1. ¢., ed: 2, p. 29).

Has. ‘Bathe rare in the tropical ‘forests about Port Mouat, South

Andaman. FI. June.

The large flowers resemble much those of Unona longiflora, the leaves

those of Gonothalamus cardiopetalus. |

2. M. rupiainosum, Hf. and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 116 and. Ind. Fl. I. 79.

Has. Rare in the tropical forests of Martaban (H. of Tounghoo) ;

Tenasserim ; Chittagong.

1874.] _ of the Burmese Flora. 57

3. M. Grirrirau, Hf. and Th. FI. Ind. I. 120 and Ind. FI. I. 80.

(Missistigma scandens, Griff, Not. Dicot. 706).

Has. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.) Fl. Decb.

4. M. verrucosum, Hf. and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 119 and Ind. FI. I. 80.

Haz. Ava, Khakyen hills, Ponsee (J. And.). Fl. Apr.

a Mi. BICOLOR, Ef. and ‘Th. Fl, Ind. ’I. 119 and Ind. Fi. ‘1. 80,

(Uvaria bicolor, Roxb. Fl. Ind. If. 662).

Has. Tropical forests of the western slopes of Pegu, along the head-

waters of the Panyo-gyce choung (feeder of Toungnyo choung) ; Ava (accord.

Hf. and Th.).

Mitrephora, Bl.

Conspectus of species.

* Flowers dioecious, small (about 3 lin. long).

Leaves (except nerves beneath) glabrous ; inflorescence and petals tomentose, I. reticulata.

* * Flowers conspicuous, 1 to 2 in. in diameter.

Leaves softly tomentose beneath; flowers 2 in. across, on short and thick pedi-

cels, any = : .. I. tomentosa.

Leaves minutely Pakerutns or almost glabrous Ate en 3 ners wider an in. across,

on long slender pedicels, sa ... U. vandeflora.

1. M. rericurata, Hf. ina Th. Ind. FL I. 77. (U. reticulata, BL

Fl, Jav. Anon. 50. t, 24; JL. aperta, T. et B. in Nat. Tydsch. Ned. Ind.).

Has. Tenasserim (Helf.).

2. M. romenrosa, Hf. and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 118, and Ind. Fl. I. 76.

Has. Chittagong.

3. M. vanpm@riora, Kurz, MS.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah and

Martaban. Fl. Febr.—March.

This should be compared with JZ. Maingap, Wf. and Th., a species

which I cannot recognize from the description alone, There are two varieties

differing in the texture and pubescence of the leaves, but the flowers are

alike in both.

Orophea, BI.

Conspectus of species.

* Flowers very small (hardly 2 to 8 lin. in diameter).

Leaves glabrous ; sepals minutely hispid, ciliate ; carpels globular, stalked,.. O. polycarpa.

Leaves along the nerves pubescent ; sepals densely pubescent ; carpels elongated, oblong,

sessile, ... can 14 »..O. hexandra.

* * Flowers rather large tatietik an in, in anno.

Leaves rather large, pubescent beneath, ; ua .O. Brandisii.

1, O, potycarpa, A, DC. Mém. Soc. Gen. V. 39; Hf Ind. Fl. I. 91.

(Anonacea Griff. Dicot. Ic. t, 654°, IMelodorum monospermum, Kurz in

And. Rep. App. B. p. 1.)

58 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Has. Rather frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans;

Martaban, Meeplay (Brandis) ; Tenasserim, along the Salween (WIL). FI.

March; Fr. June.

2. O. HExANDRA, BI. Bydr. 18; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I-2, 29. (Bocagea

hecandra, Bl. FL. Jav. Anon. 18, t.40; O. acuminata, A. DC. Mém. Soe.

Gen. V.-39 > Ete id; PINT Ot),

Has. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.).

3. O. Brannpisi, Hf. and Th. Ind. FE J. 92.

Has. Not uncommon along choungs in the tropical forests of Marta-

ban (Toukyeghat); Tenasserim, Thounggyeen (Brandis). Fl. Apr. May.

Miliusa, Lesch.

Conspectus of species.

* Pedicels 2 to 4 in. Jong, without or with a rudimentary bractlet.

Tomentose ; berries tomentose, shortly stalked, men ae ... UW. velutina.

* * Pedicels short, only 6 to 10 lin. long.

Branchlets and leaves beneath hae pubescent ; flowers about % in. long; pedicels

bracteoled, oh iB .. M. Roxburghiana.

Leaves glabrous ; flowers nearly an in. long ; pedtecks biniclaolen’ . I. tristis.

Almost glabrous; pedicels without bractlet, 505 oo DE ‘scleoeee

1; M..vecoria, Hf, and “Eh, Fl ind, 2, 151 and jag Boa Bg Bete =

Bedd. Ic. Pl. Ind. or. t. 87. (Uvaria villosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT, 664).

Has. In the lower mixed, the low and moist forests, entering also the

savannah forests; Ava; common in Pegu, but rare in Martaban, also in

Tenasserm. Fl. H.8.; Fr. Begin. of B.S.

2. M. Roxpureniana, Hf. and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 150 and Ind. FI. I.

87. (Uvaria dioiea, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 659; Hyalostemma Roxburghiana,

Wall. Cat. 6434; Griff. Dicot. Icon. t. 653; Pheanthus dioicus, Kurz in

Journ, As. Soe. 1870, 62).

Has. Chittagon®; Tenasserim.

3. M. rristis, Kurz, MS.

Has. Ava, Khakyen hills, at Ponsee (Dr. J. Anderson). Fl. March.

4. M. scnuerocarpa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 291,

(Saccopetalum sclerocarpum, Hf. and Th. Ind, Fl. I. 88).

Has. Not unfrequent in the upper mixed-forests of the Martaban hills,

E. of Tounghoo, at 2000 to 8000 ft. elevation ; ; Tenasserim, Moulmein

(Wall.) Fl. March.

The difference between Pheanthus and Miliusa is restricted to the

nature of the connective, a character which in Uvaria has met with no

consideration.

N. B. Nepurostiema, sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 717 from Mergui I

eannot identify. Griffith says that the genus is easily recognizable by

the sepals and outer petals being conform. Now if “sepala exteriora majora”’

be a misprint for minara, we might compare it with Miliusa or Pheanthus..

1874. ] of the Burmese Flora. 59

MENISPERMACHA,

Conspectus of genera.

Trib. I. TINOSPOREM. Carpels 3, rarely 6. Style-scar almost terminal, rarely

ventral or almost basal. Seeds meniscoid or rarely oblong, albuminous. Cotyledons

leafy, usually spreading laterally.

* Petals 6, shorter than the inner sepals. Style-scar almost terminal.

1. Parapana. Sepals 6. Filaments connate, the anthers in heads. Seeds menis-

coid.

2. AsprpocARYA. Sepals 12. Filaments connate, the anthers sessile round the

peltate end of the column. Seeds oblong. :

3. Tinosrora. Sepals 6. Stamens 5; anther-cells lateral, distinct. Seeds menis-

coid. Albumen ruminate.

* * Petals none.

4. FIBRAUREA. Sepals 9. Stamens 6, free. Style-scar almost terminal. Albumen

horny.

5. ANAMIRTA. Sepals 6,in 2 rows. Filaments connate, anthers sessile at the end

of the column. Style-scar almost basal. Albumen ruminate.

Trib. II. COCCULE. Flowers 3-merous. Ovaries usually 3. Style-scar almost basal,

rarely almost terminal. Seeds horseshoe-shaped. Albumen copious. Embrye

slender, the cotyledons linear or only slightly dilated.

X Albumen ruminate.

6. Truracora. Petals 6, minute. Carpels 6-12.

X* X Albumen homogeneous. ~

7. Lrwacta. Petals 5—8. Styles short, compressed.

8. Coccutus. Petals 6. Carpels 3—6. Styles subulate, simple or 2-cleft.

Trib. IIT. CISSAMPELIDEA. Flowers 3—5-merous. Ovaries usually solitary. Style-

sear usually almost basal. Hndocarp dorsally muricate or echinate. Seeds horseshoe-

shaped. Albumen scanty. Embryo linear, the cotyledons appressed.

9. SrepwantA. Petals 3 to 5, shorter than the sepals, rather thick. Staminal

column peltate at summit. Flowers umbellate.

10. CissAMPELOS. Male fl.: sepals 4; petals united in aecup. Female fl: sepals and

petals 1—2, the latter entire 2-cleft or -parted; styles simple. Flowers cymose or

racemose. Te)

11. Cyctea. Male fil.: Sepals connate; petals more or less connate. Female fl:

sepals 2, lateral, free; petals none; styles 2-parted Flowers panicled.

Trib. IV. PACHYGONEA. Flowers usually 3-merous. Ovaries and carpels usually

3, rarely 9—12. Style-scar almost basal or ventral. Seed curved hooked or inflexed,

without albumen. Cotyledons thick and fleshy.

12. Pacuy@one. Sepals, petals and stamens, 6 each. Anthers blunt. Styles thick,

Drupes reniform.

Parabeena, Miers.

1. P. saarrrata, Miers in Tayl, Ann. ser. 2-VII. 39 and Contr. Bot.

IIT. 57 and 391, t. 98; Hf. Ind. FI. I. 96.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests along the eastern slopes of

the Pegu Yomah and Martaban; also Ava and Chittagong. Fl. March,

Apr.—Fr. May, June.

60 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Aspidocarya, Hf. and Th.

1, A. vvirera, Hf. and Th. Fl Ind. I. 180 and Ind. FI. I. 95.

Miers contrib. III. 58. t. 99. var. 8, Mottts, all parts softly pubescent.

Has. Ava, Khakyen hills, Ponsee (J. Anderson). Fl. Apr.

Tinospora, Miers.

Conspectus of species.

* Drupes the size of a pea, the putamen tuberculate.

Young parts and the orbicular-ovate blunt leaves beneath tomentose, ... 7. tomentosa.

Young parts and the cordate-ovate acuminate leaves beneath pubescent, ...Z. Malabarica.

All parts glabrous, ... 1 L Crispa.

_ ** Putamen smooth.

All parts glabrous ; drupes the size of a pea, ooo eee ...L. cordifolia.

Young leaves and shoots pubescent or tomentose ; drupes the size of a cherry, 7. nudiflora.

1. T. romentosa, Miers in Tayl. Ann. ser. 2 VII. 38 and Contr. Bot.

Til. 38; Hf. Ind. Fl. 1. 96. (lenispermum tomentosum, Roxb. FI. Ind.

£11813).

Has. Ava (Wall.)

2. T. Mataparica, Miers in Tayl. Ann. ser. 2, VII. 38 and Contr.

Bot: 111. 3825 Hf. Ind. Fl. 1. 96.

Has. Chittagong (Hf. and Th.)

3. ‘'T. crispa, Miers in Tayl. Ann. ser. 2, VII. 88 and Contr. Bot. ITT.

84 Scheff. Obs. Phyt. III. 71. t. 1. (dlenispermum verrucosum, Roxb. F1.;

Ind. III. 808}.

Haz, Pegu (teste Hf. and Th.) ; Arracan, Sandoway (teste Miers).

4, 'T. corpiFouta, Miers in Tayl. Ann. ser. 2. VII. 88 and Contr. Bot.

Til. 31; Hf Ind. Fl. I. 97; Scheff. Obs, Phyt. IIT. 71, t. 2. (enispermum

eordifolium, Willd. IV. 826; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 811? Cocculus cordifolius

DC. Syst. I. 518 ; Wight es: t. 485-486).

Has. Not unfrequent in the forests of the Andaman idaneee Ava

(Wall.) ; Chittagong.

Roxburgh figures the stems of his plant as 5- (or 6 ?) angular, and the

angles. as produced into membranous waved wings ; it can, therefore, hardly

be the same as Miers’s.

5. 'T. nuprrnora, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, 292. (Coceulus

nudiflorus, Griff. Not. Dicot. 307).

Has. Rather frequent in the tropical forests of the E. slopes of the

Pegu Yomah and Martaban ; also Tenasserim.—Fl. March, Apr.; Fr. Begin.

of R. 8.

Fibraurea, Lour.

1. FE. tivcrort, Lour. Fl. Coch. II. 769; Miers Contr. Bot. III. aie

Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 98; Scheff. Obs. Phyt. III. 78, t. 4.

Has. Teneeeae Tavoy (Griff.).

1874. ] of the Burmese Flora. 61

Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests along the eastern slopes of

the Pegu Yomah and Martaban down to Tenasserim (Moulmein); also

Chittagong.

2. C. Linnmanus, (Menispermum hirsutum L. sp. pl. 1469 Roxb. FI.

Ind. III. 814; Menispermum myosotoides, L. 1.¢. ; Cocculus villosus, DC.

Syst. I. 525; Hf. and Th. Ind, Fl. I. 101).

Has. Frequent in hedges, shrubberies, etc. around villages all over

Pegu and Prome; also Ava. Fl. Jan. Febr.

3. C. rncanus, Colebr. in Linn. Trans. XVII. 57; Scheff. Obs. Phyt.

III. 76, t. 10. (Pericampylus incanus, Miers in Tay], Ann. ser. 2. VII.

40 and Contr. Bot. III. 118; Hf. and Th. Ind. Fl. I. 102; Menispermum

villosum Roxb. Fl. Ind. fII. 812).

Has. Frequent in savannahs, mixed and other deciduous forests all over

Burmah from Chittagong, Ava, Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim, up

to 3000 ft. elevation. Fl. March.

Stephania, Lour.

Conspectus of species.

Leaves glabrous or pubescent; flowers very shortly pedicelled, in head-like umbellets,

.. St. hernandifolia.

Leaves glabrous ; flowers slenderly pedicelled forming loose cymose umbellets, St. rotunda.

1. Sv. HERNANDIFOLIA, Walp. Rep. I. 96; Hf. and Th. Fl. I. 196

and Ind. Fl. I. 103 ; Wight Je. t. 939.

Var. a. GLABRESCENS, Hf. and Th. l. ¢.

Var. 8 piscotor Hf. and Th. 1. c. (Cissampelos hernandifolia, Willd.,

Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 842 ; Lissampelos hexandra, Roxb. 1. ¢. 840).

Has. Frequent all over Burmah from Ava and Chittagong down to

Tenasserim, in savannahs and mixed forests, ete. Fl. March to June; Fr.

Apr. June.

2. Sr. rorunpa, Lour. Fl. Coch. 747; Hf. and Th. FI. Ind. I. 197

and Ind. Fl. I, 103 ; Scheff. Obs. Phytol. III. 79, t. 14. (Cissampelos glabra

Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 840, Wal-tiedde, Gaertn. Fruct. I. t. 180.).

Has. Frequent in mixed forests and shrubberies round villages, etc. of

Pegu ; also Tenasserim, Moulmein; Andamans, Fl. May, June.

Cissampelos, L.

1. ©. Parerra, L. sp. pl. 1473; Hf. and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 198 and Ind.

Fl. I. 103; Scheff. Obs. Phyt. III. 79, t. 14. (C. Caapa, L. sp. pl. 1478 ;

Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 842 ; ©. convolvulacea, Willd.; Roxb. 1. c.)

Has. Common all over Burma and adjacent provinces, in all leafshed-

ding forests and in cultivated lands, but specially in the savannahs and

savannah-forests, up to 8000 ft. elevation, Fl. H.S.

62 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Anamirta, Colebr.

1, A. Coccutus, WA. Prod. I. 446; Hf—Ind. Fl. 1. 98)

panculata, Colebr. Linn. Tans. XIII. 66; Miers Contr. Bot. ILI. 51;

Menispermum Cocculus, i. sp. pl. 1468; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIL. 807 ; Jenis-

permum heteroclitum, Roxb. 1. ¢. 817).

Haz. Tenasserim, Moulmein (Falconer). Fl. Febr,

Tiliacora, Colebr.

1. T. racemosa, Colebr. in Lin. Trans. XIII. 67; Miers Contr.

Bot. III. 76 t. 104; Hf. Ind. Fl. 199. (Menispermum polycarpum, Roxb.

Fl, Ind. III. 816; Zikiacora acuminata, Miers in Tayl. Ann. ser. 2. VII.

39; Scheff. Obs. Phytol. III. 74. t. 7) Cocculus acuminatus, DC. Prod.

I. 99; Deless. Icon. Sel. I. t. 95).

Has. Pegu (teste F. Mason.)

Limacia, Lour.

Conspectus of species.

Subg. 1. Hypserpa, Miers. Sepals 8—12, broad, of thin texture, the smaller ones imbricate.

Older leaves glabrous ; stamens 6 to 10, ae LL. cuspidata,

Subg. 2. Eu-Limacia, Miers. Sepals 9, thick, ee in maa

Stamens 3; adult leaves glabrous, a5 vee LL. triandra.

Stamens 6; branches and leaves beneath velvety spinantee: Pe ...L. velutina.

1, L. cusprnata, Hf. and Th, Fl. Ind. I. 189, and Ind, Fl. I. 100:

Scheff. Obs. Phytogr. III. 75 t. 8.

Hap. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff).

2. LL. Trranpra, Miers in Tayl. Ann. ser. 2, VII. 48; Hf. Ind. Fl. I.

100.; (Menispermum triandrum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 816; ZL. Amherstiana,

Miers Contr. III. 112).

Has. Prome (Wall.) ; Tenasserim, Kogun, Amherst (Wall. and Fale).

3. L. veturina, Miers in Tayl. Ann. ser. 2, VII. 43; Hf. Ind. Fl. I.

100. (Cocculus villosus, Griff. Not. Dicot. 308 ?). |

Has. Tenasserim, Moulmein (Lobb. 335) ; Mergui (Griff),

Cocculus, DC.

Conspectus of species.

Subg.1. Cocculus. Styles simple.

Leaves glabrous, on very long petioles, 5 75 -- C. giaucescens.

Leaves more or less pubescent, especially beneath ; speticles ee ...C. villosus,

Subg. 2. Pericampylus. Styles 2-parted.

Leaves almost peltate, tomentose or pubescent beneath, bo .». C. incanus,

1. C. auaucescens, Bl. Bydr. 25; Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV.

84. (C. macrocarpus, WA. Prod. 1.18; Wight Ill. I. 22, t. 7; Hf. Ind,

Hid, £01).

1874. ] of the Burmese Flora. 63 —

Cyclea, Arn.

Poot, Perrara, Hf, and Th. Fi Ind. I. 201 and Ind. FLT. 104.

Scheff. Obs. Phyt. III. 79, t. 15.

Has. Not unfrequent in the open, especially the hill Eng-forests, and

in dry and drier upper mixed forests all over Burma from Chittagong and

Ava down to Tenasserim. FI, Fr. Oct. to March.

Pachygone, Miers.

Conspectus of species.

Inflorescence and drupes densely tomentose ; leaves with prominent nervation, P. dasycarpa.

Inflorescence glabrous ; leaves almost polished, Ass ee P. odorifera.

1. P.pasycarpa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870. 62. (Anti-

taxis ramiflora, Miers Contr. III. 1871, 358).

Has. Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein District, on limestone (Dr.

Stoliczka), FI. R.S.

2. P.oporirera, Miers Contr. Bot. III. 3338.

Has. Common in the swamp forests of Prome, Pegu and Martaban ;

Tenasserim, Moulmein, on limestone rocks (Parish).

I have seen no authentic specimens of P. odorifera, and refer my

plant here on the authority of Baker (im lit.). Unfortunately I did not

succeed in finding either flower or fruit of this common climber, but it

certainly is different from P. ovata.

One or two other large-leaved species occur on the Andamans and

Nicobars, but they, are only in leaves.

BERBERIDEA.

Conspectus of genera.

Trib. I. LARDIZABALEH. Flowers unisexual or polygamous. Carpels 3. Usually

climbers.

1. ParvatiA. Leaves digitate. Stamens monadelphous. Climbers.

Trib. IT. BERBERIDEZ. Flowers hermaphrodite. Carpel solitary, erect or stemless.

2. BERBERIS. Ovules erect, basilar. Fruit a berry. Shrubs.

Berberis, I.

1. B. Nepatensts, Spreng. Syst. veg. II. 120; Hf. Ind. Fl. 1. 109

(Mahonia Nepalensis, DC. Prod. I. 109 Deless. Icon, sel. II. t.4; B,

Leschenaultii, Wall. Cat. 1479 ; Wight Je. t. 940).

Has. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.).

Hf. and Th. in the first edition of their Flora of India cite Mergui

as a habitat for Parvatia Brunoniana; Dr. Brandis, however, informs me

that no Burmese specimens of this species exist in the Kew Herbarium,

OL S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

NYMPHAACEA.

Conspectus of genera.

Subord. I. NYMPHAA4. Sepals 4—6. Petals and stamens numerous. Carpels

confluent with one another or with the disk into one ovary ; ovules many. Seeds albuminous.

I. Nympuma. Sepals, petals and stamens half superior, inserted on the disk, the

latter confluent with the carpels. Not armed.

2. Barctaya. Sepals inferior ; petals superior ; carpels immersed in the torus.

Not armed.

3. EvRyYALE. Sepals, petals and stamens superior. Carpels immersed in the torus,

Armed with sharp thorns.

Subord. II. NELUMBONEZ. Sepals 4 or 5. Petals and stamens numerous,

hypogynous. Carpels sunk in pits without order in the flat turbinate torus.

4. NkELUMBO. Only genus.

Nymphea, L.

Conspectus of species.

Anthers without appendage, ... a oe ase .. NV, Lotus.

Anthers terminated with a long appendage, pee LY. stellata.

T..UN..Lotrus, cpl (294s. eh Th. HL Ind. 241 and Ind.

Fl, I. 114. ,

Var. a. Lotus, Hf. and Th. 1. c.; (WV. rubra, Roxb. FI. Ind. 1195768

Wight Ill. t. 10; Bot. Rep. t. 503; Bot. Mag. t. 1280, 2364 and 4665 ;

NV, esculenta, Tea 1.65573).

Var. 8. conpiroiia, Hf. and Th. 1. c.

Var. y. PUBESCENS, Hf. and Th. 1. c. (4. pubescens, Willd. sp. pl. II.

1154? ; WN. Lotus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. If. 577).

Has. In tanks, lakes and swamps, etc.; var. a. not unfrequent in

Pegu; also Tenasserim; var. 6. in Chittagong ; var. y. not unfrequent in

lakes and stagnant waters of the lower parts of Pegu. Fl. R. S.

2. N. stecuata,- Willd. sp. pl. 11.:1158; Hf. and Th. Ind. aigeae

and Ind. Fl. I. 114.

Var. a, cyaNEA, Hf. and Th. 1. ¢. (1. cyanea, Roxb. Fl, Ind. II. 577 ;

NV. stellata, Bot. Mag. t. 2058).

Var. 8. parvirtora, Hf. and Th. |. ce. (W. stellata, Willd, 1. c.; Bot.

Rep. t. 330; Itoxb. Fl. Ind. II. 577.)

Var. y. versicolor, Hf. and Th. 1. ¢.

Has. In stagnant waters and swamps; var. a. and £. frequent in

Chittagong, Pegu and Arracan ; var. y. Chittagong. Fl. R. S,

Barclaya, Wall.

1, B. Lonerrorra, Wall. in Linn. Trans. XV. 442, +. 18; Hook. Icon.

Pl, t. 809-10 ; Griff. Not. Dicot. 218, t. 57 ; Hf. Ind. I. 115.

Has. In running streams; Pegu, Rangoon; Tenasserim, Moulmein

and southwards to Mergui, apparently frequent, Fl. R. 8.

1874. | of the Burmese Flora. 65

EKuryale, Salish.

1. E. Ferox, Salisb. Ann. Bot. II. 73; Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. t.

244; Bot. Mag. t. 1447; Griff. Dicot. t. 657; Hf Ind. I. 115. (Anneslea

spinosa, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 573; Bot. Reg. t. 618).

Has. Chittagong, in swamps. FI. R. S.

Nelumbo, Ad.

1. N.nucirera, Gaertn. Fruct. I. 73; Casp. in Mig. Ann. Mus.

Lugd. Bat. Il, 242. (Melumbium speciosum, Willd. sp. pl. II. 1258; Roxb.

Fl. Ind. Il. 647; Bot. Mag. t. 903; Wight Ill. I.t.9; Hf. Ind. Fl.

I. 116),

Has. Not unfrequent in stagnant waters of the alluvial plains of Pegu;

frequently cultivated in tanks, pagodas, etc. Fl. Apr. May.

PAPAVERACEZA,

Conspectus of genera.

1. Papaver. Capsules opening by short valves or pores. Stigmas 4 or more,

radiating on a sessile disk.

2. ARGEMONE. Capsules opening by short valves, Stigmas 4 to 6, radiating from

the top of a depressed style.

Papaver, L.

*1. P. somnireruM, L. sp. pl. 726; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 571; Enel.

Bot. t. 2145; Sibth. Fl. Gree. t. 491; Rohb. Fl. Germ. III. t. 17; Hf.

and Th. Fl. Ind. I. 250.

Has. Not much cultivated in Burmah, especially in Ava. Fl. Febr.

March, Fr. Apr. May.

Argemone, L.

*1, Ara. Mexicana, L. sp. pl. 727; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 571; Wight

Ill. I. t. 11. ; Bot. Mag. t, 243; Bot. Reg. t. 1348 ; Gray. Gen. t. 47; Hf,

Ind. Fl. I 117.

Has. Domesticated in lower Ava (J. Anderson) ; in cultivated lands

near Rangoon, sporadically. Fl. Jan.

CRUCIFER 1.

Conspectus of genera.

* Pods elongate or short, dehiscing along their whole length, not jointed, rarely

indehiscent at the summit. Septa and valves equally broad and parallel.

O Cotyledons accumbent.

1. Nasturtium. Pods long or short, the valves turgid or not. Seeds small, in 2

rows. Flowers usually yellow.

2. CARDAMINE. Pods narrow, elongate linear, the valves flat anl elastic. Seeds

in 2 rows. Flowers usually white.

O O Cotyledons longitudinally conduplicate,

66 S. Kurz—COontributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

3. Brassica. Pods elongate. Stigma truncate or 2-lobed. Seeds in a single row.

* * Pods short, dehiscing along their whole length, not articulate, the

valves flat, at right angles to the septum.

4, LEprpium. Pods oblong, notched, 2- rarely 4-seeded. Flowers whites

* * * Pods elongate, indehiscent, not jointed but contracted and pithy with-

in between the seeds. Cotyledons incumbent.

5. Rapuanvs. Flowers pale lilac or white with coloured veins.

Nasturtium, L.

Conspectus of species,

Pods rather thick, 2 to 5 times longer than the pedicels, more or Iess curved, WV. Indicum.

Pods very slender, straight or nearly so, 1 to 13 in. long, re ... WV. montanum,

1. N. Inpicum, L. Mant. 98; Hf. and Th. in Linn. Proce. V. 3388.

(N. Madacasgariense, WA. Prod. I. 19; Wight Ill. I. t. 13; Stnapis diva-

vicata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 128).

Var. 6. Benauatense (WV. Benghalense DC, Syst. II, 198; Hf. and

Th. in Linn. Proce. V. 189).

Var. y. GLABRUM, quite glabrous, the flowers thrice as large; pods

larger and on longer pedicels ; racemes bracted. Habit of Sinapis.

Haz. Var. 8. very common on muddy banks of rivers, in rubbishy

places round villages, all over Pegu and Martaban; also Chittagong and

Tenasserim ; var. y. in the dried up bed of streamlets in the swamp-forests

of the Irrawaddi alluvium, Fl. January to June; Fr. Febr. July.

Var. y. is a very distinct form and will probably have to be separated,

but unfortunately there are no ripe pods.

2. N. pirrusum, DC. Prod. I. 189; Migq. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/2. 94 and

Ni). Fl. Arch. Ind. 1870, 14. (4. Montanwm, Wall. in Linn. Proc. V. 139;

Bth. Fl. Hongk. 16.; Simapis pusilla, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 125 ?).

Has. Ava (Wall.).

Cardamine, L.

1. C. urrsuta, L. sp. pl. 915; Engl. Bot. t. 492, Hf. and Th. m

Linn. Journ. V. 146.

Var. 8. syivatica, Hf, and T. And. Ind. FI. I. 138.

Haz. Ava, Bhamo (J. Anderson); Martaban, Toukyeghat, in shady

muddy places (only one specimen !). Fl, Febr. March.

_ Brassica, L.

Conspectus of species.

Stem-leaves at base stem-clasping with their auricles, rea ... B. campestris,

Stem-leaves often petioled, not stem-clasping,

Stem-leaves narrowed at base or petioled ; flowers yellow, Pe. .. B. juncea,

Stem-leaves broad at base and sessile but not stem-clasping; petals white or yellowish

white with violet veins,.,, 45 iP a .. B, oleracea.

1874. of the Burmese Flora. 67

1. B. campsstarts, L. sp. pl. 931; Engl. Bot. t. 2224; Hf. Ind. Fl.

1.156. (B. rapa. L. sp. pl. 981; Engl. Bot. t. 2176; B. Napus, L. sp.

pl. 931; Sinapis dichotoma, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 117; S. glauca, Roxb. 1.

ce. 118; B. brassicata, Roxb. 1. ¢. 120).

Haz. Arracan, rare in fields near Akyab; Ava, Bhamo. Fl. Decb.

ee BS. JUNCHA, Hi. and Th. in Linn. Proc. V. 170.-‘and Ind.’ FI. 1.

157. (Sinapis juncea, L. sp. pl. 984; Sinapis ramosa, Roxb, FI. Ind. IIT.

119 ; Sinapis rugosa, Roxb. 1. ¢. 122; Sinapis patens, Roxb. 1. c. 124;

Sinapis cunetfolia, Roxb. 1. ¢. 116).

Hap. Frequent in fields, along river-banks, ete., all over Pegu and

Martaban ; also much cultivated; Ava, Bhamo. FI. Fr. C. S.

* 3. 3B. overacea, L. sp. pl. 982; Engl. Bot. t. 637; Fl. Dan. XIT.

t. 2056: Roxb. Fl. Germ. 97: DC. Prod. I. 2138.

Haz. Not much cultivated in several varieties like cabbage, cauliflower,

Kohlrabbi, ete. Fl. Febr. March; Fr. Apr.

Lepidium, L.

Sebel. SATIVUM. sp. pl. 899; Roxb, Fl. Ind, TIL 116; Gf ind:

“FIT. 159; Fl. Dan. X. t. 1761; Sibth. Fl. Graec. t. 616 ; Roxb. Fl. Germ.

II. t.9; Wight Ill. I. ¢. 12; NE. Gen. Germ. X. t. 10.

Has. Cultivated only. Fl. Fr. C. 8S.

Raphanus, L.

*1. R. sarrvus, L. sp. pl. 985 Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 126; Rehb. FI.

Germ. IT. t. 3.; NE. Gen. Germ. X. t, 10; Hf. Ind. FI. [. 166.

Has. Cultivated and often like wild on the banks of rivers, ete. Fl.

Febr. March ; Fr. Apr.

CAPPARIDEZ.

Conspectus of genera.

Trib. I. CLEOMEZ. Fruit capsular, 1-celled, usually pod-like, rarely short or didy-

mous ; capsules 4—8- or many-seeded. Herbs.

X Torus short, the stamens inserted immediately within the sepals and petals.

1. Crzome. Torus often produced into an appendage. Stamens 4 to 6 or more,

some of them often without anthers.

% X Torus elongated, bearing the stamens at the top under the ovary.

2. GyYNANDROPSIS. Stamens 6, all perfect; filaments long.

Trib. II. CAPPARE#, Fruit berry-like or drupaceous. Shrubs or trees.

* Sepals united at the base in a funnel- or bell-shaped tube, or forming a

spathaceous calyx.

3. NrIeBUHRIA, Calyx-tube funnel- or bell-shaped, the limb 4-lobed, valvate in

bud, Petals none. Berry ovoid. Leaves 1- to 3-foliolate.

* * Sepals free or connate only at the very base.

X% Petals present.

68 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

4. CApPARIS. Calyx various. Corolla imbricate. Petals 4. Stamens usually

definite, inserted at the base of the short torus. Leaves simple.

5. CapaBa. The 2 outer sepals valvate in bud. Torus elongated into a tube.

Berry cylindrical, almost indehiscent, Leaves L- to 3-foliolate.

6. CratmvaA. Flowers polygamous. Corolla open in bud already. Sepals 3,

all imbricate in bud. Petals 4, on long claws. Leaves 8- to 5-foliolate.

XX Petals none.

7. Roypsta. Sepals 6. Drupes 1—38-seeded. Leaves simple.

Cleome, L.

Conspectus of species.

Plant thinly appressed hispid. Petals white or pale rose-coloured, 10, Chelidonit.

Glandular-pubescent ; petals yellow, 355 ; . C, viscosa.

1. OC. Cuetimontt, L. f. Suppl. 300 ; Ree, Fl. ine it. 197 ; Hf. Ind,

Fl. 1. 170. (Polanisia Chelidonii, DC. Pron. I, 242 ; Wight Ic. t. 319).

Has. Not unfrequent along the borders of the Prome road between

Poungday and the Myitmakha choung. Fl. March, Apr.

I do not feel quite sure whether this plant is really indigenous. As it

seems restricted to the locality given above, it may well have been introduced

by the Madras people employed in the construction of the Prome road.

2. C. viscosa, L. sp. pl. 447; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 128; Hf. Ind. FI,

I. 170. (Polanisia icosandra, WA. Prod. I. 22; Wight Ic. t. 2.).

Has. <A weed all over Burma from Chittagong and Ava down to

Tenasserim, in cultivated lands, along river banks, in rubbishy places, ruined

pagodas, etc. FI. Fr. R. 8.

Gynandropsis, DC.

1. G. penrapHyiia, DC. Prod I. 288; Hf. Ind. F1.1.171. (Cleome

pentaphylla, Li. sp.pl.; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 126; A. Gray, Gen. t. 78;

Bot. Mag. t, 1681).

Has. A weed all over Burma from Chittagong and Ava down to

Tenasserim, in rubbishy places, etc., around villages. Fl. May, June; Fr,

June, July.

Niebuhria, DC.

1. N.? vaRraBILis, (Capparis? variabilis, Wall. Cat. 7004; Hf.

dnd, Ts).

Has. Ava, in the Ivrawaddi valley along the banks of the river be-

low Yenang choung, and on the Segain hills.

Capparis, L.

Conspectus of species.

* Pedicels arising from above the axils ofthe leaves in a line one above the other

(supra-axillary) ; or rarely axillary and solitary.

O Gynophore and ovary glabrous or nearly so.

1874..] of the Burmese Flora. 69

+ Ovary almost sessile, the gynophore being only } to 1 lin. long.

Glabrous ; leaves large, chartaceous ; pedicels 2—8 lin. long, the upper flowers forming’

terminal racemes (by the reduction of leaves), th C, roydsiafolia,

t+ + Ovary ona long slender gynophore.

X All parts glabrous.

Leaves as in preceding, chartaceous, much veined with a callous point at the usually retuse

apex, .. vas * ie sae CO, micracantha,

Leaves acuminate.

Unarmed; pedicels and sepals outside glabrous; stamens numerous, petals pilose,

..C. membranifolia.

Thorny ; pedicels glabrous ; sepals woolly along the borders ; stamens 8, ..C, disticha,

Unarmed or nearly so; sepals with tomentose margins, .C. viniea,

X% X Young shoots and sepals tae or greyish searienttives or

pubescent.

Leaves chartaceous, ovate, green, while young tawny or rusty pilose beneath, flowers

usually several together, se ..C. horrida.,

Leaves green, oboval, waite young iinly eaumesced “rraFisadent soon quite Stapres and

coriaceous ; petioles 3-$ in. long ; flowers several, ye . C. crassifolia,

Leaves glaucous, rhomboid- ae to rhomboid-linear, acute,, while young minutely greyish

puberulous beneath ; petioles only 4 to % in. long; berries verrucose; flowers

solitary, yee ...C. polymorpha.

OO Gynephore aad ovary detealy Aristhoss

All younger parts and leaves tomentose or pubescent; pedicels and ae densely

tomentose, ae ae! ..C, flavicans,

* * Pedicels in umbels or poet in the cate of he leaves or on shortened

axillary branchlets, sometimes collected into terminal or lateral panicles.

X Calyx and pedicels densely tomentose Ovary glabrous.

All parts tomentose or shortly and ey yellowish routes the hairs not papillose ;

peduncle naked, : . C. grandis,

Apparently as preceding, bat Gaptieides “of wave: saapglons: ; “pedundle l-leaved at

tip, aa ere aa = . C. orbiculata.

Branches brown-tomentose ; leaves beth 3-plinerved, see 0. C. trinervia.

X XK Calyx and pedicels glabrous. Berry 1-seeded.

O Gynophore very short (in fruit not above 3 in.); umbels or corymb

peduncled.

Branchlets pubescent ; leaves thick coriaceous, glaucous, retuse or blunt ; umbels axillary,

berries 1—2 seeded, eae its : ..C, glauca.

Glabrous; leaves purplish beneath, Sentai umbels in fefninal dari berries

1-seeded, ae Sas ee ae ...O. Hasseltiana,

O O Gynophore long and slender.

f+ Umbels or corymbs peduncled.

Glabrous ; leaves green, retuse ; flowers + in. in diameter, the umbels arranged in terminal

panicles ; berries several-seeded, ... 4 a CO. floribunda.

Glabrous ; petiole puberulous ; flowers 2 in. in Ganclod on ..C, versicolor.

+ + Umbels sessile or nearly so.

Leaves green, retuse; corymbs usually terminal on the branchlets, many-flowered,

... C. sepiaria.

1. C. micracantHa, DC. Prod. I. 247; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 179. (C.

callosa, Bl, Bydr. 58; Mig. Ill, Fl. Arch, Ind, I. 29, t. 16.)

70 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Has. Pegu, Rangoon (R. Scott); Upper Tenasserim, Weingo valley,

Moulmein (Wall., Fale.)

2. OC. MEMBRANIFOLIA, Kurz MS.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of

the Pegu Yomah and Martaban. Fl. Apr. May.

8. C. vimines, Hf, and Th. Ind. FI. I, 179.

Has. ‘Tenasserim (teste Hf. and Th.).

4. OC, pisticua, Kurz MS. (C. oryphylla, Wall Cat. 6997, non Miq.).

Has. Frequent in the swamp-forests and inundated localities of the

Irrawaddi and Sittang alluvium and Martaban. Fl. Apr. May.

5. C.Horrima, L. f. Suppl. 264; Wight Ic. t. 173; Griff. Not.

Dicot. 579. t. 608; Hf Ind. Fl. I. 178 pp. (C. Zeylanica, Roxb. Fl. Ind.

II. 567.)

Has. Frequent in mixed forests and savannahs, but more especially

in the dry forests of Prome and Pegu; also Martaban. Fl. Apr. a

6. C. crasstForia, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng., 1878.

Haz. Frequent in the dry forests of Prome District Fl. March,

7. C, POLYMORPHA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng., 1873.

Has. Frequent in the dry and Eng forests of Prome district, FI.

March ; Fr. Apr. May. |

8. C, rLavicans, Wall. Cat. 7003; Kurz in Journ, As. Soc. Bengal

1870, 62; Hf. Ind. Pl. I. 180.

Has. Ava, Irrawaddi valley at Yenangchoung and Segain (Wall.) Fr,

Sept. 7

9. C. Grannis, L. f. Mant. 263; Hf. Ind. Fl. 1. 176. (C, bisperma,

Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 568 teste Hf Th.) var. 6. aurtcans, the nerves beneath

more prominent ; flowers only 3 to 4 in. in diameter (C. auricans, Kurz MS).

Has. Frequent in the dry forests of the Prome District. Fl. Apr.

The Burmese plant will most probably have to form a distincti species,

if it should not turn out to be identical with the following, of which the

description in Hook. Ind. FI. is too imperfect for recognition.

10. C. orpicuLata, Wall. ap. Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 176.

Has. Ava, Segain hills.

11. C. rrrervis, Hf. and Th. Ind. Fl. I. 175.

Has. Tenasserim (Helf.) ; Tavoy (Parish).

12. ©. auauca, Wall. Cat. 7005; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 180.

Has. Ava, common near pagodas at Pagha myo (Wall.).

13. C. Hassenpiana, Miq. Ll. Fl. Arch. Ind. I. 24. t. 18. (C. ambigqua,

Kurz in And. Rep. ed. 2. 30.)

Haz. In the tropical forests of South Andaman, Fr. Apr. May.

14, ©. FLorrBunpa, Wight Ill. I. 33. t. 14.; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 177.

(C. oligandra, Griff. Not. Dicot. 577. teste Hf. and Th).

Ty) =.

1874. | . of the Burmese Flora, 71

Haz. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.).

15. C. verstcoLtor, Griff. Not. Dicot. 577 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 175.

Has. Tenasserim, Mergui, in forests (Griff.). Fl. Jan.

I have not seen specimens, but it cannot be compared with CG. Salac-

eensis, Bl., which has small flowers, (cf. Miq. Illustr. Fl. Arch. Ind. I. t.

12).

16. C. seprarta, L. sp. pl. 720; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 568; Jacquem.

Woy Ind. or, ¢.22.; Hf. Ind. Fl 1. 177.

Has. Common along the rocky coast of the Andamans; Pegu (teste

Hf. and Th.). Fl. May.

Crateeva, L.

Conspectus of species.

Flowers corymbose ; fruits globular; large tree ; ovary globular, -C, Roxburghiz.

Flowers corymbose ; fruits ovoid-oblong ; ovary oblong, wee .. C. narvala.

Flowers solitary, axillary; fruits oblong ; meagre shrub, ese if, hygrophila,

1. C. Roxsurenuu, Br. in Denh. and Clapp. Trav. Append. 224;

Hook. Icon. Pl. t. 178; Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot., 1874, 195, t. 148, f.

_ 1—5. (Capparis trifoliata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 571.).

Haz. Not unfrequent in the dry forests of the Prome District ; Up-

per Tenasserim. Fl. H.S.; Fr. Close of R. 8S.

2. C. Narvata, Ham. in Linn. Trans. XV; Kurz in Trim. Journ.

Bot., 1874, 195.

ne Tenasserim, Af culureis District. Fl. Febr. March.

3. C. HyGropHina, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng., 1872, 292 and in

Trim. Journ. Bot., 1874, 196, t. 148, f. 6—7.

Has. Not uncommon in the swamp forests of the Irrawaddi alluvium.

Fl. (Decb. or Nov. ?); Fr. ©. 8.

Roydsia, Roxb.

Conspectus of species.

Subg. 1. Bu-Roydsia, Styles 3, short, sessile.

Sepals a line long, 4 of them free, the 2 others coherent, vee ... R. obtusifolia.

Subg. 2, Alytostylis, Hf. ee long, terminated i 3 minute stigmas. oe ligulate.

blomt,; 4... vee LR. parviflora,

1, R. oprustFoua, Hf. cai Thi. Ind. FL I. 180 and 409,

Has. Frequent in the swamp forests and along inundated river banks

of the alluvial lands of the Irrawaddi and Sittang rivers ; also Tenasserim.

Fl. March; Fr. May, June.

; 2. R. parvirtora, Griff. Not. Dicot. 578. t. 607. f. 1.; Hf, Ind. Fl.

I. 409.

Haz, Ava, in woods near the serpentine mines at Hookum (Griff.).

72 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

MORING ACE.

Moringa, Juss.

1. M. prerycosPerMA, Gaertn. Fruct. IT. 314. t. 147; Wight Tl,

I. t. 77; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bot. I. 350. (Hyperanthera Moringa, Vhi. Symb,

I. 30; Griff. Not. Dicot. 572. t. 609. f. 1—2).

Has. Cultivated in and around villages all over Burma and the adja-

cent islands. Fl. Febr. March; Fr. H. 8.

A most perplexing genus to systematists. It appears to me nearest

allied to Violacee.

VIOLACEA.

Conspectus of genera.

Trib. I. VIOLEM. Corolla irregular, the lower petal much larger. Herbs or peren-

nials.

1. Vuionta. Sepals produced at base. Lower petal spurred or saccate.

2. JonrpIum. Sepals not produced at base. Petals clawed, the lower one gibbous

or saccate at base.

Trib. IT. ALSODEIEZ. Corolla regular or nearly so. Shrubs or trees.

3. ALsopEIA Petals 5, free. Connective produced beyond the anther. Capsule

loculicidal.

Viola, L.

Conspectus of species.

X Stigma 3-lobed, terminal. ‘

Without stolons; stigma 3-lobed; stipules entire, ... ri ..V. Patriniz.

Stoloniferous ; stigma 2-lobed ; stipules toothed, a ah VM. diffusa,

X X Stigma very oblique or quite lateral.

Stoloniferous ; stipules toothed or fimbriate, ee ae ...V. serpens.

1. V. Parrinu, DC. Prod. I. 293; Hf. Fl. Ind.I. 183. (V. primu-

lifolia, L. sp. pl. p. p.; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 650; V. Walkerti, Wight Ill. I.

42. t. 18).

Has. Ava, Khakyen hills, Ponsee (J. Anderson). Fl. March.

2. V. pirrusa, Ging in DC. Prod. I. 298; Hf. Ind. Fl. 1. aga

Haz. Ava, Khakyen hills, Ponsee (J. Anderson). Fl. Fr. March.

3. V. SERPENS, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 449; Oudem. in Mig.

Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bot. III. 76; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 184; Royle Il. Him. Pl.

v4; t: 18; fale

Has. Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson) ; not unfrequent in the damp

hill-forests along rocky rivulets in Martaban at 3000 to 6000 ft. elevation ;

Tenasserim, Moulmein (Parish). Fl. Fr, March,

1874. | . of the Burmese Flora, 7:

Jonidium, Vent.

I. J. surrruticosum, Ging in DC, Prod. I. 311; Wight Ill. t. 19

and Ic. t. 308; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 185. (Viola suffruticosa, L.; Roxb. FI.

Ind. I. 649).

Has. I have observed only a few sterile plants along a road in Ran-

goon,

Alsodeia, Thouars.

Conspectus of species.

Subg. 1. Dioryctandra, Hassk. Stamens exserted, anthers cohering in a cone.

Leaves small; capsules very small, almost sessile, + A. Roxburghii.

Subg. 2, Alsodeia, Stamens included; anthers free.

X% Ovary and style glabrous.

O Flowers in long racemes.

Racemes and calyx puberulous, ... 5 ie i ,. A, longiracemosa.

O O Flowers fascicled.

Pedicels and calyx glabrous, oe 4, Bengalensis.

X* X Ovary and style S hecsale or means

Leaves rather large, glabrous or nearly so, eee th A, Griffithia,

_ Leaves pubescent ; capsule densely pubescent, Gis . A. mollis.

1, A. Roxpureuti, Wall. Cat. 7189 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. L.f86. “rae

heteroclita, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 648).

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans, FI.

May, June.

2. <A. LONGIRACEMOSA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870, 63. (A.

racemosa, Hf. and Th. Ind. Fl. I. 186. non Mart.).

Has. Rather frequent in the tropical forests of Martaban up to 1500

{t. elevation. Fl]. March, Apr.; Fr. May, June.

3. A. Breneatensis, Wall. Act. Med. and Phys. Soc. Cale. VII. 224;

jateind, Fl. 1. 186.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of

the Pegu Yomah and Martaban, entering here also the drier hill forests up

to 4000 ft. elevation; common on the Andamans, FI. H.S.

4, -A. Grirrirau, Hf. and Th. Ind. Fl. I. 187.

Has. Ava, near the serpentine mines in the Hookum valley (Griff.).

5. A, motuis, Hf. and Th. Ind. Fl. I. 188.

Haz. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.).

BIXINEAL.

Conspectus of genera,

Trib, I. BIXEZ. Petals broad, twisted in bud, without a scale or basal appendage.

Anthers opening by pores or short slits.

1. CocHiospeRMUM. Capsule 3-valved. Seeds cochleate, pilose or woolly, Leaves

palmately-lobed or digitate.

74 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a Knowledge [ Ne. 2,

2. Brxa. Capsule 2-valved. Seeds straight, glabrous, with a pulpy testa. Leaves

simple.

Trib. IT, FLACOURTIE. Petals none, or if present only small, imbricate in the

bud, without scales. Anthers opening by valves.

* Petals present.

3. Sconopra. Flowers bisexual. Petals 4 to 6. Stamens indefinite.

* * Petals none.

4. Fracourg1a. Flowers usually dioecious. Ovary 2- to 8-celled.

5. XynosMA. Flowers dioecious. Ovary 1-celled, Seeds glabrous.

Trib. UII. PANGIEA. Flowers dioecious. * Petals with an adnate scale or basal

appendage.

* Calyx at first entire, afterwards splitting variously.

6. Gynocarpia. Calyx cup-shaped. Stamens numerous, free. Styles 3 with cor-

date stigmas.

7. Ryparta. Calyx globose, rupturing into 3 to 4 deciduous segments. Stamens

4 or 5, united in a tubular column.

X* X Sepals distinct already in bud, much imbricated.

8. Hypnocarrus. Sepals 4or 5. Petals 5—9. Stamens 5 or indefinite.

Cochlospermum, Kth.

1. C. Gossyprum, DC. Prod. I. 527; Wight Ill. Ind. Bot. Suppl.

36. t. 18; Hf. Ind. Bot. 1.190. (Bombax gossypium, L.; Roxb. Fl. Ind.

JIT. 169.

Has. In the dry forests on the hills opposite Prome. Fl. March.

Bixa, L.

*1. B. Orerzana, L. sp. pl. 730; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 581; Wight Tl.

T. t.17; Bot. Mag. t. 1456; Griff. Not. Dicot. 610; Hf. Ind. FI. I. 190.

Has. Frequently cultivated in and around villages all over Burma, and

occasionally seen half wild along the courses of mountain streams in the

Pegu Yomah.—Fl. RS; Fr. CS.

Scolopia, Schreb.

1. §S. Roxpureutt, Clos in Ann. d. sc. nat. ser. 4. VIII. 250 excl.

syn.; Hf. Ind. Fl. 1.190. (Ludia spinosa, Roxb, Fl. Ind. II. 507.)

Has. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff. Helf. 211.)

Roxburgh’s plant is described as having lucid leaves, but his figure as

well as the plant cultivated in the HBC. have them opaque when dried,

Flacourtia, Comm.

Conspectus of species.

* Stigma simple, subulate (not thickened at apex).

Berries the size of a pepper-kernel; pyrenes smooth, convex on back, .. YY’, Sumatrana.

* * Styles short or almost wanting, thickened and truncate at the apex or more

or less bluntish 2-lobed.

O Pyrenes compressed and quite flat.

a a a ee?

1874. ] of the Burmese Flora. 75

Branchlets and leaves glabrous or nearly so, armed with spines; flowers dioecious,

Lt’, cataphracta.

As preceding but not armed ; flowers hermaphrodite, ; . F, inermis,

O O Pyrenes obovoid-3-angular with rounded paces

% Leaves acuminate.

Branchlets and leaves tawny-pubescent;,. ... cee Ay . F mollis.

%* %. Leaves blunt or nearly so. Berries the size of a pea.

Leaves coriaceous, 3 to 5 in. long, e. Jee Tye .. swpida.

Leaves small (1—1% in. long), membranous.

Armed with numerous long spines, Sie oe eee .. sepiaria,

Unarmed, or only with afew short axillary spines, % . L, rotundifolia.

1. FE. Sumarrana, Planch. ap. Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 192.

Has. Tenasserim (Helf. 203-).

N. B. Ludia foetida, Roxb., doubtfully referred by Hf. to this species, is

Homalium foetidwm, Bth.

2. F. cavarpuracta, Roxb, Corom. Pl. III. t. 222 and Fl. Ind. III.

834; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 198.

Has. Frequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah and

Martaban. Fl. Jan. Febr.; Fr. May.

38. EF. vermis, Roxb. Corom. Pi. III. 16 t. 222 and FI. Ind. III.

833 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 192,

Haz. Martaban, along the Penk of the Toukyeghat river at the 7-

Pagodas. Fr. May.

4, F. mous, Hf. and Th. Ind. I. 192.

Has. Tenasserim (Heif. 215; Griff).

5. F. saprpa, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 69 and. Fl. Ind. PII. 885; WA.

Prod. I.. 29.

Var. a. GENUINA, young shoots and leaves beneath and the inflores-

cences more or less greyish tomentose ; stigmas in fruit remote.

Var. 6. PUBERULA, leaves and young shoots glabrous; inflorescence

puberulous ; stigmas star-like cohering, sessile.

Var. y. GLABERRIMA, all parts quite glabrous, stigmas. only cohering

during flowering.

Has. Var. a. Ava (Griff.); var. @. and y. common in the dry and

Eng forests of the Prome District. Fl. Febr. March; Fr. Apr. May.

6. F.seprarta, Roxb. Corom, Pl. I. t.68 and Fl. Ind. III. 885;

Hf, Ind. Fl. I. 194. (EF. obcordata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 885 teste Hf. and

Th.).

Has. Chittagong.

7. EF. rorunprroxia, Clos in Ann. se. nat. Bot. ser. 4. VIII. 258.

Has. Rather frequent in the coast jungles of the Andamans, — Fl,

May.

76 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a Knowledge [ No, 2,

Gynocardia, R. Br.

1. G. oporata, Roxb. Corom, Pl. III. 95. t. 299;. Hf. Ind. Fl, I.

195. (Choulmoogra odorata, Roxb. FI. Ind. ITT. 836).

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Martban hills,

up to 3000 ft. elevation ; also Chittagong (accord. Hf. and Th. also

Rangoon and Tenasserim). Fr. March.

Ryparia, Bl.

1. R. casts, BI. Fl. Jav. Praef. 8; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bot, I-2. 361;

Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot.,. 1878, 2338. :

Has. In the tropical forests of South Andaman.

Hydnocarpus Geertn.

Conspectus of species.

Sepals 4; petals and staminods 9—5 each, the latter free or united, ,,.H. heterophyllus.

Sepals 5; petals and staminods 5 each, % " .. H. castaneus,

1. H. HereropHyiivs, Bl. Rumph. Ly. 22. b, 17 8. B. f 1. (Larac-

togenos Blumei, Hassk. Retz. I. 127 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/2. 110).

Haz. Very frequent in the tropical forests of Martaban, less so along

the eastern and southern slopes of the Pegu Yomah ; also Tenasserim. FI.

Apr. ; Fr. Febr. March.

The number of sepals appears constant, but that ofstamens, petals, and

scales varies exceedingly ; the last are found free and more or less connate

in flowers from the same tree.

2. H. castraneus, Hf. and Th. Ind. Fl. I. 197.

Has. King’s Island, by the sides of torrents, (Andamans according to

Hf. and Th. but more probably Mergui Archipelago where such an island

exists).

PITTOSPOREA.

Pittosporum, Banks.

1. P. Ferrugineum, Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. II. 27; Bot. Mag. t.

2074: Ha. Ind: FIT. '99:

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Moulmein,

POLYGALEZ.

Conspectus of genera.

Trib. I. POLYGALE#H, Seeds albuminous, Petals more or less united into a gamo-

petalous corolla,

O Erect herbs or perennials, rarely parasites,

1. Potye@aLa. Stamens 8, united. The 2 inner sepals wing-like

2. SALOMONIA. Stamens 4 or 5, Sepals almost equal, petal-like.

O O Scandent shrubs,

“I

oe |

1874. | of the Burmese Flora.

3. SECURIDACA. Stamens 8, united; fruit an 1-celled indehiscent samara.

Trib. II, XANTHOPHYLLEZ, Albumen none. Petals and stamens free. Fruit

globular, indehiscent.

4. XANTHOPHYLLUM. Petals 5. Stamens 8. Ovary almost 1-celled, with several

ovules,

Polygala, L.

Conspectus of species.

Subg. 1. Blepharidium. The 2 inner sepals (wings) persistent, petaloid or herbaceous.

* Wings herbaceous or green, sepal-like, not or witha narrow hyaline

margin, acute or acuminate.

Erect, stout, 1 to 2 ft. high; bracts fallen before flowering. Flowers small, white with

purple tips ; capsule ciliate, ib ..P. glomerata.

Small, a few in. high ; flowers and bracts as in ae ; ails oir ous, not ciliate,

... P. telephioides,

Small; flowers yellow or orange-yellow with dull orange tips; bracts ee during

flowering, . Chinensis.

** Wings epal ies and colotirett lint and eet Findeendes:

O Stems terete.

Wings about a lin. long, usually puberulous; capsules oblong, puberulous, not margined,

... P. erioptera.

Wings about 3 lin. long, puberulous; capsules almost orbicular with narrow ciliate

margin, aH bee am ee ...P. erotalarioides.

O O Stems sharply angular.

Erect, glabrous; leaves linear; flowers small, in terminal and lateral racemes, P. leptalea.

Subg. 2. Semeiocardium, Zoll. Calyx deciduous after flowering. Keel not crested. Seeds

albuminous. Flowers small.

Capsules not nerved, almost rotundate, not winged, Se ... P. glaucescens,

Capsules strongly nerved, oblong, the membranous borders produced wing-like at the

summit, + re .. P. cardiocarpa.

Subg. 3. Cnamchiens! \iNeuniee Calyx deciduous. Keel Mesacal Albumen none.

Flowers rather large. Perennials or shrubs.

Flowers pale-lilac ; keel-crest 2-lobed, the lobes entire, s .S. venenosa.

Flowers pale-lilac ; keel-crest 2-lobed, the lobes tN capac: sioriirentent. ; stro-

phiole minute, ace _ 2. Karensium,

Flowers yellow; keel-crest 2-lobed, fie lobes many-cleft ; aiaiitile coriaceous ; strophiole

very large, ®, cA? oes PP. ariliata.

1. P. GLOMERATA, Rowe Fl. Coch. II. 518; Migq. FI. Ind. Bot. 1/2.

125; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 206.

Has. Frequent in deserted hill-toungyas and gee es of the Martaban

hills, up to 4000 ft. elevation. Fl. Febr. March; Fr. March.

2. P. TELEPHIOIDES, Willd. sp. pl. III. 876; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 205.

Has. Rare in the Eng forests of the western slopes of the Pegu Yoma

as for instance about Myodweng. FI. Jan.

Hardly more than a stunted variety of the former,

Bek. GHINENSIS, L. spe pl..989; DC. Prod: 188k; Hf. Indi Fi-1

204, (2. arvensis, Willd. sp. pl. III, 876; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 218).

78 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No, 2,

Has. Pegu (teste Bennet). FI. R.S.

4, P. ertoprera, DC. Prod. I. 826; Deless. Ic. sel. III. t. 15 ; Hf.

Ind. FI. I. 208. .

Haz. Apparently frequent in Ava (Yenangchoung, Paghan, Melloon,

etc.); Prome hills. Fl. Fr. Sept. Decb.

5, P. croranariorpEs, Ham. in Don. Prod. Nep. 199 ; Wall. Pl. As.

rar, IT. t. 185; Royle Ill. Him. Pl t, 19, fe. ¢.; Hf Ind. Pl. Pozo

Has. Rather frequent in the Eng and dry forests of the Prome

district. Fl. Fr. March.

6. P. wepranea, DC. Prod. I. 825; Bth. Fl. Austr. I. 189; Hf. Ind.-

Fl. I. 202. (P. sp. 1 and 2,.Griff. Not. Dicot. 586-537. t. 597).

Haz. Not unfrequent in the open, especially the Eng forests of

Pegu, Prome, and Ava. Fl. Nov. Decb.

7. P. qauaucescens, Wall, Cat. 4182; Walp. Rep. I. 234. (P.

Surcata, Royle Ill. Him. Pl. 76. t. 19, fig. B.; Semeiocardium glaucescens,

Hassk. in Mig. Ann. Lugd. Bat. I. 151; 2. triphylla B. glaucescens, Bennet

in Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 201).

Has. Ava, Meaong and Taong dong; Prome District ; Tenasserim,

Attaran, Fl. Fr. July—Sept.

8. P. carprocarpa. Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 293.

Has. Tenasserim, Wakabin (Rev. C. Parish No. 307). Fl. Octob.

9. P. KarenstuM, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 292.

Has. Frequent in the drier hill-forests of the Martaban hills at 4000

to 6000 ft. elevation. FI. Fr. March.

10. P. arr~nata, Ham. in Don. Prod. Nep. 199; Wall. Pl. As. rar.

I. t. 100 ; Griff. Not Dicot. 5852 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 200).

Has. Ava (teste Bennet).

Salomonia, Lour.

Conspectus of species.

Subg. 1. Salomonia, DC. Stems leafy ; not parasitic.

O Leaves on short petioles, cordate or ovate.

Glabrous; leaves acute; capsules crested, iS a ...8. Cantoniensis.

Blunt leaves and stems along the wings fringed ; capsules crested, . S. longiciliata.

Glabrous ; leaves acute ; capsules minute, not crested, * ...8. edentula,

O O Leaves sessile.

Glabrous or nearly so, leaves oblong to oblong-lanceolate, ... «8S, oblongifolia.

Subg. 2. Epirhizanthes, Bl. Parasitic, leafless or scaly, TE 8. cylindrica.

1. S. Canrontensis, Lour. Fl. Coch, 18 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 206. (S. sp.

Griff. Not. Dicot. 539),

Haz. Pegu, Rangoon (R. Scott); Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall). Fl.

Fr. Aug.

2. 8. LoNGIciLiarA, Kurz in Journ, As. Soc, Bengal, 1872, 292.

1874. ] ' of the Burmese Flora. 79

Has. Sporadic in the Eng forests along the western slopes of the

Pegu Yomah, for inst. between Pansuay and Myodweng. Fl. Fr. Decbr. Jan.

3. S. optonalFonta, DC. Prod. I. 884; Deless. Ic. sel. III. t. 19; Hf.

Ind. Fl. I. 207. (8S. obovata, Wight Ill. I. t. 22.; 8. angulata, Griff. Not.

Dicot. 539. t. 585. A. f. 16 P).

Haz. ‘Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall).

4. S. cytmprica, (Hpirhizanthes cylindrica, Bl. Regensb Flor. 1825.

1384; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/2, 128 t.15; 8. aphylla, Griff. in Linn, Trans.

XIX. 342; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 207; S. parasitica, Griff. Not. Dicot. 588. t. 598.

f. 5).

' Haz. Tenasserim, on bamboo-trunks between decayed wood rather

frequent about Mergui, Palar. (Griff.). Fl. Octob.

Securidaca, IL.

1. §. mvappenprcunatTa, Hassk in Pl. Jav. rar. 295, (S. Tavoyana,

Wall. Cat. 4196, nomen nudum; Hf. Ind. FI. I. 208, S. scandens Ham. in

Wall, Cat. 4195, non Jacq. S. paniculata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 219, non

Lamk), )

Has. Chittagong; Arracan (Capt. Marcgrave) ; Tenasserim, Tavoy

(Wall). Fl. Aug.

xXanthophyllum, Roxb.

Conspectus of species.

* Ovary sessile (7. e. the stalk not exserted from the annular disk),

O Panicle remotely supra-axillary (and terminal),

Leaves glaucous and rather opaque beneath ; panicles diffuse, glabrous; calyx and slender

pedicels glabrous; ovary minutely pubescent, the stigma broadly 2-lobed,.,..X. virens.

O O Panicles or racemes truly axillary (and terminal).

X Ovary and style villous. (Leaves glaucescent beneath).

Panicles tawny puberulous; pedicels thick, 13-2 lin. long, puberulous, ...X. eglandulosum.

Racemes slender, in lax tomentose panicles; pedicels slender, ... ..A. glaucum.

X X Ovary glabrous, the style slender pubescent. .

Panicle diffuse, greyish velvety ; fruit glabrous; leaves glossy, drying yellowish like

Symplocos, ves vee ava of .. A. flavescens.

* * Ovary shortly stalked.

Leaves rather large; racemes simple or in short robust axillary panicles, greyish velvety ;

ovary glabrous with a very thick villous style, A. affine,

1. X. vrrens, Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. t. 284 and Fl. Ind. II, 221.

Has. Not unfrequent in the evergreen tropical forests of the Pegu

Yomah and Martaban, up to 3000 ft. elevation. Fl. Febr. March.

2. X. FLAVESCENS, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 222. (X. paniculatwm, Miq.

Suppl Fl. Sum. I. 393).

_ Has. Frequent in the swamp-forests of Martaban; Tenasserim,

Moulmein down to Tavoy; also Chittagong. Fl. Febr. May; Fr. May.

80 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge _ [ No. 2,

X. flavescens as revised in Hf. Ind. Fl. is a mixture of species, but it

is impossible to clear up the synonymy so long as the numbers of distribut-

ed collections are not given. No one would wish the numbers of all collec-

tions extant or references to common and well-known species, but in the

case of new or critical species such might reasonably be looked for,

X. angustifolium, Wight Ill. 50 +t. 23, with simple or almost simple

subaxillary racemes and a villous stalked ovary, is certainly not identical

with Roxburgh’s plant; besides, it is a small tree or rather shrub, while

the latter is a timber-tree.

3. X. EGLANDULOSUM, Griff. Not. Dicot. 537 t. 598 f. 4. (4X. Griffi-

thin, Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 210.) .

Haz. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff. ; Helf).

The leaves are described as very coriaceous just as those of XY. insignis

(to which I doubtfully refer Maingay’s plant No. 348 distributed as Carapa

sp.) ; if this be really so, I fear that I have not seen the true species, for in

my specimens they are hardly more coriaceous than those of X. flavescens.

The Andaman specimens in leaf only, wrongly named by me XY. glaucum,

would probably come here or be referable to X. virens.

4, X. eLaucum, Wall. Cat. 4199 ; Hf. Ind. FI. I. 209.

Has. Common in the swamp-forests and around inundated jungle-

swamps of the alluvial plains and base of hills of Pegu and Martaban ; also

Tenasserim. FJ. March, Apr.

5. X. arrive, Bennet in Hf. Ind, Fl. I. 209, vix Korth.

Hap. Tenasserim, Mergut.

Wall. Cat. 4198 is cited for this species, but the specimens B from

Tenasserim as far as seen by me have a sessile ovary and are referred by me

to X. flavescens, while A. from Penang is here understood to be the above

plant.

CARYOPHYVILEA.

Conspectus of genera.

Trib. I SILENEZ. Calyx gamosepalous, 4- to 5-lobed. Petals and stamens hypogy-

nous, often raised on a stalk-like torus. Styles distinct from the base. Stipules none.

1. GypsopHina. Calyx turbinate-tubular or bell-shaped, broadly and almost

wingedly 5-nerved. Capsule deeply 4-valved. Styles usually 2.

Trib. IL. ALSINEZ. Sepals free. Stamens inserted on an annular disk, rarely perigy-

nous. Styles free. |

2. BracuysteMMA. Petals entire. Capsules depressed, 1-seeded. Styles 2.

Stipules none.

Trib. IIT, POLYCARPEA. Sepals free. Stamens inserted on an annular disk. Styles

united. Stipules scarious.

3. Drymaria. Petalslobed. Sepals not keeled. Style very short.

4. Potycarpon. Sepals keeled. Petals entire. Style short.

5. Potycarrema. Sepals not keeled, scarious. Petals entire or notched, Style

elongate,

1874. | of the Burmese Flora. 81

Gypsophila, L.

1. G. Vaccarta, Smith in Sibth. Fl. Gree. t. 880; WA. Prod. I. 42.

(Saponaria Vaccaria, L. sp. pl. 583 ; Bot. Mag. t. 2290 Hf, Ind. Fl. I. 217;

Saponaria perfoliata, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 445.)

Haz. South Andaman, in a cultivated field near Aberdeen, introduced.

Fl. May.

Brachystemma, Don.

1. B. canycrnum, Don Prod. Nep. 646; Fenzl. Atakt. t. 16; Hf.

Tod-aat. I. 937.

Has. Ava, Khakyen hills, near Ponline (J. Anderson). Fl. March.

Drymaria, Willd.

1. D. corpata, Willd. ap. Roem. and Schult. syst. veg. V. 406; Hf.

Ind. Fl. I. 244. (Cerastium cordifolium, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 458).

Has. Rather frequent in hill-toungyas and betel-nut gardens of

Martaban, at 2000 to 5000 ft. elevation ; also Ava, Bhamo. Fl. Febr. March.

Polycarpon, L.

1. P. Le@rirets, Bth. and Hf. Gen, Pl. I.. 158 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 245.

(Pharnaceum depressum, L. Mant. 564; Leflingia Indica, Retz. Obs. 48 ;

Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 165).

Haz. Very frequent in agrarian lands, banks of rivers, etc., of Pegu

and Martaban ; also Tenasserim, Chittagong and Arracan, Fl. May, June,

Polycarpea, Lour.

1. P. corymposa, Lamk, Ill. No. 2798; Wight Ic. t. 712 and Ill. IT.

t. 110; Hf. Ind, Fl. I. 245. (Celosia corymbosa, Roxb. FY. Ind. I. 681 ;

P. marginata, Prsl. Bot. Bemerk. 141; Walp. Afin. I. 83).

Has. Ava, on limestone near Segain and Pagha myo; Prome;

Tenasserim, Moulmein. FI. Dec. Jan.

PORTULACACE:.

Conspectus of genera.

1. PortuLaca, Ovary half-inferior, with the petals and stamens perigynous.

2. TaLinuM. Ovary free. Sepals usually deciduous, Seeds caruncled,

Portulaca, L.

Conspectus of species.

Joints glabrous ; flowers clustered by 3 to 5, se es C. oleracea.

Joints pilose ; flowers solitary, es te 0. quadrifida.

1. P. oneracea, L. sp. pl. 688 ; Roxb, Fl. Ind. IT. 463; Hf. Ind. Fl,

}, 246 ; Sibth. Fl. Gree. t. 457; DC. Pl. grass. t. 128 ; ios Gen. t. 99,

82 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Haz. Common all over Burma in cultivated lands, waste places, on

roads, ete. Fl. a.

2. P. quapriripa, L. Mant. 78; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 464 ; Wight Ill.

TI. t. 102; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 247. (C. meridiana, L Suppl. 248; Roxb. 1. ¢.

468).

Har. Pegu, in waste places, on roads, etc.; Ava. FI. C. & R.S.

Talinum, Adans.

1. T. cunerrorrM, Willd. sp. pl. II. 864; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 465 ;

Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 247.

Haz. Ava, on the Pagodas at Pagha myo (Wall. 6846). ;

TAMARISCINE A.

Tamarix, L.

Conspectus of species.

Leaves appressed to the terete almost simple branchlets and branches; flowers sessile,

rose-coloured, in dense short spikes, ... ; ..0. dioica.

Leaves somewhat spreading on the very short thin ‘andl panehedl briichiieey flowers

pedicelled, white, in loose slender terminal or variously lateral racemes, ...7'. gallica.

1. TT. prorca, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IL. 101; Griff. Not. Dicot. 465, t. 577.

f-2. > Ht Ind.’ Fly i249,

Has. Ava, in the hills opposite Pagha Myo. Fl. C. S.; Fr. R. 8.

2. -T.. Gatiica, L. sp.-pl. 386; Wight Ill. t. 24 £. 1. ; 3S tie

JT. 248. (2. Indica, Willd. in Act. Not. Cur. Berol, IV. 214; Roxb. F]. Ind.

II. 100).

Has. Rather frequent in the tidal savannahs and tidal forests of

Lower Pegu. FI. R.8.; Fr. C.S.

ELATINEAL,

Conspectus of genera. .

Trib. I BERGIEA, Ovary-cells with several ovules, Albumen none, Perianth

complete. Fruit a capsule,

1. Berera. Sepals acute. Flowers usually 5-merous. Capsule almost crustaceous,

septicidal or septifragal.

Trib. II. HIPPURIDE. (incl. Callitrichee ?). Ovary-cells with a solitary ovule.

Perianth complete orincomplete. Seeds albuminous. Fruit a drupe.

2. MyRiopHyLituM. Calyx truncate or 4-toothed. Petals 2—4 or none. Stamens

2—8. Ovary deeply 2- or 4-sulcate ; stigmas 2 or 4, blunt or feathery. Drupe separable

into 2 or 4 nut-like carpels.

Trib. III, CERATOPHYLLEZA. Flowers unisexual. Perianth 12-phyllous. Ovary

1-celled, with a solitary ovule. Fruit a nut.

3. CERATOPHYLLUM, Stamens several. Styles 2. Fruit a nut.

Bergia, L.

Conspectus of species.

Glabrous ; flowers white, sessile, ae ., Be -verticillate,

Pubescent or hirsute ; flowers rose-coloured, shor tly padieetied: . B. ammannioides,

1874. ] of the Burmese Flora. 83

1, 3B. vertremata, Willd. sp. pl. II. 770; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IL. 456 ;

Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 252. (B. aquatica, Roxb. Corom, Pl. II. t. 142),

Has. Ava (Wall.); Pegu, Rangoon. FI. R.S.; Fr. C. S.

2. B. AMMANNIOIDES, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 457; Hf. Ind. Fl. J. 251.

(Elatine ammannioides, WA. Prod. I. 41; Wight Ill. t. 25, A. and Suppl.

48. t. 28.).

Has. Frequent all over Pegu in rice-fields, along river-banks, ete. ;

Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.). FIR. S.; Fr. C. S.

Myriophyllum, L.

Conspectus of species.

Carpels almost smooth, about 43 lin. long, only at base connate, the back obtuse,

.. LM, tetrandrum.

Carpels tubercled and muricate, sometimes almost echinate, oe connate, about a line

long, the back sharply angled, is 2 ... WL, tuberculatum,

1. M. Terranprum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 451; DC. Prod. III. 69; W.

A. Prod. I. sia Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 634; ‘Grill Not. Dicot. 686. t.

644, f. 5

Han, Frequent in swamps and stagnant waters of the alluvial lands

of Pegu; Chittagong, in ponds, Fl. Fr. Oct. to Jan.

2. M. tupErRcuLatum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 471; DC. Prod. III. 69;

Mig. Fl. Ind. I. 635. (ML. Indicum, Griff. Not. Dicot. 687.)

Has. Chittagong, in ponds. Fl. Fr. Oct.—Decb.

Ceratophyllum, IL.

1. ©. pemersum, L. sp. pl. 1409; DC. Prod. III. 73; Bth. Fl.

Austr. IT. 491.

Var. a. DEMERSUM, (C. demersum, L. 1. ¢ ), nuts smooth.

Var. B. TUBERCULATUM, (C. tuberculatum.; Cham. in Linnea IV.

504. t. 5. f. 6.d.; WA. Prod. I. 309; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 799; Wight

Ie. t. 1948. f. 3.; C. verticillatum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 624).

Has. Oaly var. 8. not uncommon in ponds and stagnant waters of

Chittagong ; also in choungs and lakes of Pegu. Fr. Decb. Jan.

HYPERICINEA.

Conspectus of genera.

Trib. I. HYPERICEZ. Capsules dehiscing septicidally. Seeds not winged.

1. Hypericum. Flowers 5-merous. Herbs or shrubs.

Trib. II. CRATOXYLEZ. Capsules dehiscing loculicidally or sometimes both locu<

licidally and septicidally. Seeds winged.

2. CRATOXYLON, Flowers 5-merous. Stamens 3-adelphous, Ovules 4 or more to

the cell,

84 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Hypericum, L.

Conspectus of species.

* Shrubs with large flowers. Ovary 5-celled. Capsules 5-valved.

Stems terete or nearly so; styles 5, free, shorter than the ovary, . H. Leschenaultir.

* * Herbs with small flowers. Ovary 3-celled. Capsules 3-valved.

Stems terete; sepals glandular-ciliate, ca ... 1. elodeoides.

* * * Herbs. Ovary 1-celled, Bios soni.

Stems 4-angular; sepals entire, aaa vee cd -. H, Japonicum.

1. H. Lescuenavrtit, Chois in DC. Prod. 'L 542; Deless. Icon.

Select. III. 17. t. 27. (H. triflorum, Bl. Bydr. 142; H. oblongifoliwm,

Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4919 ; H. Hookerianum, WA. Prod. I. 99; Wight Ie.

t. 949; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 254).

Has. Martaban, on and near the top of Nattoung, along the borders

of the stunted hill forests, at 7000-7200 ft. elevation. Fr. March.

2. H. ELoDEorDES, Chois in DC. Prod. I. 551; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 255.

(HZ. sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 569. t. 605. f. 1.)

Has. Ava, (Griff.) Khakyen hills, Ponsee (J. Anderson). Fl. Aug.

and March.

3. H. Jaronicum, Thbg. Fl. Jap. 195. t. 81; Royle Tl. Him. Pl.

4. 24. £..2; Hf» Ind. Fl, 1.256:

Has. Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson) ; Martaban, Yoonzeleen, at

2500 ft. elevation (Brandis); Tenasserim (Helf. 837). Fl. March.

Cratoxylon, Bl.

Conspectus of species.

Subg. 1. Tridesmis, Spach. Petals furnished at base with a scale.

All parts glabrous, : = te 4. CO, formosum.

Leaves beneath, pedicels sha sepals eee a8 ae C. pruniflorum.

Subg. 2. Ancistrolobus, Spach. Petals without a basal scale.

* Flowers in axillary poor cymes or solitary.

Leaves thin chartaceous, acute or blunt; hypogynous glands present or absent,

..C. polyanthum.

* * Flowers in terminal panicles.

Leaves linear-oblong, usually almost sagittate-produced at base, chartaceous,C.nervifolium.

Leaves more or less obovate-oblong, coriaceous, ... ..C. arborescens.

I. C. Formosum, Bth. and Hf. Gen. Pl. I. “166; Hf. Indie

258. (Lridesmis formosa, Korth. in Verh. Nat Gesch. Bot. 179. t. 37.)

Has. Rare in the tropical forests of South Andaman, Fl. May.

2. C. PrUuNIFLORUM, Kurz MS. in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 298.

(Tridesmis prunifiora, Kurz |. c.; Klodea prunifiora (errore prunifolia)

Wall. Cat. 7276; C. prunifolium, ease in Hf. Ind. Fl. 258).

Haz. Not unfrequent in the Eng forests of Martaban; Ava, on

Taong dong; Tenasserim, Moulmein. FI. Apr. May.

1874. ] of the Burmese Flora. 85

Dyer has changed my name into “ prunifoliwm,” which was a calami

lapsus on the part of Wallich who autographically corrected it on the label

of the plant in H. B. C. into “pruniflora,” a name at once more suggestive

and appropriate, for the full-grown leaves are all but Prwnus-like.

3. C. potyantHuM, Korth. Verh. Nat. Gesch. Bot. 175. t. 86; Mig.

Fl. Ind. Bot. 1/2. 516; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 257.

Var. a. GENUINUM, (var. a. and f. Dyer in Hf. Ind. Fl. 1. ¢.) hypo-

eynous glands present.

Var. 6. caRNEUM (C. carnewm, Kurz in Pegu Report ; Aneistrolobus

earneus, Wall. ap. Voigt Hort. Cale. 89) hypogynous glands entirely

absent.

Has. Var. 6. Rather frequent in the hill Eng and drier upper mix-

ed forests of Martaban, up to 3000 ft. elevation; also Tenasserim (Helf.

843); var. a. in Tenasserim and the Andamans, Fl. March, Apr. Fr.

C.S.

The varieties of this species require re-examination. I believe there

are at least two species, the one a tree, the other a shrub.

4, C. NERIIFOLIUM, Kurz in Journ. As, Soc. Beng, 1872. 298; Hf.

ind. FY). I. 257.

Has. Common in the dry and drier upper mixed forests of Prome

and Pegu; also in Martaban and Tenasserim ; Chittagong. Fr. C, S.

5. C. ARBORESCENS, Bl. Mus. Bot. II. 17; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 258,

(Hypericum arborescens, Vhi. Symb. II. 86. t. 43; C. cuneatum, Mig. FI.

Ind. Bot. I/2. 517 ?)

Haz. ‘Tenasserim, Moulmein (Lobb).

GUTTIFERA.

Conspectus of genera.

Trib. I GARCINIEA. Stigma sessile or on a very short and thick style, peltate or

radiately-lobed. Seeds often arillate.

1. GaRcINIA. Flowers 4- or 5-merous. Sepals often decussate. Stamens united

into a fleshy mass or into bundles, or free.

2 OcHRocaRPus. Calyx closed in bud, bursting into 2 valves.

Trib, II, CALOPHYLLEA. Style elongate, the stigma peltate or 4-cleft. Seeds

without arillus.

3. CALOPHYLLUM. Ovary 1-celled, with asolitary ovule; style single, with peltate

stigma.

4. KAyYEA. Ovary 1-celled, with 4 ovules; style single, with a 4-cleft stigma.

5. Musua. Ovary 2-celled, with 2 ovules in each cell; style single with a peltate

stigma.

Garcinia, L.

Conspectus of species.

Suby. 1. Garcinia, L. Flowers 4-merous,

86 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

* Anthers oblong or ovate, opening by longitudinal slits or pores.

* Stamens of male flowers in 4 bundles under the rudimentary ovary.

Berries 4- to 10-celled, the stigma radiating-lobed, smooth or

nearly so.

Female flowers with staminods round the ovary; berries on a short peduncle; stigma

radiately-lobed and adnate, 83 = .. G. Mangostana,

Female flowers without staminods; berries beset: 3 stigma ues palate slightly lobed,

sessile, ee te sae ‘ . G. cornea.

Flowers on rather long pedicels, nearly 2 in. in ianweier: : aioe in male fhovens large,

peltate, entire, ; : .. G. speciosa.

i Siemens in 4 seltandtons undies: in a ring round thie rudimen-

tary ovary; stigma peltate, discoid, more or less rough from

wrinkles or radiating veins. Ovary 2-celled.

Peduncle rather long, bearing 2 or rarely 1 leafy bract, se .. G. anomala.

Peduncle short or wanting, without bracts, a *s ¢@ Merguensis.

* # * Anthers almost sessile on a column or 4-sided pans mass seldom

dividing into 4 somewhat distinct lobes. Stamens in female flow-

ers in a single complete or interrupted ring. Stigmas tubercled

or tubercled-wrinkled. Ovary 4—12-celled.,

O Stigma in fruit raised on a short thick style.

Berry convex at top, the style not on a separate nipple, a o.. G. cowa.

Berry terminated by a nipple-shaped protuberance, ... Nis GG. Kydia.

O O Stigma in fruit quite sessile.

Leaves acuminate or cuspidate, leathery ; flowers sessile, ... .G. lanceefolia.

Leaves blunt, succulent when dry thin herbaceous ; flowers pedicelled, ... G. succifolia.

* * Anthers peltate, opening by a circular slit.

Leaves large, coriaceous; female flowers almost sessile, the stigma small, verrucose

= Sos aes .. G. elliptica.

Subg. 2. Kanionniiain: Roxb. Flowers 5-merous.

Pedicels about an in, long; flowers expanded, aoe ...G. Xanthochymus,

Pedicels 3 to 4 lin. long; flowers almost closed, doubly smaller, .., .. G. duleis.

*1. G. Mancosrana, L. sp. pl. 635 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 618 ; Hook.

Bot. Mag. t. 4847: Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 260.

Has. Only cultivated, Tenasserim. Fr. May, June.

2. G. specrosa, Wall. Pl. As. rar. IIT. t. 258; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 260.

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans; also Tenas-

serim, Moulmein district. Fl. Febr. Apr.

Wallich’s figure above cited very much resembles G. cornea. My

plants resemble in foliage much more G. Mangostana, from which they are

readily distinguished by the entire but not lobed stigma of the male flowers.

The flowers are very much larger than Wallich figures them, agreeing in

size more with the analysed flower on the plate.

3. G. corNnEA, L. sp. pl. 561; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 629; Wight Ie.

t+. 105; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 260.

Has. Not uncommon in the tropical forests of Martaban and the

yee =

ee =

1874. | of the Burmese Flora. 87

southern slopes of the Pegu Yomah above Rangoon; also Tenasserim.

Fr. Begin of R. S.

The Burmese plants differ, as it seems constantly, in having the stigma

6-lobed and the ovaries 6-celled.

4. G. aANoMALA, Pl. and Trian. in Ann. d. se. nat. Bot. ser. 4. XIV.

$29; Hf. Ind. FI. I. 266.

Haz. Not uncommon in the damp and dry hill-forests of Martaban

KE. of Tounghoo, at elevations from 4000 to 6000 ft. Fl. probably Apr.

(buds in March).

5. G. Merevensis, Wight Ill, 122. and Ic. t. 116; Hf. Ind. Fl. I.

267. |

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.)

6. G. cowa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 622. (G. Roxburgh, Wight Ic.

t. 104).

Haz. Chittagong (Roxb.)

| foG.. Kyora, Roxb..Pli Ind. I 628;'Wight Tc.t. 118.°* (G. sp.

Griff. Not. Dicot. 609. t. 585. A. f. 12 ?).

Haz. Frequent in the moister upper mixed and in the tropical forests

all over Burmah, from Chittagong, Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim

and the Andamans. Fl. March to May; Fr. May June,

G. lobulosa, Wall. Cat. 4868 from Amherst is G. Kydta, the Singa-

pore specimen is quite different but too incomplete for identification.

The Andamanese specimens called in my And. Report G. purpurea,

will probably turn out to be the same as the Singapore plant, but they are

too badly preserved to enable me to give a definite opinion.

8. G. LANCEmFoLIA, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 623; Wight Ic. 163; Hf,

Ind. Fl. I. 268.

Has. Chittagong hills.

9. G. succiFoLia, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 293. (G.

loniceroides, T. And. in Hf. Ind, FI. I. 264).

Has. Frequent in the swamp forests of the alluvial lands of the

Sittang and Irrawaddi rivers. Fl. Apr.

10. G. ELLrprica, Wall. Cat. 4869 ; Wight Ill. I. 126 and Icon. t,

120. (Gareimia heterandra, Wall. Cat. 4856; Hf. Ind. Fl. I, 265).

Haz. Frequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu

Yomah and Martaban down to Tenasserim, up to 3000 ft. elevation. Fr.

Febr. March.

I consider G. elliptica, Wall. Cat. 4869 from Silhet identical with the

G. heterandra of the same author, but other specimens distributed from the

Kew Herbarium look different; in any case it cannot go into G. Morella.

Krom the ccntradictory statements of authors with regard to Wallich’s

species, one is tempted to believe that much confusion must have occurred

88 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

in the distribution. We have in the H. B. C. at least two Morellas, the

Hindustani one (G. pictoria, Roxb.) with a large conspicuous calyx under

the fruit, and the Malacca one (Griff. 859) which has very minute sepals.

G. Choisyana, Wall. ap. Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 268 from Tavoy, is known to me

only from a wretched young leaf-branch and the description would agree so

far with G. elliptica except in the sessile male flowers.

11. G. Xanruocuymus, Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 269. (G. Roxburghu, Kurz

in Pegu Report; Xanthochymus pictorius, Roxb. Corom. Pl. 51. t. 196 and

Fl. Ind. II. 633).

Hap. Frequent in the tropical forests of Martaban and Pegu; also

Chittagong, Arracan and Tenasserim; Ava. FI. March Apr.; Fr. R.S.

12. G. puxcis (Xanthochymus dulcis, Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. t. 270

and Fl. Ind. II. 631; Bot. Mag. t. 3088; Wight Ic. t. 192).

Has. Rather frequent in the tropical forests of South Andaman and

adjacent islands. Fr, March-May; Fr. May, June.

Ochrocarpus, Thouars. |

1. O. Sramensis, T. And. in Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 270. (Calysaccion

Siamense, Miq. in Ann. Mus Lugd. Bat. I. 209),

Has. Rather rare in the Eng forests of Martaban; Prome hills

(Wall. Cat. 4148, quoad specimen e Prome). Fl. Sept. Oct.

Calophyllum, L.

Conspectus of species.

* Sepals 4, often the 2 inner ones or all petal-like ; petals none.

Flowers about 8 lin. across, in peduncled or almost sessile umbel-like cymes...C. spectabile.

Flowers small; racemes short and strong, few-flowered, AS ...C. amoenum.

* ® Sepals 4; petals 4 to 8.

Leaves at both ends acuminate, ash ox 2 .C. polyanthum.

Leaves rounded or retuse at the apex, ie ..C. Inophyllum.

1. C. specTaBitb, Willd. Mag. Beal, 1811.80 ; Hf. el Fl. Eee

(C tetrapetalum, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 608).

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans ; also

Tenasserim. (Falconer).

2. C. amanum, Wall. Cat. 4849; Planch. & Trian. in Ann. d. gs

nat. ser. 4. XV. 263.

Has. ‘Tenasserim, from Moulmein down to Tavoy. Fr. Febr.

8. C. potyantHum, Wall, Cat. 4844; Pl. & Trian. in Ann. d. se.

nat. Bot. 4 ser. XV. 278; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 274.

Has. Not unfrequent in the damp hill forests of the Martaban hills,

E. of Tounghoo, at 3000 to 4000 ft. elevation.

4. OC. Inornytivm, L, sp. pl. 732; Wight Ic. t. 77, and Ill, Ind. Bot.

Suppl. 35 t. 17; Roxb. Fl, Ind. II. 606; Hf. Ind. Fl, I. 273; Griff. Not.

Dicot, 609. (OC. Bitangor, Roxb. 1. c. 607),

1874. ] of the Burmese Flora, 89

Has. Frequent along the sandy sea-shores in the beach-forests of the

Andamans and Tenasserim; also often cultivated in villages. Fr. Apr.

May.

Kayea, Wall.

I. K. nervosa, T. And. in Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 277. (Mesua nervosa,

Planch. & Trian. in Ann. d. sce. nat. Bot. ser. 4, xv. 807).

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Moulmein district Fale.) down to Mergui (Griff.).

Fr, Apr.

Mesua, I.

1. M. rerrna, L. sp. pl. 734; Wight Ie. t. 118 ; Roxb, Fl. Ind: IT,

605; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 277. (MH. speciosa, Chois in DO. Prod. I. 562:

Wight Spicil. 27. t 80 and 81; and Icon. t. 961; MW. peduneulata, Wight

ie; t. 119).

Has. Frequent in tropical forests of the Andaman islands and all over

Tenasserim ; Chittagong. Fl. March; Fr. May, June.

TERNSTREMIACE A.

Conspectus of genera.

Trib. I. TERNSTR@MIACEM. Anthers basifix. Fruit indehiscent. Seeds usually

few. Albumen fleshy, usually scanty. Embryo curved, the cotyledons shorter than

the radicle and nearly as broad.

1. AwnnestEA. Ovary half-immersed in the torus. Fruit inferior.

2. TERNSTR@MIA. - Petals united at base. Anthers glabrous. Ovules 2 to 4 in

each cell. Fruit superior. Seeds large.

3. ADINANDRA, As preceding, but anthers pilose. Seeds numerous, small.

4, CLEYERA. Petals free or hardly united. Anthers pilose. Ovules many. Fruit

superior.

5. Evurya. Flowers diecious. Petals united at base. Anthers glabrous. Ovules

many. Fruit superior.

Trib. II. SAURAUJEZ. Anthers versatile. Fruits usually pulpy, rarely almost de-

hiscent. Seeds numerous, small. Albumen copious. Embryo straight, the raidicle

longer than the cotyledons.

6 Sauravusa. Flowers 5-merous, usually hermaphrodite. Styles 3—5.

Trib. III. GORDONIEZ. Anthers versatile. Fruit indehiscent or loculicidal. Al-

bumen scanty or none, rarely copious. Embryo curved or straight, the. cotyledons

large, the radicle short. ,

% Fruit a dehiscent capsule.

7. Scurma, Sepals somewhat unequal. Seeds flat, winged. Radicle inflexed.

inferior.

8. Gorponra. Sepals very unequal. Seeds winged. Radicle superior.

9. CameEtiia, Sepals very unequal, Outer stamens monadelphous. Seeds few,

large, not winged. Radicle superior.

X X Fruit an indehiscent drupe.

10. Pyrenaria. Sepals very unequal. Seeds large, Cotyledons folded or

convolute. Radicle inferior.

90 S. Kurz—Oontrabutions towards a Knowledge [Now 2,

Anneslea, Wall.

Oonspectus of species.

Leaves less coriaceous, bluntish, the nerves distinct ; peduncles slender, _...C. fragrans.

Leaves thick coriaceous, acute, nerves almost obsolete ; peduncles very thick, C. monticola.

1. A. FRAgRaANS, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. 5. t. 5; Griff. Not. Dicot. 567.

t, 585, A. £97.) ide Inds 1. 1280.

Has. Not unfrequent in the Eng forests of Pegu and Prome, and

more so in the hill Eng forests of Martaban up to 2000 ft. elevation ;

also Tenasserim, Moulmein. FI], March, Apr.

2. <A. Monricona, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 18738, 59.

Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill forests of Martaban at 5000 to

7200 ft. elevation. Fl. Febr. March.

May possibly turn out to be astunted hill-form of the preceding

species.

Ternstreemia, L. f.

Conspectus of species.

* Anthers apiculate.

Fruiting calyx smooth ; berries about 3 in. thick, ete ... Z. Japonica.

* * Anthers not apiculate.

Fruiting calyx thick and wrinkled ; berries about 1—1} in. thick, ... LT. Penangiana.

¥,' T, Japontea, Thunbg. in Linn. Trans. I]. 335°; Hf. India

280. (Cleyera gymnanthera, WA. Prod. I. 87 ; Wight Ic. t. 47; Bedd. FI.

Sylv. t. 91.; Lernstreemiacea, Griff. Not. Dicot. 568. t. 604. f. 1).

Haz. Common in the damp hill-forests of Martaban at elevations

from 3000 to 7200 ft.; Tenasserim, Moulmein. FI. Apr.

2. T, Penanerana, Chois. in Mem. Soc, Phys. Genév. XIV. 108; Hf.

Ind. Fl. I. 281. (Erythrochiton Wailichianum, Griff. Not. Dicot. 565.

585. A. f. 7. 2. macrocarpa, Scheff. Obs. Phyt. 15. & Tydschr. Ned. Ind.

1874, 60-61 in adn.).

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans ;

Tenasserim, from Moulmein to Mergui. Fr. Apr. May.

A more careful study of the Zernstremias will probably shew the

validity of Griffith’s genus Hrythrochiton, a name already preoccupied. I

am by no means sure that the Griffithian and Wallichian plants are the

same. The Burmese specimens agree with the former. Dyer seems to have

confounded two very marked species, vz., the wrinkled-sepalled Choisyan

plant and the smooth-sepalled Z. coriacea, Scheff. (Hb. Maingay No. 183

from Malacca).

Adinandra, Jack.

1. <A. vittosa, Chois Mém. Ternst. 24; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 283.

Haz. Not unfrequent in the open especially the Eng forests of the

Trrawaddi zone, Pegu; Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.),

ee a re

1874. ] of the Burmese Flora. 91

Seems to differ from A. dasyantha, Korth, with which E confounded it

inmy Pegu Report, by the acute sepals.

Eurya, Thbg.

Conspectus of spectes..

* Leaves serrulate.

X Leaf-buds quite glabrous.

Branchlets marked by decurrent prominent lines, ae ..L. Japonica:

%. % Leaf-buds pubescent or hirsute; branchlets terete.

A slender pine-like tree ; leaves puberulous beneath, acuminate ; styles united, . acuminata,

A bushy round-headed.tree ;.leaves membranous, glabrous or nearly so, bluntish caudate ;

styles-free, ... ne ous .. —H. serrata.

* * Leaves entire or ser satiate ae apex only.

Young shoots appressed pilose ; styles united, ony = ..L. symplocina,

1. HE. Japonica, Thbg. FL. Jap. 191. t 25; ‘Beda, Pl. Sylv. t. 92°;

Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 284. (H. Wightiana, Wight Ml. i t. 88; non Wall; E.

glabra, Bl. Mus. If. 109; 2. eigen, Br, 1. ¢:. 1125 2. ‘obapata; Bk: 1.°c¢

107).

Haz. Frequent in the drier hill-forests of Martaban at 4.000 to 7000

ft. elevation ; T'enasserim, Moulmein hills. FI. March.

2. KE. acuminata, DC. Mém. Ternstr. 26. (EH. Ohinensis, Hf. and:

Th. Herb. Ind. or, as far as to the specimens with united styles.)

Has. Rather frequent in the drier hill-forests, especially the pine

forests of Martaban at 6000 to 7000 ft. elevation. Fl. Febr.; Fr.

Apr.

3. EH. serrata, BI. Mus. IT. 115; Mig. Fl. Ind: Bat. 1/2 474. (2.

lucida, Wall. Cat. 1462; #. Wallichiana, Steud. ap. Mig. Fl. Ind: Bat.

1/2, 474; HE. Roxburghii, Wall. Cat. 1463).

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of Martaban up to 2000 ft.

elevation ; Tenasserim, as far South as Tavoy ; Pegu, in the tropical. forests

on laterite above Rangoon. Fr. March.

4. KE. symprocina, Bl. Mus. Bot. II. 124; Hf Ind. FI. 1.284. (7

Wallichiana, Planch MS.).

Has. Martaban, in the damp andsdrier hill forests on the Nattoung

mountains at about 7000 ft. elevation. Fk March..

Saurauja, Willd:

Conspectus of species.

* Calyx densely setose-or hispid. Ovary villous.

Flowers large, on short thick pedicels, clustered; leaves more or less spiny-serrate,

. iS. armatas

* * Calyx smooth. Ovary glabrous..

Leaves pale or tawny mealy-puberous bencath ; peduncles long and slender, scaly ;

styles 5, 1 oa vn “A ont .. S: Punduana.,

92 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Adult leaves glabrous, except the puberulous midrib ; peduncles short, see puberulous ;

stamens about 50; flowers lazuli-blue, ste ! .S Roxburghit.

As preceding, but leaves finely setose-serrate ; stamens about 20; flowers ona to be white,

... S. tristyla.

All parts except upper side of leaves covered with long aie or brown spreading hairs ;

peduncles short but slender, rusty-hirsute, ... : . S. macrotricha.

1, §S. armarta, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. eo 1873. 59, (S. cered,

Griff. ap. Dyer in Hf. Ind. FI. I. 288 ?).

Has. Ava, Khakyen-hills, Ponsee (J. Anderson). Fl. Apr.

2. S. Punpuana, Wall. Pl. As. rar. II. 50; Hf. Ind. FI. I. 287.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban at 2000 to

3000 ft. elevation ; Ava, Khakyen hills, Ponsee (J. Anderson). Fl. Apr.

3. S. Roxpureni, Wall. Pl. As. rar. II. 40; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 287.

(Ternstraemia serrata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 521).

Has. Rather frequent in the tropical and damp hill forests along

choungs of the Martaban hills, E. of Tounghoo, at 2000 to 6000 ft.

elevation; also Chittagong. Fl. Apr. May.

4. §, tristyita, DC, Mém. Ternst. 31. t. 7.; Hf. Ind. Fl. L 28%

(Lernstremia bilocularis, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 522 P),

Has. ‘Tenasserim (Helf.)

Included on the authority of Dyer. Specimens thus named in HBC.

hardly differ from the preceding.

5. §. Macrorgicua, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng, 1873. 60; Hf,

Ind. id 237.

Has. Ava, Khakyen hills, Ponsee (J. Anderson) ; Durunga, ab 1000

ft. elevation (Griff.). Fl. Apr.

Pyrenaria, Bl.

Conspectus of species,

* Bracts large, leafy, dissimilar to the sepals.

Leaves yellowish in a dried state, pubescent beneath, San ..P. diospyricarpa.

* * Bracts small, much shorter than the sepals and similarly ahead

Leaves glabrous, yellowish in a dried state, petioles hardly 2 lin. long, puberulous or

glabrous; fruits obovate, waxy-yellow, ... will PP. camellieflora,

Leaves glabrous, in a dried state liver-coloured ; ira glabrous, 6 to 8 lin. long;

fruits globular or elliptical, green, ... ws sae . 2. serrata.

1. P. prosprricarPa, Kurz in Journ. ne Soe. Beng. 1873. 60.

Has. Not unfrequent in the stunted and drier hill-forests of Martaban,

E. of Toungoo, at 6000 to 7200 ft. elevation. Fl. Fr. March.

2. P. cAMELLI@FLORA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 46; Hf.

And: Fl, E230.

Hag, Frequent in the drier hill-forests of Martaban at elevations

from 800 to 5000 ft., rarely lower down. Fl, March Apr. ; Fr. Apr. May.

1874. ] of the Burmese Flora. 93

3. P. serrata, Bl. Bydr. 1120; Miq Fl. Ind. Bat, I/2. 493. (P.

attenwata, Seem. in Bonpl. VII. 49; Linn. Trans. XXII. 340; Hf. Ind. Fl,

I. 290. ; P. lanceolata, 'T. and B. in Nat. Tydsch. Nat. Ver. Ned. Ind, XXV)

Has. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.)

Schima, Bwat.

Conspectus of species.

% Peduneles usually very short and stout, usually not longer than the petioles.

Peduncles short and straight (rarely long in Wall. Cat. 1455 fr. Nepal), usually lenticellate,

rather strong, the nerves beneath prominent, the reticulation distinct, leaves glabrous

or slightly pubescent beneath, ... ; Sch. Wallichit.

Peduncles 1 in. long, lenticellate ; leaves pabentent beneath ; ae nerves ‘anid net-venation

prominent and distinct, . Sic Me : .. Sch. mollis.

Peduncles thick, lenticellate ; ace very coriaceous, gibase shone: cr janie on both sides

green, the net-venation indistinct, immersed, aoe ... Sch. monticola,

Peduncles short and straight, smooth; flowers larger than in Sch. crenata; leaves

glaucescent beneath, often entire, the lateral nerves prominent, the net-venation

obsolete, ic Z , . Sch. Noronhe.

KX Pedumoles elongate Sd often aonden Rede much fine er than the

petioles, smooth.

Peduncles slender, usually more or less curved; leaves glaucous beneath, Seu crenate-

serrate, the nerves and net-venation beneath distinct, hu . Seh. oblata.

Peduncles strong, but still slender, 1—14 in. long; leaves very coriaceous, on both sides

impressed-reticulate and almost rugulose, entire or crenate, the lateral nerves entirely

or nearly impressed ; capsules smaller, sc ea . Sch. Bancana.

1. Scu. Wariicutt, Chois. Gn Zoll. Cat. 144 2), Gor ee Wallicha,

DC. Prod. I. 528; Gordonia integrifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IL. 572).

Haz. Chittagong; Ava, Khakyen-hills, Ponsee (J. Anderson). FI.

March.

'2. Scu. motris, Dyer in Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 288,

Haz. Ava, Taong-dong (Wall. Cat. 1458); Dyer gives Tavoy as

a habitat, but this isan error. I fear thatitis hardly more than a pubescent

variety of the preceding.

3. ScH. MONTICOLA, Kurz MS. .

Has. Martaban, on the highest crests af the Nattoung mountains, in

the stunted hill forests, at 6000 to 7200 ft. elevation, Fr. March.

May possibly be a hill-form of Sch. Noronhe, but looks very different

even structurally. The leaves much resemble those of Pygewm lucidum.

4, Scu, Noronnm#, Rwdt. in Bl. Bydr. 129; Korth. Verh. 144. t.

29. f. 21—27; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/2. 492. (Gordonia integrifolia, Roxb.

Fl. Ind. 11. 572; Gordonia floribunda, Wall. Cat. 1457, B only.)

Has. Frequent in the drier hill-forests of the Martaban- hills at 1500

to 400€ ft. elevation, entering also the hill Eng-forests ; Tenasserim (Helf,

763). Fl. Febr. March ; Fr. March, Apr.

94 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Schima, Griff. No. 768 has the peduncles of the above, but the leaves

very much resemble those of Sch. oblata, I think that they are abnormal

and produced after an unusual fall of leaves.

5. Sc. optata, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870. 65. (Sch.

crenata, Korth. Verh. Nat. Gesch. 143. t. 29; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 289;

Gordonia oblata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 572). |

Haz. Pegu, Rangoon ; Tenasserim (Helf. 768).

6. Scu. Bancana, Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 418.

Haz. Tenasserim (Helf. 761) ; common in the Eng forests of the lower

hills of Tenasserim and Martaban, also in the pine forests up to 3000 ft.

elevation. (Dr. Brandis.)

The differences between the species of Schima are very slight, but the

logical consequence of the reduction of any of the above forms would be such

acombination as Sch. Noronhe and Seh, Wallichir.

Camellia, L.

Conspectus of species.

Subg. 1. Thea, L. Stamens of inner series equal in number to the petals.

All parts quite glabrous; flowers large ; leaves coriaceous, ae ..C, Faponica.

Subg. 2. Camellia, L. Stamens of inner series twice the number of the petals,

Young parts and midrib of the membranous leaves pilose ; flowers nodding on a line-long

scaly peduncle; filaments villous, ... ane oR C. caudata.

All parts glabrous; leaves coriaceous; peduncles not scaly ; filaments glabrous,...C. Thea.

Glabrous ; leaves coriaceous ; flowers almost sessile, erect ; filaments glabrous, C.drupifera.

*1, C. Tura, Lk. in Stend. Nomencl. Bot. (Lhea Chinensis, L. sp.

pl. ed. 1. 515; Sims. Bot. Mag. t. 998; Seem. in Linn. Trans. XII. 349.

t. 61; Thea Bohea and TL. viridis, L. sp. pl. ed. 2. 735; Thea Cochinchin-

ensis, Lour, F]. Coch. I. 888 ; C. theifera, Griff. Not. Dicot. LV. 558. t. 601. |

f, l and 3; Trans. Agr. Hort. Soc. Bengal V. t. C.; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 292).

Has. Cultivated in Chittagong and Arracan,

2. C.caupaTa, Wall. Pl. As. Rar. III. 336; Griff. Not. Dicot, 559.

t. G01. f. 2; Trans. Agri. Hort. Soc. Ind. V. 1888 t. A. ; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 293.

Haz. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests of the Martaban hills

along choungs, as for instance near the Chinchona plantation on Shan toung

gyee toung at about 38500 ft. elevation. Fl. March ?

I fear that I am wrong in my identification and, unfortunately, the only

two withered flowers met with by me have been lost by the glue-men. It

has much larger and shorter acuminate leaves, and the habit of C. asstimilis

as figured by Seemann. It is a small tree with white wood. N. B.C.

Japonica, L., is often met with in gardens of Europeans.

3. C. DRUPIFERA, Lour. Fl]. Coch. I. 411; Seem. in Linn. Trans,

XXII. 3844; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 293. (C, Kissi, Wall, in Asiat. Res. XIIE.

See a

1874. } of the Burmese Flora. 95

429 and Journ, As. Soc. Beng. IV. 48. t. 2. and FI. As. rar. IIT. 36. t. 256 ;

C. simplierfolia, Griff. Not. Dicot. IV. 560. t. 604. f. 2).

Has. Tenasserim (and Andaman islands ? ?) (Helf. teste Dyer).

DIPTEROCARPEZ.

Conspectus of genera.

Subord. I. ANCISTROCLADEA. Ovary 2-celled, with a single erect ovule; fruit

adnate to the enlarged calyx. Scandent shrubs.

1. ANCISTROCLADUS. All the 5 calyx lobes more or less enlarged.

Subord. II. DIPTEROCARPEZ. Ovary 3- rarely 1-celled, with 2 pendulous ovules

in each cell. Trees, rarely erect shrubs.

* Ovary inferior or nearly so, or with a broad base adnate to the calyx-tube :

nuts therefore for 3 to ¢ of their length adnate to the enlarged calyx tube.

2. ANISOPTERA. Connective terminating in a bristle or acute gland; 2 of the 5

calyx-lobes enlarging into long wings.

* * Ovary free, superior; nuts free, either enclosed in the enlarged calyx-tube

or exposed and the calyx tube hardly enlarged.

O Calyx-tube in fruit very enlarged, completely enclosing the nut.

3. DipreRocarrus. Two of the calyx lobes enlarging into long wings.

O O Calyx-tube in fruit not or almost not enlarged, the nuts either quite

exposed or closely surrounded by the enlarged calyx-wings.

+ Calyx-lobes valvate in bud.

4. PARASHOREA. Stamens 12=+-15, the connective mucronulate; calyx-lobes all

almost equally enlarging and wing-like, stellately spreading, the nut quite exposed.

t+ ¢ Calyx-lobes imbricate and usually also twisted in the bud.

X The 3 outer calyx-lobes in fruit longer than the 2 inner ones.

6. SHoRzEA. Corolla-lobes spreading; stamens 35—50 or more; auther-cells blunt,

the connective terminating in a bristle or penicellate sharp point.

6. PrentacMe. Corolla-lobes infracted at middle and forming a_ hemispherical

closed cup leaving only an opening for the protruding anthers and style; stamens 15 5

anthers 4-celled, the cells bristly, diverging from the subulate-pointed connective (antherg

therefore 5-setose).

X X The outer calyx-lobes in fruit much longer than the 3 inner

very small ones.

7. Hopza. Stamens 15; anther-cells entire at top, adnate to the more or less

prolonged connective,

X* X X All the 5 calyx-lobes in fruit equally enlarged but. not

longer than the fruit itself.

8. Vatica. Stamens 15. Capsules by abortion 1- rarely 2-seeded.

Ancistrocladus, Wall.

Conspectus of species.

All the 5 lobes of the fruiting calyx equally enlarged, short and coriaccous, stellately

spreading, leaves chartaceous, on eee ss CC. Griffithir,

Lobes of fruiting calyx pee chartaceous, 1—1} in. tong; aa of a thicker

texture, ... ‘6 ive CO. Wallichii.

£5 A, EDR aie Beach. in Beles dl. se, nat. ser. 3. XL 248,;. DC.

Prod. XVI. 603; Hf. Indit,_1.300,

96 S. Kurz—-Oontributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Hap. Common in the swamp-forests and along muddy river banks of

Peou and Martaban down to Tenasserim, chiefly in the alluvial plains. FI.

Fr. Apr. May.

2. <A. Watiicuit, Planch. in Ann. d. sc. Nat. 3 ser. XIIJ. 319; Hf.

Ind. Fl. I. 800. _ (4. extensus, Wall. Cat. 1052 ; DC. Prodr. XVI. 602 ; Hf.

Ind. Fl. I. 299;..4. stelligerus, Wall. ap. DC. Prod. J ¢. 608 ?5 Zea

Griff. Nat. Dicot. 568.)

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah and Marta-

ban down to Tenasserim and the Andamans; also Chittagong. Fl. Febr.

March ; Fr. Apr. May.

The wings are described as subequal but all those that I saw were very

unequal, and it is possible that A. Wallichi of Dyer is the same as A.

Griffith, At least several specimens of A. stelligerus, Wall. Cat. belong to

the latter. Wallich’s specimens 1052-2 in HBC. from Silhet, in very unripe

fruit only, have the wings unequal. The plants are dimorphophyllous,

having elongate leaves 1 to 14 and 2 ft. long and others hardly 6 in. long on

different branches of the same stock flowering at the same time. ‘The

panicles, too, vary from robust to slenderly-branched.

Doubtful species.

J], A. arrenvatvs, Dyer in Hf. Ind. FI. I. 300.

Has. ‘Tenasserim and Andaman islands (Helf. 724.)

The specimen in HBC. is in panicle less the flowers and fruits and has

the habit of A. Grifithiz; the fruits, however, as described by Dyer, agree

with those ascribed by me to 4. extensus.

Anisoptera, Korth.

Conspectus of species.

Subg. 1. Synaptea. Stamens only 15—18, the connective terminated in an acute

gland; style filiform; nuts only to about § of their length adnate to the calyx-tube.

Young shoots covered by a mealy or scurvy tomentum, ..A. odorata.

Subg. 2. Anisoptera. Stamens numerous, the connective piedueed into a - pene style

thiek and ovoid ; nuts inferior or cee SO.

Apparently quite glabrous, ... nee A, glabra.

1. <A. oporata (Sunaptea odorata, Griff. Not. Dicot. 516. t. 685. A. -

f.5; Hopea grandiflora, Wall. nom. nud.; DC, Prod. XVI. 634 ; Synaptea

grandiflora, Kurz in Journ. As, Soc. Beng. XX XIX. 65 ; Vatica grandiflora,

Dyer in Hf, Ind. Fl. I. 301).

Haz. Tenasserim, from Moulmein southwards, not unfrequent.

N. B. Vatica faginea Dyer in Hf. Ind. Fl. I, 801 from Mergui seems

not to differ from the above as far as the description goes. Hopea faginea

or, as it is marked in HBC, Shorea Penangiana, Wall. Cat. 963, is from

Penang and a true Anisoptera with quite inferior fruit.

i a 7

a ee ne ee

1874: | of the Burmese Flora, — 97

2. A. a aBra, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 61; Hf. Ind, FI.

I. 301.

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the Pegu

Yomah and Martaban, EK. of Tounghoo, Fr. Apr. May.

3. <A. oBLonGA, Dyer in Hf. Ind. Fl, L301,

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.). Unknown to me, said to differ from

the preceding in the unequally prominent nerves of the calyx-wings,

Dipterocarpus, Geertn. f.

Conspectus of species.

* Calyx-tube in fruit more or less globular, ovoid to turbinate, without any ribs

or longitudinal wings on its belly.

O Calyx-tube in fruit towards the top produced into 5 compressed knobs

each situated between 2 lobes.

Leaves glabrous or puberulous beneath ; stipules puberulous, ...D. tuberculatus,

O O Calyx-tube in fruit perfectly terete.

X Leaves glabrous and glossy.

Stipules velvety ; fruiting calyx smooth and more or less pruinous,... ...D. levis.

Stipules glabrous ; fruiting calyx sprinkled with minute stellate hairs, ..D. Hasseltit.

% X% Leaves beneath or on both surfaces variously hairy.

Leaves acuminate, beneath along with the petioles pubescent, ...D. turbinatus.

All softer parts greyish pubescent, the leaves blunt, SF ...D. obtusifolius.

Leaves acuminate, often large ; petioles, young branchlets and stipules oa from short

tawny brush-like fascicled hairs, ... aa ..D. pilosus.

* * Calyx-tube in fruit longitudinally qaatieed by 5 ribs or as many wings.

+ Wings of fruiting calyx-tube broad (about half as broad as the belly

or broader).

Calyx greyish-tomentose, when in fruit sparingly cca das aa 3 petioles long;

leaves greyish pubescent, .. , vee . D. alatus.

Calyx pruinous, quite g slabeon 3; petioles ony 2—2> in. long,... DD. Griffithii.

+ t Wings of the fruiting ealyx-tube narrow or reduced to ribs.

O Leaves blunt.

All softer parts greyish-villous, 4 eae ....D. incanus.

O O Leaves aeaieaes

Branchlets tomentose, the belly of the calyx narrowly 5-winged and sparingly hairy,

....D. costatus,

1. D. vusercuatus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 614 and Icon. ined. IX. t.

82; DC. Prod. XVI. 614; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 297.

Has. Forming the principal constituent of the Eng and hill Eng

forests all over Ava, Prome, Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim; also

Chittagong. Fl. Apr.; Fr. May.

2. D. tavis, Ham. in Wern. Soc. Trans. VI. 299; DC. Prod. XVI.

607. (D. turbinatus, Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. 3. t.218 and Fl. Ind. II. 612;

D. grandiflorus, Griff. Not. Dicot. 515.)

Has. Frequent all over Burma from Arracan, Pegu and Martaban

down to Tenasserim. Fl. Apr.; Fr. May.

98 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a Knowledge (No. 2,

3. D. Hasserrn, Bl. FI. Jav. Dipt. 22. t. 6; DC. Prod. XVI. 609.

Has. In the tropical forests of the Andaman Islands and Tenasserim.

Differs from the preceding solely in the glabrous stipules and not-

pruinous calyx-belly.

Maingay’s Malayan plant No. 199 belongs here. Dyer (Gn ‘Trim.

Journ. Bot, 1874. p. 102) incorrectly refers the species to D. trinervis.

4, D. rurpinatus, Gertn. f. Fruct. III, 51. t. 588; DC Prod. XVi.

607 quoad diagn. Ham; Dyer. in Trim Journ. Bot. 1874, t. 143. f. 13.

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the

Pegu and Arracan Yomah and Martaban down to Tenasserim; also

Chittagong. Fl. Apr.; Fr. May.

Fruits resemble those of D. Hasseltii, leaves those of D. alatus.

Geertner’s figure is very characteristic, representing a not full-grown fruit.

5. D. oprustrontus, Teysm. in Miq. Ann, Mus. Lugd. Bat. I. 244;

DC. Prod. XVI. G08; Hf. Ind. Fl, I. 895. .

Has. Common in the hill Eng forests of Martaban and in the Eng

forests of the Prome District up to 1500 ft. elevation. Fl. March, Apr.;

Fr. Apr. May.

6. D. prmosus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 615; DC. Prod. XVI. Git¢5iie

Ind. FL. I... 296.

Has. Inthe damp hill and tropical forests of the Martaban hills, E.

of Tounghoo down to Tenasserim, up to 3500 ft. elevation ; also Chittagong,

Mascal island (Roxb.).

7. PD. avarus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 614; DC, Prod. XVI.) Gis

incanus, Dyer in Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 298, vix Roxb.).

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of Pegu and Martaban down to

Tenasserim ; also in Arracan. Fl. Apr. May; Fr. May.

8. D. Geirriran, Mig. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. 1. 218; Hf. Ind.

Hie 299.

Has. In the tropical and moister upper mixed forests of the

Andamans ; Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.). Fr. May.

9. D. incanus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 615; DC. Prod. XVI. 614.

Has. Chittagong. Fl. Nov. Dec.; Fr. Apr.

A very doubtful species which indeed comes very near to D alatus

according to the description, although it is not likely that Roxburgh should

have named the same species twice over.

10. D. costatvus, Gertn. Fruct. III. 50. t. 187; De. Prod. XVI.

610. (D. gonopterus, Turez. in Bull. Soc. Mose. 1863. I. 576? ; De. Prod.

AVL, 612 £).

Haz. Frequent inthe hill Eng forests of the Martaban hills and in

Upper Tenasserim ; up to 2000 ft. elevation. Fr. Apr.

Dyer correctly remarks that D.costatus in Gertn, Fruct, is a bad

1874. | of the Burmese Flora 99

representation of D. alatus; but it is a. faithful delineation of what I

formerly identified (and I still believe correctly) with D. gonopterus, Turez.

I have not seen D.. scaber, Ham. which is described as clothed. with fascicled

brown. hairs,

Doubtful species.

Yr. D. vestirvs, Wall. Cat. 954; Hf. Ind: FI. I. 295.

Has. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Gomez).

Not seen by me but’ seems allied to, if not identical with, D. turbinatus,

apparently differing by the calyx-lobes all short broadly deltoid (not 2

elongate).

2. D..scaser; Ham: in Mem. Wern. Soc: VI. 300; Hf. Ind. FI. Ff.

297

Has. Hills of southern Tippera- (Ham).

3: D: aneustiroiius, WA.. Prod. I. 84. (Ds; castatus, Roxb: Fl. Ind:

II. 618).

Has.. Chittagong Hills

Parashorea, Kurz.

¥. P. srenuara, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870, 66: (Shorea

stellata, Dyer in Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 304).

Hap. Frequent in the tropical forests of Martaban ; rather rare along

the eastern slopes of the Pegu- Yomah, up to 1500 ft. elevation. FI.

March ; Fr. Apr: May.

The generic distinctions of Parashorea do not consist in the - develop-

ment of the fruit-wings but in the estivation of the calyx and the entirely

exposed: nut..

Shorea, Roxb:

Conspectus of species:

* Infloreseence tomentose or velvety-pubescent..

%. Leaves chartaceous, when. full-grown glabrous or nearly so»

Shorter calyx-lobes in fruit acuminate ; stamens c.. 20—25,. is ... S. obtusa:

Shorter calyx-lobes in fruit blunt ;. stamens about 50, 4 ... S: robusta.

% %- Leaves very coriaceous, appressed silvery Beneath:

Incompletely known; leaves apparently persistent, ... vce . & Helferi.

* * Inflorescence quite acanng

Calyx quite glabrous, isp * ove ..8. floribunda.

F. §. oprusa, Wall. Cat. 966; Bl... Mus.. Lugd. Bat. IT..32. t. 8; Hf.

Ind. Fl. I. 306:

Has. Common in the Eng aad hill Eng forests all over Burma: from

Ava, Prome and Martaban down to Tenasserim, up to 2000 ft. elevation.

Fl, March ; Fr. Apr.. May.

100 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [ No. 22

2. 8. nopusta, Gertn. Fr. J11. 48 ¢. 186; Roxb. Corom. Pl. IIL. t.

212 and FI. Ind, II. 615; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. Madr. t. 4.; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 806.

Has. Said to grow in Ava.

3. 8. Hexreri (Vatiea Helferi, Dyer in Hf. Ind. FI. I. 302).

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff. 716/1).

Referred here on account of habit.

There is another Shorea, in leaf only, very much resembling Durio Ox-

leyanus from Tenasserim, Moulmein (Iale. 458), which differs from Sh,

leprosula in having the upper side of the leaves not scabrous and generally

in the different clothing and nervation.

4. SH, Fuorrpunpa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 60; Hf.

Ind. FI. I. 304.

Has. Tenasserim, Tavoy. Fl. Decb.

Pentaeme, DC.

J. P. Sramensis, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870, 66. (Shorea

Siamensis, Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. I. 214; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 384).

Has. Very frequent in the Eng and dry forests more especially in

Ava aud the Prome ditrict, less frequent from Pegu and Martaban down

to Tenasserim. Fl March; Fr. Apr. May.

The Siamese specimens have the young leaves beneath white-tomentose,

but differ in no other respect.

Hopea, Roxb.

Conspectus of species.

* Connective terminated by a short point.

Calyx greyish tomentose ; leaves bluntish acuminate, Sea .. Hl. odorata.

Leaves oblong, blunt, ae ; e scaphula.

* * Connective terminated = a he istle ease than ny anther- celle

Calyx greyish tomentose ; flowers somewhat larger, sks .. Hf. gratissima,

Calyx almost glabrous ; flowers very small, si ea MH. Griffithii.

1. H. oporata, Roxb. Corom. Pl. IIT. t. 210 and FI. ae Il. 609..

He. Ind. Fl. I. 808. (dH. vasta, Wall. ap. DC. Prod. XVI. 633).

Haz. Common in the tropical forests all over Burma from Chittagong

and Martaban down to Tenasserim. Fl. March, Apr.; Fr. May, June.

NB. Hopea eglandulosa, Roxb. is a Cyclostemon and differs from the

above by the white bark as indicated by Roxburgh himself.

9. H. scapuuna, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 611; DC. Prod. XVI. 635.

(Vatica scaphula, Dyer in Hf, Ind. Fl. I. 301).

Has. Chittagong, on Mascal Island (Roxb.). Fl. Jan.

3. H. aravissima, Wall. Cat. 960; Kurz im Journ. As. Soc, Beng,

1873. 61. (HM. oblongifolia, Dyer in Hf, Ind. Fl. 1. 809? ; Shorea

gratissima, Dyer 1, ¢, 807).

1874. | of the Burmese Flora. 101

Has, Tenasserim (Griff. 714/1).

4. H. Grierirau, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng., 1873, 60; Hf. Ind.

Fl. I. 310.

Has. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.). 717/1).

Vatica, L.

1. V..ancremzroria, BI. Mus. Lugd. Bat. II. 31; DC. Prod. XVI.

618; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 302. (Vateria lanceefolia, Roxb. F1. Ind. Il. 601).

Has. Chittagong (Roxb.); Burma (Griff). Fl. May; Fr. Jul. Aug.

Doubtful species.

1. V. rrieyvna, Griff. Not. Dicot. 514.

Has. Tenasserim, Mergui, on the summit of the hillock Pator, at

600—800 ft. elevation (Griff.).

Griffith’s description is a very complete and good one, but still I cannot

guess the plant. The ovary-like style would indicate Anisoptera, but the

ovary itself is stated to be superior and free.

MALVACEZL.

Conspectus of genera.

A. Carpels whorled in a single row, not united into a capsule,

Trib. I. MALVEZ. Staminal column bearing the filaments at the summit. Style-

branches as many as cells to the ovary. Mature carpels separating more or less

from the axis.

* Ovules solitary, ascending.

% Stigmas linear.

1, Aroma. Bracteoles 6—9, united at base; fruit-axis not longer than the

carpels.

2. Matva. Bracteoles 3, distinct. Carpels not beaked.

% X Stigmas capitate or clavate.

3. MatvastruM. Bracteoles 1 to 3, distinct, or none. Carpels usually beaked,

* * Ovules suspended, solitary.

4. ANopDA. Bracteolesnone. Carpels broadly stellate, not beaked.,

5. Srpa. Carpels converging with their points or beaked. Bracteoles none, or

‘

very rarely 1 or 2 and bristle-like.

* * * Ovules 2 or more, ascending or pendulous or both.

6. <Axpuriton. Bracteoles none. Carpels 5—20, without spurious partitions.

Trib. II. URENEZ. Staminal column truncate or 5-toothed at apex bearing the

anthers or filaments on the outside. Style-branches twice as many as ovary-cells.

Carpels 1-seeded.

47. Urena. Bracteoles 5, connate at base. Carpels opposite the petals, muricate

or glochidiate.

g. Pavonra. Bracteoles 5 or more, usually free, herbaceous or bristle-like. Carpels

opposite the sepals, variously armed or smooth.

B. Fruit a capsule, dehiscent or rarely indehiscent,

102 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Trib. TIT. HIBISCEZ. Staminal column truncate or 5-toothed at summit, bearing

the anthers or filaments outside or also on the summit itself. Style-branches or stig-

mas as many as ovary-cells.

O Style branched at the summit, the branehes spreading or radiating.

Seeds usually reniform.

9. Kypta. Bracteoles 4—6, enlarging in fruit. Capsule 2- or 3-valved.

10. DEcAscHISTIA. Bracteoles 10. Ovary, 10-celled, with a solitary ovule in each

cell.

11. Hrsiscus. Bracteoles 5 or more, free or connate, rarely tooth-like or wanting.

Ovary 5-celled, with 2 or more ovules in each cell.

O O Stigmas clavate, undivided or very shortly and erect-branched. . Seeds

obovoid or angled,

12. TuesprstaA. Bracteoles 3 to 5, usually small.

13. Gossypium, Bracteoles 3, leafy, large, cordate.

Trib, IV. BOMBACHZA. Staminal column divided at summit, or rarely to the base,

into numerous filaments or 5 to 8 staminal bundles, very rarely entire nearly to

the summit. Anthers free or variously cohering. Stigmas free or connate.

* Leaves digitate. Bracteoles distinct or none.

14. Bompax. Calyx truncate or irregularly 3- to 5-lobed. Capsule 5-valved,

copiously woolly within. Ultimate filaments with a single anther.

15. ERIODENDRON. Calyx and capsule as in preceding. Filaments with 2 or 3

anthers. ,

* * Leaves simple, penninerved, beneath more or less lepidote. Fruits

muricate.

16. Durio. Calyx bell-shaped. Petals 5. Branches of the staminal bundles

bearing several linear anthers with sinuous anther-cells.

Althea, L.

1. A. nosea, Cav. Diss. t. 29. f. 3; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 180; DC.

Prod. I. 487 ; Bot. Mag. t. 3189. (A. Coromandeliana, Cav. 1. e. 293;

WA. Prod. I. 45; A. flexuosa, Sims Bot. Mag. t. 892 ;» A. Sinensis, Cav. 1.

Ce ty LO dat IC, Lie.)

Has. In gardens both of natives and of Europeans, more es-

pecially in the drier districts, as Prome, also Ava, Khakyen hills, Ponsee

(J. Anderson). Fl. March.

Malva, L.

1. M. verricratsa, 1. sp. pl. 970; Hf.-Ind.: Fl. ¥. 3205giinee

Bot. t. 2953; Hook. Journ. 1847. t.7. (ML. Neilgherrensis, Wight Ie.

t. 950). wig

Has. Ava, Khakyen hills, Ponsee (J. Anderson). Fr. May.

Malvastrum, A. Gray.

*1, M. rricusprpatuM, A. Gray Bot. Amer. Exp. I. 148; Hf. Ind.

KF), 1.321. (JL ruderale, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/2 188).

Has. In rubbishy places near Chittagong ; also one specimen seen in

Rangoon. FI], B.S.

a? ae

1874, | of the Burmese Flora. 103

Sida, L.

Cons, pecre

onspectus of species.

* Leaves from lanceolate to oblong or obovate-oblong, on short 2 to 4 lin. long

petioles.

Carpels usually 5, leaves more or less green on both sides; peduncles short, not or at the

very base jointed, .. 8. carpinifolia.

‘Carpels usually 10, seldom fewer, is Late greyish Eee faricattas ; peduncles

usually elongate, jointed at about their middle,.. = . S. rhombifolia,

* * Leaves cordate or nearly so, on 6 to 15 lin. long, usually slender petioles.

4 Carpels terminating in 2 long awns,

Erect, glabrous or nearly so, se te a, .. 8. corylifolia.

Erect, densely tomentose, ... nee . S. cordifolia.

O O Carpels blunt or sic tly 2- obaa

Erect; hairs glandular or viscid; flowers solitary or several, on short and rather thick

glandular peduncles, .. : “ie ..S. glutinosa-

Spreading or almost erect, weak ; aes spreading, not pidalens ; ae solitary, on

long filiform jointed simply hairy peduncles, Te ae . S. humilis.

1. S. carpryiroiia, L. sp. pl. 963; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 323. (S. acuta,

Burm.) Hl. Ind. 147; Roxb. Fl. Ind.IL, «171; . Wight Ic. .t. 95; 8,

lanceolata, Roxb. |, c. 175).

Haz. Very frequent, especially in rubbishy places, in cultivated grassy

lands, shrubberies, etc., all over Burmah ; Andamans, introduced only. Fl.

R. and C. 8.

2. S. RHOMBIFOLIA, L. sp. pl. 961; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 176; Hf.

Ind. Fl. I. 828.

Var. a. LINNEANA, Griseb. Fl. West. Ind. 74.

Var. 8, CANARIENSIS, Griseb. 1. c. 74. (S. rhomboidea, Roxb. Fl. Ind.

IIL. 176; 8S. rhombifolia var. 8 rhomboidea, Mast. in Hf. Fl. Ind. I. 824 pp.)

Var. y. RETUSA, Griseb. 1. c.; Mast. 1. c¢. (S. retusa L. sp. pl. 961;

Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 175).

Var. 6. acura; erect, branched; leaves oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,

toothed ; carpels 6—7, stellate pubescent, with 4 long awns.

Var. €, ALNIFOLIA (S. alnifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 174; WA. Prod.

I. 58, an etiam L?; S. Chinensis, Roxb. 1. ce. ; S. microphylla, Roxb. 1. ¢.

170°; S. Philippica, DC. Prod, I. 462).

Has. Very frequent in leaf-shedding forests and in cultivated lands all

over Burma; var. 6. Zenasserim. Fl. Fr. C. and R. 8S.

3. S. coryiiroura, Wall. Cat. 1865; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 324,

Has. Ava, Segain (Wall.).

4, S. CORDIFOLIA, L. sp.pl: 962; Roxb. El. Ind. TIT. 3773 > Hf.

Ind. Fl. I. 824; (S. decagyna, Schum, and Thon. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk.

Afh. IV. 12; Walp. Rep. I. 815),

104 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Haz. Not unfrequent on sandy soil chiefly, as well in the leaf- shedding

forests as in shrubberies of the lower lands of Pegu and Arracan. Fl. Fr.

Oct. Decb.

5. §S. exurrnosa, Roxb. Fl. III. 172. (8. Mysurensis, WA. Prod. I.

59; hk Ind. Pip ay 322).

Has. Frequent in the mixed and open forests all over Pegu and

Martaban ; also Tenasserim and Ava, Khakyen hills. Fl. Fr. Febr., May.

6. 8S. Humruis, Willd. sp. pl. III. 744; Roxb. Fl. Ind. Fl. I. 322.

Has. Frequent all over Pegu, more especially in the Prome District,

in leaf-shedding forests and rubbishy places; also Ava. Fl. Fr. Oct. March.

Albutilon, Geertn.

Conspectus of species.

* Carpels more than 10, usually about 20.

Tomentum close and dense, without gvese hairs; capsule truncate, the carpel-points

very short, ... ds A. Indicum.

Tomentum dense, iene “with jas PEN Stes ee 3 capsule -at the top contracted

and angular, the carpels not pointed, ae vee A. graveolens,

* * Carpels fewer than 10, usually 5 or 7.

Tomentum consisting of short ete hairs, intermixed with long se and spreading

ones,.. ves y , ae ..4. polyandrum.

1. A. Inptcum, G. Don. Gen. al T. 504; Wight Ic. t. 12; Hf.

Ind. Fl. 325. non Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. (Sida Indica L. sp. pl 964 ; Rea FI,

Ind. III. 179; Sida populifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 179; Sig Asiatica,

L. sp. pl. 964 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 179; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 326).

Has. Frequent along road sides, around villages, along the banks of

rivers, etc., all over Prome and Pegu; also Ava. Fr. Decb. Jan.

2. A. gravEoteNs, WA. Prod. I. 56; Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. I. t.

2; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 327. (Sida graveolens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. Il, 179; Bot.

Mag. t. 4134).

Has. In uncultivated places, amongst shrubbery etc., especially around

villages in Pegu. Fl. CS.; Fr. H.S.

3. <A. potyanpruM, Schlecht. in Link En. Hort. Berol. II. 264; Hf.

Ind. Fl. I. 825. (Sida polyandra, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIL. 173; Sida Persica,

Burm. FI. Ind. t. 47. f. 1; Cav. Diss. I. t. 4. f. 1).

Haz. Pegu (Brandis).

The Burmese plant differs chiefly in the more glandular pubescence and

in having the carpels constantly by 7, not by 5.

Doubtful species.

1. Srp, sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 523.

Haz. Tenasserim, Moulmein, in jungles and along roads.

ee —

1874, ] of the Burmese Flora. 105

* Urena, L.

Conspectus of species.

* Capsules longer than the sepals, glochidiate and bristly tomentose,

U. lobata.

* * Carpels included in the calyx, smooth or net-veined.

O Petals 1% to nearly 2 in. long, forming a large funnel-shaped corolla.

Leaves almost rotundate, very scabrous on both surfaces; flowers forming dense leafy

terminal heads, Ae ‘ .. U, rigida.

Leaves underneath softly folaentosd, ee Redes the swan ones ‘ett lobed ;

flowers in loose spreading terminal racemes, .. U, speciosa.

O O Petals about 4 lin. long, forming a rotate coral : tavaltere longer

than the calyx.

Flowers sessile or nearly so in the axils of the leaves, or along axillary short leafy

branchlets, ... we .. U. repanda.

1. U. osata, L. sp. a0 O74: Roxb. Fl. Ind. TIT. 182; Bot. Mag. t.

puae; Grifi. Not. Dicot. 522; Hf.Ind. Fl. 1. 329. (UV. ee ay Cav.

Diss. VI. 335 t. 183. f. 1.; U. viminea, Cav. 1. c. t, 184. f. 1; U. micro-

carpa, DC. Prod. I. 441; U. ribesia, Sm. in Rees, Cycl. 37. No. 5; DC.

e.; U. Swartzu, DC. 1.¢.; U. scabriuscula, DC. 1. c.).

Var. 6. stnvaTa (U. sinuata, L. sp. pl. 974; Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 182 ;

‘Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 329).

Var. y. LANOSA, leaves larger, usually with shorter lobes and less

scabrous, sometimes almost softly tomentose ; involucre and calyx rather

flaccid, densely tomentose.

Has. All three forms common, especially in uncultivated places, in

shrubberies, toungyas, etc., but also in leaf-shedding forests all over Burma

from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim up to 50U0 ft. elevation ; Var.

a. rarer than B. andy. FI. Fr. o.

2. U. Riera, Wall. Cat. 1929; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 330.

Haz. Not uncommon in the open, especially the low, forests of Pegu

and Martaban ; also Tenasserim, chiefly on stiff clay and laterite. FI. Oct.

to Jan.

3. - U. speciosa, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. t. 26.

Han. Not unfrequent in the low and mixed forests all over Pegu;

also Ava. Fl. Fr. C. §,

Pavonia, Cav.

Conspectus of species.

Sect. 1. Lebretonia, Bracteoles 5-6. Carpels indehiscent.

Flowers yellow ; carpels muricate, ... soe ios .P. glechomifolia.

Sect. 2. Eupavonia. Bracteoles 10 or more. Carpels dehiscent.

Flowers pink; carpels unarmed, the margins slightly but sharply produced, P. zeylanica.

1. P. euecnomirouia, A. Rich. Fl. Abyss. I. 54.; Hf. Ind, FI. 1.

330. (Lebretonia procumbens, Wall. Cat. 1883 ; Wight Ic. t. 4).

106 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Has. Ava, Segain. (Wall.). “

2. P. zeyuantca, Willd. sp. pl. III. 888; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 214;

Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 331.

Has. Banks of the Irrawaddi in Ava, apparently not unfrequent.—

Fl. Fr. Sept.—Jan. |

All the Burmese specimens seen by me (including P. rosea, Wall. Cat.

1887, with hairy carpels) belong to the above species, none to P. odorata,

Willd., for which Masters gives Birma as a habitat.

Kydia, Roxb.

1. K. catycra, Roxb. Corom. Pl. IIT. t. 215 and Fl. Ind. TE

188; Wight Ic. t. 879-880: Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 3.; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 348.

(K. fraterna, Roxb, Corom. Pl. III. t. 216 and Fl. Ind. III. 189).

Has. Not uncommon in the mixed and open forests of Pegu and

Prome.; also Ava... 4). Jan.; Fro TS:

There really may be two different species in India, the one with smaller

smooth seeds, the other with larger furrowed seeds. The indument of the

Burmese plants is much more floccose, the involucre-leaflets broader ; seeds,

unripe, appear smooth and smaller.

Decaschistia, WA.

Conspectus of species,

Leaves beneath shortly but densely whitish tomentose; involucre much shorter than

the calyx, puberulous ; petals about % in. long, nN .D. parviflora.

All parts thickly tomentose ; mvolucre nearly as long as ee calyx, densely tomentose ;

petals nearly 2 in. long, ? .. D. crassiuscula,

D. parvirtora, Kurz in a As. ae ae 1870. 66.

Has. Found in the adjoining Siamese province of Kanburi, most pro-

bably occurring also in Tenasserim, Fl. Fr. Apr. May.

1. D. crasstuscuna, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878. 227.

Has. Prome District (Col. Eyre).

Masters describes but does not name another large-flowered (flowers

pink, 4 in. in diameter) species from Rangoon.

Hibiscus, L.

Conspectus of species.

A. Leaflets of involuere free, sometimes adnate to the calyx but not connate with one

another, or altogether wanting.

Subg. 1. Solandra, Involucre wanting. Herbs with small flowers.

Flowers white, on long slender pedicels, usually forming terminal racemes, ...H. Solandra,

Subg. 2. Hibiscus. Calyx regular, not spathaceous, 5-cleft, more or less persistent,

surrounded by a more or less persistent involucre, the leaflets of which are either quite

free or sometimes adnate to the calyx.

* Capsule rounded, obtuse or truncate,

O Capsules truncate, winged.

nee

1874.] of the Burmese Flora. 107

Velvety-pubescent ; calyx and involucre tomentose; flowers large, yellow with a dark-

purple eye,.. é ; - . LZ, vitifolius.

+ 0 0 Canales rounded or moni oe! winged.

Capsules glabrous ; flowers white, hardly an in, in diameter, the petals reflexed ; scabrous

Herb, J. i ; .. A, micranthus,

Capsules hirsute ; all parts, also calyx A involucre easels scurvy tomentose ; involucre-

leaflets 10; flowers large, white then rose-coloured ; a large shrub, ...4. mutabilis.

As preceding, but all parts softly tomentose ; involucre and calyx densely pubescent ; involu-

cre-leaflets in Burm. spec. 7, linear (in Malayan 5, ovate-lanceolate), ...4. venustus.

* * Capsules acuminate or acute, not winged.

% Calycine lobes 1-3-nerved, without thickened margins,

+ Leaves densely and softly tomentose.

All parts, also calyx and involucre densely tomentose ; pedicels shorter than the pedun-

cles ; seeds pubescent, mh * , A, pandureformis,

* + Leaves glabrous or roughish Piemaioue.

4, Annual herbs. Flowers yellow with dark-purple eye.

Seeds tubercled; leaves glabrous; stem and petioles prickly, ... ... H, procerus,

Seeds smooth ; all parts and more especially the calyx and involucre very tubercled-

hispid, ... of ... diversifolius,

Seeds smooth ; young par es densely a shor tly ere f cnvolicies lenlets puberulous or

almost glabrous, ... a <0 miss .. H. lunarifolius.

A\ A Shrubs. Flowers from purple to rose- cates ed and white.

Leaves glabrous, longer than the petioles.

Pedicels shorter than the petioles, ie Latte is . A, Syriacus,

Pedicels elongate, longer than the petioles, .., a ...H. Rosa Sinensis,

X% X Calycine lobes with a prominent midrib and (especially when in

fruit) with thickened usually indurated borders.

O Involucre-leaflets bearing on the back an oblong or linear ap-

pendage.

Z\ Appendage of involucre-leaflets leafy, oblong; flowers

pale sulphur with crimson eye.

Flowers about 2 in. in diameter, shortly peduncled ; stipules lanceolate ; stems stiff-hairy

and usually prickly, : . HH, furcatus,

Flowers about an in. in diameter, on nts slender podanales ; Se ciales large, eee semi<

, . 1, Surrattensis,

te £N hetendats of votes Tewiices Bieas; rarely wanting.

Flowers white or pale-sulphur with a purple eye, or purple, the oa -lobes without a gland

: ae _ AT. radiatus.

0 O iavotace deaioes entire, without any apndndnee.

Calyx dry, horny in fruit, the lobes prickly ciliate, with a large mere on the midrib ;

._ A. cannabinus.

lunar ; stems prickly,

on the midrib,

seeds glabrous,...

Calyx fleshy, red, the lobes without Beicictas weitally a little ‘Thing but soon glabrescent ;

seeds shortly hispid, . Rae Hf. Sabdariffa,

Subg. 3. Abelmoschus. Ghies spathaceous, 5- at 3- idohiek decease surrounded by

a 5. to 20-leaved free often very deciduous involucre. Seeds glabrous.

% Involucre-leafiets short and small, deciduous already before opening of

the flowers.

Flowers rather small, uniform white, ... tA ..H. ficulneus.

% X Involucere-leaflets narrow linear, often numerous and long; flowers

108 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

large, yellow with purple eye.

O Capsules short, 5-angled

+ Involucre-leaflets about 10-12.

All parts minutely scabrous ; peduncles about twice as long as the capsule, slender ;

flowers about 13 in. in diameter, : AL. sagittifolius.

All parts spreadingly setose ; peduncles as ee or alae hed the setae led strong ; flow=-

ers 2 to 3 in. in diameter, 3 a ... 2, Abelmoschus.

+ + Involucre-leaflets 15 to 20.

Stems hirsute ; leaves lobed, tomentose and sprinkled with stiff hairs; involucre-leaflets

rather persistent, ... see .. H. cancellatus.

O O Capsule slenrite: conical, 7. angular.

Tnvolucre-leaflets 10; all parts slightly hairy, ... : .. Hf, esculentus.

X% X X Involucre-leaflets broad and leafy, Acca large, 4 to 6; flowers

yellow with purple eye. Stems setose.

O Involucre-leaflets 4:

Leaves almost glabrous; involucre-leaflets glabrous, along the borders shortly tomentose,

... 1. Manihot.

Leaves beneath sprinkled with 3-forked short hairs; involucre-leaflets appressed pubes-

cent and setose-ciliate, £8 : ad a HT, hostilis.

O O Involucre-leaflets 6.

Leaves hirsute ; involucre-leaflets sprinkled with long stiff hairs, ...H. pungens.

B. Leaflets of the involucre united up to the middle or at least at the base, sometimes form-

ing a cup-shaped involucre.

Subg. 4. Paritium. Trees, shrubs or woody climbers.

* Trees or erect shrubs. Seeds glabrous. Flowers large, yellow with pur-

ple eye.

Leaves deeply 3-lobed, ee aes a ey ... 1. hastatus.

Leaves not divided, entire or crenulate,... Lo 44 .. AZ, tiliaceus.

* * Seeds woolly or pubescent.

+ Woody climbers.

All parts velvety tomentose, leaves glabrescent above; involucre-leaflets 4-7, velvety,

.. Hf. scandens,

+ + Trees.

All parts tawny setose; leaves entire, tawny tomentose; involucre-leaflets 10, hirsute,

... 1, macrophyllus.

1. H. Sonanpra, L’Her. Stirp. I. 103. t. 49; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III.

197; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 336.

Has. Ava, Taong dong and Segain (Wall.)

2. H. virrroiius, L. Mant. 569; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 200; Hf. Ind.

Fl. I. 338. (H. truncatus, Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 200).

Has. Not uncommon along borders of fields, in shrubberies, rubbishy

places round villages, etc., also in the dry forests, all over Burma from Chit-

tagong and Ava down to Pegu,, Fl. R.’and €C.8.; Fr. HS:

3. H. micraytaus, L. f. Suppl. 308; Hf. Ind. Fl, I. 835. (A

rigidus, L. f. Suppl. 8310; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 195.)

Has. Ava, Pagha myo (Wall.).

1874. | of the Burmese Flora. 109

“4, H. morass, L. sp. pl. 977; Roxb, Fl. Ind. IIL -201:: Bot.

Reg. t. 589 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 344.

Has. Only cultivated in gardens.

5. H. venusrus, Bl. Bydr. 71; Migq. Fl. Ind. Bot. 1/2. 155.

Var. 6. Branopistt, involucre-leaflets constantly 7, narrow linear.

Hau. Upper Tenasserim, Doyoo Kyee Pass (Brandis). Fl. Fr. March,

6. H. panpuriForMIS, Burm. Fl. Ind. 151. t. 47. f. 2; Hf. Ind. FI.

338. *(A. tubulosus, Cav. Diss. III. 161. t. 68. f. 2; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III.

196).

Has. Ava (Wall.); Prome, Meaday (R. Scott). Fr. Apr.

7. HH. procerus, Wall. Cat. 2692; Hf. Ind. FI. I. 339.

Has. Ava (Wall.).

8. H. piversiroiius, Jacq. Ic. rar. t. 551; Roxb, Fl. Ind. III. 208 ;

Bot. Reg. t. 881; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 389.

Has. Ava (Wall.).

9. H tvnarirorius, Willd. sp. pl. III. 811; Wight Ic. t. 6; Hf.

ind, FI. 1. 338. (1. pruriens, Roxb. Fl, Ind. IIT. 196; A. racemosus,

Ldl. Bot. Reg, t. 917).

Has, Ava, Segain and towards the Taong dong (Wall.).

*10, H. Sypgracus, L. sp. pl. 978; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 195; Bot.

Mag t. 83; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 3844. ( A. Storckii, Seem. Flor. Vit. 17. t. 4.)

Has. Occasionally cultivated by the Karens of Martaban.

*11. H. Rosa Srvensis, L. sp. pl. 977; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III, 194;

Bot. Mag. t. 158 ; Bot. Reg. t. 1826; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 344.

Has. Much cultivated in native gardens and villages and occasional-

ly seen in neglected lands round villages. Fl. 0,

12. H. Furcarus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 204; Hf. I. 845, (A. acu-

leatus, Roxb. 1. c. 206 teste Masters).

Haz. Ava, Irrawadi (Wall.) ; Arracan, frequent on the lower hills of

Koladyne District. Fl. Octob.

13. H. Surrarrensis, L. sp pl. 979; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 205 ; Bot.

Mag. t. 1856; Wight Ic. t. 197; Hf Ind. Fl. I. 384. (AL. heterophyllus,

Griff. Not. Dicot. 520.)

Haz. Frequent all over Burma and adjacent provinces, in the leaf-

shedding forests, especially the low ones; also in savannahs and deserted

tounggyas, etc. Fl. Fr. C.S.

H. aculeatus, Roxb. differs chiefly by the much smaller stipules which,

however, pass into those of H. Suwrrattensis.

#14. H. napratus, Cav. Diss. III. 150. t. 54. f. 2; Bot. Mag. t.

1911; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 209; Hf Ind. Fl. I. 385. (4. sp. Furcaria,

Griff, Not. Dicot, 521).

110 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Var. a. corolla white or pale-sulphur with a purple eye.

Var, B. Linpieyi (H. Lindleyi, Wall. Pl. As. rar. 1. t. 4; Bot. Reg.

t. 13895 ; H. radiatus, Bot. Mag. t. 5098 ?)

Hap. Much cultivated all over Burma from Chittagong and Ava

down to Tenasserim, and often like wild in deserted toungyas. Fl. Fr.

C.S.

*15. H. cannapinus, L. sp. pl. 979; Roxb. Corom. Pl. IT. t.190 and

Fl, Ind. IIT, 208; Hf: Ind. Fl. .I. 839.

Has. Cultivated in toungyas of Pegu and Martaban, and often as

wild in deserted ones.

16. H. Sapparirra, L. sp. pl. 978; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 340.

Has, Much cultivated all over Burma from Chittagong and Ava down

to Pegu, sometimes as wild in deserted toungyas. Fl. Fr. C. 8.

*17. H. ricutneus, L. sp. pl. 978 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 340. (A. prostra-

tus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 208; Abelmoschus jficulneus, WA. Prod. I. 53;

Wight Ic. t. 154; H. strictus, Roxb. 1. c. 208).

Has. fRarely cultivated in native gardens of Pegu.

18. H. sacrrrironivs, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng., 1871, 46.

(H. Abelmoschus, var. a. multiformis, Mast.in Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 842;

hastatus, Cav. Diss. III. 144. t. 50 f. 1? non Linn. f.).

Has. Ava, Meaong (Wall.); Pegu (Brandis). Fl. Sept.

19. H. Apetmoscuous, L. sp. pl) 980; Roxb, Fl. Ind. IE 202;

Griff. Not. Dicot. 541°; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 342. (Abelmoschus moschatus,

Moench; Wight Ic. t. 399 ; Abelmoschus pseudo-Abelmoschus, Walp. Rep.

I. 308).

Has. Not unfrequent in the mixed, especially the upper-mixed, forests

of Arracan and Pegu; also Tenasserim, Moulmein; Ava, Segain. Fl. Fr.

Nov.—Jan.

20. H. cancetzatus, L. f. Suppl. 311; Roxb. Fl. Ind. TTR @0r

Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 842. (Adbelmoschus crinitus, Wall. Pl. As. rar, 1.39. t. 44),

Haz. Not unfrequent in the dry forests of Prome and Ava; also in

the low forests of the Irrawadi zone, Pegu. Fr. January.

Only the form figured by Wallich occurs in Burma, the other with

overlapping leaf-bases, more obtuse lobes, and different tomentum seems to

be restricted to Hindustan.

*21, H. uscuLentus, L. sp. pl. 980; Cav. Diss: III. t=. 61. 2250

Ind. FL I. 343. (Aibiscus longifolius, Wild. sp. pl. III. 827; Roxb. Fle

Tod, LiF Zio}.

Haz. Cultivated in Burma (accord. Revd. F, Mason). _

*22. H. Manruoz, L. sp. pl. 980; Bot. Mag. t. 1702 and t. 3152;

Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 341. (A. pentaphyllus, Roxb. Fl. Ind, III. 212; Abel-

moschus Manihot, Walp. Rep. I. 311).

S ‘

OO Ee EE Se SS eS So eS

1874. | of the Burmese Flora. il]

Haz. Rarely cultivated by natives in Peeu.

23. H. Hostritis, Wall. ap. Mast. in Hf. Ind. FI. I. 342.

Has. Not uncommon in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah ;

also Ava (Wall.) FL Fr. C 8S.

24. H. puneens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 213; Hf. Ind. FI. I. 341.

Has. Upper mixed forests of the northern parts of the Pezu Yomah

at about [200 to 2000 ft. elevation. Fr. C.S.

*25, H. wastatus, L. f. Suppl. 310 (non ati (ir tricuspis, Cav.

Diss. TIT. 152. t. 55. f. 2; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 202; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 844).

Has. Rarely hahinuted in gardens. Fl. R. g,

Bee ti. TiLrackus, L. sp. ply 9763) Roxb; Fl; Ind. Ul. 192. Hf.

Ind. Fl. I. 348. (Paritiwm tiliacewm, A. Juss. in St. Hil, FL. Bras. I. 198 ; ;

Wight Ic. t. 7; Griff. Not. Dicot, 523.)

Var. 6. TorTuosus, Mast. in Hf. 1. c. (A. tortuosus, Roxb. FI. Ind.

III. 192; Bot. Reg. t. 232).

Has. Common in the beach and tidal forests all along the shores

from Chittagong down to Tenasserim and the Andamans, ascending the

rivers as far as the tidal waves. Fl. Fr. 0.

27. H. mMacropuyuiuus, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 1814. 51; Wall. Pl. As.

rar. I, 44. t. 51; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 887. (A. vulpinus, Rwdt. Cat. Buitenz.

88; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/2. 157 ; HZ. spathaceus, Bl. Bydr. 72; H. seto-

sus, Roxb, FI. Ind. III. 198.)

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests all over Burma from Chitta-

gong and Martaban down to Tenasserim. FI. Fr. R. S.

If the principle of the priority of the name first accompanied by a de-

scription be adhered to, Blume’s name will have to be adopted. Unlike Wal-

lich, Roxburgh described and figured the plants that he named, and unfor-

tunate circumstances beyond his control and finally death prevented their

publication: hence I consider that his Hortus Benghalensis claims

priority.

28. H. scanpens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 200; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 337.

Haz. Frequent in the tropical torests of Martaban. Fl. Fr. March,

Apr.

Thespesia, Corr.

Conspectus of species.

All younger parts and unripe capsules covered with rusty coloured scales; leaves gla.

brous; a tree, ae .. I. populnea.

All younger parts and asaally the eases penenth aioe stellate ‘omentoats unripe cap-

sules densely hirsute, a meagre shrub, fa .. 7. Lampas.

1. Tu. porputngea, Corr. Ann. Mus. IX. 290; Wight Tee te Gosek Ts

Ind, Fl. I. 345; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 63. (Hibiscus populneus, Roxb, FI.

I12 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Ind. III. 190; Hibiscus populneoides, Roxb. 1. ec. 191; Lhesp. macrophyl-

la, Bl. Bydr. 73; Mig. Fl. Ind. I/2. 151).

Has. Common in the beach and tidal forests all along the shore from

Chittagong down to Tenasserim and the Andamans; Ava, Bhamo and

Sabado (J. Anderson). Fl. Sept. Fr. March, May.

The occurrence of this saltloving tree in Ava is unique and requires

explanation. Brine springs are numerous in Prome and Ava, and may pos-

sibly account for such an exceptional re-appearance of a sea-shore plant in

the interior of Burma.

2. Tu. Lampas, Dalz. in Dalz. and Gibs. Bombay Fl. 19; Hf. Ind.

Fl. I. 845. (Hibiscus Lampas, Cav. Diss. III, 154. t. 56. f. 2; Roxb. FL

Ind. III. 197 ; Wight Ic. t. 5; H. tetralocularis, Roxb. 1. c. 198? ; Azanza

Zollingeri, Alef. in Bot. Zeit. 1861. 298). ‘

Has. Frequent in all leaf-shedding forests, especially the mixed ones,

also in savannahs ; all over Burma. Fl. Fr. C. & H.S.

Gossypium, L.

Conspectus of species.

Annual ; seeds free, clothed with firmly adhering silky down,... .. G, herbaceum.

Shrubby; perennial; seeds black, free or cohering, devoid of adhering pubescence,

.. G. Barbadense,

*]. G. nerBacevum, L. sp. pl. 975; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 184; Royle

Ill. Him. Pl. 98. t. 23. f.1; Wight Ic. t. 10; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 346.

Var. a. HERBACEUM, (G. herbaceuwm, L. 1. c.; G. hirsutum, Roxb. FI.

Ind. Ill. 187; G. Barbadense, Wight Ill. t. 28/c.) lobes of leaves acumi-

nate. War. B. hirsutum. Mast. in Hf. 1 ¢. (G. hirsutum, L. sp. pl. 975 ;

DC. Prod. 1. 4&6; G. obtusifolium, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 188 ; G. herbacewm,

Wight Ic. t. 9.), leaves with usually blunt lobes, the upper ones often undi-

vided, with or without a gland on the midrib beneath ; involucre-leaflets

entire or serrate ; capsules when ripe green ; cotton white.

Has. Var.a. and £. much cultivated all over Burma, and often seen

as wild in deserted toungyas and neglected lands. Fl. Fr. C. and H. S.

*2. G. BarpapEense, L. sp. pl. 975; Roxb. Fl. Ind. UL 187; Hf,

Ind, Fl I. 847. p. p.

Has. Rarely seen in gardens in Pegu. —

Bombax, L.

Conspectus of species.

Leaflets on a 10 to 12 lin. long petiolule; staminal bundles consisting of 15 to 20 strong

and thick filaments, # x ...B. Malabaricum,

Leaflets decurrent on the short 2 to 3 lin. long petiolule ; staminal bundles consisting of

50 or more long filiform filaments, ... ove sa . B. insigne.

1874. | of the Burmese Flora. 113

1. B. Marazaricum, DC. Prod. I. 479; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. Madr. t. 82 ;

Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 249. (Salmalia Malabarica, Schott. Melet. 35; B. hepta-

phylla, Cav. Diss. V. 296; Roxb. Corom. Pl. III, t. 247 and Fl. Ind. IIL.

167 ; Wight Ill. t. 29. a. 6.).

Has. Frequent in all leaf-shedding forests, especially the mixed ones,

all over Burma from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim. Fl. H.S.

er. -C, S.

2. 3B. rsieane, Wall. Pl. As, rar. I. 71. t. 79 and 80; Hf. Ind, Fl. J.

349.

Has. Frequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah and

the Andamans; also Ava. Fl. H.S. Fr. C.S.

Eriodendron, DC.

1. E. pentranprum (Bombax pentandrum, WL, sp. pl). 989 ; Cav. Diss.

Mo295. t. 151; Roxb, Fl. Ind. III. 165; 2. :anfractuosum, DC. Prod. I.

479; Wight Ic. t. 400; Griff. Not. Dicot. 533 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 350).

Has. Rare (one tree only seen) in the coast forests of South Anda-

man; here and there cultivated in Pegu and Tenasserim.

One of those trees that are stated to be very frequent in the Indian

jungles, but I myself have never succeeded in seeing it in a truly wild state,

although the loftiness of the tree and the decussate ternation of its branch-

es would render it recognizable from a long distance.

Durio, L.

1. D. ziperuines, L. sp. pl. 698 ; Koen. in Trans. Linn. Soc. VII.

266; t. 14—16; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III, 399 ; Griff. Not. Dicot. 528. t. 596 ;

Hf. Ind. Fl I. 351.

Has. Tenasserim. Fr. May, June.

Helfer writes in his second report on the resources of Tenasserim : ‘‘ This

tree does not grow so far north as Moulmein, some few trees excepted

which are grown as a rarity on the island of Beloo. Its sphere begins at

Tavoy ; large plantations occur to the E. of Mount Burney, and very fine

specimens in the valley of Taunbiaun. Lower down on the Tenasserim,

the tree begins to grow almost spontaneously, and in lat. 14° it forms large

forests.”

The Burmese specimens in Dr. Brandis’ herbarium, although destitute

of corolla, do not differ from the Malayan durian, and the calyx is the same

in size as well as in shape.

STERCULIACEZL.

Conspectus of species.

Trib, I. STERCULIE®. Flowers unisexual or polygamous, Petals none, Anthers

5-15, sessile, surrounding the stalked ovary or in males the top of a shorter or longer

column, or shortly polyadelphous, Mature carpels distinct, sessile or stalked.

114: S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a Knowledge [Nos 2;

* Anthers irregularly clustered, numerous. Fruit dehiscent.

1. STEROULIA. Ovules 2 or more in each cell. Carpels follicular. 4

* * Anthers 5,inaring. Carpels indehiscent.

2. Heritrera, Ovules solitary. Carpels often ofa firm texture.

Trib. II, HELICTEREZA. Flowers hermaphrodite. Petals deciduous. Anthers 5-15,

sessile or on short filaments, situated on the margin of the cup-like dilated summit

of the column and usually alternating with staminods.

3. Heticrerses. Anther-cells divaricate or confluent into one. Fruit a capsule,

sometimes twisted. .Seeds not winged.

4, PrrRospERMUM. Anther-cells parallel. Capsule woody, terete or 5-angular.

Seeds winged.

Trib. TILT. ERIOLANEZ. Flowers hermaphrodite. Petals deciduous. Anthers nu-

merous on the outside of the tubular or conical column from the middle to the top.

Staminods none.

5. ErtotmNna. Capsules woody, 5-valved.

Trib. IV. DOMBEYEZ. Flowers hermaphrodite. Petals usually persistent, flat.

Anthers 10 to 20, rarely 5, united into a short cup at or near the top of the cs

the cells parallel. Staminods 5 or none.

X Anthers 15, rarely 10.

6. PuENTAPETES. Bracteoles caducous. Sepals herbaceous. Ovary-cells with several

ovules. Style simple.

xX XX Anthers 5.

7. MeLHANIA. Bracteoles 3, persistent. Stamens united into a cup, with 5 inter-

vening elongate staminods.

Trib. V. HERMANNIEZ. Flowers hermaphrodite. Petals marcescent, flat. Sta-

mens 5, shortly united or rarely tubular at base only. Staminods usually none.

X% Ovary 5-celled.

8. Mertocuta. Capsules almost globular. Seeds wingless. Herbs or undershrubs.

9. VisENrIA. Capsules deeply 5-lobed. Seeds winged at their extremities, Trees,

X HX Ovary 1-celled

10. WatrHerRIA. Calyx campanulate. Staminods none.

Trib. VI. BUETTNERIEA. Flowers hermaphrodite. Petals concave at base, usual-

ly appendaged at top. Anthers 5-15, rarely numerous, introrse, the filaments united

into a shorter or longer tube, solitary or in groups alternating with the staminods.

O Anthers by 2-4 alternating with a staminod.

11. Aproma. Petals with a clawed ovate blade. Capsule 5-winged.

12. GuazuMA. Petals clawed, with a linear 2-cleft blade. Fruit globular, woody

tubercled. :

13. Lepronycuia. Petals concave, not clawed. Filaments long, only at base con-

nate, alternating by 2 with the short staminods, at the back augmented by a series of

subulate staminods.

O O Anthers singly alternating with the staminods.

14, Burrrneria. Petals cucculate at the clawed base. Staminods short and

lunt, Capsules woody, variously armed.

Sterculia, L.

Conspectus of species.

Subg. 1. Sterculia. Seeds without wings, 2 or more along the suture of the coriaceous

carpels, never inserted at the base,

a ee

1874.] of the Burmese Flora. 115

* Leaves digitate.

Leaves glabrous ; calyx rather large, the lobes spreading, ie St. fetida.

Leaves canescent tomentose beneath; calyx small, the lobes conniving, short,

».. St, versicolor.

* * Leaves palmately lobed or cut. Leaf-shedding trees.

Carpels densely covered with stiff fragile hairs; flowers small, Vn St. urens.

Carpels shortly tomentose from stellate hairs, ee .. SZ. villosa.

Carpels densely covered with stiff short hairs, alabouemie flowers nearly #in. in

diameter, ... eh m Pe . St. ornata,

* * * Leaves all entire. Small evergreen trees or meagre shr iil

O Leaves quite glabrous.

% Calyx-lobes not spreading, almost erect or more usually conni«

ving with their tips.

Calyx shortly tubular, striate, the lobes of the length of the tube, ... St. longifolia,

* X Calyx almost rotate.

Calyx lobes from a broader base linear, very long and somewhat twisted, ..S%. coccinea.

O O Leaves more or less tomentose or puberulous, at least beneath,

X% Flowers more than % in. long, in simple brown tomentose

racemes.

Leaves beneath and petioles softly rusty pubescent, wee .. St, rubiginosa.

X X Flowers in panicles.

Leaves tomentose; calyx-lobes free and spreading; flowers long-pedicelled,

.. St. angustifolia,

Leaves beneath minutely stellate-puberulous; calyx-lobes short and connivent; flowers

shortly pedicelled, ... ads pe = .. SE. parviflora.

Subg. 2. Firmiana. Calyx tubular. Seeds without wings. Carpels chartaceous and

expanded leaflike, bearing 1 or 2 seeds along the marginal sutures at about 2 of

their length.

Leaves more or less lobed, occasionally almost entire, glabrous or puberulous beneath ;

. calyx about 8-9 lin. long, sie ; .. St. colorata.

Leaves very large, much lobed, paliesaud ama: calyx aver 1 an 13 in. long,

.. St. fulgens.

Subg. 3. Scaphium. (incl. Pterocymbium and Carpophyllium), Calyx more or less

campanulate. Seeds without wings, solitary, laterally adnate to the base of the boat-~

shaped chartaceous or membranous follicles.

* Follicles produced below at about the middle into an additional bluntish

sac-like lobe. :

Leaves more or less tomentose or paberulods beneath; calyx campanulate, green,

.. St. campanulata.

* * Follicles not produced into an additional lobe.

Leaves coriaceous, glabrous, glossy ; calyx almost rotate, yellowish, ... SE, scaphigera.

Subg. 4. Pterygota. Seeds numerous, winged along their upper end, enclosed in a woody

large follicle.

Leaves entire, glabrous, 5-nerved at base; follicles as large as the fist, . Sé. alata.

1. St. rarma, L. sp. pl. 1431; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 154; Wight Ie.

t. 181 and 364; Hf. Ind: Fl. I. 354.

Haz. Not unfrequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah.

F]. Apr. May ; Fr, Febr. March:

116 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

2. Str. verstcotor, Wall. Pl. As, rar: I) 48. t.. 59 + if. aide

Has. Ava, on limestone hills on the right side of the Irrawaddi near

Segain (Wall.) Fl. Octob.

3.” Sr. uRENS, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 24 and Fl. Ind. III. 145; Hf

Ind, Fl. I. 855.

Has. Not unfrequent in the drier upper mixed forests of the Peou

Yomah and Martaban ; and in the mixed dry forests of Prome ; also Tenas-

serim. Fr. March.

4. Sm, vintosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 153 ; Hf. Ind. FI. I. 355.

Has. Frequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah and

Martaban ; Tenasserim; Andamans. Fl. H.S.; Fr. Begin of R. S.

5. Sr. ornata, Wall. ap. Voigt Hort. Cale. 105; Kurz in Journ.

As. Soc. Beng. 18738. 228.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah and

Martaban down to Tenasserim. Fl. Febr.; Fr. March, Apr. |

6. Sr. Lonerrotia, Vent. Malm. II. No. 91. in adnot. ; DC. Prod. I.

482; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat J/2. 178. (S¢. striatiflora, Mast. in Hf. Ind. Fl.

I. 356).

Has. Birma (Griff. 586) ; probably Tenasserim,

7. Sr. coccrnea, Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 151; and Hook. Bot. Mise. I,

286; Hf. Ind, Fl. £. 357.

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah and Mar-

taban down to Tenasserim. Fl. March; Fr. Apr.

Masters refers my Pegu specimens to a species which he calls St. levis,

Wall., but my plant is certainly Roxburgh’s. :

8. Sr. ruBrerInosa, Vent. Hort. Malm. II. 91 in adn.; Hf. Ind. Fl.

I. 358.

Has. Birma (teste Masters).

9. St. anaustirotiA, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 148; DC. Prod. I. 482;

Walp. Rep. V. 100.

Var. a. ANGUSTIFOLIA, leaves on petioles 8 to 10 lin. long, lanceolate

or broadly lanceolate, acuminate.

Var. B. Motus (St. mollis, Wall. Cat. 1131; Walp. Rep. V. .101),

leaves obovate oblong, on petioles 4 to 5 ln. long, shortly acuminate,

rounded at the narrowed base; tomentum almost velvety ; pedicels much

shorter.

Has. Both varieties in Tenasserim (Wall. Fale. Helf.) Fl. Febr.;

Fr. Apr.

10, Sr. parvirtora, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II]. 147; Hf. Ind, Fl. I.

359. |

Haz, Andamans, in the coast-forests, Fr. Apr. May.

1874. | of the Burmese Flora. 117

My specimens being in fruit only the identification is somewhat doubt-

ful, but they agree otherwise with Malacca specimens. Masters mentions

St. guttata, Roxb. as growing on the Andamans.

11, Sr. cotorata, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 28 and Fl. Ind. III. 1146;

Mook, Ic. pl. t. 148 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 359.

Has. Frequent in all leaf-shedding forests all over Burma from Chit-

tagong and Ava down to Tenasserim and the Andamans. Fl. H. 8.; Fr.

H. and begin of R. S.

12. Sr. runcens, Wall. Cat. 1135 (Mirmiana colorata, B. fulgens, R.

Br. and Benn. in Horsf. Pl. Jav. rar. 235 ; Walp. Rep. V. 104).

Has. Ava, Taong dong; Tenasserim, Moulmein ( Wall.)

I know not what Masters describes under the above name, unless it be

the N. W. Indian S?¢. pallens, Wall. ap. Voigt Cat. H. Bot. Cale. 105, a

totally different tree with pale yellowish softly tomentose smaller and

more campanulate flowers and different leaves.

13. Sr. campanuLatTa, Wall. ap. Voigt. Hort. Cale. 105; Kurz in

Flora 1872, 495.; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 862. (Pterocymbinm Javanicum, R. Br.

me iorst. Pl. Jav. rar. 219. t. 45.;.Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/2. 179).

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests along the eastern slopes of the

Pegu Yomah and Martaban. Fl. March; Fr. Apr.

14, Sr. scaPpHicErA, Wall. Cat. 1130; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 361. (Sca-

phium Wallichit, Schott and Endl. Melet. 38; Walp. Rep. V. 104; Carpo-

phyllium macropodum, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 401).

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests along the eastern and central

slopes of the Pegu Yomah and Martaban; also Tenasserim. FI. Febr.

March ; Fr. March, Apr.

i5> ST, ALATA, Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. 84. t. 287 and Fl. Ind. III.

182; Hf. Ind. Fl. 1.360. (S¢. Heyni, Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 230).

Haz. Frequent in the tropical forests all over Chittagong, Pegu and

Martaban down to Tenasserim ; also on the Andamans, Fl. Febr. March,

Fr, Apr. May,

Doubtful species.

1. Sr. tryeurroni, Mast. in Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 357.

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Tavoy (Parish).

2. St. EnstFot1a, Mast. in Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 359.

Has. Tenasserim, Meregui (Griff)

Heritiera, Ait.

Conspectus of species.

* Carpels glossy or at least smooth, brown ; leaves shortly petioled.

Leaves usually cordate or rounded at base; carpels strong-crustaceous, obliquely ovoid

with a sharp keel pointed at the summit, Ay ae, . LL, Tothila.

118 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Leaves usually narrowed at base; carpels fibrous-woody under the thin bladdery epicarp,

obliquely and broadly depressed, the keel at the oa broad and almost wing-like,

. H. minor.

* * Carpels sea-green or grey, rough and corky-tubercled ; leaves ine petioled.

Carpels obliquely ovoid, keel indistinct, at the extremity produced into a thick narrow

wing-like appendage, . H. macrophylla.

1. He Torus, (ze littoralis, Dee in Ait. ae rer III. 546;

Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 142; DC. Prod. I. 63; Balanopteris Tothila, Gertn.

Fr. II. t. 99; Rheede Hort. Mal. VI. t. 21).

Has. Frequent in the tidal forests all along the sea-shore from Chit-

tagong down to Tenasserim and the Andamans. Fl. Apr. May; Fr. May.

2. H. mryor, Lamk. Dict. ITI. 229; DC. Prod. I. 484; Roxb. Fi.

Ind. III. 142. (H. fomes, Buch. in Sym. Ava Emb. 1800. t. 28; Hf. Ind.

Fl. I. 363 ; Balanopteris minor, Geertn. Fr. II. 1791. t. 98. f.2; H. litto-

ralis, Griff. Not. Dicot. 532. t. 585. f. 8).

Has. Frequent in the tidal forests all along the Burmese shores from

Chittagong down to Tenasserim, ascending the rivers as far as the tidal

waves. Fl. Febr. Jun.; Fr. R. S.

3. H. macropuytia, Wall. ap. Voigt Hort. Cale. 103 ; Kurz in

Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878. 61. and in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1874. 66. fig. 7,

Has. Upper Tenasserim, at the foot of a hill a mile above Trogla

(Wall. Cat. 1162).

Helicteres, L.

Conspectus of species.

Sect. 1. Spirocarpea. (sora, Schott and Endl.) Carpels spirally twisted; leaves

unequally serrate.

Calyx about + in. long or longer, sat ian ... Hl. Lsora:

Sect. 2. Orthocarpea, (Oudemansia, Miq,). Carpels straight or nearly so.

* Calyx about % in. long or longer. Leaves unequally serrate or toothed.

Calyx laxly stellate-woolly and viscid, .., iS ns ... A, viscida,

Calyx shortly scurvy tomentose, tas “A: ... H, hirsuta.

* * Calyx only 2 or 3 lin. ie:

O Carpels firmly cohering forming a densely villous-echinate apiculate

or obtuse capsule. Leaves entire or obtusely serrate, shortly whi-

tish-tomentose beneath.

Stems tawny tomentose; leaves sprinkled above with stellate hairs, blunt or acute,

...H. obtusa.

Stems glabrescent ; leaves glabrous above, acuminate, an ... 2. lanceolata.

O O Carpels loosely cohering, with the points all free, shortly hairy

echinate, Leaves never whitish pubescent beneath, serrate.

Flowers in short axillary racemes, : A .. Hf. plebeja,

Flowers in elongated slender racemes otal rot paar TERE the pakeeene leaves,

«. LH. elongata.

1874] of the Burmese Flora. 119

1. H. Isora, L. sp. pl. 1866; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 148; Wight Ie.

t. 180; Bot. Mag. t. 2061; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 365.

Has. Burmah (accord. Revd. Dr. F. Mason.)

2. H. viscrpa, Bl. Bydr. 79; Walp. Rep. I. 334. (Oudemansia

wiscida, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat, I/2. SV 26 spicata, var. lanigera, Mast. in

Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 866).

Has. Ava, Taong dong (Wall.)

3. H. urrsuta, (Lour. Fl. Coch. II. 648 ?); Bl. Bydr, 80. (Oude-

mansia hirsuta, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat, 1/2. 171 ; H. spicata, Colebr. in Roxb.

Hort. Beng. 97; G. Don. Gen. Syst. I. 507; Walp. Rep. I. 382; Z.

oblonga, Wall. ap. G. Don. 1. c. Walp. Rep. I. 832 and II. 794 and Ann,

LV. 320).

Var. a. spicata, (H. spicata. Coleb. 1. ¢.).

Var. B. optonea, (H. oblonga, Wall. 1. c.; H. vestita, Wall. Cat.

1844).

Has. Var. 8. Tenasserim, from Moulmein to Tavoy. Fl. March.

4, H. oprusa, Wall. Cat. 1184; Kurz in Journ, As. Soc. Beng. 1878.

62; Hf. Ind. Fl I. 366.

Haz. Tenasserim, from Moulmein to Mergui; Pegu (Macl. teste

Mast.) ; Andamans (V. Ball.) Fl. June; Fr. Jan. to Apr.

This is evidently a near ally to H. virgata, Wall. which some authors

incorrectly combine with H. Javensis, Hassk. (= Oudemansia integerruma,

Mig, and H. lanceolata, DC.). The Chinese H. angustifolia, L. (H. virg-

ata, Wall.) differs greatly by the small stellate-velvety-tomentose capsules,

Also the shape and nervature of the leaves and the indumentum of the

flowers appear to me different. Masters gives Mergui as a habitat for it,

but he evidently has two or three species in view.

5. H. prepesa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870. 67; Hf. Ind.

Fl. I. 366. (4. glabriuscula, Wall. Cat. 1185, nomen nudum; Hf. Ind.

Fl. I. 866).

Has, Frequent in the mixed, especially the upper mixed, forests of

Arracan, Pegu and Martaban, up to 8000 ft. elevation; also Ava. Fl. Oct.

Sept. ; Fr. Jan. Febr,

The species is also frequent in the Sikkim Terai.

6. H. Enoneata, Wall. Cat, 1845 ; Hi. Ind. Fl. I. 865.

Has. Ava, Taong-dong etc.

Hardly more than an elongate-racemed variety of the preceding.

Pterospermum, Schreb.

Conspectus of species.

* Capsules distinctly 5-cornered. Leaves large and broad.

O Stipules and bracteoles pinnatifid.

Calyx lobes 3-4 in. long; style towards the base villous, .., ised, acerifoliwm.

O O Stipules,,,; bracteoles entire,

120 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No..2;

Calyx-lobes 13-2 in. long; style glabrous, eet a ...L. aceroides.

* * Capsules terete or nearly so.

O Leaves semi-sagittate at base; stipules pinnatifid.

Flowers 3 in. long or longer ; bracteoles large, divided into several many-cleft and jaggy

lobes, forming an involucre, we BP. semisagittatum.

O O Leaves never semi- peer. usually anal sire or shortly lobed ;

stipules small, entire or 2-3-cleft; flowers not above 2 in. long.

t+ Pedicels much longer than the petioles.

Leaves usually greyish or whitish tomentose beneath, acuminate; stipules and bracteoles

2-3- rarely 5-cleft. Capsules greyish or whitish velvety, .. P. lanceefoliwm.

+ t+ Pedicels short, about the length of the petioles or rarely a little

longer,

Leaves entire, acuminate, beneath rusty coloured (rarely greyish) tomentose ; stipules

and bracteoles linear-subulate, with a cucullate basal appendage; capsules brown

scurvy-tomentose, glabrescent, : + ...P. cinnamomewmn.

Leaves usually small; stipules and bracteoles eatin iniceblets ...P. Blumeanum.

1. P. acertrorzum, Willd. sp. pl. III. 729; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III.

158; Bot. Mag. t. 620; Wight Ic. t. 6831; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 368. p. p.

Has. Frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed forests along

choungs all over Burma from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim and

the Andamans. Fl. H.S8.; Fr. C.S.

2. P. aceromeEs, Wall. Cat. 1171; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng.

1873. 62.

Haz. ‘Tenasserim, and Andamans, in tropical forests. Fl. H. S.

Pt. diversifolium, Bl. appears to be an intermediate form between P2é.

acerifolium and Pt. aceroides, having the flowers and styles of the former

but smaller, and the bracteoles of the latter.

8. Px. seMIsagrrtatuM, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 50 and FI. Ind. III.

160; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 368.

Has. Frequent in the mixed and dry forests all over Burmah from

Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim. Fl. H.8.; Fr. C.S.

4. Pq. tancezrortum, Roxb, Fl. Ind. Ill. 163; Hf. Ind. Fl L

368.

Has. Chittagong; Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall. teste ee

5. P. CINNAMOMEUM, nov. sp.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban ; also Tenas-

serim. Fr. March.

I attempted to identify the above species with Pt. fuscewm, Korth. when

I had only fruits, but Khasya flowering specimens shew its complete dis-

tinctness. Some Khasya specimens in leaf distributed from Kew under the

name Pt. lanceefoliwm belong here. It is nearest to P. rubiginosum.

6. Pr. Buumeanum, Korth. Ned. Kruidk. Arch. I. 311; Mig. FI.

Ind. Bat, 1/2. 191.

' Has. Tenasserim (Helf. 569).

1874. ] of the Burmese Flora. 121

Eriolwena, DC.

1. E. Canpotuer, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. 51.°t. 64; Hf. Ind. FI. I.

370.

Has. Not unfrequent in the dry and low, rarely in the mixed,

forests of Prome and Ava down to Martaban and Pegu. FI. H.S.; Fr.

C.8.

Pentapetes, IL.

1, P. pHe@nicea, L. sp. pl. 958; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 157; Bot.

Reg. t. 525; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 871. (Zriorhaphe punicea, Miq. Pl. Jungh.

I. 289).

Haz. In cultivated plains, along rice-fields, etc., in Pegu, Ava and

Prome. Fl. B.S.

Melhania, Forsk.

J. M. Hamirrontana, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. 69. t. 77 ; Walp. Rep.

I, 349; Hf. Ind, Fl. I. 372.

Has. Ava, frequent along the sandy dry banks of the Irrawaddi;

also Taong-dong (Wall.). Fl. Sept. Oct.; Fr. Nov.

Melochia, L.

1. M. corcnorrrort1, L. sp. pl. 944; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 139; Hf.

Ind. Fl. I. 374.

Has. Common as well in cultivated lands, waste places around villages,

long-grassed pastures, etc., as in the leaf-shedding forests, all over Burma

and adjacent provinces. Fl, Fr. Sept. to Octob.

Visenia, Houtt.

1. V. Inpica, Houtt. Syst. Linn. VI. 287. t. 46; Miq. FI. Ind.

Bat. 1/2. 189. (V. wmbellata, Bl. Bydr. 88; Wight Ic. t. 509; Riedleia

velutina, DC. Prod. I. 491; Melochia velutina, Bedd. FI. Sylv. t. 5; Hf.

Ind. Fl. 1. 374).

Has. Rather rare in the tropical forests of Pegu, Martaban and

Tenasserim (Brandis). Fl. R. 8.

Waltheria, L.

1. W. Amertoana, L. sp. pl. 941; DC, Prod. I. 492. (W. Indica,

fil. c. 941; Hf. Ind. FL«I. 374).

Has. Not uncommon on the lower hills of the Irrawaddi valley from

Ava (Segain) to Prome. FI. Sept. Oct.

Guazuma, Plum.

*]. G,. tomentosa, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. V. 820; Wight Ill. t. 31;

Bedd. Fl. Sylv. Madr. t, 107; Hf. Ind. FI. I. 375.

Has. An American tree sometimes seen planted as an avenue-tree,

Pia, 8. ; Fr.-C. 8.

122 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Leptonychia, Turez.

Conspectus of species.

Outer staminods 15, the inner staminods ciliate ; capsule 1-celled, rugose, ...L. glabra.

Outer staminods 10, the inner not ciliate; ovary and capsule 3-5-celled and lobed, the

latter minutely tubercled, anf ... L. heteroclita.

1, L. euasra, Turcz in Bull. Mbe: 1858. 292. ; Hf. Ind. Fl: tar

excl. syn.

Haz. ‘'Tenasserim (Helf. 658); Moulmein (Lobb. teste Mast.).

2. UL. wererociira, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870. 67. excel.

syn. Turez. (Grewia heteroclita, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II.590; Binnendykia

trichostylis, Kurz in Tydsch. Nat. Ver. Ned. Ind. ser. 3. III. 164; Z.

moacurroides, Bedd, Fl. Sylv. Madr. t. 114; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 379; Grewia

acuminata, Bedd. in Linn. Trans. XXV. 210?; Hf. Ind. I. 398 P).

Has. South Andaman, in tropical forests.

Buettneria, L.

Conspectus of species.

X Leaves cordate-oblong, entire.

Capsules large, greyish velvety, covered with strong woody prickles, DB. OSPer,

X* X Leaves more or less lobed or angular. Capsules the size of a cherry.

More or less roughish stellate-tomentose ; capsules densely covered with brown setose

flexible bristles, 4 . .. B. pilosa.

Glabrous or almost so ; sapauies covered wie long stiff ‘etanaile ‘iristlage B Andie

1. JB. aspera, Colebr. ap. Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed, Car, IL. 383 ;

Hi dad. Pla. 377:

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests from Pegu and Martaban

down to Tenasserim and the Andamans. Fl. Apr. May.

9) Bo prmosa, Roxb. ¥1. ind..1..616> Bf. ind, Pid. oie

Has, Frequent in tropical and mixed forests all over Burma and adjac-

ent provinces. Fr. C.S.

3. B. ANDAMANENSIS, Kurz in Andam. Rep. App. B. p. 3. and

Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 47; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 377,

Has. Frequent in the coast forests of South Andaman; also Upper

Tenasserim, along the Thoungyeen and Attaran rivers (Brandis) ; Moul-

mein (Lobb), Fr. H. 8.

Doubtful species.

I. B. crenvpatra, Wall. Cat. 1150; Hf Ind. FI. I. 376,

Has. Pegu (MclLelland); Tenasserim, Attaran and Salween (Wall.)

ex Masters.

Wall. Cat. 1152 is mentioned in the Lith, List as Aleinhovia hospita,

B. catalpifolia, as represented in the Wallichian Herb. in H. B. C., is a

Caracas plant, cultivated and collected in H. B,C, and bears no number,

1874. of the Burmese Flora, 123

B. echinata Wall. Cat. 1149 is the only No. which I have myself seen, and

consists of loose leaves and a piece of a capsule, the former differing from

his Sé. parviflora, Wall. Cat. 1121 from Silhet only in size, the latter

almost indistinguishable from B. Andamanensis. Nipal is also given as a

locality but Wallich’s Nos. cited are all Burmese.

TILIACE Ai.

Conspectus of genera.

A. Anthers opening by slits.

Trib. I. BROWNLOWIEA. Sepals united into a bell-shaped 3- to 5-cleft calyx.

Anthers short, usually globular or didymous, the cells ultimately confluent at the

top. :

* The 5 inner stamens reduced to staminods.

1. BrowntowiA. Carpels distinct, globular, 2-valved.

2. Prentace. Fruits 3-5-winged, indehiscent, by abortion 1-seeded.

* * Anthers all anther-bearing,

3. Berrys. Capsule 3-4-valved, with twice as many wings. Styles 1-4, filiform.

Trib. II. GREWIE. Sepals distinct. Petals with a basal scale more or less adnate,

inserted round the base of a more or less raised torus bearing at the top the stamens.

Anthers short, the cells parallel and distinct.

* Fruit dry, winged.

4, ConumBIA. Fruit 3-5-celled, separating into as many 2-winged cocci.

* * Fruit more or less drupaceous, not winged.

O Fruit unarmed, tomentose to glabrous.

5. GReEwIA. Drupes more or less lobed or globular.

O O Fruits prickly.

6. TrRiumrerra. Drupe usually small, globular, indehiscent or separating into

cocci.

Trib. III. TILTEH. Sepals distinct. Petals without a scale at base, inserted directly

round the stamens.

* Capsule opening loculicidally, almost pod-like or globular, many-seeded.

7. Corcnuorvus. Stamensall anther-bearing. Capsules pod-like or globular, striate

or muricate.

* *® Fruits globular, indehiscent, usually 1-seeded.

8. SCHOUTENIA. Calyx enlarged under the fruit, membranous, spreading. Stamens

free, all anther-bearing.

B. Anthers opening by apical pores.

Trib. IV. SLOANE. Anthers linear. Staminal disk flat or cushion-like, the sepals

and petals inserted directly round the stamens.

9. Ecurnocarrus. Sepals 4, imbricate in 2 series. Petals 4, gashed, almost imbri-

cate. Disk thick and broad. Capsule woody, 4-valved, echinate setose or velvety.

Trib. V. ELHOCARPE. Anthers linear. Petals inserted round the base of a

raised torus from the top of which the stamens spring.

10. Exmocarpus, Sepals 4-5. Petals induplicate-valvate, laciniate or rarely

entire, Drupes fleshy.

124 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Brownlowia, Roxb.

Conspectus of species.

* Leaves deeply peltate.

Leaves oblong or rotundate ; calyx velvety, eat tae ... B. peltata.

* * Leaves not peltate.

Leaves cordate-oblong ; calyx velvety, ane eee ave ..B elata.

Leaves lanceolate; calyx scaly, cia ...B. lanceolata.

1. B. pevrara, Bth. in Linn. Pee 'y. tee, 56.

Has. Tenasserim (Helf. 624).

Apparently merged by Masters into B. elata and possibly rightly so.

2. B. evata, Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. t. 265; Bot. Reg. t. 1472:

Wall. Pl. As. rar. III, 45; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 381. (Humea elata, Roxb;

FI]. Ind. II. 640).

Has. Chittagong; Tenasserim, Moulmein.

3. B. ~ancronata, Bth. in Linn. Proc. V. Suppl. 57; Hf. Ind, BES

I, 381.

Has. Rather frequent in the tidal forests and mangrove swamps

from Arracan (Akyab) and Rangoon down to Tenasserim (Moulmein), Fl.

Febr.—May.

Pentace, Hassk.

1. P. Burmanica, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871. 47; Hf

Ind. Fl. I. 381.

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the eastern and southern

slopes of the Pegu Yomah and Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim. FI.

Jan.; Fr. Febr. March.

Berrya, Roxb.

1. B. morzis, Wall. Cat. 1186; Kurz in Journ. As. Soe. Beng. 1873.

62. (B. Ammonilla, var. mollis, Mast. in Hf. Ind, Fl. I. 883).

Has. Not unfrequent in the drier upper mixed and hill Eng forests

of Martaban and the Pegu Yomah up to 3000 ft. elevation. Fr. March.

Columbia, Pers.

Conspectus of species.

Leaves cordate-oblong ; fruits 2-1 in. across, vies sak ..C. floribunda.

Leaves lanceolate; fruits 1} in. across, : af 0. Merguensis,

1. C. Frorrpunpa, Kurz in Journ. — Soc. Beng. 187 3. 63 5 Hite

Ind. Fl. I. 8938. (Grewia floribunda, Wall. ap. Voigt (not Voight) Cat.

Hort. Cale. 128). |

Has. Martaban, in Toukyeghat HE. of Tounghoo ; also Ava,on Taong ©

dong, Fr. Nov. Jan.

2. C. Merauensis, Planch, in Hf. Ind, FI. I. 394.

Has, Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff)

—— a ee Te. ~~

eee

1874. | of the Burmese Flora. 125

Grewia, L.

Subg. 1. Microcos. Stigma shortly toothed. Flowers forming terminal panicles, invo-

lucred while in bud.

* Endocarp of drupes fibrous-woody.

Leaves entire, almost coriaceous, quite glabrous; ovary and torus velvety-tomentose,

.. G. calophylla.

X* X Endocarp of drupes crustaceous or bony.

Leaves thin chartaceous, glabrous or beneath puberulous, not sinuate; ovary and torus

glabrous, A whe ..G. microcos.

As preceding but fea and leaves much sain: the latter aiedtadohea ..G. stnuata,

Leaves thick chartaceous and rugose, tomentose beneath; ovary and sols villous,

G. paniculata.

Subg. 2. Grewie vere. Stigmas dilated and fringed, radiating. Flowers in axillary

or leaf-opposed cymes or clusters.

O Cymes or clusters axillary.

X% Leaves at base 3-nerved, rarely with an additional lateral one.

+ Drupes deeply 2-4-lobed from the top, by abortion sometimes

1-lobed.

Cymes and sepals shortly rusty tomentose ; leaves on both surfaces Kery scabrous from

minute stellate hairs; drupes deeply 4-lobed, “A .. G. scabrida.

Cymes sprinkled with stiff hairs, glabrescent ; sais greyish or tawny § eat ; leaves

glabrous, or sprinkled with simple short hairs, rarely puberulous beneath; drupes

didymous, .., . G. levigata.

t . Deane gatike or only slightly and pieicely lobed at the top.

Leaves beneath and young parts greyish velvety; drupes globular, grey-pubescent,

..G. excelsa.

Leaves at base 3- or 4-nerved ; cymes rather long peduncled ; drupes obsoletely 4-lobed

red, sparingly hirsute, ... vee . G. hirsuta.

As preceding, but more densely nieve or sibicabser drupes abacisaly. 2. lobed, red

sparingly hirsute, 5 as s . G. humilis,

Leaves at base 3- or 4-nerved, scabrous ; flowers in ioe dense eR erat stamens 16,

..G. microstemma,

X X Leaves usually broad, at base 5-7-nerved, the upper ones often

only 3-nerved or 3- and 5-nerved ones mixed,

+ Peduncles slender, much longer than the petioles.

Leaves obliquely lanceolate, especially while young greyish or whitish tomentose beneath,

..G. elastica.

Leaves broadly obovate or almost rotundate, on both sides sprinkled with stellate hairs,

or pubescent beneath, often scabrous, aes e ..G. Asiatica.

+ { Peduncles very short or almost feared and the flowers ap-

pearing clustered.

Leaves very variable in shape, tomentose to ope ; drupes from the top deeply 4- or

only by abortion fewer-lobed, _.., ee ..G. abutilifolia.

_ Leaves very scabrous and harsh ; drupes the size “of a cherry, almost pues

...G. sclerophylla,

O O Cymes opposite the leaves, ... nas ...G. oppositifolia.

1. G. catopHyria, Kurz in And. Rep. App. B. 3; andin Flora 1872

3898; Hf. Ind. Fl. I, 392.

126 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a Knowledge { No. 2,

Has. Not uncommon in the tropical coast-forests of South Andaman.

Fl. May, June.

2. G. microcos, L. sp. pl. ed. 12. 602; Wight Ill. t. 38; Hf. Ind.

Fl. I. 892. (G. wlmifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 591; Wight Ic. t. 84).

Has. Frequent all over Burma from Chittagong and Ava down to

Tenasserim, in the mixed forests, especially the lower ones. FI. Apr.—June.

Like a few other Grewte perplexingly variable in size and shape, here

a well-shaped tree 40 to 50 ft. high, there a meagre shrub of only a few feet

in height ; the latter form growing chiefly on deep alluvium, in savannahs

and similar localities.

3. G. srnvatTa, Wall. Cat. 1108; Hf. Ind, FI. I. 392.

Has. Frequent in the swamp-forests of the Irrawaddi and Sittang

alluvial plains in Pegu and Martaban; also Tenasserim as far down as

Mergui. Fl. May.

Possibly only a marsh-form of the preceding. .

4. G. scaBripa, Wall. Cat. 11,13. p. p.; Kurz in Journ. As. Soe,

Beng. 1873. 63; Hf. Ind. FI. I. 398, excl. syn.

Has. Tenasserim, from Moulmein (Falconer) and Tavoy (Wall.)

down to Mergui (Helf.). Fl. Sept.; Fr. Febr.

5. G, tmvieata, Vhl. Symb, I. 34; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 389. (G. didy-

ma, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 591).

Var. a, GLABRA, leaves glabrous, or tufted-hairy in the nerve-axils

beneath.

Var. 8. PUBESCENS, leaves beneath minutely puberulous or densely downy.

Har. Var. £. not uncommon in the upper mixed forests all over

Pegu and adjacent provinces down to Tenasserim; var. a, in Arracan. FI.

Sept. Oct. ; Fr. March Apr.

6. G. Excensa, Vhl. Symb. III. 35; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IL. 586?; Hf.

Ind. Fl. 1.3885. (G. salvifolia, Roxb. |. c. 587).

Haz. Chittagong (teste Masters).

I have not seen specimens; the occurrence of such a xeroclimatic form

in Chittagong is exceptional.

7. G. uiesuta, Vhl. Symb. I. 84; DC. Prod. I. 509 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind.

TI. 587; Wight Ic. t.76; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 391. (G. pilosa, Roxb. Pl.

Ind, IT. 588).

Var. a. GENUINA, leaves green, 8-nerved, more or less sprinkled with

short stiff hairs.

Var. B. viminea, (G. viminea, Wall. Cat. IV), as the preceding, but

the leaves longer and narrower, very long acuminate.

Var. y. HELICTERIFOLIA (G. helicterifolia, Wall. MS.), leaves acumi-

nate, at base 3- or almost 4-nerved, thinly hirsute or tomentose above, be-

neath clothed with a whitish velvety tomentum.,

1874.) , of the Burmese Flora. : 127

Haz. Var. a. and f. frequent all over Burmah in the mixed forests,

especially in the upper ones ; var. y. not yet found. Fl. H. and R. 8.; Fr.

C, 8.

8. G. Humitis, Wall. ap. Voigt Cat. Hort. Beng. 128; Hf. Ind. FI.

I, 390.

Var. a. Waticni, tomentum more villous, leaves acute.

Var. B. RETUSIFOLIA, (G. retusifolia, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng.

1872. 294), tomentum velvety; leaves deeply retuse and broader.

Has. Var.a. Ava, Segain hills (Wall.); var. @. not unfrequent in

savannahs, especially along the borders of swamp forests of the Ivrawaddi

alluvium in Pegu. Fr. C. 8.

The drupes are normally 4-lobed, but by abortion usually 2- rarely 1-or

3-lobed. The species is hardly more than an extreme form of G. hirsuta, Vhl.

9. G. microstemMa, Wall. ap. Voigt Cat. Hort. Cale. 128; Kurz

in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 63; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 390.

Hap. Ava; Prome hills ( Wall.) Fl. Sept. Oct.

10. G. ELastica, Royle Ill. Him. Pl. 104. t. 22; Walp. Rep. I. 36T.

(G4. asiatica, var, vestita, Mast. in Hf. Ind. FI. I. 387.)

Has. Frequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah and

Martaban ; also Chittagong. Fl. Nov. Decb.

11. G. Astatica, L. Mant. 122; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 586; Hf. Ind.

Fl. I. 386.

Var. B. wana, (G. nana, Wall. Cat. 1102), stunted and low, possibly

the result of jungle fires.

Haz. Only the stunted variety appears to grow in Burma (Griff.

656) probably Ava?

12. G. virtmrott, Vhi. Symb. I. 35; Roxb, Fl. Ind. II. 587 ; Bedd.

Fl. Sylv. Madr. t. 108; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 386.

Has, Birma (teste Masters).

13. G. aBuTiniFoLiIA, Juss. Ann. IT. 92; DC. Prod. I. 511; WA.

Prod. I. 79? Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/2. 201 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. 1.3890. (G. aspera,

ivoxd. Fl-Ind. 11-591).

Var. a. ASPERA, (Gt. aspera, Roxb. |. c.) leaves all rotundate and often

somewhat lobed towards the summit; sepals only 23 lin. long or a little

longer, pubescent from stiff appressed hairs ; petals } lin. long ; bracteoles

short, oblong, acute. A low shrub, 2 to 8, often only 4 foot high, the

tomentum usually short.

Var. @. VIRIDESCENS, as the preceding, but the leaves of a very thin

chartaceous texture and very large, green, acuminate, above hirsute from

simple, beneath from stellate, tawny hairs; flowers usually larger ; sepals

tawny pubescent ; petals as in the preceding variety, but the lamina more

acute ; ripe drupes glabrous. Low shrub, 2-3 ft, high,

128 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Var. y. sclerophylloides, a low shrub, 3-4 ft. high, more or less branched,

the younger parts densely rusty-coloured villous; leaves very variable in

shape on the same branch, the lower ones usually ovate-oblong, up to nearly

one foot long, the upper and uppermost ones gradually smaller and narrow-

er, from ovate to lanceolate, doubly and sometimes bristly serrate, acumi-

nate, scabrous or thinly pubescent above, beneath more or less stellate-

pubescent or almost tomentose; bracteoles linear-lanceolate, acuminate,

pubescent externally, longer or as long as the flower-buds ; petals a line

long, the lamina acuminate, pubescent outside ; drupes deeply 4-lobed, often

remaining sparingly hirsute during ripeness. A laterite form.

Has. Var. oa. Pegu (Col. Eyre); var. 8. not unfrequent in the upper

mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah; var. y. frequent in the open, especially

the low and Eng forests of Pegu, Prome and Martaban. Fl. May.

A very variable plant of which I entertained some hope of being able

to separate var y. (which is also a common Assam plant) specifically. It

resembles in size of flowers G. sclerophylla, but the deeply 4-lobed

drupes at once separate it.

14, G. scLERopHYLLA, Wall. Cat. 1095; Wight Ic. t. 89. (G.

scabrophylla, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 584 [nomen latino-grecum]; Hf, Ind.

BAS 87).

Has. Ava and Chittagong (teste Masters).

Doubtful species.

1. G. lanceolata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IL. 586.

Has. Chittagong (Roxb.)

Possibly the same as G. viminea, Wall.

Triumfetta, L.

Conspectus of species.

Sect. 1. Lappula. Capsules indehiscent or nearly so, globular, echinate, the cells usually

1-seeded.

Leaves rotundate, not lobed, blunt, beneath greyish-tomentose like the sepals,

... LZ. rotundifolia.

Leaves rotundate, acuminate, often lobed ; the sepals stellate-hairy, ... I’. rhomboidea.

Sect. 2. Bartramia, Capsules when ripe separating into 3-4 cocci, densely covered by

long bristles, the cells usually 2-seeded. ad

Leaves slightly hirsute ; capsules and bristles glabrous, see ZT. annua.

Leaves at least beneath densely tomentose or pubescent ; capsules ae the bristles

more or less pilose, straight or curved, aus — .. I. pilosa.

1. T. raomsorpna, Jacq. Am. 147. t.90; Mast. FI. me Afr. I.

257 and Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 895. (ZL. angulata, Lamk. Dict. IIT. 41; Wight

Ic. t. 820; 2. Bartramia, Roxb. Fl. Ind, 11, 463; Z. cana, Bl. Bydr, 116,

non Mast.).

St ee ee aS er

1874. ] of the Burmese Flora. 129

Has. A common weed not only in cultivated lands but also in all leaf-

shedding forests all over Burma and adjacent provinces. Fl. R. and C. S,;

me. OC. S.

2. TL. semitriloba, L. Mant. 73; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 396.

Haz. Tenasserim, Tavoy (teste Masters).

3. T. ROTUNDIFOLIA,gLamk, Dict III. 421; Hf. Ind. FI. I. 395.

Has. Ava (Wall.)

4 'T. annua, L. Mant. 73; Bot. Mae. ¢, 2296; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 396

Has. Not unfrequent in the upper-mixed and dry forests all over

Pegu, also frequent in deserted hill-toungyas; Ava. Fr. Nov.—Febr.

5. T. pruosa, Roth Nov. sp. 223; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 394.

Var. B. optonaa, (2. oblonga, Wall. in Don I. Prod. Rep. 227; 7.

tomentosa, Mast. in Hf. Ind. FI. I. 394, non Boj.; Z. octandra, Griff. Nat.

Dicot. 512 ?) the bristles of the carpels somewhat shorter and straight or

nearly so.

Has. Var. 6. common all over Burma and adjacent provinces, in the

mixed forests and deserted toungyas. Fr. Nov. Jan.

Masters, in Fl. trop. Afr. and FI. Ind., identifies var. B. of this species

with 7. tomentosa, Boj. The Mauritian plant, which for a long time was.

cultivated in H.B.C. but is now apparently lost, has a velvety tomentum and

small globular fruits not larger than those of Z. rhomboidea, while Masters

describes them as being as large as a cherry.

Doubtful species.

1. T. cana, Masters in Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 396, non BL

Has. Chittagong (teste Masters).

Corchorus, L.

Conspectus of species.

§ 1. Capsules globular or nearly so,. more or less muricate:

Lower pairs of serratures of leaves produced into five bristles: capsules 10-sulcate, trun-

eate, ..C. capsularis.

§ 2. Capsules more or less denteats or ne aeyvidieioat or sagaloe but not

winged.

* Capsules 1 to.2 in. long er longer.. Stamens very numerous.

O Lower pair of serratures of leaves produced into long bristles.

Capsules 2 in. long, 5-celled and 5-ribbed, longitudinally pitted, the partitions within

..C. olitorius,

OO es ae baal jaristhew: usually hall and ape

Capsules about 2 in. long, sparingly and minutely tubercled, glabrous, simply beaked,

...C. 3-locularis,

As preceding, but capsules only about 1 in. long, thinly pilose, CC. urticefolius.

Capstiles 1-14 in. long, almost terete, not wrinkled, 3-4-celled, 3-4-toothed at apex, with-

C. tridens,

very distinct,

out partitions inside,

* * Capsules about > in. fie Siete 5 to 10.

130 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Capsules almost terete, tomentose, 3-celled, without partitions inside, _ ...C. fascicularis.

§ 3. Capsules elongate, thick, truncate, 6-angled, the alternate angles winged.

Stamens 15 to 20. Leaves without bristles. ork {—1 in. long, terminating in 3

simple or 2-cleft spreading points, : sc: ...C. acutangulus,

1. C. capsunaris, L. sp. pl. 746; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 581; Wight

Te. t., 311, Hook. Journ, Bot.1L, 92.4.3, HE Ind. KK T3897,

Has. Cultivated all over Burma, andrea hens seen in deserted

toungyas, along the borders of forests, around villages, ete. Fl C.S.; Fr.

H.S.

2. OC. onrrortus, L. sp. pl. 746; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 581; Bot. Mag.

t. 2810; Griff. Not. Dicot. 512; Hf, Ind. Fl. I. 397. (C. decemangularis,

Roxb. |. ce. 582).

Has. Ava, Pegu, cultivated and wild in rubbishy places and agrarian

lands:..? Bl R..S: 528 r.C38.

3. CO. rrimocutarRis, L. Mant. 77 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 582; Hf. Ind.

HT. 397,

Has. Burma (according to Dr. Mason).

4,.. C. urticH/Fonius, WA. Prod. I. 73; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 397.

Has. Ava (Wall )

5. C. trrpens, L. Mant. 566; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 398. (C. trilocularis,

Burm: Fl. Ind. 6.87.1. 2).

Has. Prome District (Wall.).

6. C. FascrcuLaRis, Lamk. Dict. IT. 104; Roxb. Fl: Ind. II. 582;

Hf. Ind, Fl. I. 398. | |

Has. Not unfrequent in dried up river-beds in the swamp forests and

savannahs between the Lhein and Irrawaddi rivers in Pegu Fr. C.S.

7. C. acuranauius, Lamk. Dict. Il. 104; Wight Ic. t. 739; Hf.

Ind. Fl. I. 398. (C. fuseus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 582).

Has. Very frequent not only in rubbishy places, deserted toungyas,

etc., but also in the leaf-shedding forests, all over Burma up to 8000 feet

elevation. Fl. R.8.; Fr. C. S.

Echinocarpus, Bl.

Conspectus of species.

Leaves entire, tufted-hairy in the nerve-axils beneath ; prickles of fruit strong, usually

thickened at base, % : . H. Sigun.

Leaves crenate-serrate or toothed: at least ee young puberulous benassi the prickles

longer, all thin and subulate, ... - Ke .. 4. sterculiaceus.

1. E. Sreun, Bl. Bydr. 56; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/2. 109. (Zz.

murex, Bth. in Linn. Proc. V. Suppl. 72; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 399).

Has. ‘'Tenasserim, Thoungyeen, Ta-oo-road (Brandis). Fr, Apr.

ele ln tte 7

1874. ] of the Burmese Flora. 131

Masters states that the prickles of #. mwrex are dilated at the base ;

the Khasya specimens No. 5. Hb. or. Hf. and Th., however, exhibit not a

vestige of dilatation being simply incrassate at base just as those of the

Javanese plant. The sigtn is a common tree in the hill-forests of western

Java and there well-known to Dutch botanists.

2. EH. STERCULIACEUS, Bth. in Linn. Proc. V. Suppl. 72; Hf. Ind.

Fl. I. 400.

Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests of Martaban ; Tenasse-

rim, Moulmein District (Falconer) ; Birma (Griff. 675).

Eleeocarpus, L.

Conspectus of species.

Subg. 1. Monoceras. Anthers cuspidate or aristate. Flowers usually rather large, the

petals silky-hairy, fringed or very rarely entire.

* Petals entire with a few short teeth at apex or simply fringed, not cut or

cleft. Petioles continuous, not geniculate-incrassate.

O Inflorescence and sepals outside almost glabrous. -

All parts glabrous, , ter 4. petiolatus.

~70.0 dgnenienes and ziniile outside silky-pubescent.

Glabrous ; petals entire, acuminate; pedicels 3-% in. long, oa .. E. Griffithii.

Glabrous ; petals deeply but simply fringed ; pedicels 3 4 lin. long, .L, Varunua.

* * Petals 2-3-ceft, the lobes jagged or fringed ; anthers glabrous or puberu-

lous.

O Petiole geniculate-thickened at apex. ,

+ Inflorescence with long-persistent leafy bracts.

All parts also sepals and inflorescence glabrous, ... Pe «22. bracteatus.

+ + Bracts of inflorescence small, very deciauont

X Racemes and sepals glabrous or nearly so, . 2. simplex.

% X Racemes and sepals more or less tomentose or pubescent.

Leaves 1-14 ft. long, cuneate-acuminate at base, acute ; anthers shorter than the bristle ;

drupes puberulous, the putamen slightly compressed, ... .. 4. grandifolius.

Leaves 3-1 ft. long, rounded at the narrowed base ; leaves glabrous or nearly so; puta-

men terete, 2 ...H, rugosus.

O O Petiole eeenone 00 pesiedley uunmenea at apex.

Glabrous. Putamen long recurved-aculeate, ae 4 Hf. grandiflorus:

Putamen lacunose-tubercled ; leaves blunt, very thick coriaceous, slnbeone, E. littoralis.

Subg. 2. Eleocarpi veri. Anthers blunt, or the longer valve sharply produced; flowers

small; petals glabrous.

+ Putamen even and usually slightly rimose, or obsoletely wrinkled.

s Calyx and pedicels glabrous.

Leaves glabrous, blistered-speckled and opaque ; petioles long, thickened at the summit;

anthers bearded, _.... va the . EL. floribundus.

Leaves glabrous, opaque, acuminate ; Datiols ee atone Piiokciert i lanceefolius.

Leaves glabrous, blunt or rounded at apex; petioles short but laut not thickened ;

anthers naked; drupes unknown, oe , ape ee ee

+ + Putamen wrinkled or tubercled. Oatys and “etka puberulous.

X Petioles not geniculate-thickened at apex.

132 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Leaves and petioles sae style long, exserted; the longer anther-cell acute ; drupes

globular, ... ee HH. ganitrus.

Leaves beneath along the nerves and ths hoe rt s aesae densely puberulous ; style short; |

anther-cells equal, blunt ; drupes oblong, oh oie .. 7. lacunosus.

%* X Petioles thickened at summit.

Leaves beneath and the rather short petioles densely puberulous, .. BH. Wallichii.

Leaves and the long petioles glabrous; drupes oblong, . na .. H. robustus.

All parts densely and shortly pubescent ; drupe globular, Aa ...H. stipularis. |

1. E. Grirrrruu, Kurz in Journ. As. Soe. Beng. 1870. 68; Hf.

Ind. Fl. I, 408. (MMonoceras trichanthera, Griff. Not. Dicot. 518. t. 619.

f. 2).

Has. Tenasserim, Mergui, in shrubberies (Griff.), Fl. Dec. Jan.

2. E. perronatus, (Monocera petiolata, Jack. Mal. Mise. in Hook.

Bot. Misc. II. 86; £#. integra, Wall. Cat. 2668; Hf, Ind. Fl. I. 408; #.

ovalis, Mig. in Suppl. Fl. Sum. 406).

Has. Tenasserim (Helf. teste Masters).

8. E. Bracreatus, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. 1871. 48; Hf. Ind. FI.

I, 406).

Has. Tenasserim, in tropical forests of Thoungyeen (Brandis) ; Moul-

mein (Falconer). Fl. March, Apr.

4. EH. simplex, Kurz MS.

Hap. Tenasserim (Griff. 701).

Evidently nearly allied to EZ. aristatus, Roxb. but differing in the shape

of the leaves and the glabrous racemes. The flowers conform to those of

the preceding species. Griffith’s specimens from E. Bengal (No. 702)

differ only by a puberulous inflorescence and may also belong here.

5. HE. GRaANDIFLORUS, Smith in Rees Cycl. No. 5. (MMonoceras lan-

ceolatum, Hassk. Cat. Bog. 208; Miq Fl. Ind. Bat. I/2. 212 ; Monoctra

grandifiora, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4680; H. lanceolatus, Bl. Bydr. 129).

Has. Martaban, not rare along the banks of rivers in Toukyeghat

District E. of Tounghoo.

6. EH. @ranpirouius, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 294.

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the

Pegu Yomah and Martaban down to Tenasserim. Fr. Febr. March.

7. HE. rugosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind, II. 596 ; Wall Cat. 2658. A. C.; Hf.

Ind. FL I. 405. (Monocera rugosa, Wight Il. I. 83 and Ie. t. 61).

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests, especially along choungs, of the

eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah and Martaban. Fl. March, Apr.

Masters refers Wallich’s EH. rugosus to EH. tuberculatus, Roxb. without

giving his reasons for so doing.

8. E. trrroratis. T. and B, MS.

Haz. Tenasserim, Moulmein (Falconer). Fr. mat

NV. B.—What I have from the Botanical Gardens, Buitenzorg, under

1874. | of the Burmese Flora. 133

the name of MMonoceras obtuswm, Hassk. belongs to # rugosus. The Te-

nasserim plant (with which Griffith’s No. 700 is identical) has very thick

and obtuse leaves, and is in my opinion a distinct species. I have therefore

retained the MS, name of Teysm. and Binnend. for the plant.

9. E. Varunua, Ham. ap. Hf. Ind. FI. I. 407.

Has. Chittagong (teste Masters).

Differs from H#. prunifolius, Wall. solely by the silvery silk-hairy inflo-

rescence and larger flowers.

10. E. Fioripunnus, Bl. Bydr. 120; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/2. 210;

Hf, Ind. Fl. 1.401. (£. serratus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 596).

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests, along choungs, of the Marta-

ban hills E. of Tounghoo down to Tenasserim ; also Chittagong. Fl. Apr.

The species is easily recognised in a dried state by its peculiar blister-

ed opaque leaves.

11. E. nwyeropuitus, Kurz, MS.

Has. Frequent in the swamp forests of the alluvial plains of Pegu

and Martaban ; also Upper Tenasserim (Fale.) Fl. Jan. March.

I looked for some time upon this species as a variety of HE. photinie-

Solius, but the habitat as well as the structure of the leaves are inconsistent

with such a view. It is nearest to H. lanceefolius, Roxb., but differs by

obtuse or rounded leaves and beardless anthers.

12. E. wancem#rouius, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 598; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 402.

Has. Tenasserim (teste Masters.)

fo. 1. Gantrrus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IE. 592; Hf. Ind. FI. I... 400.

(Ganitrus sphericus, Gertn. fruct. II. 271. t. 189; Wight Ic. t. 66; Z.

cyanocarpus, Mast. in Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 406).

Has. Chittagong.

14. E. Lacunosus, Wall. Cat. 6858.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests and along choungs in the

moister upper mixed forests of Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim.

Fl. May, July ; Fr. March, Apr.

15. E. Wauticun, (£. longifolius, Wall. Cat. 6682; Hf. Ind. Fl.

I. 409. non BL.)

Has. Not unfrequent in the Eng and low forests from Martaban

(Toukyeghat) down to Upper Tenasserim ; also base of Pegu Yomah; Ava

(Wall. )

I have often met with the tree, but always without flowers or fruit,

The leaves generally resemble HL. Ganitrus but are puberulous all over

or, in very old ones, only beneath along the nerves, and so are the petioles

and branchlets. It appears to be a distinct species. .

16. E. rogsustrus, Roxb. Fl. Ind, II. 597; Wight Ic. t. 64; Hf.

Ind. Fl. I, 402. (#. Helferi, Kurz And. Rep. ed. 2. 32. and Mast. in. Hf.

134. S. Kurz—Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Ind. Fl. I. 402 E. sp. Griff. Not. Disot. 517. t. 592. f. 2).

Hap. Frequent in the tropical forests of Martaban and Tenasserim ;

also Andamans; and Chittagong (teste Mast.) Fl. Apr. May; Fr. Aug,

N. B.—E. cuneatus, Wight, is noted by Masters as growing in Chitta-

gong, Birma, and Tenasserim. I do not know the species. Possibly the

Burmese localities refer to H. lacunosus, Wall.

17. HK. srrpunarts, Bl. Bydr, 121; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/2 210; Hf.

Ind. Fl. I. 404.

Has. In tropical forests of Martaban and Tenasserim, up to 8000

feet elevation ; also Rangoon District (Brandis). Fl. May.

Doubtful species.

1. E. teptrostacuya, Wall. Cat. 2672; Hf. Ind. FI. I. 403.

Has. Tenasserim (Helf. teste Mast.).

Masters states that the species is very like H, robustus but that the

anthers are bearded, while in #. robustus itself he tells us that the anthers

are both bearded and beardless.

9. ‘E. tucipus, Mast. in. Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 408, non Roxb.

Has. Chittagong (Griff. teste Mast.).

Masters identifies his specimens with Roxburgh’s plant, which the late

Dr. Anderson had already recognised as an Huphorbiacea and which is

Cleidion Javanicum, Bl. I doubt the correctness of the habitat given for

the reason that Griffith had never visited Chittagong.

I have not seen L. oblongus, Geertn. from Moulmein,

LINEAL.

Conspectus of species.

Trib. I. HULINEZ. Petals twisted. Perfect stamens as many as petals, Capsule

opening septicidally. Herbs or small shrubs.

1. Rerywarpria. Calyx glabrous. Styles 3 or 4. Capsule 3-4-celled.

2. Linum. Calyx glabrous or pubescent. Styles 5. Capsule 5-celled.

Trib. IL. ERYTHROXYLEZ. Petals usually imbricate, rarely twisted, with a basal

scale inside. Perfect stamens twice as many as petals. Fruita drupe. Shrubs or

trees.

3. ERYTHROXYLON, Petals with a double basal scale inside. Pedicels 1-flowered,

axillary.

Reinwardtia, Dum.

1. R. Iypica, Dum. Comm. Bot, 1322.19. (R. trigyna, Planch. in

Hook. Journ. of Bot. VII. 522; Hf. Ind. FL I. 412.; Linum trigynum,

Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 1832. 110; Bot. Mag. t. 1100; Sm. Exot. Bot. 31. t.

17; Linum repens, Don. Prod. Nep. 1826. 217). |

Haz. Martaban, Karen country (Riley) ; Chittagong.

—

1874. | | of the Burmese Flora. 135

Erythroxylon, L.

Conspectus of species.

§ 1. Erythroxylon. Styles free from the base. -

Leaves oblong lanceolate, shortly acuminate glaucescent beneath ; pedicels about + in.

long, ae hea ca oe ... #. Kunthianum.

§ 2. Sethia. Styles united for about > of their length.

Leaves obovate or oblong, blunt; pedicels usually 3 lin. long, rarely longer,

... H. monogynum.

Leaves broadly obovate or oblong, retuse ; pedicels short, A ... EB, cuneatum.

1. HE. Kunrutanum, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 294; Hf.’

Ind. Fl, I. 414. (Sethia? Kunthiana, Wall. Cat. 6849, nomen charta-

ceum),.

Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests, especially the stunted

ones, on the Martaban hills E. of Tounghoo, at 5000 to 7200 ft, elevation ;

also Tenasserim, top of Thoungyeen hills, (Parish). FI. March.

2. E. monocynum, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 88. and Fl. Ind. II. 449;

Hf. Ind. F]. I. 414. ( #. Indicum, Bedd. Fl. Sylv. Madr. t, 81; Sethia

Indica, DC. Prod. I. 576; Wight Ill. t. 48).

Has. Pegu (accord. Dr. Mason),

3. E. cuneatum, (Urostigma ? cuneatum, Mig. in Hook. Lond,

Journ. VI. 585; #. Burmannicum, Griff. Not. Dicot. 468. t. 581. f. 3.;

Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 414).

Has. ‘Tenasserim, from Moulmein (Falconer, Wall.) down to Mergui,

along the coast of Madamaca (Griff.). Fl. Apr.

MALPIGHIACEA,

Conspectus of genera.

Trib. I. MALPIGHIEA. Carpels never winged, free or united into a fleshy or drupa-

ceous 1- to 3-celled fruit. Usually erect shrubs, with usually opposite leaves and

connate stipules.

1. Manpienuia. Calyx 6-10-glandular. Filaments at base glabrous. Ovary entire,

2-3-celled, styles terminal and free. Drupes containing 3 or fewer crested nuts.

Trib. I. HIREA. Samaras 1-3, obliquely accumbent to a short pyramidal torus, or

the carpels united into a winged indehiscent capsule. Woody climber or rarely

erect shrubs or trees, the stipules minute or wanting.

* Stamens definite, usually 10, all perfect.

O Style 1, rarely 2.

2. Hiptace. Calyx witha single large gland adnate to the pedicel. Carpels 3-

winged. ‘Trees or woody climbers.

O_O Styles 3. Ca'yx without glands.

3. AsprpopreRys. Petals not clawed. Stigmas capitellate. Samaras broadly

winged all round. Woody climbers.

* * Stamens numerous. Styles 3, consolidated. Calyx minute, without

glands.

4. PLAGIOPTERON. Capsules indehiscent, 3-4-winged as in Hiptage. Petals re-

flexed. Woody climbers.

136 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a Knowledge [No. 2,

Malpighia, L.

*1. M. cocciaera, L. sp. pl. 611. (I. coccifera, L. sp. pl. ed.

Rehb. II. 871 ; DC. Prod. I. 578; Walp. Rep. V. 152 ; Bot. Reg. t. 568.

MM. heteranthera, Wight Il, 138. t. 49).

Has. requently cultivated, and sometimes domesticated in rubbishy

places round villages in Chittagong. Fl. H. and R. §.; Fr. B.S.

Hiptage, Geertn.

Conspectus of species.

Scandent diffuse shrub, branched almost from the base; leaves larger, more acute and

greyish green; bark grey, _... .. 1. Benghalensis.

A lofty climber, the stem simple, cable-like, up ae 100 ft. ines thee smaller and broad-

er, often bluntish apiculate, glabrous and glossy, dark-green; bark dark-brown,

... H, obtusifolia.

A small tree; flowers often pale pink with the usual yellow basal blotch; capsule not

ridged on top, the wings shorter and broader, moa! truncate; bark dark-

brown, ; .. H. candicans.

itis gies ul Se ers amines ane ite L. sp. ‘iL 356; H.

Madablota, Geertn. Fr. II. 169. t. 116. f. 4; Wight Ill. t. 50; Hf. Ind. Fl.

I. 418; Gertnera racemosa, Roxb, Corom. Pl. I. t. 18 and Fl. Ind. II.

368).

Has. Not unfrequent in the dry and open, especially the Eng, forests

of Prome and Martaban ; also Tenasserim, Moulmein. Fl. March, Apr ;

Fr. Apr. May.

2. H. obtusifolia, DC. Prod. I. 5838. (Gertnera obtusifolia, Roxb.

Fl. Ind. II. 269).

Has. Rather rare in the tropical forests in the deep ravines of the

Pegu Yomah. Also Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson) Fl. March.

It is difficult to give good characters for this species, but it is in my

opinion certainly distinct.

3. H. canprcans, Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 419. (4. arborea, Kurz in Pegu

Rep. and in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 228).

Has. Frequent in the dry and eng forests of the Prome District and

there forming the upper dry forests. FI. March; Fr. March, Apr.

Aspidopterys, A. Juss.

Conspectus of species.

* Gynobase persistent after the fall of the samar4s, conical, acute, exserted,

surrounded by 3 smooth acute disk-lobes.

Leaves tomentose beneath, acuminate; ovary hirsute; nucleus of samara with or with-

out a crest, . A. nutans.

Leaves LORI eeu more or less Bakuaiaeat, fee ovary ange glabrous ;

nucleus of samara with a crest, ... ae us wea A, tomentosa.

1874. ] of the Burmese Flora. 137

* * Gynobase absent after the fall of the samaras or minute and shorter than

the disk-lobes, the thick 3-lobed often cup-shaped disk usually wrinkled.

% Samara nearly as broad as long, with a vertical crest between the wings.

All parts, also the ovary, quite glabrous ; disk in fruit about 1 lin. broad, ...4. concava,

Leaves more or less puberulous along the nerves beneath; disk doubly smaller, hardly

wrinkled, pin Wee rah a : A. Helferr.

X* X Samara more than twice as long as broad, not crested.

All parts glabrous; ovary hirsute, .., vee Re. pA. Roxburghii.

All parts hirsute; ovary glabrous, ane sad sia A. hirsuta.

1. A. norans, Hf Ind. Fl. I. 421, non Juss. (4. lanuginosa, A.

Juss. in Arch. Mus. Nat. Hist. III. 512 ; Hirea nutans, Roxb. FI. Ind. II.

447, non Wall.).

Has. Chittagong (Wall. 1057); Ava, Bhamo (J. Anderson). Fr.

Jan. :

2. A. TomeNtToss, A. Juss. in Arch, Mus, Hist, Nat. III. 514; Walp.

Rep. V. 299. (Hirea tomentosa, Bl. Bydr. 225).

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban E. of Toun-

ghoo; Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson). Fl. March; Fr. May.

3. A. concava, A. Juss. in Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. I1I. 509; Hf.

Ind. FI. I. 420.

Has. Tenasserim, from Moulmein to Mergui. FI. Fr, Apr.

4, A. Hevrerrana, Kurz MS.

Haz. Tenasserim, Moulmein district (Falc., Heif. No. 923.) Phanoé

(Wall. No. 1057 not in Cat.) Fl. Febr.

Nearest to A. concava, from which it is distinguished by the different

leaves and structure of the retuse-narrowed samara-wings, the smaller

almost not wrinkled disk-lobes, etc.

5. A. Roxpureuiana, A. Juss. in Arch. Hist. Nat. ITI. 511; Hf.

Ind.-Fl. I. 420. (Lriopteris Indica, Willd.; Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. 32. +.

160; Hirea Indica, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 247).

Has, Ava; (Tenasserim, Salween river, teste Hf.).

6. A. HresutTa, A. Juss. in Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. IIT. 512. t. 17;

Hf. Ind. Fl. 1.421. (Hirea hirsuta, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. 13. t. 18).

Has, Ava, Taong-dong; Prome hills. (Wall.) Fl. Fr. Aug. Nov.

Doubtful species.

1. A. rorunprronia, A. Juss. in Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. III. 514;

Walp. Rep. V. 299. (Hirea rotundifolia, Roxb. FI], Ind. II. 448).

Has. Chittagong (Roxb.) Fl. March, Apr.

Hooker refers this species to his A, nutans, but the description agrees

better with A. tomentosa.

138 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a knowledge ~~ [Nowe

Plagiopteron, Griff.

1. PP. SUAVEOLENS, Griff. in Macl. Cale. Journ. IV. 244. t. 18; Hf.

Ind. FE E388"

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff. 679).

LYGOPHYLLEA.

Conspectus of genera.

1. Trrisutus. Stamens 10. Fruits dry, composed of 5-12 cocci usually winged

or spiny. Herbs with pinnate leaves.

Tribulus, L.

Conspectus of species.

Flowers 1-2 in. in diameter, the peduncles as long or longer than the leaves, 7. cistoides.

Flowers 3-7 in. in diameter, the peduncles shorter than the leaves, ...D. lanuginosus.

1. ZT. cistoides, L. sp. pl. 554; Jacq. Hort. Schenb. I. t. 108; Bot.

Reg. t. 791; Hf. Ind. FI. I. 428.

Haz. Tenasserim, Mergui (teste Edgew. and Hf.).

2. T. tanverosus, L. sp. pl. 553; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 401; Wight

Tce. t. 98. (2. terrestris, L. sp. pl. 554; Sibth. Fl. Gree. t. 372; Kehb:

Fl. Germ. V. t. 161; Hf. Ind. FI. 423).

Haz. Ava, apparently frequent in the Irrawaddi valley ; Prome Dis-

trict. Fl. March, Apr.

NV. B.—I am not sure whether 7. terrestris, L. and 2. lanuginosus

are not really different species.

GERANIACEA.

Conspectus of genera.

Trib. I, GERANIEZ. Flowers regular or nearly so. Sepals imbricate. Glands al-

ternating with the petals. Fertile stamens as many or 2 or 3 times as many as

petals. Capsules dry, the valves elastically rolled upwards, or rarely indehiscent.

1. GeERANIUM. Perfect stamens 10, or rarely fewer. Ovary-cells 2-ovuled. Cap-

sule dehiscent, beaked.

Trib. II. OXALIDE. Flowers regular. Sepals imbricate. Glands none. Stigmas

capitate. Ovary-cells with 2 or more ovules.

* Capsule dry or nearly so, dehiscent. Herbs.

2. Oxatis. Stamens 10. Capsule dehiscing loculicidally, the valves cohering with

the axis. Leaves usually digitately compound.

3. BiopHytumM. Stamens 10. Capsule dehiscing loculicidally, the valves usually

separating from the axis to the base. Leaves pinnate.

* * Berry fleshy, indehiscent. Shrubs or trees.

4, AVERRHOA. Stamens 10, of which 5 often reduced to staminods. Styles dis-

tinct. Ovary-cells many-ovuled. Seeds arillate or without arillus. Trees with pinnate

leaves. :

Trib. III, BALSAMINEZH. Flowers regular, Sepals usually coloured, the posticous —

spurred Anthers almost connate,

1874.] of the Burmese Flora. 139

5. Impatiens. The lateral petals connate in pairs. Capsule elastically dehiscent.

6. Hyprocers. All petals free. Drupes sappy, indehiscent.

Oxalis, L.

1. O. cornicutata, L. sp. pl. 624; Roxb. Fl. Ind, IT. 457 ; Wight

Ic, t. 18; Jacq. Oxal. t.5; Fl. Dan. V. t. 873 and X. t. 1753 ; Engl. Bot.

XXIV. t. 1726; Sibth. Fl. Gree. t. 451; Sturm. Germ. Fl. I. t. 1; Rehb.

Fl. Germ. V. t. 199; Hf. Ind. Fl. 1. 436. (0. pusilla, Salisb. in Linn.

Trans. II. 243; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 457).

Has. Frequentin rubbishy places, toungyas, garden-lands, along road-

sides, etc., all over Burmah up to 3500 ft. elevation Fl. Fr. 0.

Biophytum, DC.

Conspectus of species.

Leaflets nearly straight, in 10-14 pairs; flowers larger; capsule usually much shorter

than the calyx ; seeds obliquely transverse-furrowed, ... ...B. sensitivum,

Leaflets very unequal at base, in 12-25 pairs ; peduncles with a clubbed mass of bracts

at apex, ... : .. B. adiantoides.

Leaflets equal, in 10- 20 p pairs ; lawess smaller ; dapente alindst as lees as or a little longer

than the sepals, small; slender herb, ie .. B. Remwardti.

1. B. sensrrrvum, DC. Prod. I. 690 ; Wishit Ths ti. 62. i Ole TELE.

Ind. Fl. 486. (Owalis sensitiva, L. sp. pl. 622 ; shoxb,. EL Lad? 457 =

Bot. Reg. XX XI. t. 68; Jacq. Oxal. t. 78; B. Candolleanum, Wight Ill.

t. 62).

Has. Frequent in rubbishy places, on brick-laid paths, fields and toun-

gyas, etc., all over Burma, Fl. May, June; Fr. R.S.

2. B. aprantorpes, Wight ap. Hf. Ind. FI. I. 437.

Haz. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.).

3. B. Rerywarpti, Walp. Rep. I. 476; Hf. Ind. FI. I. 487.

Has. Not unfrequent on poor and rocky soil in shrubberies and in the

dry and open, especially the Eng, forests all over Burma from Chittagong

and Ava down to Tenasserim. Fl. Apr. May.

Averrhoa, L.

Conspectus of species.

Fruits sharply angled ; seed arillate, Re aa ..4. Carambola.

Fruits bluntish angular; seeds without arillus, as se .. A. Bilimbi.

*], A. Carampora, L. sp. pl. 618; Roxb. FI. Ind, bE: 450; Griff.

Not. Dicot. 455, t. 540. f. 4; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. Madr. t. 39; Hf. Tae Fl.

I, 439.

Has. Much cultivated in gardens all over the’ country. Fl. H. S.

endiy, .; Fr. C.S.

*2. <A, Birrust, L. sp. pl. 618; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 451; Bedd. FI.

Sylv. t. 117; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 4389,

140 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a knowledge [No. 2,

Haz. Rarely cultivated in Pegu and Tenasserim. Fl. H. S.; Fr.

R. 8. ,

The differences between A. Carambola and A. Bilimbi appear to me

to be of generic value.

Impatiens, L.

Conspectus of species,

* Leaves all opposite or occasionally ternately-whorled.

Leaves almost sessile ; flowers rather large, wings obtuse, the spur long and slender,

inflexed, .... wat * ra ae .. J. Chinensis.

Exactly as the preceding, but the spur short and inflexed, oF) ..d. reticulata.

Leaves on long petioles; flowers rather small, the wings acuminate, the spur short,

incurved, ... a .J, circ@oides.

* * Leaves all alternate. ‘

O Flowers shortly racemose, umbellate or corymbose at the ends of the long

peduncles. ; r:

Leaves petioled ; flowers small with a long straight or curved spur, J. Tavoyana.

O O Peduncles 1- or rarely 2- or 3-flowered, shorter than the leaves.

X Spur usually much shorter than the corolla

+ Flowers 1-2 in. long.

Stem succulent, the thickness of a goose-quill ; leaves narrow, pubescent or glabrescent

shortly petioled. (Spur often very long and slender), ... . J. Balsamina,

Stem the thickness of the finger, short ; leaves elliptic or ovate, glabrous, long-petioled,

od. Parishii.

+ + Flowers small.

Glabrous, slender ; leaves long-petioled, narrow, ... vee « J. capillipes.

X X Spur longer than the corolla.

Very slender, glabrous ; capsule puberulous ; flowcrs rather large, a, violeflora.

i. J. Curvensis, L. sp. pl. 1828; Hf. and Th. in Linn. Proe. IV.

119; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 444. (J. fasciculata, Lamk. Ene. Méth. I. 359;

Wight Ie. t. 748; Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4631; J. heterophylla, Wall. in

Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Car. II. 458; Z. setacea, Coleb. in Hook. Exot. Fl. t.

137). :

Has. Birma (Wall.) Tenasserim (Helf.)

2. J. RETICULATA, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. 19. t. 19; Hf. Ind. Fl. I, 448.

Has. Common in the open especially the low forests and in cultivated

lands all over Burma from Ava and Martaban down to Tenasserim, FI.

Nov. Decb.

Hardly more than a form of the preceding. J. tomentosa, Heyne, is

stated by Hf. and Thoms. in Linn. Proc. to grow in Pegu, but the habitat

is omitted in Hf. Fl. Ind. It seems to be the above species, at any rate

the Wallichian specimens cited belong here.

3. J. cire@oides, Wall. ap. Hf. and Th. in Linn, Proc. IV. 180; Hf.

Ind, Fl. I. 453.

1874. | of the Burmese Flora. 141

Has. Rare in shady places in the moister upper mixed forests of the

southern parts of the Pegu Yomah ; Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.) FJ. Jan.

4. J. Tavoyana, Bth. ap. Hf. and Th. in Linn. Proc. IV. 144.

Has. Tenasserim, Moulmein District (Zwakabin; Thoungyeen, etc.,)

down to Tavoy. Fl. Octob.

*5. J. Bausamina, L., sp. pl. 1828; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 651; Hf. and

Th. in Linn. Proc. IV. 1381; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 453. (J. Malayensis, Griff

Not. Dicot. 457. t. 576. f. 2?).

Var. a. vuLGaaRiIs, Hf. and Th. 1. e.

Var. 8. coccinea, Hf. and Th. 1. c. (J. coccinea, Sims. Bot. Mag. t.

1256).

Hazs. Much cultivated by all natives and often as wild in toungyas

and in rubbishy places around villages. Fl. H. S.

6. J. Parisni, Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 456.

Haz. ‘Tenasserim, on limestone rocks near Moulmein (Parish).

7 J. carumers, Hf. and Th. in Linn. Proc. IV. 185; Hf-Ind, Fi.

I, 456. :

Haz. Tenasserim, Moulmein District on limestone rocks,

8. J. viotzFLorA, Hf. Ind. FI. I. 457.

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Moulmein (Lobb.)

Hydrocera, Bl.

1. H. rrrerora, WA. Prod. I. 140; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/2. 132.

(Impatiens natans, Willd. sp. pl. I. 1175 ; Roxb. FI. Ind. I. 652).

Has. Not unfrequent along borders of ditches, watercourses aad

rice-fields of the Pegu plains. Fl. B.S.

PLPLPDLP PRL LLL LLL LLIN LIL

142 (No. 2,

Ow tHE Asratic Spectres oF Motosst.

By G:H DoBson; Bry Ad, ML. Bi; 2 das:

(Read May 7th, 1873.)

The Aolossi are found in all the warmer regions of the earth, but ap-

parently exist in greatest abundance in the tropical and sub-tropical parts

of America. They have been divided into several genera of which two only

have hitherto been discovered in Asia; of these Nyctinomus is alone repre-

sented in the Peninsula of India ; the other genus Chiromeles, containing a

single species OC. torquatus, inhabits the Malay Peninsula, Java, Sumatra,

Borneo, and probably other islands of the Malay Archipelago,

Although Nyctinomus has a distribution equalled only by Vespertilio,

extending through the warmer parts of the five great continents, a single

species only, Vyctinomus plicatus, has been known to exist in the Indian

Peninsula. :

Another species of Vyctinomus has been reported from China by Mr.

Swinhoe, most probably WV. Cestonit, Savi, also from Southern Europe.

The total number of Asiatic species of A/olosst known previous to 1873

was therefore three, and to these I added in January 1873 a new and most re-

markable species, V. Johorensis, which Mr. Wood-Mason’s private collector*

obtained at Johore in the Malay Peninsula, and in this paper I shall de-

scribe another new species from India (preserved in the collection in the

Indian Museum) which had been confounded with WV. plicatus.

Genus Nycrrnomus, Geoff. Hars connivent.

x weed 1—1 2—2, 3—3

Dentition :—in. 43% [opi Pe ™ go ™ aos:

a. ars close together in front, their inner margins having a common

point of origin on the forehead ; tragus expanded and rounded off above.

(Subgenus, Dznops).

Nycrinomus CEstonit.

Dinops Cestonii, Savi, Bull. de Sc. Nat., VIII, p. 286.

Dysopes Cestonii, Wagner, Suppl. Screber Siugeth., V, p. 702.

Nyctinomus insignis, Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mus. Asiat, Soc. Beng.

2? Dysopes (Molossus) Riippelii, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1870, p. 619.

A specimen in the Indian Museum labelled by Blyth “ Wyctinomus

wnsignis, Blyth” sent by Mr. Swinhoe from Amoy, undoubtedly belongs to

this species. It is an adult male agreeing in every respect with specimens

from Southern Europe, having also the peculiar throat pore concealed by the

long hair of the neck. I have no doubt that the specimen obtained also at

* J have since ascertained that the specimen alluded to by the author was captured

by my valued correspondent Mr, James Meldrum of Johore. J. W-M. [Editor].

1874. | G. KE. Dobson—On the Asiatic Species of Molossi. 143

Amoy by Mr. Swinhoe and referred to by him under the name of Dysopes

Riippelit belongs to this species also,

This adds another species to the large number of Chiroptera known to

be common to Europe and Asia.

NYCTINOMUS TRAGATUS, n. sp.

The shape of the tragus is similar to that of WV. Cestoni?, and has the

same relative size; ears like those of NV. plicatus but not connected by a

band in front ; wing-membrane from the ankles ; caleaneum distinct, termi-

nating in a lobe; free portion of the tail shorter than in WV. plicatus.

This species, though so very well distinguished from IV. plicatus by the

above-mentioned characters, resembles that species very closely in general

aspect, and the measurements of the different parts correspond so closely

that on a superficial examination it may be confounded with it.

I found, in a bottle in the Indian Museum which had been labelled WV.

plicatus by Blyth, two specimens, of which one only was referable to that

species, the other presented the characters enumerated above and so has

formed the type for my new species. The Indian Museum has since receiv-

ed other specimens of WV. tragatus from Rajanpur on the north-western

frontier of India, and from Jashpur near Chutia Nagpur.

6. Kars conjoined at the base of their inner margins ; tragus very

small, quadrate. (Subgenus, Dysopes).

. NYCTINOMUS PLICATUS.

Vespertilio plicatus, Buchanan, Trans. Linn. Soc., 1800, Vol. V, p. 261.

Nyctinomus Bengalensis, Geoff., Desc. de Egypte, II, p. 180.

Nyctinomus tenuis, Horsf., Zool. Researches in Java.

Mops Indicus, F. Cuvier, Dents des Mammif., p. 49.

Dysopes plicatus, Temm., Monog. de Mammal., Vol, 1, p. 223.

I have examined Buchanan’s type of this species from General Hard-

wicke’s collection in the British Museum, also specimens of WV. tenuis,

Horsfd. from Java. The only perceptible difference consists in the attach-

ment of the wing-membrane. In JW. plicatus although a strong raphé

passes from the ankle along the tibia to the margin of the wing-membrane

yet the latter can only be said to commence from a point nearly midway

between the ankle and the knee joints, while in WV. tenws the wing has its

origin from the ankle joint or very close to it. It would be necessary be-

fore separating the Indian and Javanese forms into distinct species to

examine a large series of specimens as it is probable that intermediate exam-

ples exist.

To this section, distinguished by the very small tragus, and by the

connection of the ears in front by a low band, belongs also WV. Atgyptiacus

from Africa,

144. G. E. Dobson—On the Asiatic Species of Molossi. [No. 2,

ce. Ears connected in front by a deep band produced upwards, and

posteriorly by a second band enclosing a hollow naked space between, on the

crown of the head ; tragus small quadrate. (Subgenus, Cherephon*).

NYCTINOMUS JOHORENSIS.

Nyctinomus Johorensis, Dobson, Proc. As. Soc. Beng., January 1873.

I have nothing to add to my description of this very interesting spe-

cies. The type specimen preserved in the Indian Museum, an adult male,

is the only representative of the species. It would be very desirable to

obtain other specimens, especially females, as the peculiar cavity on the

head between the ears may be a secondary sexual character analogous to the

frontal sac of some species of Phyllorhina.

Genus CHIROMELES, Horsf. Hars separate, distinct.

Dentitigiiednty ee aw Ea pada Bas tae

| e e y) | Cc. re | 5 p: . 99 ) * 9. 3

CHIROMELES TORQUATUS.

Chiromeles torquatus, Horsfd., Zool. Researches in Java.

Chiromeles torquatus et caudatus, Temm., Monog. de Mammal., I, p. 218 and II, p.

348.

The upper incisors are stout and placed close together; the upper pre-

molar is large and tricuspidate; the 1st lower premolar is minute and

wedged in the space between the canine and second premolar, which are

close together; the last upper molar is less than half the size of the second

molar.

* Xaipepav, Aristophanes, Aves, 1296, 1564.

)

hem +: . am

a a ee

JOURNAL

OF THE

BOLATIC SOCIETY.

——O)>—

Zart f].—PHY SICAL SCIENCE, &ce.

No. III].—1874.

OO Oe eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeEeEeEerEoeoee et

DESCRIPTIONS OF NINE SPECIES OF ALYCHINE FROM ASSAM AND THE

Naga Hiris.—By Major H. H. Gopwiy-Ausren, F. R. G. Se

Z.S., §¢., Deputy Superintendent Topographical Survey of India.

(With Plate IIT).

(Read August 6th, 1874).

Another season of research in the N. E. frontier has added largely

to its terrestrial molluscan fauna, and I was particularly fortunate among

the smaller forms of the Cyclostomacea. The Alyce: particularly seem

to be inexhaustible; the different species are very local but very per-

sistent in character over comparatively small areas, and as they are generally

abundant where they occur, the idea that they are accidental varieties is not

supported. Very few have a wide vertical distribution and several common

forms of the Khasi Hills, ata distance of 120 miles east, in the N aga

country, are absent or become very rare indeed. The whole section is a most

interesting one and illustrates admirably the many changes that nature will

ring on any particular form of life, when confined to particular habitats

suited for their development and again subjected to all the slow alternations

in climate, soil, &c. that time produces.

I give at the end of the paper a few additional notes as to the range of

some species of the group previously described and again met with. Several

species of Alyce@i when taken in a fresh state are found covered with a coating

of earthy matter rendering them very indistinct and difficult to find, especially

as they are to be generally found below the surface and under the dead

leaves and decaying bark and sticks that cover the ground so thickly in old

146 Godwin-Austen—Wew species of Alyceine [No. 3,

forest. Dead shells may be sometimes seen in hundreds in the clearings

after the cut jungle has been fired, when all the surface vegetable mould

is burnt and the ground deeply heated ; in this way many local forms of

landshells are destroyed off large areas as the country becomes cleared, and

many of the more local species no doubt have thus died out.

ALYCHUS INFLATUS, n. sp., Plate ITI, Fig. 1.

Shell depressedly turbinate, solid, pale ochreous horny, moderately umbi-

licated, smooth, finely sculptured on the swollen portion of the last whorl

adjacent to the sutural tube. Spire conoid, apex blunt; suture impressed.

Whorls 43, the last very much swollen for the size of the shell. Constriction

smooth, very short. Sutural tube moderate. Aperture oblique, circular ;

peristome double, solid, united, and reflected. Operculum concave, black,

its position far forward at the very edge of the aperture.

Dimensions, major diam. 0:28’—0'16,” minor diam. 019”—0'18,” alt. 0°15

—0'11," diam. ap. 0:07.”

Habitat.—I first noticed this shell in the collection of Mr. F. Stoliezka,

who kindly allowed me to take it for figuring ; it had been found in Assam,

but its exact locality was unknown, In the winter of 1872-73 I was fortu-

nate to find it myself in the Naga Hills under Japvo Peak and again at

Yémi, Phanggum, and Gaziphimi at the head of the Lanier River on the

main water-shed.

This shell in many respects assimilates to A. conicus, mihi, but is more

openly umbilicated ; in another direction it has the character of the sub-genus

Dioryx viz. in form of mouth, the short constriction, and position of oper-

culum close to the edge of the aperture.

ALYCEUS STRIGATUS, n. sp., Plate III, Fig. 2.

Shell pale corneous or amber, finely and evenly costuiated throughout.

Spire depressed, apex blunt and darker coloured. Suture moderate. Whorls

34, the last very little swollen, slightly constricted, with a single low ridge

close behind the aperture, the constriction smooth and very finely striated.

Sutural tube very short. Aperture slightly oblique, circular ; peristome

single, simple, continuous, moderately thickened. Operculum...... 4

Habitat.—Assam in collection Ferd. Stoliezka.

Major diam. 0°15,’ minor diam, 0:11,” alt. 0-08,” diam. ap. 0°05,”.

‘This is another species of the short-sutural-tubed section of Alycaeus,

of which A. Khasiacus (vide Pl. III, Fig. 4, J. A. S. Bengal, Vol. XL,

Pt. II, 1871) is a good type. The general and distinct costulation from

constriction to apex, particularly the form of constriction and mouth, mark

it as a good species, It is more openly umbilicated than 4A. Ahasiacus,

1874. ] JSrom Assam and the Naga Hills. 147

I have an Alycéus from Darjeeling, found by Mr. F. Stoliczka, but as

I possess but a a single much worn specimen, I hesitate to describe it more

fully: it is very similar to A. Theobaldi, Bs. from the Khasi Hills, but is

smaller with a more expanded aperture ; peristome less thickened, and the

sculpture appears to have been very fine; I name it A. lenticulus, and trust

some day to get other specimens. Dimensions, major diam. 0°14,” minor

diam. 0 11,” alt. 0:08”.

Atycaus Srouiczxtt, n. sp., Pl. III. Fig. 3.

Shell globosely turbinate, thick, pale horny, finely and closely ribbed

from the swell of the first whorl as far back as the end of the sutural tube,

thence to the apex distantly and finely costulated ; narrowly umbilicated,

spire conoid ; apex blunt ; suture well impressed. Whorls 43, rounded, the

last swollen, then sharply constricted close to the origin of the sutural tube,

again swelling and expanding to the mouth. Constriction smooth with a

few distant lines of costulation. The sutural tube peculiarly long. Aper-

ture oblique, circular ; peristome double, outer lip small, the inner much pro-

duced and expanded into 2 broad shallow channels on the inside of the outer

margin separated by a V-shaped thickening of the same (see Fig. 3°).

Operculum black, concave, of the usual multi-spiral form.

Major diam. 0°31”—(°28,” minor diam. 0°24”—0°20,.” alt. 0.17’”—0:15,”

diam. ap. 0°12,” sutural tube 0°15.”

Habitat.—Two specimens were obtained for me by Mr. Belletty on

~ Angaoluo Peak, Naga Hills at 7,000 feet, during field season of 1872-78.

I found it again further to the east at Kezakenomih, and at the head of the

Lanier River at about 5,000 feet where the specimens were much larger. It

comes near to the forms of 4A. Ingrami, W. Blf. var. (Pl. IV and V, J. A.S.

Bengal, Vol. XL, Pt. II, 1871) from the same range of mountains, but its

tumid shape, and particularly the very produced aperture, render it a very

distinct and well marked species. I have named it after that very accom-

plished conchologist F. Stoliczka* of the Geological Survey of India.

ALYCHUS GLOBULUS, n. sp., Pl. ILI. Fig. 4.

Shell moderately umbilicated, globosely turbinate, white, finely costula-

lated on the swell of the first whorl, becoming gradually smooth thence to

the apex. Spire conoid, apex flat and rounded. Whorls 43, flat, the last mo-

* Since this paper was written, the sad news has reached us that this highly gifted

naturalist—to whom all readers of this Journal and I personally owe so deep a debt of

gratitude, and who to many of us was a dear and cherished friend—had succumbed to

the exposure when in Yarkund and on his return journey to Leh. It may be truly said of

Stoliczka that he gave his life to the very last, and died nobly in the pursuit of Science,

148 Godwin-Austen—New species of Alyceine [ No. 3,

derately swollen, then sharply constricted and again enlarged by a ridge,

from which emanate four minor longitudinal ridges on the expanded portion

of the peristome. Constriction narrow, close to sutural tube, this is moder-

ate in length and about equal to the distance of its base to lip. Aperture

much expanded, oblique, round, angulate above, waved on outer margin and

channelled within; the outer lip of peristome thin, slightly recurved on the

inner lower margin. Operculum black, multi-spirial, concave.

Major diam. 0°20,” minor diam, 0°16,” alt. 0°13,”

Habitat.—Phunggum, a Naga village at head of the Lanier valley, at

5,000 feet, where it is abundant.

It is near the erispatus form described in my last paper. Its larger

globose form, long sutural tube, and more open umbilicus, mark it as

distinct.

ALYCHUS BICRENATUS, n. sp., Pl. III, Fig. 5.

Shell moderately umbilicated, sub-turbinate, pale corneous or nearly

white, fine close ribbing on swell of last whorl, extending to behind the ter-

mination of the sutural tube and thence to apex very finely and evenly cos-

tulated. Spire depressedly conoid, suture impressed, apex blunt. Whorls 4,

the last moderately swollen, constriction rather wide, followed by a single

well defined high ridge close behind the expanded portion of the aperture

where it is defined by a sharp narrow costulate rib. The expanded portion

anterior to this is longitudinally waved on surface, produced by two deep

triangular grooves situated well within the aperture and on outer margin.

Sutural tube short. Aperture oblique; peristome round, slightly angular |

above. Operculum, pale horny, concave.

Major diam. 0°14,” minor diam. 0°10,” alt. 0-09,” sutural tube 0°42.”

Habitat.—Kopamedza Peak Naga Hill, 8—9,000 feet, in forest.

This shell belongs to the same group as the last and is very close to A.

crenatus, mihi (vide plate III, fig. 5, J. A. S. B., Pt. Il, 1871), but the

longer sutural tube and the strongly crenated peristome of crenatus mark the

distinction.

ALYCHUS SERRATUS, n. sp., Pl. ITI, Fig. 6.

Shell very closely umbilicated, turbinate, rather thin, pale corneous or

dark brown, finely costulated on tumid portion of last whorl, rest of shell

smooth with shining surface, suture moderately impressed. Spire conoid,

apex pointed. Whorls 4, rounded, the last very slightly tumid, constricted

and enlarged into a low recurved ridge. Sutural tube moderate. Aperture

sub-vertical, circular, very finely notched on lower and outer margin ; peris-

tome double, thick, the outer reflected on the inner margin. Operculum

thin, pale horny, flat in front.

1874. ] Srom Assam and the, Naga Hiils, 149

Major diam. 0°10,” minor diam. 0°09,” alt. 0 09,” sutural tube 0°75.”

Habitat.—Laisen Trigl. station, Munipur Hills; rare, some eight speci-

mens only having been found.

In the thickened rounded form of the peristome this species assimilates

to A. conicus, but the minute notches on the inner margin are peculiar and

unlike what is seen in any form I am acquainted with. It seems intermediate

between the above and A. diagonius.

ALYCEHUS MULTIRUGOSUS, n. sp., Pl. III, Fig. 7.

Shell depressedly sub-turbinate, rather openly umbilicated, translucent,

pale corneous, smooth glistening surface, very minute ribbing near sutural

tube, Spire flatly conoid; whorls 4, flat, the last very little swollen, con-

stricted and enlarged again towards the aperture into a zigzag-shaped ridge

or what might be described as three parallel and connected ridges. Sutural

tube short. Aperture oblique, circular; peristome double, both continuous

and the outer slightly reflected. Operculum...... ?

Major diam. 0:12,” minor diam. 0°08,” alt. 0°08,” sutural tube 0.037.”

Habitat.—Hills at head of the Lanier River, Naga Hills, about 5—

6,000 feet, rare.

A close ally of A. Khasiacus, mihi, but a much smaller shell; the

many ridged area near constriction, however, is a wide departure from that

form. A large var. of A. Khasiacus occurred at Gaziphima and, as an in-

stance of local variability in this genus, a few of the specimens have a slight

tendency to a fimbriated peristome as in A. erenatus, mihi.

Atycmus (Dioryx) Grapuicus, W. BIf., var. minor, Pl. III, Fig. 8.

This shell is much smaller than graphicus from the Khasi Hills, &c.,

and is longer in spire with close costulation throughout.

The differences though persistent in Naga Hill specimens are not suffi-

cient to make the form distinct.

Major diam. 0:10,” alt. 0°12.”

Atycaus Burtt, n. sp., Plate IiI, Fig. 9.

Shell turbinate, openly umbilicated, thick, pale ochreous ; shallow but

well marked ribbing on swell of last whorl and finely costulated on the apex.

Spire conoid, apex sharp, suture well impressed. Whorls 5, the last moder-

ately swollen, constriction very slight, short, and smooth up to the peristome,

sutural tube moderate, rather large at base. Aperture oblique, laterally oval,

angular on inner upper margin, with 4 well marked notches on the outer

margin ; peristome thickened, double, well reflected, inner ip continuous.

Major diam. 0°22,” minor diam, 0°19,” alt, 0°15.”

150 Godwin-Austen—Wew species of Alyceine. [No. 3,

Habitat.—Foot of the Bhutan Himalaya at the debouchement of the

Barowli River, Assam ; collected by Mr. J. Burt, to whom my thanks are

due for this and some other interesting shells.

It is close to A. polygonoma, but the form of constriction is slightly dif-

ferent, the peristome is well crenulated, and the sculpture stronger. At

Kamakia hill near Gowhatty, I obtained specimens of an Alyceus still

nearer in form to polygonoma, only that the sutural tube is but about half

the length, ending abruptly, while in polygonoma it is long and thread-

like. I shall describe it in my next paper.

A. crenatus was found as far east as Shiroifurar, also at Kezakenomih

and Yémai.

A, Ingrami, var. is the commonest form in the Naga Hills and has a

ereat range in altitude, being found at Dimapur in the Dunsiri valley under

300 feet and as high as 7,000 feet at Khanho Peak on the Burrail range, also

at Laisen Hill and Sikhami, and on the east side of the Munipur valley on

the slopes of Nongmaiching and Mungching.

A. Nagaensis I have from Kezakenomih, Kopamedza, Prowi, Laisen,

and Nongmaiching.

A. Khasiacus occurred as far east as Kopamedza Peak, where it was

associated with the nearly allied form above described, A. multirugosus.

A. wrnula, Bens. is a very abundant shell all along the Burrail range,

it retains the type form more persistently than any species of the genus

known to me. Very fine large speeimens were collected at MKezakenomih,

Naga Hills; dimensions, alt. 0°20,” diam. 0:20”.

A. diagonius and A. erispatus, I found again in the Dunsiri valley,

Dimapur, and lower spurs of the eastern Burrail.

A, prosectus, Bens., so common in the Khasi Hills, is very rare in the

eastern Naga Hills and I procured 2 or 3 specimens only ; these shew a

transition, for they are not quite identical with the type form from Teria Ghat.

Explanation of Plate ITI,

Fig. 1, la, 1b, 1e, 1d, Alyceus inflatus.

Fig. 2, 2a, 2, a strigatus.

Fig. 3, 3a, 30, ” Stoliczkit.

Fig. 4, 4a, 40, s globulus,

Fig. 5, 5a, 56, P bicrenatus.

Fig. 6, 6a, 60, ae serratus.

Fig. 7, 7a, 4 multirugosus.

Fig. 8, 8a, is (Dioryx) graphicus, var. minor.

Fig. 9, 9a, A Burtii.

1874, 151

Founrmn LIST OF BIRDS PRINCIPALLY FRoM THE Naga Hints anp Munripour,

INCLUDING OTHERS FROM THE KHAst, GAro, AND TrepErRAn Hi~is.—

By Major H. H. Gopwiy-Austen, /. Rh. G.S., FZ. S., §e., Deputy

Superintendent, Topographical Survey of India.

(With Plates IV—X).

(Read May 6th, 1874).

In adverting to the hope expressed in my former papers, that the lists

of birds from the N. E. frontier might be added to by members of the Sur-

vey Party ; I have to thank several members of it for the aid they afforded,

and especially are my thanks due to Mr. Wm. Robert, who was working

during the field season of 1872-73 in the Garo Hills.

I must remind all connected with these survey operations that as they

penetrate to the eastward, no finer field for ornithological research can be

now found in India, as is shewn by the many beautiful new forms,

that I was fortunate enough to obtain during my visit to the Naga

Hills and Munipur in the winter of 1872-73. Ten of these have been de-

scribed by me in the P. Z.S., one in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural

History, and Mr. Gould has described one in the ‘ Birds of Asia.’ I have

introduced these descriptions again to render the paper of more use to orni-

thologists in India, into whose hands it is likely to fall.

This fourth list contains 112 species, which with 380 before recorded

brings the number collected up to 492.

I have adhered to my former resolve not to bring into the list any bird

which has not been actually bagged, the record of species seen on the wing,

especially of the smaller duller birds, not being of any real value. Thus

some very common forms are still absent. A few corrections have to be

made in my former lists and some further detail is necessary regarding two

or three birds thatavere brought into List No. 3, which was prepared some-

what hastily. I supply figures of seven of the new species, which will go

some way, | trust, towards counterbalancing the imperfections which the

paper may contain.

In the determination of the species, I have received very cordial as-

sistance from Lord Walden, whose fine «collection from British India and

Malayana aided most materially. In expressing thanks for assistance

afforded, I must also include the name of Mr. R. B. Sharpe, in charge of the

ornithological branch at the British Museum, who was always ready to

place his time and the collection at my disposal.

152 Godwin-Austen— Fourth list of Birds from the [No. 3,

20.* Hirrax EuToLMOosS, Hodge.

Garo Hills. Appears never to be a common bird anywhere. I received

two skins from the above hills, where it was obtained by Mr. Wm. Robert.

I never saw it on the east of the Khasi Hills, where it appears to be re-

placed by H. melanoleucos, Blyth. 'Their habits are Shrike-like ; they sit on

isolated dead trees in the forest clearings and sally off from time to time

to seize some insect.

37. Limwnaerus Krenreri, De Sparre.

This rare and handsome Hawk Eagle was obtained for me by Mr,

W. Robert of the Topographical Survey in the Naga Hills during the cold

season.

Length of wing 15°75," tail 10,’ tarsus 3°95,” bill from gape 1:5.”

There is a fine specimen set up in the British Museum. Rare everywhere

it appears to have a great range.

56a. MuiLtvus MELANOTIS, Tem. and Schl.

T obtained this species in February in the Munipur valley ; but it was

not numerous.

80. GrauctpIumM Broprat, Burton.

Naga Hills. This bird is not common in these hills ; its monotonous call

at night is not so often heard as about Mussoorie in the N. W. Provinces.

82a. Hirunpo cAnrrica, Sav. = Hirunpo Tytiert, Jerdon.

My specimens from Munipur are evidently identical with Jerdon’s

bird observed at Dacca in June, it was the only form in Munipur in Feb-

ruary and March, and very numerous at Imphal the capital; it was then

commencing to breed. Darjeeling specimens in the collection of Lord Walden

are still more like Cahirica from Eeypt.

+W. 4:6,” T. 3:4, 6”. 0.4,” BE 0°83."

Hirundo gutturalis, Scop. is the form I cbtained in the Naga Hills

at about 5000 feet in January and February, and recorded from the Khasi

Hillsas H, rustica in my first list. Specimen from Naga Hills measures,

W. 45,” T. 4:3,” t. 0°45,” Bf O38.” At Shillong I did not notice them in ©

any number until about July.

* The numbers refer to those in “ Jerdon’s Birds of India.”

y Throughout this paper L. stands for Length, W. Wing, T. tail, t. tarsus,

Bf. bill at front, Bg. bill at gape.

—

1874.] Mill Ranges of the N. H. Frontier. 153

100a. CypsELus suBFuRCATUS, Blyth.

This is, I think, the first record of the occurrence of this species within

the Indian area. I observed a few pairs in June breeding in the cliffs that

overhang the falls of the ‘‘ Umkrau” at Shillong. They were not easy to

obtain, and the first I shot fell into grass so far down that it was never found ;

however, a day or two after I secured one, and after this they soon left the

place. I could not get at the nests. My specimen agrees with those from

Amoy and Malacca in Lord Walden’s collection.

Wing, 5:1,” t. 0°5,” bf. 0°23.” It will probably be found in all similar

deep valleys with precipitous sides that occur in the Khasi hills.

108a. CaprimuLeus soTaka, 2, Schlegel.

I shot this bird near the Umshirpi falls on the 29th May. It got up off

the path and immediately settled again about 10 yards off on the open path,

on again putting it up it did the same. Captain Badgley, who was walk-

ing behind me, called out that he had found the eggs. I then put the bird

up a third time and brought her down. ‘The eggs were laid close in under

the rock on side of the path lying on the bare ground with no signs of any

thing in the way of preparation for them or the young. The two eggs are

of a dull white, blotched with three shades of umber and one shade of ashy

brown: in the one they are distributed pretty evenly throughout and this is

symmetrical in form, the minor axis being in the centre of the length: in

the other the markings are mostly confined to the larger end and the

shape is rounder :

ist. major axis 1°22, minor axis = 0°88.”

2nd. oi il ag 2 0°91.’

‘Another 2 was obtained by me near the village of Sopvomah in the

Naga Hills, in January, at an elevation of 5000 feet, which, Lord Walden

tells me, is identical with Japanese and Burmese individuals.

Caprimulgus is a common bird at Shillong during May and part of

June, after which I did not hear their chukking noise so often, and at the time

I started for Calcutta in August, they had apparently left the vicinity of the

station owing probably to the increased rain-fall.

114. Caprimuneus MonticoLus, Franklin.

From the Garo Hills.

W.. 7°55,’ T. 4°85,” t. O° 83.”

} 122. Nyerroris ATHERTONE, Jard. and Selby. .

Garo and Naga Hills.

154 Godwin-Austen— Fourth list of Birds from the [No. 3,

126.. EuRYsToMUS ORTENTALIS, Lin.

This beautiful Roller is essentially a forest bird and was seen on several

occasions on the Dunsiri. They frequented the trees that surround the large

tanks at Dimapur, and I shot my specimens there.

140. Homratus Bicornis, Lin.

Several fine specimens were brought in by Captain Badgley and Mr.

Chennell from the Tipperah Hills. In the Naga Hills I observed four

large Hornbills, which I believe were this species, near Tellizo Peak, in

January,—the only Hornbills seen in that part of the hills, no fruit then be-

ing ripe. Inthe low Dunsiri forest, at that season of the year, Hornbills

are very numerous.

The Tipperah birds were very fine, their dimensions greatly exceeding

those given in Jerdon’s ‘ Birds of India ;’ the largest measured as follows:

Wing 21°5,” tail 19:0,” tarsus, 3:0"

Length of bill along commissure to gape, ...scesesecceeces » Lao

Bill in a straight line from point to gape, ..... Se.

Length of bill over culmen to posterior of casque, .. esseeee. 16°5"

Depth of bill at centre of casque (highest part), .........ee- 45"

Length of casque, :. divs 'x;s's' dieivis dic slat bu 6 a ayew'sca oc 'mglary sg

Breadth of casque at base, ......... cc ibceas ess «sin 3°68"

Orange pink above, pinkish yellow on side of upper mandible and very

red at the point; the lower is wax-yellow,

156. Pricus caTHpHartus, Hodgson.

One specimen was got in the Naga Hills in the rather open country

near Sikhami.

$ Description, Upper parts pure black. Primary coverts tipped white

secondary wholly white, forming a very large wing patch. The white spots

on both webs of the alars are arranged thus :

Primaries. Ist 2nd ord 4th 5th 6th all the rest.

Inner web. 2 3 3 4 4 4: A

Outer web. 1 5 6 6 6 5 4

Cake, A ER IS)

tipped white

Tail coloured diagonally buff on 3 outer tail feathers, which have a

subterminal black spot, and the two outer either with a narrow black bar

or two spots. Both above and below the eye pure white, buffish on the ear-

covertse and frontal band ; white at base of lower mandible, becoming buff

on lower throat, and pale ochre on breast and abdomen, much streaked with

1874. ] Hill Ranges of the N. EB. Frontier. * 155

black particularly so on former. A black band from base of lower mandible,

down side of neck, fading into the streaks of the upper breast. Occiput and

side of neck crimson extending round behind ear-coverts and crossing the

black line from the gape forming a gorget in front. Under tail-coverts pale

crimson.

It is called “ Khupi woi ru” by the Anghami Nagas.

161. Hyporicus HYPERYTHRUS, Vigors.

Naga Hills.

Wing black, the primary coverts tipped white and the primaries spot-

ted on outer-web. Tail black, two outer feathers barred black at tip, the ante-

penultimate tipped brown and with a single white spot. Jill pale yellow

beneath.

168. MULLERIPICUS PULVERULENTUS, Temm,

Mr. Wm. [Robert sent me this large form from the Garo Hills,

Bill greenish grey, lower mandible pale at tip..

176. VENILIA PYRRHOTIS, Hodgs.

Naga Hills.

177. Gecrnutus GRantiA, McClelland.

é and ? from Garo Hills.

The female wants the dull crimson on fore part of head and there is

less yellow in the dull green of head and neck, the former in front is dull

ochraceous.

901. CucuULUS POLIOCEPHALUS, Latham.

This bird was very abundant at Shillong in the early summer months,

and I obtained it in every phase of coloration from the intense rufous to

the pureashy. The peculiar loud call is heard all over the Pine forests and I

observed that sometimes the bird when perching sat along the branch, after

the manner of Caprimulgus. |

205. Hrerococcyx varius, Vahl.

Garo Hills.

Q1la. CHrrysococcyx xANTHORHYNCHOS, Horsfd.

This lovely bird from Hill Tipperah was obtained there by Mr. Ross

Mangles, by whom it was given to me.

912. CoccysTES MELANOLEUCOS, Gmel.

Was rather a common bird at Shillong in June. I have often wit-

nessed the noisy way in which the males chase the female and Blyth’s de-

scription is very true; a female measured—

156 Godwin-Austen— Fourth list of Birds from the [No. 3,

L. 126," W. 5:9,” T. 7:25,” ¢. 1:15,” Bf. 0°8;” irides very dark brown,

legs pale plumbeous. The contents of the stomach of this bird were 8 of

the large hairy caterpillars (84 inches long) so common on the grass-lands

in the Khasi Hills. This female had at least 10 eggs in ovary, which

presented no very great difference of gradation in size. The ceca were 0°95”

in length, intestine 11:5.”

213. CoccystEs Coromanpvts, Lin.

I have received this bird from the Garo Hills and from Hill Tipperah.

227. AirHoryesa GouLpia, Vigors.

$ obtained at Mezimih, Naga Hills, at head of the Lanier River, at

6000 feet. L. 5:8.” W. 2°08,” T. 3°18, ¢. 0°55,” Bf 058.” It has a steel

blue spot below the ear-coverts not noticed by Jerdon. The crimson extends

over the eye as a supercilium and the lores are black.

228, AlTHOPYGA I@NIcAUDA, Hodg.

This was rather a common bird in the Naga Hills at 5000 feet in

January ; generally seen in vicinity ofthe villages, in its winter dress. In my

specimen the breast is not dashed with red at all, being quite plain orange

yellow towards abdomen, and the female has no red about her at all. My

female specimen has a slight trace of red just appearing on the feathers of

the nape and back of neck. I fancy they ascend to breed about 9000 feet.

Saturata was common at that altitude in April.

237. DicmHUM CHRYSORH@UM, Temm.

On the Samaguting ridge, Wectarinide were very common in the winter

months, and I obtained this comparatively rare bird near the station in

December. The irides are bright red, legs black.

L. 3°9," W. 2 38,” T. 1°4," ¢.0°52," BE. 0-4,"

238a. Leprocoma Hassext1, Temminck,

From Hill Tipperah ; added to my collection by Mr. Ross Mangles, B. |

C. 8.

242, PacHYGLOSSA MELANOXANTHA, Hodgson.

Shot at Sopvomah, Naga Hills, in December.

I was fortunate in discovering this curious form so far to the east-

ward in a new locality, it having been hitherto only known from Nipal and,

I think, Ceylon. Jerdon says that the upper tail-coverts are green, in my

specimen they are concolorous with the back. ‘The irides are red and the

legs dark plumbeous. Bill black.

Wing 2:9,” T. 1°8,’ 7.06) Bi0'38,

wd!

1874. | Hill Ranges of the N. E. Frontier. 157

Description. Above, all dull dusky grey, tail darker and brighter. Wing

black, the secondaries sepia-brown. Sides of head same as the back. A

white streak extends from base of bill down the centre of throat, some white

about the sides of breast. Lower breast, abdomen, and under tail-coverts

bright yellow. The two outer tail-feathers with a white spot on inner web

close to the tip. Inside wing white.

244, CERTHIA NIPALENSIS, Hodgs.

A single specimen from the Naga Hills.

248a. SrITTa NAGAENSIS, Godwin-Austen, Plate IV.

Was first noticed at Sopvomah in the Naga Hills last winter and I

obtained several specimens on the watershed at about 6000 feet. It has

been described by me in the P. Z. 8., 1874. I give a drawing and de-

scription.

Description. Above slaty blue, wings and centre tail feathers same colour

but paler. Quills dull pale black. A black streak through lores extending to

ear-coverts and down side of neck. Beneath dull dirty white, purer on chin

and throat, with a few white feathers bounding the ear-coverts. Flanks

thighs and under tail-coverts dark rusty chesnut, all the latter with a ter-

minal white spot. Outer tail feathers black, a white patch on inner web

of the three outer, which are tipped grey and terminally black on outer web,

white on middle portion of the outer web of the outermost tail feather.

Bill black above, grey below. Inrides dark brown; legs green black.

L. 4.9,” W. 3:0,” T. 1°75,” ¢. 0°68,’ Bf 0°58.” spread of foot 1:2.”

260a. LanIvs COLLURIOIDES, Lesson = HYPOLEUCOS, Blyth.

Found in the Iril valley, Munipur, ta February and March, rare ; i

and L. tephronotus were the only Shrikes seen in Munipur. L. z 5,”

3°5,” T. 3°8,” ¢. 1:0," Bf 0°58."

286. CHIBIA HOTTENTOTA, Lin.

Garo and Khasi Hills.

289. ToHITREA AFFINIS, A. Hay.

Samaguting, April. ¢ in full plumage.

L, 8°5,’ W. 3°6,” T. 11:25,’ ¢, 0°58,” Bf 0°65."

310. MuvscIcAPULA SUPERCILIARIS, Jerdon.

Young agrees with a drawing by Dr. Jerdon of the above in immature

plumage ; my specimen is from the Naga Hills.

331. Muscrcaruna mstiama, Hodgs.

Dr. Jerdon had told me that he obtained this rare Fly- taba in the

isolated dense patches of forest,on the north side of Shillong Peak in the

158 Godwin-Austen—Fourth list of Birds from the [ No. 3,

Khasi Hills; on my return to Shillong I looked for and found it tolerably

numerous, getting some 8 specimens in May and June.

$ Description. Above, side of neck, and upper breast cyaneous blue ;

wings and tail are black edged with same. A narrowish white line from base

of lower bill to breast, which, with abdomen and under tail-coverts, is pure

white; legs dark brown ; bill black.

L. 45,” W, 2°4,’ T. 1:78," t. 0°6," Bf 0°42.”

I did not obtain a female, but it would appear, from a drawing by

Dr. Jerdon, to be dull olivaceous above with white throat and breast.

323a. HRYTHROSTERNA SORDIDA, n. sp.

Three specimens of this bird were shot under Japvo Peak in January ;

having failed to identify it, I believe it to be undescribed.

Description. Above dull olivaceous brown, ochraceous on rump and upper

tail-feathers. Tail umber-brown slightly tinged with ochre on outer web.

Quills same as tail and pale-edged. The primary and secondary coverts very

slightly tipped pale so as to form an inconspicuous bar on the wing. A

pale ring round eye. Lores and ear-coverts dull grey with a rufous tinge.

Beneath dull lutescent, darker on flanks. Centre of abdomen and under tail-

coverts white.

L. 5:25," W. 2°6," T. 2°4," ¢. 0°5,” BE 0:23.’ It is somewhat eumuem

to H. leucura but the white basal half of the tail feathers in this last-named

bird distinguishes it at once.

322. SrpHia ERYTHRACA, Blyth and Jerdon.

This rare bird occurred under Japvo Peak, Naga Hills, at 6000 feet.

L. 5-0,” W. 2°85,” T. 2:2," ¢. 0-6,” Bf. 0°35.” A single specimen was

procured by Jerdon at Darjeeling.

325. ERYTHROSTERNA ACORNAUS, Hodg.

T have this sombre coloured grey Fly-catcher from the Ihang valley in

Munipur and from Shillong in the Khasi Hills; the specimen from the

former locality measures, L. 4°0,” W. 2°2,” T. 1:6,” ¢. 0.58,” Bf 0°33.”

326. ERYTHROSTERNA MACULATA, Tickell.

Obtained in the Naga Hills by Mr. Wm. Robert, extending its range

considerably to the eastward.

346. Prrra cucuLnaTa, Hartlaub.

Given to me among other specimens from the Tipperah Hills by Mr. Ross

Mangles. It is worthy of remark that now after 3 years of collecting I have

never seen a Pitta on or near the northern range of hills south of the Brah-

maputra (commencing with the Garos, and thence to the eastward) save the

1874. | Hill Ranges of the N. BE. Frontier. 159

large dull coloured form of Ground Thrush, Hydrornis Nipalensis of

Hodgson, which occurs on the Burrail range.

346¢. Pirra cyanea, Blyth.

Given to me by Mr. Chennell of the Topographical Survey, who obtained

it in Hill Tipperah. It is one of the most beautiful of these richly coloured

Ground Thrushes.

366. PLANESTICUS FUSCATUS, Pall.

This bird, which agrees well with Jerdon’s description, I shot on the

Peak of Japvo, the highest point of the Burrail range just under 10,000 feet,

during some hard weather in the early part of January ; only one specimen was

secured.

Description. ‘Above umber-brown darker on the head, the feathers dark

centered ; rump ferruginous. Wing and tail dusky brown, coverts and

secondaries edged pale rufous; a well-marked supercilium white, becoming

broader behind the eye. Lores dark brown, ear-coverts the same but lighter.

A rufous tinge on lower side of the neck; chin and throat sullied

white, with an indistinct stripe, commencing as spots, extending from base

of bill, down side of neck, and round to the ear-coverts. A gorget on breast

erey brown, with rufous tinge near shoulder of wing and spotted with dark

umber. Lower breast and belly pure white ; under tail-coverts pinky ferru-

ginous and pale tipped. Flanks and thighs tinged rufous the former spot-

ted brown. Under wing-coverts rich ferruginous. The inside of quills

grey. .

Length 8°5,” Tail 3:4,” ¢. 1:3,” Bf 0°62.” Irides dark brown; bill

black above, dull yellow below ; legs dull brown.

This bird much resembles G. wnicolor, but is not so plainly coloured on

the back.

373a. PARADOXORNIS AUSTENT, n. sp., Gould.

At Kuchai in the Naga Hills, at about 6000 feet elevation, in April, I

obtained two specimens of this bird ; I afterwards procured three at Shillong

inthe summer. They differed so much from my original specimens of P. fla-

virostris shot in the low marshy country at the base of the hills that I was

inclined to consider them distinct. Mr. Gould, to whom I shewed these

specimens and who had figured P. flavirostris from the original specimens

sent home, pronounced them to be new to him, and has described and

figured the species in the ‘ Birds of Asia,’ under the above title. Not having

his description, I will only mention that the chief points of difference le in

the pale nearly white colour of the under parts, the paler brown of the

back, and a markedly different distribution of the black on side of head and

breast.

160 Godwin-Austen—Fourth list of Birds from the [ No. 3,

My specimens measured—

L. 7°8,” W. 8°83,” T. 41,” 6. 1°05,” Bf. 0-67,” Bg. 0-4 ;” which dimensions

are smaller than those of P. flavirostris.

Legs plumbeous with a slight tinge of green; bill yellow.

385. Pycrornis Srvensis, Gmel.

This Babbler is very common in Munipur; dimensions of a specimen

were :

70,5 W. 2605 "T3961 :05,” Bi. 048.2

3906. TurpDINUS GAROENSIS, n. sp., Plate VIII.

Above pale rufescent brown, rather richer on head, wings, and tail ;

feathers of head pale-shafted. Beneath, all pale fulvous, and whitish on

abdomen.

Ih. 4°5 37 We 2A.” P21 Oe BE O57

Bill is brown above, pale ochre below, legs pale corneous, Tarsus and

claws strong, the hind toe and claw long. It was among the birds collected

by Mr. Wm. Robert in the Garo Hills, to whom is due the credit of its

discovery.

This bird is very similar in coloration to 7. Abbott: ; but the bill differs

much in the form of the nostrils, which have, as in Pnoepyga, a lunular

cover. This and Lurdinus brevicaudatus would be, perhaps, better placed

after Pnoepyga, with which they are closely linked through Pnoepyga lon-

gucaudata.

400. PoMaToRHINUS RUFICOLLIS, Hodg.

This is the most abundant form of the genus in the Naga Hills, loving

the damp shady sides of the forest-clad hills. It is called by the Anghami

Nagas “ Moh mera.” In coloration it is very close to P. leucogaster, Gould,

but is much smaller. I give a description with measurements.

Above, olive green rather rusty on back of neck, head darker, tail uni-

form with back and distinctly barred. A white supercilium, 1°6 inches in

length, extends from base of bill to far back on neck. ores and ear-coverts

black, a rufous patch on side of neck behind the latter. Wings coloured

like back and tail. Throat pure white sullied on breast witha few pale brown

streaks. Flanks, abdomen, and under tail-coverts pale olivaceous; inside of

wing grey. Jill yellow; irides red-brown ; legs yellowish grey.

L. 7°25,” W. 3°0,” 'T. 3:4,” t. 1°09,” BE0'8.”

408. GaARRULAX CERULATUS, Hodg.

This would appear to be a rather common Laughing Thrush in the

Naga Hills; and I saw specimens that had been caught by bird-lime, the

natives then still further spoil them by pulling out the quills and _ tail-

feathers. Jerdon does not mention the grey on lower part of the ear-covert

1874.] Hill Ranges of the N. LH. Frontier. 161

which forms a pale spot; nude space round the eye dark grey, and a rufous

patch from base of bill to under the eye.

plore, W..4:0," T.:4°75,” t.:1°6,” -BE,0'90,”

409¢e. GARRULAX ALBOSUPERCILIARIS, Godwin-Austen, Plate VI.

Described in the P. Z.S. for 1874: as follows : “ Above head and forehead

reddish umber-brown paling on back of neck into dull olivaceous brown of

therump and whole of the wing ; tail pale red brown ; lores, a patch below

eye, under ear-coverts, and supercilium which extends backwards for 1} inches

from the lores, white; upper portion of ear-coverts dark brown ; chin and

throat ruddy brown, paling on the breast into very pale dingy olivaceous,

and into pale earthy ochre on abdomen and flanks; under tail-coverts

rufous.”

Bill black ; legs fleshy brown ; irides dull red.

Length 9:0,” W. 3°8,” T, 4°2,” t. 1:38,” bill at front 0-7.”

One specimen obtained in the Munipur valley, near Kaibi.

This dull coloured Garrulas is very similar in coloration to @. rufifrons,

Sw., from Java, which is a larger bird and has no white supercilium nor

white lower ear-coverts. Another similar form is P. cinereifrons, Blyth,

from Ceylon:

| 4096. GARRULAX GALBANUS, Godwin-Austen.

Figured and described in P. Z. 8. for 1874 as follows: “ Above pale

pure olivaceous on head, with a brown tinge on the back; tail pale

ashy-brown, the four central feathers tipped umber brown and _ barred,

the four outer of the same colour in middle and broadly tipped with white ;

' wing concolorous with back ; quills pale umber brown edged grey. Very

narrow frontal band, base of lower mandible, lores through eyes and ear

coverts rich black ; beneath dull yellow, purer on the throat passing into the

olivaceous on the flanks ; under tail-coverts white. Bill black ; legs ash

grey ; irides red brown.”

Pero, W..3°G9,” T. 4°71." t. 1°35," BE 0-82”

I first obtained this very handsome bird in the Munipur valley under

the Koupru range, in February 1873. It associates in large flocks of from

fifty to eighty or more, very noisy, following each other in a long string

through the high grass, which they seem to frequent and prefer to the denser

forest. When on the flight the white of their tail-feathers and under tail-

coverts makes them very conspicuous, I observed it, also, on the head waters

of the Barak and other streams that flow into the Munipur valley on the

north-east. The nearest allied species is G. gularis, McClelland, which is

also yellow on the breast ; but is dark slate grey above, with rufous on up-

per tail-coverts, flanks, abdomen, and vent.

162 Godwin-Austen—Fourth list of Birds from the [No. 3,

413a. GARRULAX MERULINUS, Blyth.

This fine dull plumaged bird was obtained at the head of the Thobal

valley in March; it presents a good deal the character of Trichastoma

Abbotti in its coloration, and approaches Zwrdus in the spotted breast. No

description being included in Jerdon’s ‘ Birds of India’ I give one here. It

was described by Blyth (J. A. 8. B., Vol. XX., p. 521 for 1851) from

Cherrapoonjee.

Above umber with a rufescent tinge, head darker brown; wings and

tail dark brown, both plain, the former having no pale edges. Forehead

pale grey, a very narrow short white streak above the ear-coverts, commen-

cing just.behind the eye. Beneath dull pale rufescent ochre, the throat

and upper breast spotted dull black, each feather having the black spot at

the central extremity. Under tail-coverts rusty. Inside of wing and

underside of tail feathers grey. Tarsus very strong. Bill thick and blunt,

grey horny. Legs dull fleshy purple. Ivides pale reddish brown, nude skin

round the eye grey.

In Anghami Naga “ Moh mépeh.”

418a. 'TROCHALOPTERON CINERACEUM, Godwin-Austen.

Described in the P. Z. 8. for 1874, with plate. |

Above pale ashy olivaceous, greyer on the tail which is black for 0°7

inches at the terminal end, then tipped broadly white. Quills pale black,

edged hoary grey; the secondaries tipped black, and their square

tips edged white in keeping with the tail. Primary coverts near the

bastard wing black forming a wing spot. Top of head black, extending

in a narrow line down back of neck; lores and a broad band over eyes and

ear-coverts dingy white; a few pure white feathers below eyes merging into

ear-coverts ; a narrow black line extends from posterior corner of eye over

the ear-coverts and a moustachial streak of the same colour merges into

indistinct spots. Chin white with a few black streaks; breast and under

parts sullied white with a slight vinous tinge on the former and a dash of

ruddy rufous on side of the neck, ochraceous on belly and under tail-coverts.

Bill pale yellow shaded dark above ; legs fleshy brown ; irides pale

ruddy ochre.

Length 8°75”, W. 3°22”, T. 4:0”, t. 12575 Br. 0°68”.

In general style of coloration this bird approaches 7. variegatun,

Vigors. Its yellow bill and much smaller, weaker legs and feet, make

it a very marked form of this genus.

Anghami Nagas call it “ Léha.”

426a. TROCHALOPTERON VIRGATUM, Godwin-Austen.

Described in P. Z. S., for 1874, as follows :

eee

1874:.] Hill Ranges of the N. E. Frontier. 163

Head dark rufous brown, olivaceous on back, paler and greyer on

rump ; tail olive brown, with a slight tinge of rusty on basal half, finely

and indistinctly barred ; wing, three first quills grey on outer web, the rest

and secondaries pale ferruginéus, merging into rich chesnut at their base;

coverts of the latter colour, narrowly tipped ochre, feathers of the winglet

conspicuously white centred. Lores chesnut, a white supercilium ; ear

coverts pale rusty ; chin and throat rich dark chesnut ; breast and abdomen

bright ochraceous; under tail-coverts darker brown, As viewed from

below, the tail is grey brown, each feather faintly tipped with white.

All the feathers of the head, upper back flanks, and breast are centred

white or pale ochre, and those of head and neck are rigid,

Bill black ; legs pinky grey ; irides pale brown.

ee OW. 30": 4°85", 6. 8”, BE O°6".

I obtained a single specimen near the village of Razimi under the Kopa-

medza ridge at 5,000 feet in Naga Hills in the month of January. Starting

just after sunrise for the peak above the village, I observed first one and then

another bird, not familiar to me, cross the path in front into some thick

scrub. In this we could only perceive their whereabouts now and then by

the moving twigs. Followed about, they became separated and the

specimen in my collection got into a low tree where it uttered a very sweet

eall of a few notes, which was answered by its mate; my Shikari then man-

aged to get sight of it and shot it. I never saw the species again.

This strikingly plumaged bird is very close to ZT. setafer, Hodgson,

with which I have compared it, but it differs materially. Z. lineatum,

Vigors, is another allied form which extends to the N. W. Himalayah while

setafer is from Nipal and Bhutan.

427a. AcTiInopURA WALDENI, Godwin-Austen.

Described P. Z. 8. for 1874, with figure by Smit., it is thus described.

Head full crested, extending back for more than an inch, hairy grey

edged pale ; back rich brown, with a greenish hue, becoming more rufous on

the rump and upper tail-coverts ; base of tail feathers chesnut, for half their

length narrowly barred with black, then black for terminal inch, the three

outer tipped white ; quills black, outer web chesnut at base, then barred

with black, and the narrow terminal portion grey ; primary coverts black,

the winglet feathers grey, barred black ; ear coverts hoary ; side of head hair

grey ; chin, breast, and abdomen rufous brown, paler on chin and throat, the

whole having a streaky appearance, the feathers being centered with a

darker shade.

Bill grey ; legs and feet fleshy brown ; irides pale grey.

Ti, 8:0", W. 3°48", T.3°45”, t. 1:2”, Bf. 0°62”.

I first shot this bird on the peak of Japvo at about 9000 feet on the

Burrail range, Naga Hills. It keeps to the tops of the forest trees.

164 Godwin-Austen— Fourth list of Birds from the [No. 3,

This is a small form of 4. Hyertoni, Gould, which occurs in the same

locality ; every character is repeated in the two forms, modified yet each

distinct ; no better example of gradual change in size and coloration could

well be found.

4306. SIBIA PULCHELLA, Godwin-Austen, Pl. VII.

I shot two specimens only of this new and beautiful subdued coloured

Sibia in April 1873, when making the ascent of the Peak of Khunho,

Hastern Burrail range, Naga Hills, at about 8000 feet. In companies of

about half a dozen, they haunted the tops of the Rhododendron trees, busily

searching for insects in the flowers, and covering their foreheads and throats

with the pollen.

I described it in the ‘Annals and Mag. of Nat. History,’ February,

1874, as follows.

Description. Above ashy grey, bluer on the head, the two centre tail

feathers umber-brown terminating (each colour 2 inch) in rich black, followed

sharply by dark grey. The outer tail feathers are tipped in like manner with

grey, but the black increases on each feather outwards, and on the last extends

to its base. Shoulders of wing blue grey, with a bar of pale chocolate-brown

coming in at the base of the black primary and secondary coverts. Quills

grey-black, the primaries edged pale hoary blue ; the secondaries blue grey,

the last three are umber brown and the two last are edged narrowly on outer

web with black. A narrow frontal band and lores black extending both

over and below the eye to base of the ear-coverts. Beneath ashy blue with

a vinous brown tinge upon the lower breast and abdomen. Bill black ;

legs horny brown ; irides P

Length 9:5”, W. 4°1”, T. 4:85”, t. 13”, Bf. 0°75”.

In the general distribution of the coloration and in form it resembles

S. gracilis, which is extremely common in the same hills, but seldom met

with above 6000 feet.

437a, Matacocircus (LAYARDIA) ROBIGINOSUS, Godwin-Austen, Pl. V.

I have described this in P. Z. 8. for 1874: “ Above rich rusty brown,

darker on the head, with black shafts to the feathers ; wings and tail of

same colour, the latter distinctly barred ; lores white, beneath pale rufescent,

nearly white under chin, and pale on centre of abdomen.

Bill black, well curved ; legs pale corneous or dull grey brown ; irides —

nearly white.

i. 9°5", W. 3°0", 'T. 408", t. 26", BEO.G2’.

The first two specimens of this bird I shot in long grass near the Log-

tak Lake, Munipur, and again obtained specimens near Kaibi in the same

valley. It is essentially a grass-bird, with all the habits of JL terricolor,

Hodgson, It associates about a dozen together, flying through the grass, —

1874: | fill Ranges of the N. EB. Frontier. 165

one after the other, in a scattered line, never abiding long in one place. A near

ally of this bird, JZ. swhrufus from Malabar, is not so intensely rufous, has

no white on the throat, is greyish on the head, and has a yellow lower

mandible. .

538a. PRINIA RUFULA, Godwin-Austen, Pl. IX, Fig. 1.

Described in P. Z.S. for 1874, I copy the original description from that

Journal. Above, head ashy brown, becoming more russet or back and pale

rufous on rump and upper tail coverts ; tail brown indistinctly barred, tip-

ped white on the outer tail-feathers with a subterminal dark spot ; wing

dark brown, with pale rusty brown edgings to primaries and secondaries ;

lores, round eye and ear-coverts pale ash, below chin sullied white, greyer

white on breast ; ochraceous on abdomen ; flanks and thighs pale brown.

Bill black, both above and below ; legs pale corneous, with darker claws ; ~

irides ruddy ochre.

L. 4°75”, W. 1°82”, T. 2:4”, t. 0°75”, BE. 0-4”.

This species was common in the Naga Hills and Munipur, and replaces

Hodgson, Blyth, on the Khasi Hills side. It is quite distinct from P.

gracilis, Franklin, which has a marked pale rufous forehead, and can be

distinguished at a glance from the former bird, which is remarkably ashy

with dark ear-coverts.

539a. CISTICOLA MELANOCEPHALA, And.—rvurFicotiis Walden, Pl. X, Fig. 1.

I obtained several specimens of this form in the Munipur Hills, where

it appeared common in the grassy valleys at head of the Barak ; some

specimens do not shew the rufous on the neck so much as others. My

specimens are identical with Lord Walden’s from Assam, named by him

ruficollis, but Dr. Anderson’s title has priority.

5396. Crisrrcona Munrpurensts, Godwin-Austen, Pl. IX, Fig. 2.

Described in P. Z. S. 1874; the original description follows.

“ Above dark umber brown, feathers margined pale ochre on head,

broader and more rufous on back ; upper tail-coverts plain rufous brown,

the feathers on nape are paler rufous and dark shafting is subdued; tail

dark umber, the two centre feathers margined rufous brown, viewed from

below tipped whitish, with subterminal dark spots; white on chin, throat,

and centre of abdomen, rufescent on breast and flanks. Pale round eye.

Bill black above, pale beneath ; legs fleshy brown.

Ty, 4:25", W. 2°06’, T..2°65”, t. 0°76", BE 0-40",

I obtained four specimens of this species on the reedy sides of the

Logtak Lake, Munipur valley. It differs on comparison with CO. schenicola

(Pl. X, fig. 2) and melanocephala, which I also obtained, being inter-

‘mediate in coloration, and may be known at once by the dark edging along

166 Godwin-Austen— Fourth list of Birds from the [No. 3,

the shafts of the centre tail-feathers, which in melanocephala are wholly dark,

and in schanicola are banded broadly rufous, terminating in black and white.

It is very near Cis. russica, Wall, from the Island of Bouroo, Malay

Archipelago, which is more rufous on the head and breast,

47Jla. ORIoLUS TENUIROSTRIS, Blyth.

Two specimens were shot by my collector in a thick wood near Lum-

langtong or Bishunpur, Munipur, on the 18th February.

feds. 10040 W 3578" Eo 6:6 ot. 0 Bt, 2k

481. PRatTINncoLA CAPRATA, Lin,

~ @QIn open grass of Munipur valley, in February; may be known at

once from Indica and leucwra by its rufous upper tail-coverts.

500, RuricrniA AUROREA, Pallas.

This Redstart was numerous in the stubble of the rice-fields bordering

the Barak valley near its sources in the Naga Hills, during the month of

January.

58la. ORTHOTOMUS FLAVOVIRIDIS, Moore, = EDELA apud Blyth.

The common Malaccan Tailor-bird, I met with in the forest of the

Dunsiri near Dimapur, and it agrees well with Malayan specimens, The bill

alone being rather shorter and more slender.

The discovery of this bird in Assam extends its range considerably.

W.. 4:80" 20 205 .t. C7074 BEO60

I also got it at the base of the Garo Hills near Shushang, so that

it, no doubt, extends all through Tipperah, Arracan, &c.

538. Printa Hopesont, Blyth.

This little Wren-warbler is common enough in the hills about Shillong.

Jerdon’s description being short, I give that of the Khasi form in more

detail.

Description. Above ashy brown, greyer on head, tail pale brown

indistinctly barred, with black subterminal spots and white tipped. Wings

pale brown edged pale rufescent. Pure white on chin, grey on throat and

breast and white on abdomen and under tail-coverts. Some specimens have

a faint tinge of ochre on the flanks and thighs. Orbits brown, irides

orange ochre. Baill black above and below, legs yellow brown.

Ui. 4385", W. 18:2, 0) .2:15"5 t,90:68) cist wo",

5386. PRINIA RUFESCENS, Blyth.

This bird agrees with specimens of P. rufescens from upper Burmah

collected by Dr. Anderson when on the Yunan Mission, but it is somewhat

larger and more intensely rufous.

W. 1:85, T. 2°55, t, 0:9", BE. 0-4”.

rues * teeth he 2

1874.] Hill Ranges of the N. E. Frontier. 167

542. GRAMINICOLA BENGALENSIS, Jerdon.

This bird is not easy to bag, it shifts about through the grass seldom

rising, and if once scared gets low down near the ground and hides. I

obtained one specimen at the head of the Barak valley, Munipur.

548. Suya FuLiernosa, Hodgson,

Is quite distinct from S. atrogularis, and I obtained several specimens

at Shillong.

Bill above black, beneath palish, legs pale flesh, feet brown. Lores and

supercilium pale. Irides ochre, tarsus stout.

L, 64”, W. 2°0”, T. 3°27 to 4°4, t. 0°8”, Bf. 0°42.

Suya atrogularis, Moore, its nearest ally, has the bill black above, dark

horny below, legs orange fleshy, irides pale ochre, white on upper margin

of eye and a few of the dark ashy feathers of the supercilium tipped white.

552a. NEoRNIS Asstmitis, Hodgson.

I shot this bird both in the Naga Hills and at Shillong; it is Blyth’s

Drymeca brevicauda, As it is a bird little known, a description here may

be useful.

Above brownish olivaceous, tail umber brown and rather more rusty

brown on wing, pale line through lores over eye. Below dusky whity brown,

paler on chin. A pale ring round eye, and a slight tinge of yellow on inside

of shoulder of wing.

eco. W.22"..'T. 2°35”, 6. 0°83", Bf, 0'387,

568. Rera@uLoipEs ERocHROA, Hodgson.

Naga Hills. February.

568a. JEGULOIDES FULVOVENTER, Nn. sp.

Above centre of head, light yellow green bounded on either side by

broad dusky bands ; and nape pale greenish ash. Pure ash on back, upper

tail-coverts grass green as well as the two central tail feathers and outer

edge of all the others. The two outermost as viewed from below have

a narrow pale yellow edging on outer web. Shoulder of wing ash grey,

coverts ash brown with a narrow white bar. Quills dusky brown, the

secondaries well marked with grass green. A pale yellow supercilium.

Ear-coverts pale, chin very pale yellow; throat, breast, and abdomen pale

pearly white, under tail-coverts bright yellow.

L. about 3°75”, W. 2°0”, T. 1:4, t. 0°70", Bf. 0-4”.

Bill above dark brown, below orange ; legs and feet grey. This Warbler

is so distinct from any I have been able to look over, that I think it is a

distinct species. I obtained it when in the low country of the Dunsiri,

Assam,

168 Godwin-Austen—Pourth list of Birds from the [No. 3,

566. REGULOIDES cHLORONOTUS, var. Hodgson.

This form was very common in the opener forests on the slopes of the

Burrail range.

W. 85708, £30", 4:0°7". BE O20

It is very similar to chloronotus, but the band on rump in my three

skins is nearly white..

574, ABRORNIS FLAVIVENTRIS, Jerdon.

From the Garo Hills; one specimen only.

578. ABRORNIS CASTANEOCEPS, Hodgson.

This pretty little Abrornis I saw several times in the Naga Hills when

the forest was pretty open, and I shot a specimen at the head of the Iril

valley in Munipur ; I believe it has only been previously procured in Nipal

and Sikkim.

Description. Crown of head dark chesnut with some darker feathers

towards nape, which is dark ash. Back grassy green, upper tail-coverts pale

yellow; centre tail feathers pale dusky brown, the two outer white with a

dusky edging on the terminal 3rds. of their length. Wing grass green, the

coverts tipped yellow forming one distinct and lower band and one indistinct

upper one. Beneath, chin and breast bluish white. Flanks, inside shoulder of

wing, belly and under tail-coverts canary-yellow. Bill above dark brown,

below orange ; legs olive brown.

Lb, 36 OW 1-95", Eb", 60:66" Bi s0 297

588a. Enicurus Lecuenavtri, Temm, = Curvensis, Gould.

This bird was given to me by Capt. Badgley of the Topographical

Survey, who shot it in the Lushai Hills in company with G. immaculatus.

Obtaining this species in this locality so far west is very interesting, and

marks its extreme limit on the Indian side.

Length about 10”, W. 4°2”, T. 5:8”, t. 1:28”, Bf. 0:9”.

The measurements of the Hill Tipperah Z. immaculatus, Hodgson, are—

Length about 8”, W. 3°6”, T. 4°9”, t. 1:1”, Bf. 0°61”.

589. Moracirua Maprraspatana, Briss.

On the upper Barak river, in February, a pair were shot,

595. Nemoricota Inpica, Gmel.

Shillong, Khasi Hills.

1874. | Till Ranges of the N. EB. Frontier. 169

614. Lerorurtx Lurevs, Scopoli.

Shillong, Khasi Hills.

It is not socommon on these hills as L. avrgentawris, and I seldom came

across it.

618. Mrnzta ranorrncra, Hodgson.

Was very numerous in the woods about Sikhamih, Naga Hills, in

January. p

622. Proparus vinieectus, Hodg.

This “ Plain brown hill Tit” was only seen on the highest part of the

Burrail range on Japvo Peak, about 9,000 feet.

Bill black, irides pale ochre, legs and feet pale umber-grey.

ea WV 2, Ord). t, 028", B08”,

624. Ixunus casTanicers, Horsfield.

This is not an uncommon bird in the Naga Hills east of the Burrail at

5—6,000 feet, and as there is no description of it in Jerdon I give one here.

Above dark olivaceous, tail brown, forehead rufous merging into the oliva-

ceous brown of the top of head. Wing umber-brown. A white supercilium

from above eye extending to the neck, fading into some streaky buff and

black feathers behind the ear-coverts, A black band borders the white

above. Lores and ear-coverts sooty. Chin, throat, and upper breast buffy

white, sullied white on abdomen, flanks olivaceous. Irides dark red-brown ;

legs and feet pale fleshy. Bull grey-brown, feathers of head scale-like.

9'O8", W. 2'2",-T. 25", t. 0°95", Bf 0-45",

628. YUHINA NIGRIMENTUM, Hodg.

Sent to me by Mr. Robert from the Naga Hills.

632. SyLvreparus MoDEsTUS, Burton.

_ This very small form of Tit was numerous, in April, on the high parts

of the Eastern Burrail range, just under the peaks of Japvo and Khunho,

in small parties together. It moves rapidly and actively about the upper

branches, and round and up perpendicular branches like Saszva, which its long

hind-toe enables it to do. It was busy feeding about the Rhododendrons

then in bloom, ”

The tips of the secondary coverts are pale, forming an inconspicuous

band on wing; feathers of the head rather stiff, broad, and long, nearly

hiding the bright yellow supercilium.

Sea , W2'3", T. 1d", t. 0°58".

634. QCEGITHALISCUS ERYTHROCEPHALUS, Vigors.

Legs orange, irides yellow-ochre or yellow.

See ss, T.. 2:05’, 6. OG" Bf, 0:2”.

Naga Hills, several specimens obtained near Kohimah in January.

170 Godwin Austen—Hourth list of Birds from the [No. 3,

644. Parus Monticonus, Vigors.

Common enough in the Naga Hills.

The outer web of the outer tail-feather is white.

660. Corvus cuLmryatus, Sykes.

Shot in the Naga Hills, the only Crow seen there, and at Sopvo-

mah was extremely numerous in January, associating together in large

flocks. |

672a. Unrocissa Magnrrostris, Blyth.

Shot at Sikhami, Naga Hills, at 5,000 feet, in February.

Ts. 2605 WW oA. Yh i ley a blake eit

Irides dark brown, bill and legs orange red. Primaries dull cobalt-

blue.

691. SaRAGLOSSA SPILOPTERA, Vigors.

Both g and Q received from Garo Hills from Mr. W. Robert. |

699a. Munia suBuNDULATA, Godwin-Austen.

Described in P. Z. S. for 1874.

‘“* g. Above pale umber-brown, darker on the head, pale grey on

rump, a few feathers edged paler ; the upper tail-coverts dull yellow; tail-

feathers olivaceous umber-brown, faintly edged with same yellow tint; quills

pale chesnut on outer web, umber-brown on the inner, and indistinctly ?

barred. Sides of head umber-brown becoming dark chesnut on chin and

throat; breast and flanks white, feathers very narrowly barred or margined

rufous-brown ; abdomen and under tail-coverts dull white, the latter sparing-

ly streaked with brown ; feathers of the back finely pale-shafted,”

Bill dark grey ; feet plumbeous ; irides red,

;

‘4

L.-4°3”, W. 2-10”, T. 1:70”, +. 0°55”, BE 0-45”,

Q isa duller brown above, with no white shafts to the feathers, a

distinct green tinge upon the tail feathers, otherwise as in IL undulata.

Change of coloration in young males commences on the centre of the

throat, extending towards the base of bill into the dark chesnut, and towards

the breast into the undulated colouring of those parts. s .

Obtained in the Munipur valley, both on the Logtak Lake and head of —

the Barak river. It is a very close to, but distinct from JZ. undulata, La-

tham, in which the undulations are broad, the general coloration is more

rufous, and the tail more pointed, It is also close and intermediate to

M. nisoria from Java and Malacca ; butin that bird the tail-coverts are grey,

with no trace of the fulvescent tinge common to the two continental forms,

Lord Walden was the first to notice it as distinct, in specimens in his col- —

lection received from Burmah which are identical with my own from

Munipur, and he kindly allowed me to describe it, |

1874] Hill Ranges of the N. E. Frontier. 171

708. Munta Mataparica, Lin.

Specimens were obtained at Kooshtia, in November.

| 708. PAsSsER CINNAMOMEUS, Gould.

Under Burrail range, Naga Hills; not often seen. At Shillong it is

commoner,

L. 5:2”, W. 2°63”, T. 1°98”, 6. 0.68, Bf, 0:42”,

710. PassER MonrTanvs, Lin.

Garo and Khasi Hills.

719. Emprriza FucaTa, Pallas.

This bird from head of the Barak valley differs from Jerdon’s descrip-

tion in colour of legs and feet, which have no tinge of yellow, being a dull

flesh-colour, The outer tail-feather is white on basal end, extending as a

diagonal bar through inner to the outer web; the penultimate is tipped

white on inner web. Centre tail-feathers rufous with black centre, and the

‘rump is rufescent with small black streaks.

L. 6°45, W. 2.9”, T. 2°62”, t, 0°85”, Bf. 0°42”.

724, MELOPHUS MELANICTERUS, Gmelin.

During February and March, this handsome Bunting was very numer-

ous in the high grass skirting the river Iril, Munipur valley, particularly

about Kaibi.

ges G'o W. 3:30, 1, 2°85”, t..0°75",. BL, 0487,

762. AtaupaLa RAyTAL, Buch. Hamilton.

Occurs abundantly on the sandy churs of the Brahmaputra, and I

shot it near Gwalpara, in November.

JL. 5°25”, W. 3°35", T. 2:0”, t. 0°75”, Bf. 0°40”.

On the same churs, among low bushes, Pratincola leucura was very

common ; Cotyle sinensis and Prinia flaviventris were also procured.

771. Treron Nrpatensts, Hodgson,

I have compared my specimens with the above from Sumatra and

Malacca, and they are identical. It was not uncommon in the Dunsiri

forest between Dimapur and Golaghat, and I shot it again on the road to

Shillong near Gowhatty. It does not appear to range above 1,000 feet.

g@ measures L. 10”, W. 5°55”, T. 3°86’, t. 0°83”, Bf. 0°56”.

782. Atsocomus punticevs, Tickell.

This beautiful Wood-pigeon was shot at the hot springs of the Namba

onthe Dunsiri river in April. These springs are saline and attract enormous

~ numbers of Carpophage (insignis and sylvatica) to their waters to drink ;

172 Godwin-Austen—fourth list of Birds from the [No. 3,

and when the above bird was picked up, a quantity of the saline water

poured out of its mouth.

797. Turtur numinis, ‘’emminck,

Garo Hills.

SOGa. Crriornis Biytutit, Jerdon.

g@ described in the J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 60.

This bird is very difficult to obtain, and I failed to get the female, which

has never yet been seen by any Huropean, I heard them in the forest on

the ascent to Khunho, but although I offered 20 Rs. for a bird, the Nagas

only once succeeded in getting one; this, a male, was snared near the

village of Viswémah, but thinking that I wanted the feathers only, the

natives had, to my utter disgust, picked and eaten it. Another male was

brought to Captain Butler, the Political Agent of the Naga Hills, when

passing through the village of Jotsomah (also under the Burrail range),

but it had been skinned so badly that it was falling all to pieces and

the most we could do was to save a few of the better pieces of the

skin for the sake of the feathers. The Burrail range is the extreme

western limit of this bird, and it has not been got even there, west of

the peak of Paona, where the specimen in my collection was obtained by

Mr. Wm. Robert, a most assiduous collector, whom I have to thank for

very many good birds. Its haunts are m the dense forest from 6000 to

10,000 feet, and this renders it such a difficult bird to bag, and the only

chance of shooting a specimen would be by coming upon it suddenly along a

more open bit of ridge, or in one of the higher clearings. It was un-

known to the Nagas of Asalu. It probably extends some distance to the east-

ward until it meets its near ally C. Caboti. Jerdon was the first to notice it

in the ‘Ibis’ (1870, p. 147) from the Suddya Hills.

823a. Bampusitcota Horxinsont, nov. sp., Godwin-Austen.

$ Description. Above head plain dull brown, becoming rufous on back of

neck, back dull olivaceous grey. The feathers of upper back and scapulars

eentered with dark chesnut, the secondary coverts more broadly so and termi-

nated in black. ‘The feathers of the back have one or more small white spots

on the outer margin, giving the back a well-speckled appearance. The

rump feathers are indistinctly barred white with a single black spot and in-

crease in size to the upper tail-coverts where the spots are conspicuous, heart-

shaped with chesnut centres. Quills ruddy chesnut, the secondaries and

tertiaries mottled with dark brown, ‘Tail ruddy-brown, feathers narrowly

barred with pale ochre having dark mottled edgings. Lores pale buff ex-

tending as a supercilium ; ear-coverts, chin, and upper throat pale ferruginous ;

a black streak extends from posterior margin of the eye down side of neck ; from

lower part of neck for a short distance the feathers are centred rufous with

1874.] Hill. Ranges of the N.“&, Frontier. 173

pale spots on outer margin, rest of breast buff, lighter on abdomen and sides ;

barred on centre of breast and flanks with black, the barring not shewn but

each feather has a terminal black heart-shaped spot, which is a conspicuous

character.

Legs pale grey with green tinge ; bill pale horny-black, pale beneath,

irides dark brown.

Pree d, W625,” 1 6-0)" 41:2," BE.0:9,”

Through the kindness of Dr. J. Anderson, I have examined a specimen

of B. Fytchit 2 from the Yunan Hills, and with this the Khasi bird is evi-

dently very closely allied, if indeed it should not turn out to be identical ; but

between my bird and B. Hytchi there are differences which, though perhaps

small, separate them, and until birds of the same sex are placed side by side,

we cannot well decide whether they are two good species or not. To be-

gin the enumeration of the points of difference, the Yunan bird (A) is

much smaller than the Khasi one (B) :

(A) B. Fytchi, t. 1°7,” mid-toe 1°7”.

(B) B. Hopkinson, t. 2°1,” | ,, ae

Other dimensions of (B.) L.14°5,” W. 6.25” T. 5” Bf. 0°9”.

In (B) the feathers on the flanks have the black terminal spot

invariably heart-shaped, whereas in (A ?) the corresponding feather is a

diamond form (vide also the figure of ¢ in P. Z.S., 1871, Pl. XI).

In (A) the whole of the lower back is plain olivaceous with a few

of the longest upper tail-coverts having a black triangular (isosceles-shaped)

terminal spot followed by a white base.

In (B) these spots are much larger and broader and extend up over

the rump, and the feathers are more distinctly barred with brown and have

a rufous tinge at the base.

In (B), and I think this is the most important difference, all the

feathers of the upper back are spotted with white, and this feature extends

to the wing coverts and shoulder of wing. In (A) there is no tendency

to this coloration nor is there any trace of it in the plate in the P. Z. S.

(A.) is dark brown on chin, (B.) very pale.

(A.) tail not distinctly barred, (B.) tail well-barred and the pale bars

edged with black.

(A.) tail beneath dull brown, (B.) tail ruddy brown.

However, whether they be separable or not, and a larger series will

decide this, one important point is finding this bird so far to the westward,

_ within Indian limits; it has never before been recorded. My specimen

was shot at Shillong on grassy slopes at 5000 feet. Before I had seen the

birdin hand, I had twice seen it running on the pathway and noticed its very

different flight from that of the Black Partridge, which at first I thought

it was. Now that attention is called to it, other specimens will no doubt

turn up.

174 Godwin-Austen—ourth list of Birds from the [No. 8,

825d. ARBORICOLA INTERMEDIA, Blyth.

In my 2nd list I recorded A. rufogularis, Blyth, from N. Cachar ;

this I now find, on obtaining another specimen in the Naga Hills, to be in-

termedia, originally described as probably from Arakan (J. A. 8. B., XXIV,

p. 877). But A. rufogularis will still remain on the list with a new locality,

the Naga Hills, where Captain Butler obtained a 2, which at the time

I could not make out from never having met with it before. Intermedia

may be known at once by the plain, unbarred back and by the absence of

the black separating the rufous of the neck from the grey of the breast ; it

is in front spotless, but has large round black spots on the side of neck.

Dimensions of intermedia, Blyth, from Naga Hills:

W,. 5°75,” T. 2°6,” t. 1°7,” Bf. 0°7, mid-toe and -claw, 1°82.”

Legs red. Bill black.

A. rufogularis, 2, from Naga Hills, legs pale fleshy violet, measures—

W. 5°32,” T. 2°5,” t. 1:58,” Bf. 0°5,” mid-toe and -claw, 1°75.”

I found the nest of Arboricola in the forest at the head of the Jhiri

River, N. Cachar, constructed close in under the large root of a tree near

the base; it was lined with dry leaves which then (March) strewed the

ground and contained three eggs of a light brown colour, |

833. 'TURNIX OCELLATUS, Scop.

Shillong, Khasi Hills.

8384. Turnix Dussumrierti, Temm.

Naga Hills.

835, Turnix Syxestr, A. Smith.

Khasi Hills.

895. Toranus staGNatTruis, Bechstein.

Munipur, in March,

(908a, Porzana Bicotor, Walden.

The original specimen, from which the description was made by Lord

Walden, came from Darjiling. It was very interesting to find it again

occurring in the Khasi Hills (June). I got it in a small piece of marshy

ground in the station of Shillong, together with the species of Porzana

that follow. Bill glaucous green with slight tinge of red near base of

mandibles and tipped grey ; irides crimson-red, orbits red; legs pale dullish

vermillion,

LL. 8-75)’ W, Aa,” ToD 4s) £5 257 BELOOL

Mid-toe and -claw, 1:75,” hind-toe and -claw, 0°65.”

Two specimens were brought to me alive by a Khasia with one egg,

which he said was that of this bird; it measures 1-4” in major diameter,

1874] Hill Ranges of the N. B. Frontier. 1

1:0” in minor diameter, is of a creamy white colour, unspotted on the

smaller end, distantly so on the lower $rds., closely on the larger end,

the spots all pale grey, with light and dark shades of sepia. The birds

did not live long in confinement, although they ate greedily of earth-

worms.

Captain Elwes tells me that he procured this bird in the interior of Sik-

kim, at Choongtam, at an elevation of 5000 feet, in September 1870;

to him therefore belongs the credit of being the first. to discover it.

This specimen, with others, was lent by him to.Mr. A. O. Hume for de-

scription, but the box containing them appears to have been lost on its way

to Agra. Captain Elwes found this Rail in rice-fields which are the highest

in Sikkim ; my bird was found in similar ground, and at the same eleva-

tion.

911. Porzawa Fusca, Linneus.

Obtained at Shillong in June.

Mees Wo 40. 2 >, bao, Bi O75.

Mid-toe and -claw 1°6”. Bill dull dark green, orbits vermillion, irides

orange, legs pale vermillion. The under tail-coverts are dark umber-grey

in my specimen (not olivaceous as stated in Jerdon), and closely barred

with white,

913. Rawtus striatus, Linneeus.

Dimensions are smaller than those given in Jerdon,; but the bird does

not differ in coloration from specimens from the rest of India.

eae AW. 4°75." .2,0,” t. 1.65, Bh 24."

Mid-toe and-claw 1:8,” hind-toe and-claw 062,” irides sienna-brown,

legs and feet ash-grey. Bill pink at base, pale grey-brown at tip, brown

above.

The bill is much lengthened, and in the presence of a shield-like ex-

pansion at base above, approaches nearer to the Water Hens (Grallinula) than

other Rails. The tarsus is very stout and the feet are shorter and stouter

than in Porzana.

It occurred in the same swamp with the two preceding forms.

917. MycrerRIA AUSTRALIS, Shaw.

Bisnath, Assam ; in December. ,

920, CICONIA LEUCOCEPHALA, Gmelin.

On Brahmaputyra.

949. ANSER INDICUS, Gmelin.

In large flocks on the Logtak Lake, in February ; they leave the water

to feed in the stubble of the rice-fields in the morning and evening.

176 Godwin-Austen— Fourth list of Birds from the [No. 3, ©

955, Casarca LEUCOPTERA, Blyth.

I got this bird at Dimapur on the Dunsiri River ; it appears to prefer

sluggish streams like this flowing through forest, for I once flushed this bird

in such a haunt in the interior of the Garo Hills. I am informed by

Mr. James of the Police at Samaguting that it breeds on the Dunsiri, and

that he had shot the young birds. It is called the “ Deo Hans” in Assam,

Mr. J. Burt of Tezpur informs me that the white-winged Sheldrake perches

on trees, and that one was killed thus sitting by Mr. J. Martin of Pani-

puta Tea plantation near Tezpur.

The habits and haunts of this species are as completely the reverse of

‘its congeners rutila &c. as they well can be.

962. Darima acura, Lin.

Tolerably abundant on the Beels in Munipur, in February.

963. MaRrkrcA PENELOPE, Linn.

Very numerous in Munipur, in February.

971. FuLieuna cristata, Ray.

Munipur, on the Lamphel.

975. Poptcers Patnrppensis, Gmelin.

Beels, Munipur.

Anas pecilorhyncha, Pennant was a very common duck on the Logtak

Lake, in February, _I have nowhere seen it so numerous.

General notes on other species,

The specimens of Hphialtes that I have hitherto procured in the Naga

Hills and Asalu, are undoubtedly lempigi, Horsfield, like birds from Java,

&c., of which the very rufous one mentioned in my first list is in that parti-

cular phase of plumage.

Micropternus phaioceps, Blyth.

I have two specimens in my possession, one of which is from the Tip-

perah Hills, the other from Dimapur, Assam; both are much darker and

much more distinctly barred on back than others, and have at the same time

stronger bills; and both are smeared all over the head, tail, and feet with

some dark gummy substance that they are evidently fond of getting into.

Cyanops Asiatica, Lath.

I notice that all the specimens in my collection from these Eastern

Hills, have a small triangular patch of scarlet (0°3” wide) at the gape,

a point not noticed in any description I can find, noris it shewn in

the figure of this species in “*The Marshalls’? monograph of the Barbets,

1874.) Mill Ranges of the N. HB. Frontier. 177

Pl. 26. I pointed this out to Lord Walden, and having looked at

his specimens from the N. W. Provinces and Nipal, found in them

the slightest trace of a few very minute red feathers near the gape; these

are so small that in a stuffed specimen they might be easily overlooked ;

in birds from Assam and Munipur this red spot is so well developed that it

could not escape attention.

Eumyias melanops, Vigors. .

Breeds in the Khasi Hills, on the Shillong or northern side, in April.

Young birds well-fledged were brought in to me in the middle of May.

Harpactes Hodgsoni.

Two specimens of this species, from the Garo Hills, have the crown of

the head whitish-grey mixed with pink and whitish towards the nape, in

other respects they are identical with the above species. Are they in

immature plumage ?

Pomatorhinus McClelland.

Birds from the Naga Hills, I notice, have a longer bill, and the spot-

tings on the breast are darker and occasionally form a demi-collar.

I have received a specimen of Arachnechthra Asiatica, Latham (=

carrutaria, Lin.) from Hill Tipperah, which I considered at first to be

intermedia, Hume. However, on comparing it carefully with specimens from

Candeish Gwalior, Manbhoom, Umbala, Lower Bengal, Garo Hills, and

Tonght, I can detect no difference whatever in coloration, and their bills run

so close in size that I do not consider it a species that will stand,—certainly

not on the very small and sole difference of a slightly longer bill. If such

single characters are to be allowed weight, we should have species multiplied

ad infinitum, and if the Tipperah form of A. Asiatica should be larger, it is

sufficient to notice the peculiarity as a large variety, but why encumber

nomenclature, when no other differences exist, with another name and create

a new species.

A female Wiltava in young plumage shot under the peak of Japvo,

Naga Hills, in January, when it would nearly have arrived at maturity, differs

so much from the dimensions of VV. grandis (to which it is nearest in size)

and WV. swndara that I am inclined to consider it an intermediate new form.

- Females of grandis and sundara, irrespective of size, have a very similar

coloration; the species I have before me, differs slightly from both,

a difference it is not easy to explain in writing, and so often to be

noticed in allied forms. The inside of the wing is pearly grey, and

the tail is not so ruddy dark a brown as in grandis. A young grandis 9

in my collection, with the head still well spotted with pale rufous,

_ closely equals in size birds in full plumage, with the greyer head and nape.

My bird has no sign of the blue shoulder-spot, and the first . primary

178 Godwin-Austen—Fourth list of Birds from the [No. 3,

is proportionably much smaller and shorter than in undoubted young grandis.

I give a full description so that the next collector visiting the Naga Hills

may be on the look out for an intermediate form of Viléava, and if such

there be, obtain the male.

Description. Niltava ? @ of first year. Above olivaceous with an

ochre tinge. Ashy on head, more rufous on upper tail-coverts. Tail

ruddy dark brown. <A pale ring round eyes, less conspicuous above

than below, wing feathers closed, umber brown. lores tinged pale

rufous. Beneath chin pale rufous, with a few pale grey bars, breast to ab-

domen rufescent ashy, thighs pale ash-brown, a pale duil streak extends

from chin to upper breast, ending suddenly, abdomen sordid white, under

tail coverts pale ochre brown, darker centered and tipped pale, inside should-

er of wing dull ochre. Quills inside pearly-grey. Shot in underwood on

ascent to Japvo peak January 1878, three were seen together. The bill is

black, shorter and stouter than in grandis, Ivides dark brown.

N. grandis. Lo —., W. 3°95”, T..3°9”, t. 0°92”, Bi Oz

N.? 74 We 8°09")! T8'5”, 6. 0°78") Bi. Oa

N. sundara, = LL. —, W. 3:1", T. 2°5", t. -80”, Bf O'427,

Il I

Pnoepyga longicaudata, Moore. .

Is very numerous in August in the large woods below the peak of Shil-

long, and I got several in that locality. There can be no doubt that the bird

in Griffith’s collection came from the north-east frontier, and not from

Afghanistan. It is a shy bird keeping to the dense underwood. ‘The irides

are dark crimson.

358a. Turdulus pallens, Pallas.

Was frequently noticed in the Naga Hills, and I obtained a specimen

on Japvo Peak, close under 10,000 feet, in January. They agree well with

specimens in Lord Walden’s collection,

Above pale umber-brown, a white supercilium extends to over the ear-

coverts. Lores and ear-coverts dark umber. A white patch under eye,

and white on chin extending down centre of throat to upper breast, very

narrowly defined in some birds; side of throat first mottled with umber

passing into two indistinct streaks on either side. Breast pale rufous-brown

above, white below to abdomen. Under tail-coverts pure white. Flanks

rusty ; no rufous inside wing, which is all grey.

Li 9:0",, W..5 00, 03207 oh Se aed

A nest of Pycnonotus pygeus, Hodg., brought in by my shikari at

Shillong in June, contained 8 eggs of a pale madder ground, spotted

- and speckled with darker madder-brown, pale neutral grey, anda few dark —

brown spots,—all pretty evenly distributed.

~ 1874.) Mill Ranges of the N. EH. Frontier. 179

The nest is 4 inches across, neatly made with a foundation of dry old

leaves and broad blades of grass; the sides of thin stalks of a thistle and

thin sticks, and lined within with very fine grass ; taken in a low tree.

Spizixos canifrons breeds in the neighbourhood of Shillong, in May.

Young birds are seen in June.

Enicurus nigrifrons of 1st List, Vol. XXXIX., Pt. IL., 2 Be 107, is

FE. maculatus, Vigors, in immature plumage.

584 of same list is, I find, guttatus, Gould, in which the white mark-

ings on the back are all circular, this would appear to replace maculatus in

all these Eastern Hills, for I have never yet shot a specimen, like this last

north-west form.

Up to March, when we left Munipur, I did not observe any Parrots or

Hornbills in any part of the valley, or hills bounding it, The natives say

that later in the season parrots are very numerous and do considerable injury

to the crops. Of Swifts I saw only one, a large species, which I failed to secure.

Cypselus infumatus, Sclater, occurred in the Naga villages, and was very

numerous in the large one of Padhang. -Pnoepyga must be rare, for I did

not get a single skin anywhere in N. EH. Munipur. The country: gets

much drier on that side and the forest less dense, with a good deal of grass.

Buntings were very plentiful and Hmberiza pusilla appeared everywhere

to be the commonest bird in the Naga Hllls, at 8—5,000 feet,

_ In the pine forest that covers the slopes of the hiils descending into

the Umiam valley, one of my men marked a nest on June 25th ; I proceeded

to the spot soon after I had heard of it, and on coming up to the tree, a pine,

saw the female fly off out of the head of it. But the nest was so well

hidden by the boughs of the fir, that it was quite invisible from below. The

bird after a short time came back, and I then saw it was Stbia gracilis, but

was very shy and seeing us went off again, and hung about the trees at a dis-

tance of some 50 yards; while thus waiting, some 4 or 5 others were also

seen. The female, however, would not venture back, and I sent one of my

Goorkhas up, to cut off the head of the fir, nest and all, first taking out

theeggs.* It contained three of a pale sea-green, with ash-brown streakings

and blotchings all over.

The nest was constructed of dry grass, moss, and rootlets, and the green

spinules of the fir were worked into it, fixing it most firmly in its place

in the crown of the pine, where it was much forked.

Sibia has habits very like Phyllornis: they hang about the outer

branches much in the same manner, and there is again a certain like-

ness in general coloration between S. gracilis and Otocomptsa jocosa barring

the colored under tail-coverts of the last. However, in Sibia the form of

* This nest is in the Indian Museum.

180 Godwin-Austen—- Fourth list of Birds. [No. 3,

nostril is very different. I have heards gracilis rather noisy in the spring,

uttering a loud single note, repeated three or four times in succession,

4538a. Phyllornis Cochinchinensis.

Of 2nd List is P. chlorocephalus, Walden; I obtained another pair

at Dimapur, on the Dunsiri River, in December.

It was described by Lord Walden from Burmah; its extreme known

western range is, therefore, now the Garo Hills.

Trochalopteron Austeni, Jerdon.

Was bagged again near the eastern extension of the main water-shed,

on Kopamedza Peak, at the same altitude as before. It has been beautifully

figured by Gould in the ‘ Birds of Asia,’ Plate 187.

Explanation of the Plates.

PL IV. Sitta Nagaensis, Godwin- Austen, p. 157.

Pl. V. Malacocircus (Layardia) robiginosus, Godwin-Austen, p. 164.

Pl. VI. Garrulax albosuperciliaris, Godwin-Austen, p. 161.

Pl. VII. Sibia pulchella, Godwin-Austen, p. 164.

Pl. VIIT. TLurdinus Garoensis, n. sp., p. 160.

Pl. IX. Fig. 1. Cisticola Munipurensis, Godwin-Austen, p. 165.

Fig. 2. Prinia rufula, Godwin-Austen, p. 165.

Pl. X. Fig. 1. Cisticola melanocepkala, And., p. 165.

Fig. 2. Cisticola schenicola, Bonap., p. 165.

——

1874.] 181

DeEscriPTions OF A FEW InpIAN Prants.—By 8. Kurz.

(Received Nov. Ist, 1874.)

1, Mrrrvsa rristis, Kurz in Journ, As, Soc. Beng., 1874, 58.

Arbor novellis fulvo-puberulis ; folia ampla, oblonga, petiolo 1-2 lin.

longo puberulo suffulta, abrupte acuminata, basi acuta et subobliqua, char-

tacea, glabra v. subtus secus reticulationem laxam parce puberula ; flores

solitarii, axillares et oppositifolil, pedicellis } pollicaribus fulvo-pubescenti-

bus unibracteatis ; calyx corollaque appresse fulvo-pubescentes ; sepala ovato-

subulata, ce. 2 lin. longa ; petala exteriora duplo longiora, lanceolata, acumi-

nata, interiora $-1 poll. longa, oblonga, obtusiuscula.— Ava.

2. Muirrepiora vaNDHFLORA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng., 1874, 57.

Arbor decidua, novellis ramulisque pubescentibus; folia oblonga v.

ovato-oblonga ad elliptica, 5-6 poll. longa, petiolo brevi puberulo, basi rotun-

data v. acuta, chartacea v. subcoriacea, acuminata v. acuta, v. utrinque minute

puberula v. supra nitida et subtus secus nervos minute puberula ; flores plus

quam poll. in diametro, pedicellis poll. longis sursum incrassatis fulvo-tomen-

tosis sub calycis basi bractea semi-amplexicauli rotundata vestitis suffulti et

vulgo 2-ni v. plures e pedunculis reductis lateralibus crassis squamatis erum-

pentes ; sepala rotundata, dense fulvo-pubescentia ; petala 3 exteriora lineari-

oblonga, undulata, extus parce fulvo-pubescentia, flava v. flava et rubescenti-

striata, interiora ungui brevi et lato, conniventia, extus puberula, secus mar-

gines tomentosa, flava, apice albo- et rubro-punctata.—Pegu ; Martabania. |

N.B. Melodorum parviflorum, Scheffer = JL. latifolium, Hf. and Th. ;

Melod. Bancanum, ejusd, = MW. manubriatum, Hf. and Th.

3. CAPPARIS SIKKIMENSIS, sp. nov.

Frutex scandens, habitu C. Roxburgh, novellis parce pubescentibus,

mox glaber ; folia elliptica ad elliptico-ovata, basi subacuta, obtusiuscula,

petiolo gracili parce appresse pubescente 4-¢ poll. longo suffulta, 2-3 poll.

longa, coriacea, glabra ; flores mediocres, pedicellis poll. circiter longis appresse

pubescentibus suffulti, umbellati ; pedunculi 1-14 poll. longi, parce appresse

pubescentes, compressiusculi, ex foliorum superiorum axillis erumpentes et

seepius in paniculam terminalem dispositi ; sepala concavo-ovali-rotundata,

minute puberula et secus margines hyalinos tomentella, 3 poll. longa ; petala

intus lanata, extus glabra ; ovarium ovoideum, acutum, et gynophorum 13-2

poll. longum glabra.—Stkkim-Himalaya, 4000-5000 ped. s. m.,

4. Scurma monticona, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng., 1874, 90.

Arbor glabra, gemmis sericeo-pubescentibus, ramulis parce lenticel-

latis ; folia oblonga v. elliptico-oblonga, basi rotundata v, obtusa, 3-4 poll.

182 S. Kurz—Descriptions of a few Indian Plants. [No. 3,

longa, petiolo 3-2 pollicari lato suffulta, acuta v. subobtusa, grosse crenato-

serrata, valde coriacea, supra nitida, glabra, reticulatione indistincta im-

pressa ; capsulee depresso-globose, pedunculo crasso lenticellato 14 poll.

longo suffultee.—Zartabania.

5. PrEROSPERMUM CINNAMOMEUM, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng.,

1874, 120.

Arbor, novellis ferrugineo-tomentosis ; folia oblique oblonga ad ovato-

oblonga, basi uno latere inzequali-cordata v. rotundata, altero acuta, petiolo

crasso 1-2 lin. longo tomentoso suffulta, 25-5 lin. longa, acuminata v. cuspi-

data, chartacea, supra glabra et nitentia, subtus dense fulvo- v. cinnamomeo-

raro canescenti- tomentosa; stipulz subulatze, usque ad poll. longe, simpli-

ces v. frequentius basi appendice cucullata aucte ; flores magni, albi, pedun-

culis 3-1 poll. longis fulvo-floccoso-tomentosis suffulti, solitarii, axillares ;

bracteolee subulate basi cucullato-appendiculatee ; sepala c. 14 poll. longa

v. paullo longiora, linearia, extus 3-nervia et fulvo-tomentosa, intus sub-

glabra ; filamenta et stylus glaber ; ovarium dense fulvo-villosum ; capsule

oblongee, obtuse 5-gonee, utrinque attenuate, lignose, 2 poll. longz, fugacis-

sime ferrugineo- v. fulvo-tomentose.—artaban ; Tenasserim.

6. Enxocarpus simpLex, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng., 1874, 132.

Arbor gemmis parce sericeo-puberulis ; folia oblonga v. oblongo-lanceo-

lata, petiolo pollicari glabro geniculato-incrassato suifulta, basi obtusa, 5-6

poll. longa, obtusa v. obtusiuscule acuminata, chartacea, crenato-dentata,

glabra ; flores majusculi, pedicellis poll. longis v. longioribus glabris, in

racemos laxos axillares sub anthesi ebracteatos foliis bfeviores dispositi ;

sepala c. 6 lin, longa, lineari-lanceolata, acuminata, glabra, intus secus mar-

ginem angustum velutina ; petala zequilonga, lato-cuneata, vulgo bifida,

lobis sectis et valde fimbriatis, extus parce sericea, intus basin versus seri=

cea, villosa ; anthers glabree ; ovarium argenteo-tomentosum. Zenasserim.

7. Etmocarrvs tirroratis, T, and B. ap. Kurz in Journ. As. Soe,

‘Beng., 1874, 182.

Arbor glabra ; folia obovato-oblonga, in petiolum gracilem 3-1 poll.

longum continuum attenuata, 3-5 poll. longa, repando-serrata, obtusa, valde —

coriacea, glabra, supra nitentia ; flores majusculi, pedicellis pollicaribus

parce puberis, in racemos axillares puberos foliis paullo brevioribus collecti , a

sepala lineari-lanceolata, 6-7 lin. longa, canescenti-velutina; petala equi- |

longa, cuneato-oblonga, extus dorso sericeo-pubescentia, secta et fimbriata ;

anthers puberule ; ovarium fulvo-villosum ; drupz ce. pollicem longe, oblon- ;

geo, leves, putamine valde lacunoso-tuberculato compressiusculo. Zenas- —

serum.

1874. | S. Kurz—Deseriptions of a few Indian Plants. 183

8. KE. ayaroputnus, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc, Beng , 1874, 133.

Arbor gemmis argenteo-sericeis ; folia obovato- ad cuneato-oblonga,

petiolo 7-3 pollicari glabro geniculato-incrassato suffulta, basi attenuata,

2-3 poll. longa, obtusa v. rotundata, crenato-serrata, chartacea, glabra ;

flores parvi, pedicellis 23-3 lin, longis parce argenteo-sericeis, racemos argen-

teo-sericeos glabrescentes axillares foliorum longitudine v. breviores efficien-

tes ; sepala 3 lin. longa, lanceolata, acuta, sericea, glabrescentia ; petala

paullo longiora, lato-cuneata, usque ad mediam partem fimbriata, glabra ;

antheree puberulee ; ovarium sericeo-tomentosum,—Pegu ; Martaban ; Ten-

asserum.

N. B. L£leocarpus Acronodia, Mast. species est valde diversa et ne-

quaquam cum Acronodia punctata, Bl. conjungenda. HH. punctatus, Mas-

ters, Parinarii est species ; H. glabrescens, Mast. = H. Jackiana, Wall.

(Monocera ferruginea, Jack.) ; H. pedunculatus, Wall = H. Palembanicus,

~ Miq.

9. Meria BrrManica, nov. sp.

Arbor novellis canescenti v. flavescenti furfuraceo-tomentosis ; folia bi-

pinnata, petiolo longo et tereti, pinnis 5-3-paribus ; foliola ovata v. ovato-

lanceolata, basi rotundata v. acuta, seepius sub-ineequalia, 13-2 poll. longa,

breviter acuminata, integra, petiolulis brevibus gracilibus vulgo puberulis

suffulta; flores virescenti-albi, parviusculi, pedicellis brevissimis furfuraceo-

tomentosi v. subsessiles, in paniculas flavescenti- v. canescenti-furfuraceo-

tomentosas corymbiformes axillares folio breviores dispositi ; calyx profunde

Yi }

5-fidus, lobis oblongo-lanceolatis acutis farinaceo-puberulis; petala c. 3 lin.

longa, extus velutina, intus dense puberula; tubus stamineus e. 2 lin. tan-

54; )

tum longus, albus, intus pilosus et apice inter antheras valde lanata;

gus, ’ P ;

drupe globose v. subglobos, c. 1 poll. crassee v. crassiores, flavescentes,

leves, putamine obtuse 5-8-angulari et 5-8-loculari globoso.—Martaban.,

10. ScHMIEDELIA CHARTACEA, Nov. sp.

Frutex novellis appresse puberulis ; folia uni-foliata, petiolo 1-1} pol-

licari utrinque incrassato suffulta, oblonga ad oblongo-lanceolata, brevis-

sime petiolulata, basi acuta, grosse et remote repando-serrata, $-17 ped.

longa, chartacea, acuminata, glabra ; flores parvi, fasciculati, pedicellis capil-

laribus ¢-% lin. longis suffulti et racemos graciles axillares folio breviores

formantes ; sepala 3 lin. longa, concavo-rotundata, parce ciliolata; baece

solitarie raro bine, pisi majoris magnitudine, leves, coccinea.—Sikkim®

N.B. Fructus WV. hypoleuci, Ky. in diario hocce (1871, 50) ad W,

lappaceum probabiliter referendi sunt; fructus veri WV. hypolewct, a me nu-

per in Martabania collecti, iis Huphorie Litehi simillimi.,

184 S. Kurz—Desecriptions of a few Indian Plants. [ No. 3,

11. AsprpoprerRys HELFERIANA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng., 1874,

137.

Frutex scandens, novellis appresse fulvo-pubescentibus ; folia orbicu-

lari-ovata ad lato-obovalia, breviter cuspidata v. apiculata, petiolo $-2

pollicari pubescente glabrescente suffulta, 38-5 poll. longa, vulgo glauco-

viridia ; flores parvi, glabri, pedicellis c. 2 lin, longis glabris filiformibus,

paniculam axillarem et terminalem laxam cum juvenilem ferrugineo-

pubescentem mox glabrescentem formantes ; petalac. 2 lin. longa; ovarium

elaberrimum ; gynobasis decidua; disci lobi vix rugosi; samaree ovoides,

pollicem circiter long, apice attenuato retus, hyalino-membranacee, pal-

lide brunnez, radiato-nervose, alato-cristatee, glabree.—Zenasserum.

12. INDIGOFERA DEBILIS, Grah, in Wall., Cat., 5466.

Herba annua v. perennis, 13-2-pedalis, sparse appresse hirsuta ; stipulee

lineari-subulate, 3-4 lin. longee; folia impari-pinnata, subsessilia, 1-1} poll.

longa; foliola 1-2-juga cum impari longius petiolulato, alterna, rhom-

boideo-obovata ad sublanceolata, brevissime petiolulata, basi subcuneato-

attenuata, obtusiuscula et mucronata v. acuta, 3-1 poll. longa, integra,

membranacea, supra glabra, subtus tenuissime appresse pubescentia ; flores

minimi, brevissime pedicellati, bractea’ persistente subulata Jineam longa

muniti, in racemum gracillimum parce pubescentem v. glabrum multi-

florum axillarem folio multo longiorem digesti; calyx lin. longus, parce

appresse pilosus, dentibus subulato-filiformibus; corolla paullo longior ;

legumina linearia, subeylindrica cum suturis pallide coloratis prominenti-

bus, ce. $ poll. longa, oblique acuminata, brunnea, parce appresse hirsuta,

5-6-sperma; semina cylindrico-oblonga, utrinque truncata.—J. viscose

affinis.— Ava. .

13. DEsmMopriuM (PHYLLODIUM) GRANDE, nov. sp.

Frutex erectus, ramulis molliter fulvo-tomentellis ; stipulee et stip-

elle strictee, breves, lineares, subulato-acuminate ; folia pinnato-8 v. raro

1-foliata, petiolo 3-1 pollicari fulvo-tomentoso suffulta; foliola 3-5 poll.

longa, breviter petiolulata, ovata v. sub-ovata, longiuscule et obtusiuscule

acuminata cum mucrone, integra, chartacea, supra puberula, subtus mol-

liter sub-fulvo-pubescentia ; flores...in racemos foliatos axillares et terminales

digesti et paniculam terminalem efformantes ; rhachis fulvo-tomentosa ; folia

floralia bifoliolata, petiolo 2-3 lin. longo tomentoso in aristam longam

desinente suffulta ; foliola oblique ovalia ad suborbicularia, retusa v. rotun-

data cum mucrone, puberula, pollicem circiter longa; legumina 2-3 arti-

Culata, tomentoso-pubescentia, iis D. pulchelli duplo majora.—D. vestito

affine.— Ava.

N.B. Flores Lespedeze pinetorwm nec ecyanei nec rosei, ut in diario

hocce 1878, 231 descripti, sed flavescentes carina apice rosella.

eS ee

1874. ] S. Kurz—Descriptions of a few Indian Plants. 185

14, PueRarta BRacHycARPA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng., 1873,

232. |

Herba perennis diffusa v. volubilis, ramis acute angularibus 2-4-pedali-

bus, secus angulos retrorse appresse hirsuta; stipulee lanceolatee, acumina-

tee, parveo; folia pinnato-3-foliolata, petiolo secus angulos retrorse appresse

pubescente 1-13 pollicari suffulta ; foliola ovata ad ovato-lanceolata (latera-

lia valde obliqua), breviter petiolulata, acuminata, 13-23 poll. longa, charta-

cea, utrinque parce appresse hirsuta; flores desunt, racemos solitarios v.

raro geminos strictos canescenti-pubescentes axillares formantes ; bractez

minute, subulate, persistentes ; pedicelli sub fructu lin. circiter longi ;

calyx appresse pubescens, lineam fere longus, lobis acutis ; legumina lineari-

oblonga, torosa, compressa, pollicaria v. paullo longiora, 2% lin. lata, pallida,

parce appresse hirsutula, 5-6-sperma ; semina transverse ovoidea, 2 lin. lata,

olivacea.—Pegu.

N. B. Phaseolus lucens, Wall., Ph. dolichoides, Roxb., et Ph. gran-

dis, Wall. apud Bentham Pl. Jungh. I 239 in adnot, endocarpio secedente

dein semina arcte includente (quamobrem beat, Roxburghius semina arillata

descripsit) gaudent et a me ad Canavaliam reducuntur,

15. VIGNA BRACHYCARPA, Nov. sp.

Herba perennis, volubilis, habitu V. vewillate, caulibus filiformibus 3-4

ped. longis parce hirsutis ; stipule peltato-lineari-oblonge, 3-4 lin. longe ;

folia pinnato-3-foliolata, petiolo gracili 1-1} poll. longo hirsuto suffulta ;

foliola deltoideo-lanceolata ad linearia (lateralia vulgo ineequalia), breviter

petiolulata, acuminata, 1-2 poll. longa, chartacea, utrinque parce hirsuta ;

flores minores, flavi, brevissime pedicellati, pauci, pedunculum gracilem parce

hirsutum axillarem petiolis longiorem v. equilongum terminantes ; calyx

amplus, 1} lin. tantum altus, glaber, dentibus latis, acutis, brevibus ; corol-

la c. $ poll. longa ; legumina lineari-oblonga, stricta, utrinque obtusiuscula,

usque ad pollicem longa, 25 lin. lata, compressa, nigrescentia, sparse sed

longe hirsuta, polysperma ; semina crassa, sub-4-gona, lin. lata et longa,

opaca, nigra,—Arracan.

N. B. Dolichos Gangeticus, Roxb., gener1 Vigne adnumerandus est.

16. DUNBARIA PODOCARPA, Nov. sp.

Herba perennis, volubilis, flavescenti puberula ; folia pinnato-3-foliola-

ta, petiolo flavescenti pubescenti 3-1 pollicari instructa ; foliola lato-ovata

(lateralia obliqua), petiolulis brevibus pubescentibus suffulta, acuminata,

utrinque (imprimis subtus) puberula, subtus pallida, lutescentia, aurantiaco- y.

luteo-resinosa ; flores mediocres, pedicellis 2 lin. longis pubescentibus vulgo

bini pedunculo brevissimo appresse fulvo-pubescenti axillari instructi; calyx

ce. 8 lin. altus, appresse flavo-pubescens, dentibus lanceolatis : ovarium stipi-

tatum, appresse pubescens ; legumina stipite 3-5 lin. longo suffulta, lineari-

186 S. Kurz—Descriptions of a few Indian Plants. [No. 3,

lanceolata, plana et vix torosa, acuminata, 1}-2 poll. longa, 4 lin. lata,

puberula, pleiosperma ; semina latiora quam longa, compressa, c. 2 lin. lata,

nigra.— Tenasserim.

N. B. Phaseolus fuscus, Wall. Dunbariis est adnumeran dus.

17, ATYLOSTA CANDICANS, (Cajanus ? candicans, Wall., Cat., 5576

et 5567).

Herba perennis, erecta, molliter albido-tomentella; folia pinnato-3-

foliolata, petiolo 1-13 pollicari pubescenti instructa ; foliola lato-ovata

(lateralia obliqua), obtusiuscula v. obtusiuscule acuminata, 1-2 poll. longa,

basi subcordata, utrinque pubescentia, subtus albida ; flores mediocres, pedi-

cellis 2-3-lin. longis albo-pubescentibus, racemum albo-tomentosum axillarem

folio breviorem efformantes ; calyx fere 5 lin. longus, albo-pilosus, usque ad

basin fere 5-fidus, lobis linearibus, acuminatis; corolla calycis lobis paullo

longior ; legumina transverse impressa et torosa, dense pilosa.—Ava.

N. B. Dunbaria calycina, Miq., Atylosie est species. Dolichos to-

mentosus, Roth (D. bracteatus, Wall., Cat., 554) Rhynchosie a me adnumer-

atur.

18. FLEMINGIA SERICANS, nov. sp. (& nana, Wall., Cat., 5747. B.

non Roxb.). ;

Herba perennis, 2-23-pedalis, caulibus angulatis canescenti-pubescenti -

bus ; folia digitato-3-foliolata, petiolo crasso 3-angulari anguste alato 3-L

poll. longo suffulta ; foliola magis minusve rhomboideo-ovato-lanceolata

(lateralia obliqua), breviter petiolulata, obtusiuscula cum mucrone v. acuta,

2-3 poll. longa, utrinque molliter puberula, supra velutina, subtus sparse

nigro-resinoso-punctata ; flores parvi, purpurascentes, pedicellis lin. longis

v. subsessiles, racemos breviores v. longiores argenteo-sericeos solitarios v.

fasciculatos axillares efficientes ; bracteze parvee, ovate, sericeze, valde decid-

use ; calyx argenteo-sericeus, 23-3 lin. longus, lobis lineari-subulatis, infimo

longissimo ; corolla glabra, paullo longior ; legumina ovoideo-oblonga, pu-

berula, vix sparse coccineo-resinoso-punctata, vulgo 2-sperma.—Prome ;

Martaban.

19. Mucuna prenicata, Teysman et Binnendyk, Cat. Hort. Bog,,

1866, 261.

Legumen oblongum, sessile, c. 3-4 poll. longum, 1-3-spermum, utrinque

bialatum, transverse plicatum, plicis duplici serie digestis apice horizontali

chartaceo explanatis.—Jnsula Borneo.—Legumina vetusta tantum exstant,

sed species distinctissima haud cum JZ. anguina, Wall. ( = JZ. monosperma,

Roxb.) conjungenda (cf Scheffer Obs. phyt. 91). -

1874. | S. Kurz—Descriptions of a few Indian Plants. 187

20. Mucuna motiissima, Teysman and Binnendyk, Cat. Hort. Bog.,

1866, 261.

Frutex scandens, molliter pubescens ; folia pinnatim 3-foliolata, petiolo

piloso 13-23 pollicari suffulta ; foliola rhomboideo-ovata, (lateralia valde

obliqua), petiolulis 1-2 lin. longis pubescentibus instructa, obtusa cum mu-

crone v. acutiuscula, membranacea, 2-3 poll. longa, molliter pubescentia ;

stipelle subulatee, lin. longz ; flores mediocres, pedicellis 4-5 lin, longis

pubescentibus, racemum longiuscule (1-2 poll. longum) pedunculatum pu-

bescentem folio breviorem axillarem formantes ; calyx velutinus cum setis

fulvis urentibus interspersus, amplus, 3 poll. in diametro, dentibus 3 infe-

rioribus triangulari-acutis, superioribus 2 connatis bi-denticulatis; corolla

poll. longa, vexillo obovato-oblongo, breviter unguiculato alis longitudine

gequans, carina paullo longior; legumina oblonga, 8-4 poll. longa, 5-6-sper-

ma, brevissime stipitata, subvelutina et setis rigidis fulvis fragilibus deciduis

obtecta, utrinque in alas 2 undulatas expansa, transverse et valde oblique

simpliciter plicata, plicis magis minusve revolutis; semina lato-elliptica,

plana, 4 circiter longa, nigra.—ZJJolluccos, Halmahaira, in horto Bogo-

riensi culta.

21. PTEROCARPUS MACROCARPUS, Nov. sp.

Arbor, novellis fulvo-pubescentibus, folia impari-pinnata, $-3 pedes lon-

ga, rachi fulvo-puberula ; foliola ovata ad oblonga, 3-5-juga, alterna, petio-

lulo 1-2 lin. longo ferrugineo-pubescente suffulta, breviter et obtusiuscule

acuminata, mucronata, 13-23 longa, integra, coriacea, novella subtus fulvo-

pubescentia, glabrescentia et secus nervos puberula; flores mediocres, flavi,

pedicellis 3-4 lin. longis fulvo-pubescentibus ; in racemos simplices fulvo-

pubescentes axillares digesti; calyx dense ferrugineo-velutinus, ¢. 3 lin.

longus, basi sub-oblique attenuatus; corolla ultra3 lin. longa, petalis

undulato-crispatis ; stamina diadelphia ; ovarium villosum ; legumina canes-

centia v. fulvescenti-velutina, irregulari-orbicularia, alis subplicatis 13-2

poll. in diametro, basi inzequali sinuato-rotundata, acumine styloso minuto

supra sinu basali protrudente.—artaban ; Tenasserim,

22. COMBRETUM DASYSTACHYUM, nov. sp.

Frutex scandens, habitu C. Chinensis sed partes omnes magis minusve

pubescentes ; folia opposita v. seepius ternata, elliptico- ad obovato-oblonga,

petiolo brevissimo crasso fulvo- v. ferrugineo-pubescente suffulta, acuminata,

integra, 3-4 poll. longa, membranacea, supra sparse albo-puncticulata, sub-

tus (secus nervos dense) pubescentia ; flores parvi, albidi, sessiles, spicas satis

robustas strictas patentes v. decurvas dense ferrugineo-tomentosas axillares

folio breviores efformantes ; calyx tubuloso-campanulatus ; limbus 4-lobatus,

intus dense fulvo-hispidus ; petala lato-oblonga, cuneato-unguiculata, calycis

188 S. Kurz—Descriptions of a few Indian Plants. [ No. 3,

lobis longiora ; ovarium mox glabrescens, obsolete 4-gonum ; fructus oblongi,

3 poll. fere longi, pollicem lati, glabri, 4-alati, alis chartaceis semi-oblon-

gis nucis diametro multo latioribus.—Pegu ; Martaban.—C. Chinenst,

Roxb. (C. Griffithi, Heurck and Muell-Arg. Obs. Bot. Plant. nov. 231)

valde affine.

23. COMBRETUM PYRIFOLIUM, (Pentaptera pyrifolia, Wall., Cat., 3985

non Presl.).

Frutex scandens, habitu C. ovalifoliz, uovellis ferrugineo-puberulis ;

folia parva, ovalia ad lato-oblonga et suborbicularia, opposita v. alterna,

petiolo 3-4 lin. longo gracili suffulta, obtusa v. subretusa et mucronata, in-

tegra, chartacea, 13-2 poll. longa, glabra, supra puncticulata ; flores .. ; spicze

puberulee, solitariz v. in paniculas graciles axillares v. breves terminales

digestee ; fructus parviusculi, $-$ poll. longi, glabri, 5-4-alati, alis chartaceis

semi-ovalibus nucis diametro latioribus.—Ava.

24. COMBRETUM QUADRANGULARE, Nov. sp.

Frutex subscandens, argenteo-lepidotus et punctatus, ramulis acute 4-

angularibus ; folia opposita v. raro alterna, parva, obovato-cuneata Vv. raro

ovata, petiolo brevi gracili lepidoto suffulta, valgo obtusa v. subretusa et

mucronata, integra, 15-3 poll. longa, chartacea, utrinque (subtus sub-dense)

argenteo-lepidota et punctata ; flores parvi, albi?, bractea subulata fugacis-

sima substructi, spicas solitarias v. binas simplices dense lepidotas axillares

folio breviores formantes; calyx infundibuliformis, vix lin. longus, dense

lepidotus, limbo 4:-dentato intus dense fulvo-villoso; petala calycis dentibus

3-angularibus paullo longiora, obovata; stamina exserta ; fructus parvi, 3-3

poll. longi et lati, suborbiculares, dense argenteo-lepidoti, 4-alati, alis charta-

ceis, nucis diametro latioribus.—Tenasserim; Siam.

N.B. C. platyphylium, v. Heurck et Muell-Arg. Gee Bot. Plant. Nov.

242 = C. extensum, Roxb. ; Anogeissus Die v. Heurck et Muell.

Arg. 1. ¢, 219. == A. acuminate varietas.

25. LoNIcERA LEIANTHA, nov. sp.

Frutex glaber ; folia ovata ad ovato-oblonga, basi acuta decurrentia,

petiolo 3-4 lin. longo suffulta, obtusiuscula, subcoriacea, 2-3 poll. longa,

leevia, glabra, supra nitida ; flores magni, 25-2 poll. longi, glaberrimi, sessi-

les, bini v. solitarii pedunculo crasso stricto 3-4 lin. longo axillari suffulti ;

calycis tubus 3 lin. fere longus, levis, limbo ample-infundibuliformi lin, fere

longo leviter 4-dentato.— Ave montes.—L. longifiore, DC. affinis.

26. Rusia SIKKIMENSIS, nov. sp.

Herba perennis 2. cordifolie arcte affinis, aculeolato-scabra, caulibus

anguste alato-angulatis ; folia sessilia v. subsessilia, 4na v. sursum 8na

1874. ] S. Kurz—Deseription of a few Indian Plants, 189

verticillata, lanceolata ad elliptico-lanceolata, 3-5-nervia, acuminata, basi

obtusa, imprimis secus nervos et margines retrorse aculeolata, 2-4 poll. lon-

ga, chartacea ; flores minuti, pedicellis semilineam longis suffulti, cymosuli,

paniculas brachiatas axillares in paniculam majorem terminalem collectas

formantes ; bacceo didyme v. globose, pisi minimi magnitudine, glabra,

succulentse.—Sikkim-Himalaya.

N. B.—Psilobium capillare, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng,, 1872, 313

== Morindopsis capillaris,

27. ARNEBIA TIBETANA, nov. sp.

Herba perennis magis minusve ramosa usque ad semipedem alta, ap-

presse hispida (pilis rigidis albidis e tuberculis albis ortis) ; folia obovato-

linearia ad lineari-oblonga et linearia, radicalia in petiolum longiorem v.

breviorem decurrentia, caulina sessilia, obtusa v. obtusiuscula, crasse memes

branacea, appresse albo-hispida 3-1} poll. longa ; flores verosimiliter flavi,

sessiles, in spicas longiores v. breviores circinnatas terminales et laterales

congesti et seepius in paniculam spuriam albo-hirsutam collecti ; bractez

calyce breviores, albo-hispidee, lineares, obtusze ; calyx albo-setosus, usque

ad basin fere 5-partitus, segmentis 2 lin. circiter longis v. longioribus an-

guste linearibus ; corolla infundibuliformi-hypocraterimorpha, c. $ poll. lon-

ga, lobis brevibus rotundatis ; anthere fauci inserta ; nuces grisex, 3-angu-

lari-ovate, acutee, tuberculatee, lineam fere longze, dorso obtuse carinate.

Tibetia occidentalis, 12000-16000 p. s. m. j

wat

—

i i , _ ,

4 A

van

. .

ig 7 ~ a

wre ‘

‘ “ >

r . . r

: =~ & ‘ &

P - ¢

ey ew fale . <

a ee ea -

Ad e

ee - =

- 4 4

i 2 f

i. 3 ’

i be

i x \

a i 3

“

a _

- . wu

‘ - x a

Sa ’ 5

‘

: : ’ Le * od Pui

€ ~

‘ . . .

% , Sh a

s . rae - ane

< Ch ane 2 2 $

? Par, . a

t ° 7 a “7

¢ 4 E , oa Vee

‘ Z 7 Leh we * f

i CHM

7 ~ oy f

Ey Me ,

5 te 2

‘ r i.

4 *

: .

—* F f eg. ¥ *

' > f

' F ;

S , pay ie + ae

2 s : ¢

Laie e i e

Pare: ‘ - y . Ta

A? = f

i . -

* s

- \ ‘ -

pie 5 .

5 . 3

b J . ~

~ ru

4 Re ~ * es * “

¥ x . 5

7 t "i Bk

_ » : ;

+ S

Fy 1 .

ee, » 5

} : “

™ 5 = ; : ;

3 oa ae - ate ote a ee ine ates

an . a ‘ .

GODWIN-AUSTEN. Journ: Astat: Soc, Bengal, 1874.

ALYCAZI,NAGA HILLS ann ASSAM.

Godwin-Austen, del.

ae f

—

Maclure & Macdonald,imp

4 *

sey is

‘

, “

nt 4 F

bts

yi tas ior

{

Fi at]

DERGAL |

(ied rae

IN, Jour’ AS

DWIN AUS TE

GODWIN-AUSTEN, Journ: Asiat So0a:Bendal Vol. XLIIL Pt 11 1874 PLV

J Smit hth

M&N Hanhart mp

LAYARDIA ROBIGINOSA.

_~r s i £2 Yew! . -

;

. ‘ +

: .

- .

. - yal

i e

, *

E -

. ,; -

al , .

J ‘

d i +

a 1 -

1 TAT

[ ‘p Uspsny UIMp 04)

VITLOCHEG ASOT XY Lease 2

GODWIN-AUSTEN, Journ. Asiat: Soc Bengal, 1874

ob LA PURGE ie

Godwin-Austen, del.

Maclure

& Macdonald, imp

N. Journ. Asiat Soc Bengal Vol XLII[ Pt. 1874. PL VIL.

J Stuit ith M &N.Hanharb imp

THBRDINGS GARDENS 6

Journal Asiat: Soc: Berg al.

_ Vol XLII P®Tl. 1874. Plate IX.

Godwin-Austen del.

ICISTICOLA MUNIPURENSIS, Nat Size, Macme!Mecdmaldsnp. :

2PRINIA RUFULA :

SOUTHALL ASA. SoC: Be Wl,

Vol. XLIN.P* 1.1874,

Re eee

I.CISTIC OLA MELANOCEPHALA. Nat Size te ee

Godwin-Austen, del.

S 9 SCHANICOLA |

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

————

Part II1.—PHYSICAL SCIENCE, &e.

No. IV.—187A4.

PAPE ae

ENUMERATION OF BurMESE Patms.—By S. Kurz.

(Received Oct. 12, read Dec. 3, 1873.)

(With Plates XII—XXXI.)

In working up my Burmese palms, I find that a few of them are new,

I now propose to describe these and to give at the same time an enumera-

tion of all the species that have hitherto been found in Burma, adding also

a conspectus so as to facilitate their identification. The rattans, however,

are in such a state of confusion that little can be done until the material

for description becomes more complete and the almost inextricable synony-

my of the described species has been properly cleared up.

I have not paid special attention to palms in the field, but a few

remarks on variation may not be out of place here,

The size of the palms is often enough variable and, amongst the many

examples, I shall mention only Phoenix paludosa, the stem of which varies

in height from only 2 or 3 ft. up to 15 to 25 ft. Sobolification is a character

of little value in my eyes. I look upon it rather as an idiosyncrasy,

and, therefore, not even as a sufficient character on which to establish a

variety. No doubt in very many species this character has become general

and constant, but atavisms are not unfrequent. We know, for example, cases

in which the common betel-nut palm has made as many as 7 shoots, and simi-

lar examples are not wanting (especially in Phoenix, Cocos, Arenga, Huterpe).

Areca triandra has simple and soboliferous trunks with all intermediate

192 S. Kurz~Enumeration of Burmese Palms. [No. 4,

states, and I have, therefore, unhesitatingly connected with it A. laxa, a

species that differs in no structural points. Caryota sobolifera is another

example wherein simple-stemmed and soboliferous plants may occasionally be

found in the Burmese jungles not a dozen yards from one another. Species

based upon such distinctions, if not also accompanied by structural differ-

ences, are in my opinion untenable, and grouping palm-species after such a

character is simply misleading.

Again, the armature in Calamus would appear to me to be also subject

to variation within certain limits. It certainly is often very different ac-

cording to the age of the rattan itself, or accordingly as the sheaths come

from the lower or upper parts of the plant. On the other hand, the Calams

(including Demonorops) offer so many valuable characters in their spathes

and spathules, nature of seeds, loree and flagellw, and, finally, in the scales

and stamens, that we may confidently look forward to a sound and natural

classification of the rattans so soon as the numerous book-species, often based

upon incomplete pieces only, shall have been got rid of. The difference in the

scales of the fruits of Calamus in different stages of growth is so far as pos-

sible illustrated in the present paper. ‘The indument of the inflorescences

and their spathes seems to afford valuable characters, especially to herba-

rium-botanists. The colour, however, of the same varies greatly in the same

species, as for example in A. gracilis, in which some individuals have yellow-

ish-white and bright scarlet spadices, while others have them greenish-

purple.

Burmese palms are still very incompletely known, especially the rattans.

While the distributional area of the leiocarpous palms is greater than one

might have expected, that of the rattans is singularly restricted and limited,

Thus I have been unable, in spite of all the pains I have taken, to identify

several of my Burmese rattans with any of the 100 species or thereabouts

already published. Only the more light-loving species, such as C. Guruba,

JSasciculatus, etc., have a wider distribution. “

Burma and die Andamans contribute each a new type of Calamus in

C. tigrinus and O. Andamanicus, which have the scales of their fruits fur-

nished with fringed appendages as long as or longer than the scale itself.

I have, in the present paper, endeavoured to supplement my descriptions

by the addition of figures, for it is irksome to recognise palms from descrip-

tions only ; a figure, moreover, allows considerably shortening of the descrip-

tion itself. The small size of the Society’s Journal has, however, compelled 4

me to introduce only the most important parts of these bulky plants.

1874. | S. Kurz—Hnuwmeration of Burmese Palms. 193

SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF BURMESE

PALMS.

SupraM. I. PALMA GENUIN X.—Fruits not imbricate scaly, but

smooth or variously rough or tubercled. Seeds without arillus. Usually

erect, very rarely armed palms. ’

Trip. I. Nripinz.—Perianth of females reduced to a few scales. Ova-

ries 3, apocarpous. Male flowers in separate spadices surrounding the

central female flower-head. Leaves pinnate.

Nrpa, Humph.—Spathes many, sheathing, persistent. Female flowers

on a central globular torus, surrounded by the male spadices. Male perianth

6-parted, complete, valvate in bud. Stamens united by threes. Drupes

woody, angular-turbinate, collected into a large dense head. Albumen equa-

ble, hollow in centre. Soboliferous almost stemless palms.

NV. fruticans, Wurmb. Only species.

Trip. II. Prynare.—Perianth complete in both sexes. Leaves pinnate

twice pinnate or pinnatisect, rarely almost entire. rect palms.

* Spathes 1 or 2, more or less boat- or spindle-shaped.

§ Cocoing.—Spathes 1 or 2, spindle-shaped or clavate. Ovary syn-

carpous, Putamen at base 3-porous. Leaves simply pinnate.

(Probably better reduced again to a section of Arecinew.)

Cocos, Z.—Monoecious on the same spadix. Petals in females imbri-

eate-convolute in bud. Ovary syncarpous, 3-celled, only one cell ovule-bear-

ing. Drupe large, woody, containing a single one-seeded hard putamen,

Albumen equable. Large simple-stemmed palms.

Cocos nucifera, l. Only species.

§ § Arecinee.—Spathes 1 or 2, boat-shaped, caducous. Ovary syncar-

pous. Putamen not perforated. Pinne neither fascicled nor

erose-toothed.

Areca, D.—Flowers monoecious, their bases immersed in the cavities

of the nude spadix. Stamens 3, 6, or numerous. Petals valvate in bud,

194 S. Kurz—Enumeration of Burmese Palms. [No. 4,

Albumen ruminate, Simple-stemmed or soboliferous palms. Pinnz irregu-

larly united into broader or narrower segments, rarely all connate in a 2-

cleft blade.

Species.

Subg. 1. Areca, L.—Stamens 6 or 8. Stigmas 3. Female. flowers

lateral between the ramifications, rarely axillary. Spadix often twice rami-

fied, the ultimate ramifications usually more or less filiform and covered by

male flowers only.

X* Stamens 6. Female flowers without bract.

Simple-stemmed, glabrous ; drupes as large as a hen’s egg,

A. Catechu, L.

x % Stamens 8. Female flowers without bract.

Glabrous, simple-stemmed or soboliferous, ......... A, triandra, Roxb. —

Subg. 2. Pinanga, Bl.—Stamens numerous, Stigma 1. Female flow-

ers in grooved series. Spadix simply ramified, or rarely undivided. :

X* Flowers distichous.

Ceespitose ; spadix branched ; sheaths, etc., slightly scurvy,...A. costata.

x X Flowers tristichous. :

Simple-stemmed ; spadix slender, ramified or simple; sheaths,etc., scurvy,

3 ...4. gracilis, Roxb.

x X* X Flowers 5—6-stichous. .

Simple-stemmed ; sheaths, etc., scurvy ; spadix simple, fleshy, as thick _

96 be SMUGCI cscs cone epaeogens «satcumee nies sone agree A. hexasticha, Kurz.

§ § § Phoenicee.—Spathes 1 ‘or 2, boat-shaped, persistent. Ovary q

apocarpous, consisting of 3 distinct carpels. Pinnz often fascicled.

Puroenix, L.—Dioecious. Corolla in males valvate, in females imbri-

cate in bud. Drupes sappy, solitary. Albumen equable. Simple-stemmed or

stoloniferous palms, sometimes stemless. ‘The lower pinne reduced to spines. —

Species.

* Spathes smooth ; flowers supported by a small subulate bract.

Stemless ; petioles rather long and slender, spiny-armed,

...P. acaulis, Roxb.

* * Spathes covered with a brown scurf; flowers without a bract.

Simple-stemmed, rooust ; petioles very short and dilated, spiny-armed ;

drupes about am inch long,.....0.24<.5 gnkssasmerabsoaeacte ee P. sylvestris, Roxb.

Soboliferous, slender ; Sas raf acd pre! spiny-armed ; drupes |

about $ an inch long, ........ ‘sat nls Giuih ntleh’n Spt in ald P. paludosa, Roxb. —

1874. | S. Kurz—LZnumeration of Burmese Palms. 195

* * Spathes several, tubular or sheathing. Ovary syncarpous.

§ § § § Caryotee.—Spathes several, tubular or sheathing, persistent.

Pinnee of the leaves often fascicled, jagged or erose-toothed.

Arrnea, Lab.—Flowers monoecious in different spadices. Petals of

both sexes valvate in bud. Stamens indefinite. Ovary 3-celled. Drupe

depressed-5-angular, rather dry, 8-seeded. Albumen equable. Simple-

stemmed rarely soboliferous palms, Leaves simply pinnate, the pinne linear,

at base auricled at one or both sides.

Arenga saccharifera, Lab. Only species.

Watiicuia, fovb.—Flowers monoecious in different spadices, rarely

dioecious. Petals in both sexes valvate in bud. Stamens often definite.

Ovary 2-celled. Drupe sappy, usually 2-seeded. Albumen equable. Often

stemless low palms. Leaves simply pinnate, the segments wedge-shaped.

Species.

Spadices smaller, the male spikes almost filiform ; male flowers yellow-

fe-eealyx tubular, about a line long, ............:..-.- W. caryotoides, Roxb.

Spadices very ample, the male spikes thick and rigid; male flowers.

purplish or green ; calyx minute, cup-shaped, only about 3 lin. long,

... W. disticha, T. And.

As preceding, but the male calyx tubular, nearly a line long,

..W. densiflora, Mart.

Caryota, L.—Flowers monoecious on the same spadix. Stamens in-

definite. Petals in males valvate, in females imbricate in bud. Ovary 1-

or 2-celled. Drupe 1-or 2-seeded, sappy. Albumen ruminate. Simple-

stemmed or soboliferous palms. Leaves bipinnate.

Species.

Simple-stemmed; male petals about $ inch long by 8 to 4 lin. broad,

«sO. wrens, Ie

Usually soboliferous ; male petals about 4 lin. long and only 13 lin,

broad ; anthers mucronate or emarginate, .........06..0. sobolifera, Wall.

Trip. III. Frapentara2.—Leaves fan-shaped. Perianth complete in

‘both sexes. Erect palms.

§ Borassine.—Ovary syncarpous, 2—4-celled, with as many ovules.

Drupes 2—4-celled, with as many seeds.

196 S. Kurz— Enumeration of Burmese Palms. | [No. 4,

Borassus, Z.—Spathes several, incomplete. Male spadix catkin-shap-

ed. Corollaimbricate in bud. Drupe large, fleshy-fibrous, 3-seeded. Seeds

pomaceous, with a pore at their apex. Lofty palms. Pinne connate, and

forming a blade.

Borassus flabelliformis, L. Only species.

§ § Coryphine.—Ovary apocarpous, consisting of 3 free or at apex

united carpels (or only the styles united), usually only one of the

carpels coming to perfection.

Licuata, 2wmph.—Inflorescence axillary. Flowers hermaphrodite,

solitary or by 2 or 3 together. Corolla 3-parted. Stamens perigynous, the

filaments inserted at the throat of the corolla and united into a ring.

Drupe sappy. Usually small simple-stemmed or tufted palms. Pinneeallfree

to the base, or by 2 or several united into broader or narrower flabellate

segments.

Species.

* Flowers large. Leaves peltately flabellate.

Calyx about 20 finch lope y +s. toca acte noes L. peltata, Roxb.

x X Flowers small. Calyx not above 2 lin. long. Leaves palmate-

ly flabellate.

Trunk 4 to 8 ft. long; petioles aculeate, bordered along their whole

length ; calyx about a-lume“lomg; 7 204 6.012 2an ek een L. paludosa, Griff.

Almost stemless ; petioles unarmed at the upper third of their length ;

calyx ds Nims JOWe) tices spe ceasie. Set cece toeese ea SECS ae L. longipes, Griff,

Cuammnops, Z.—Inflorescence axillary. Flowers polygamous, sever-

al together. Corolla 3-parted. Stamens hypogynous. Drupe sappy. Al-

bumen with a longitudinal furrow. Simple-stemmed or tufted palms.

Pinne all connate and forming a blade. .

Chamerops Khasyana, Griff. Only species.

Livistona, #. Br.—Inflorescence axillary. Flowers hermaphrodite, —

clustered. Corolla 8-parted. Stamens perigynous. Drupe sappy. Albu- —

men with a cavity filled up with the intruding integuments. Embryo dor-_

sal. Erect palms perennially flowering. Pinnee connate and forming a —

° ;

blade.

Livistona speciosa, Kurz. Only species.

Corypua, Z.—Inflorescence terminal. Secondary and tertiary spathes —

many. Flowers hermaphrodite, clustered. Corolla consisting of 3 free

petals. Stamens hypogynous. Drupe corticate. Albumen hollow in centre —

or solid. Embryo apical. Lofty or rarely stemless palms, flowering once

only and then dying off. Pinna connate and forming a blade. 4

1874.] S. Kurz—Hnumeration of Burmese Pals. 197

Species.

* Simple-stemmed often lofty palms. Petioles comparatively short.

Trunk annular or almost even; drupes the size of a wood-apple,

| CO. umbraculifera, Li

Trunk marked by the spiral scars of the fallen spirally arranged leaves ;

SER IZe OF & CHEITY, |, de... .ardsocsecosoveveviees sos cna raeeseO Gebanga, Bl.

* * Stemless,

Petioles 18 to 25 ft. long ; drupes the size of acherry, C. macropoda, Kz.

Supram. IT. CALAME.—Fruits covered by retrorsely imbricate

scales. Seeds often spuriously arillate. Usually armed climbers, rarely

erect or unarmed.

Tris. I. Fraseniarx.—Leaves fan-shaped, Nearly all American.

Tris. II. Prvnarz.—Leaves pinnate.

* Flowers spirally arranged, forming a more or less dense

cylindrical catkin-like spike.

Korruatsta, Bl.—Spikes villous-bracteoled or the bracteoles glabrous,

forming elongate panicles. Spathes tubular. Albumen ruminate. Scan-

dent palms, sparingly armed.

Species.

Spines on the petioles almost baa 3 to 4 lin. long; drupes obo-

eats mch long, ......... meee, ey ihe) ET iisae, Mart.

Spines on a petioles aed pee drupes turbinate (globular), the

RR WE Se hos ceict asec oa vou hee ven coe ahacecusdnetices K. laciniosa, Mart.

Zauacca, Lwmph.—Spikes villous-bracteoled, forming elongate pani-

cles. Spathes elongate, cleft to the base. Seeds arillate. Albumen equa-

ble. Stemless or almost stemless erect palms, more or less armed.

Zalacca Wallichiana, Mart. Only species.

* * Flowers distichous (very rarely spuriously unilateral).

Catamus, L.—Flowers usually sessile, solitary in the spathules, or

rarely in a short curved spikelet exserted from the spathule, forming elongate

198 S. Kurz—Hnwmeration of Burmese Palms. (No. 4,

more or less pendulous panicles. Spathes tubular or flattened out froma _

tubular base, persistent. Spathules cymbiform or tubular. Seeds arillate.

Albumen equable, but often pitted or erose on the outside. Scandent, rare-

ly erect rattan-palms, more or less fearfully armed.

Species.

* Drupes sessile, 7 ¢., the perianth more or less spreading

and adhering to the base of the fruit. Spathules of the

spikes much imbricated, the exserted part cymbiform,

shorter than broad, more or less truncate.

O Scales of fruit without a conspicuous appendage.

A Pinne equidistant. No leaf-tendrils.

Erect, tufted ; pinnee white beneath. No tendrils whatever,

..C. arborescens, Gritty

Erect, tufted ; leaves ieee aka, oreen, without (but the sheaths and

spadices with) BMGT So wanes cote BES oe ..C. erectus, -Wioxbs

A me ee fascial or inhormapbedle approximate.

Young stems, ete., whitish powdery; leaves without tendrils ; pinne

interruptedly fascicled ; drupes globular, straw-coloured,

..C. fasciculatus, Roxb.

Glabrous ; leaves tendril-bearing ; pinne beat alternately approxi- —

mate; drupes oblong, brown, .........--- levees resenesesO, Latifolius, Ox

O O Scales of fonts ‘Peoaeed sate a fringed appendage —

as long or longer than the crustaceous seale itself.

Leaves tendril-bearing ; inflorescence without tendril; drupes 3 inch

Longe, susiitormntly JOrOWwmny <tueg- ea: coated saws, uct verses C. Andamanicus, Kurz.

Leaves without tendrils; inflorescence with tendrils ; drupes an inch

long or somewhat longer, dark and pale brown variegated, C. tigrinus, Kurz.

* * Drupes seated on the erect indurated thick pedicel-like —

perianth. Spathules usually long-exserted and tubular,

rarely cymbiform and imbricate, usually not truncate,

O Spathules imbricate, broader than long, truncate,

Leaves without tendrils ; pinne equidistant ; drupes globular, 3 inch

thick, straw-coloured,.......ee:.s0e Pe a ne em C. tenuis, Roxb. —

O O Spathules exserted and rather elongate.

Xx Spathes with a short acute limb only.

Leaves not tendril-bearing ; pinne interruptedly-approximate; drupes

ellipsoid, straw-coloured, nearly an inch long, ............... C. gracilis, Roxb.

Leaves not tendril-bearing ; pinne equidistant, narrow; spathes green, —

very thin, compressed-tubular, almost unarmed, ......0. Helferianus, Kurz.

Leaves tendril-bearing ; pinne distant, alternately approximate ; male |

flowers in recurved small spikelets or fascicles exserted from the spathules, —

.C. paradocus, Kurz, —

1874. ] S. Kurz— Hnumeration of Burmese Palms, 199

% % Lower spathes expanded into a flat elongate

limb, tubular at the short base only.

Leaves not tendril-bearing ; pinne narrow, equidistant ; drupes globu-

lar, the size of a pea, the scales straw-coloured with blackish-brown borders,

..C. Guruba, Ham,

Damonorops, B/.—Flowers usually pedicelled, naked or nearly so.

Spathes cleft to the base, deciduous, the outer one boat-shaped. Spathules

incomplete, reduced to bracteoles. Spadix erect, stiff, never tendril-bearing.

Albumen usually ruminate. Scandent rattan-palms, more or less fearfully

armed.

Species.

* Spathes unarmed or nearly so.

Leaves not tendril-bearing ; pinne interruptedly-approximate, white

2 ra ee ..D. hypoleucus, Kurz.

a othes (at aes the Berea one) much armed with

thorns or spines.

Leaves uniformly green; sheaths and spathes outside fearfully armed

with flat glossy black spines; drupes globular, the size of a cherry,

. D. grandis, Griff.

Precrocomta, B/.—Flowers in small naked racemes or spikes, hidden

by the imbricate distichous secondary spathes, the latter forming long

tail-shaped one-sided panicled pendulous catkins. Spathes many, tubular.

Drupes retrorsely hispid. Albumen equable. Scandent often lofty rattan-

palms, more or less armed.

Plectocouna macrostachya, Kurz. Only species

EN UMERATION OF THE SPECIES.

Nrpa, Rumph.

1. N. Fruticans, Wurmb. in Verh. Bat. Genootsch., J, 349 ; Lab.

in Mém. Mus., V, 297, t. 21-22; Roxb., Fl. Ind., ILL, 650; Mart., Palm,

305, ¢. 108, 171-172 ; Bl. Rumph. IIT, 76, t. 105, 164—165 ; Griff, Not.

Monocot., 168, ¢. 244-247 ; Mig., Fl. Ind. Bat., ILL, 150.

Haz. Common along the estuaries of the rivers, and in tidal forests

all along the shores, from Chittagong down to Tenasserim and the Anda-

mans.

Dane of the Burmese.

200 S. Kurz—Enumeration of Burmese Palms. [No. 4,

Cocos, L.

2. (©. nuctrera, Z., Fi. Zeyl., 8391; Roxb., Corom. Pl., L, 52, t. 37,

et Fl. Ind., IT, 614; Mart., Palm., 123, t. 62-63 e¢ t. 88, f. 38-6; Dhgq.,

Fil. Ind, Bat., L1f, 64.

Has. Generally cultivated all over Burma, more especially within

the influence of the sea, and also wild along the sandy beaches of the Cocos

islands. FI. C.S., Fr. H.S.

Ung is the Burmese name of the cocos-palm.

Areca, LL.

3. <A. Carecuu, L., sp. pl., 1189; Roxb., Corom. Pl., L, 54, ¢. 75 et

Fl. Ind., IIT, 615 ; Hayne, Arzney Gew., VII, t. 35; Mart., Palm., 169

ef 311, ¢. 182 ef ¢. 149, f. 4, ¢. Z, X, fi 11.; Bl. Rumph., H, 6s eae

et t. 104; Mig., Fl. Ind. Bat., III, 8; Griff., Ind. Palm., 147, et m

Macl. Cale. Journ., V, 450; Scheff, Group. d. Arec., 9.

Has. Frequently cultivated by the Burmans and Karens, especially

in Martaban and Tenasserim,

Kunti is the Burmese name.

4, A. rrranpra, Ltoxbd., Fl. Ind., IIT, 617; Griff, Ind. Palm., 148,

t. 230, A, et in Macl. Cale. Journ., V, 451; Mart., Palm., 171, t. 149,f¢

1-3; Scheff, Group. d. Arec., 16. (A. laxa, Ham. in Mem. Wern. Soc., V,

309; Griff, Ind. Palm., 149, et in Macl, Cale. Journ., V, 452 ; Scheff., Group.

Arec., 17; A. pumila, Bl. Rumph., II, 71, t. 99 et 102, non Mart. nee

Griff., Scheff. Group. @ Arec., 15).

Has. Not unfrequent in the evergreen tropical forests from Martaban

down to Tenasserim and the Andamans; also in Chittagong. Fl. H. and

R. 8.; Fr. the following year. .

Tau Kunti (wild betel-palm) is the Burmese name of this as of all

other wild species of Aveca; the Andamanese call it abaradah.

5. A. costana, (Pinanga costata, Bl. Rumph., I, 80, t. 109 ; Pinan-

ga Kuhl, Bl. Rumph., I, 82, t. IIL, Scheff., Group. d. Arec., 84; Seafor-

thia Kuhl, Mart., Palm., 185, t. 6, t. Z, f. 4 et 5),

Haz. In the evergreen tropical forests of the Andamans, around

Mount Harriet, and probably elsewhere. Fr. June.

I have changed the specific name according to a rule laid down in De

Candolle’s ‘ Laws of Botanical Nomenclature.’ Dr. Scheffer and a very few

others object to this rule, but to me it appears a sound one inasmuch as it

rigorously compels an author to adopt a name which otherwise would be

altered either out of pedantry or personal feelings, for illustrations —

of which Dutch literature especially furnishes examples enough. The

rule is exact and therefore truly scientific, admitting of no excep-

1874.] S. Kurz—Hnumeration of Burmese Palms. 201

tion but in cases of absolute absurdity*: it prescribes with almost ma-

thematical precision the ultimate change. Why, for example, should we

eall Guatteria pallida, Bl., at present Marsypopetalum ceratosanthes,

Scheff., and not JZ. pallidum? or why should the well-known Fimbristylis

diphylla, with its pageful; of synonyms, be rechristened polymorpha,

Boeck. ? The objection raised on account of increase of names Gbsque

necessitate 1s a feeble one, and cannot counterbalance the advantages of a

strict rule against arbitrary acts.

G. A. eraciiis, Roxb., Fl. Ind., ITT, 619; Griff, Ind. Palm., 154, ¢.

232, A—C, et in Macl. Cale. Journ., V, 459.

Has. Frequent in the evergreen tropical forests, especially in marshy

places, from Chittagong, Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim. Fl. H.

and Rk. S8,; Fr. the following year.

Dr. Scheffer identifies this species with Blume’s Pinanga patula; P.

patula, however, has distichous flowers, quite different fruits, and smooth

sheaths and spadices, Again, A. disticha, Roxb. (of which Ptychosperma

simplicifrons, Miq. is an exact synonym), which has a hispid spadix and

scurvy sheaths and spathes, is also reduced to his Penanga patula—a course

in which I cannot follow him.

7. A. HEXASTICHA, 2. sp., Pl. XII.

A slender simple-stemmed gregarious palm, 20 to 30 feet high, the stem

3 to 4 in. in girth, the sheaths, etc. thinly scaly-rough, soon turning

glabrous ; leaves 3 to 5 feet long, pinnate with the end-pinna confluent, on

a short (8 to 4 in. long) scaly-rough petiole broadly sheathing at the base ;

pinnee linear, somewhat falcate, 1 to 14 feet long, alternate, 2- to 3-ribbed

and many-nerved, the lower ones acuminate, the upper and terminal ones

crenate-lobed and ending in as many bluntish and shortly 2-lobed lobes

as there are ribs: flowers sessile, spirally arranged in 5, higher up in

6, grooved rows along the simple reflexed spike up to a foot long, the rachis

as thick as the finger, fleshy ; female perianth (in young fruit) very much like

that of A. gracilis, the sepals and petals almost conform, broad-oval, blunt

or bluntish, about a line long or a little longer; staminodes apparently

* Tf in such cases a rule were to be established to the effect that a species thus

changed in name should be called after the author who first named and described if,

the cases of doubt would be reduced to a minimum. Dr. Mueller Arg. has given some

additional rules in his “ Nomenclatoric fragments” defending his harpagean principles

adopted in the 15th vol. of De Candolle’s Prodromus, but I think that few, if any, right-

minded men would refuse to adopt a MS. name, if they have knowledge of the same or if

they have the plant, authentically named, at their disposal. On the other side, I fully agree

that MS. names, the plants of which are inaccessible to an author, even if published but

not characterized, are truly valueless “nomina chartacea,”’ and as such reducible to

species described at a later date. No one will ever persuade me to spend a few thousand

rupees on a journey to Europe for the purpose of unearthing MS. names!

202 S. Kurz—Hnumeration of Burmese Palms. [No. 4,

none; unripe fruits fibrous-fleshy, smooth, spindle-shaped, and narrowed at —

apex.

Haz. In marshy places of the evergreen tropical forests of the sou-

thern parts of the Pegu Yomah, as for example between Kyauzoo and Kya

Eng (Pazwoondoung-valley).

PHoEnix, L.

8. Pu. acautis, Roxb, Hort. Beng ,73 et Fl. Ind., 111,783; Griff. —

in Macl. Cale. Journ., V, 345 et Ind. Palm., 1387, t. 128; MMart., Palm, t. ‘

136.

Has. Frequent in the Eng-forests all over Pegu, Prome, and Marta-

ban. Fl. March—Apr.; Fr. May—June.

This. species is called in Burma Thenboung like all others a the genus,

9. Pu. syivestris, Roxb., Hort. Beng., 73 et Fl. Ind., III, 787;

Griff. in Macl. Cale. Journ., V, 350 et Ind. Palm., 141, t. 228 ; A. Mares

Palm., t. 186. .

Has. Chittagong, cultivated only ; said to be also cultivated in Ava.

Fl. begin of H. 8.; Fr. C. 8.

As indeed Griffith remarks, Ph. dactylifera, I, differs hardly, and

possibly solely by larger fruits. The fact that Ph. dactylifera will not

succeed in the moister parts of India, may be an idiosyncrasy acquired by

long cultivation in arid districts.

10. PH. patuposa, foxb., Hort. Beng., 73 et Fl. Ind., III, 789 ;

Griff. in Macl, Cale. Journ., V, 353 and Ind. Palm., 14A, t. 229, A

(Ph, Siamensis, Mig., Palin, de chip. Ind., 14). )

Has. Common in the tidal forests all over Burma from Chittagong —

down to Upper Tenasserim and the Andamans. Fl, Marech—Apr.; Fr.

June—Decb.

ARENGA, Labill.

Il. A. saccnartrera, Lab., Wém. 1’ Inst., IV,209.; Mart., Palm, —

19], ¢. 108 ef ¢. 161, f. 4, t. Z, IV, f. 11, XVI, f. 1; Mig., Fl. Ind. Bat.,

TI, 35; Griff. in Macl. Cale. Journ., V, 472 and Ind. Palm., 164, t. 233,

A.—(Sagquerus Rumphu, Roxb., #1. ade ITT, 626).

Has. Frequent in the evergreen ee forests of Martaban and ~

Tenasserim, also occasionally in those of the eastern slopes of the Pegu —

Yomah. Fl. all the year; Fr. the following year. j

- Loung-ong is the Burmese name, Griffith has been much blamed for q

having cut down the numerous areng-palms in the Caleutta Botanical Gar= —

den, and for having thus deprived the garden of one of its ‘‘ ornaments.” j

‘his censure must remain a matter of opinion, for I believe that few —

will be found who would detect any beauty in them, but many would —

Shin a Se er EAS rk

1874. | S. Kurz—Hnumeration of Burmese Palms. 203

rather concur with Rumphius, who compared the palm to a “ragged dirty

drunken fellow.”

Besides its well-known value for toddy, sugar, and fibre, this palm is

especially adapted for the support of orchids, ferns, and other epiphytical

plants, for which purpose it is highly recommendable to horticulturists in

tropical climates.

Watticnuia, Roxb.

12. W. caryororeEs, oxb., Corom. Pl., ITI, 91, t. 295; Mig., Fl.

Ind. Bat., IIT, 34. (Wrightia caryotoides, Roxb., Fl. Ind., IIT, 621; Hari-

na caryotoides, Ham.in Wern Soc., V, 3817; Griff. in Macl. Cale. Journ.,

V, 485 and Ind, Palm., 174, t. 287; W. densiflora, Hook., Bot. Mag., t.

4584, viv Mart. nec Griff.).

Haz. In the evergreen tropical and damp hill-forests of ‘Martaban

and ‘Tenasserim; also in the hills of eastern Ava and Chittagong, up to

4000 feet elevation. FI. R. S.; Fr. the following year.

Zanong is the Burmese name of this as also of the other species of the

genus.

13. W. penstritora, Mart., Palm., ed. I, 189 and suppl., 190. (W.

oblongifolia, Griff. in Macl. Cale, Journ., V, 486, and Ind. Palm., 175, t.

237, A—C).

Has. Not frequent in the moister upper mixed and tropical evergreen

forests of Arracan, apparently always on siliceous sandstone ; also Chittagong.

Fl. Apr.

136. W. visticua, 7. And. in Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., XT, 6.

Has. Not unfrequent in the moister upper mixed forests of the eas-

tern slopes of the Pegu Yomah, and on the spurs of the Kambala-toung.

Fl, Apr. |

The Burmese plant differs chiefly by much longer (13-2 ft. long) pin=

nee, and may possibly form a distinct species. It is also a much lower

palm. .

Caryota, L.

14. C. urens, Z., Hl, Zeyl., 187; Roxb., Fl. Ind., IL, 625; Mart.,

Palm., 198, ¢. 107-108, 168 and t. V, f. 1-8 and 11; dhg., #£l. Ind. Bat.,

117,41; Griff: in Macl. Cale. Journ., V, 478. and Ind. Paln., 169.

Haz. Frequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah and

Ava. FI. Sept.

Burmese call this, as also the other species, mznbo.

15. C. soponirera, Wall. in Mart. Palm., 194, ¢. 107, fi 2? Mhgq.,

Fl. Ind. Bat., 117, 41? Griff. in Macl. Cale. Journ., V, 481 and Ind. Palin.,

171, ¢. 236 (simple-stemmed) ? (C. Cummingii, Lodd. ex Mart., Palm., LIT,

159? Bot. Mag., t. 5762; C. Griffith, Beccart in Giorn, Ltal.),

204 S. Kurz—Hnumeration of Burmese Palms, [No. 4,

Has. Frequent in the evergreen tropical forests from Arracan down —

to the Andamans, and from Martaban down to Tenasserim. FI. Fr. C. and

fe rce

I entertain little doubt but that the Caryota so plentiful in the

Burmese jungles is Loureiro’s C, mitis, the more so as the same plant occurs

also in Siam.

Borassus, JL.

16. B. ruapeciirormis, L., Mus. Clif., 138; Roxrb., Corom. BLE

50, 7..71-72, and Fl. Ind., [11,790 ; Mart., Paim., 219, ¢. 108, 121g

Migq., Fl. Ind. Bat., III, 45. (B. sp., Griff., Not. Monoc., 167).

Fias. Frequently cultivated all over Burma, more especially, however,

in Ava and Prome; along the sandy sea coast sometimes growing like wild,

but also in the dry Prome-district the palm is freely springing Up in

jungles. Fl. March—Apr.; Fr. Close of rains.

fTtan is the Burmese name of the palmyra.

Licvana, Rumph,

17. EL. pevrata, Roxd., Fl. Ind., II, 179; Mart., Palm., 284, t. 184

et 162; Griff, Palms, 120, t. 222 and in Macl. Cale. Journ., V, 324,

Haz. Frequent in the evergreen tropical forests all over Burma from

Chittagong, Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.

Fl. begin-of C.vS.c.oFr. Sass:

Zaloon of the Burmese ; the Andamanese call it gobdol.

18. L. patuposa, Griff in Mart. Palm., 318; Macl. Cale. Journ., ~

323 and Ind. Palm., 118, t. 221, A—C.

Haz. Frequent in the tidal forests and in marine swamps along the

coast of the Andamans. Fr. Apr. May.

19. L. tonarpes, Griff in Mart. Palm., 318 and in Macl. Cale. Journ.,

V, 330 and Ind. Palm., 125, t. 224, A—B.

Haz. ‘Tenasserim, forests near Lainear, to the south of Mergui (Griff.).

Fl, nearly the whole year.

Cuammroprs, L,

20. CH, Kuasyana, Griff. in Macl. Cale. Journ., V, 841 and Ind.

Palm., 134, ¢. 227, A—B.

Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill and pine forests of Martaban,

and probably also in the Ava hills, at 4000 to 6500 feet elevation.

It remains to be shewn how this species differs from Ch. Martiana,

Wall., which is said to have yellow lepidote fruits.

Livistona, R. Br.

21. lL. spectosa, ». sp., Pls, XIII and XIV.

A lofty simple-stemmed palm, 50 to 70 feet high, the trunk 40 to 60 feet

1874: S. Kurz—EHnumeration of Burmese Pals. 205

long by 3 to 5 feet girth, all parts glabrous ; leaves palmately flabellate,

about 6 to 7 feet across, plaited, the petiole up to an inch broad at base,

armed with strong sharp falcately curved flattish blackish spines, the lower

spines up to half an inch long and longer by 8 to 4 lines broad at base; the

sheaths dividing into netted fibres ; pinne all (the lateral ones up to half of

their length, the central ones higher up) connate in a blade, linear, sharply

2-cleft at apex, the ribs compressed, prominent, the veins rather visible and

transverse ; flowers small, solitary or by 2 on a nipple-shaped very short and

thick pedicel, racemose-spicate, forming a much branched smooth panicle-

shaped, 2 to 4 feet long spadix, furnished at the base and along the primary

axes with large fuscous quite smooth spathes ; sepals and petals hardly a

line long ; drupes elliptically obovoid, 3 to nearly an inch long, dark blue,

smooth, 1-seeded, seated on the short thick indurated perianth jointed with

the nipple- or disk-shaped very short peduncle.

Has. Frequent in the evergreen tropical forests of the eastern and

southern slopes of the Pegu Yomah ; Upper Tenasserim (Brandis), Fr.

March—Apr.

Called ¢au-htan by the Burmese. Very similar to L, Jenkinsiana, Griff,

but loftier, and differing chiefly by the smooth (not scurvy) spathes and

in shape of fruits. ‘The armature seems more developed in my species.

CorypHa, L.

22. C. UMBRACULIFERA, L., Hort. Cliff, 482; Mart., Palm., 232, t.

108 and 127, f. 2. Roxb., Fl. Ind, 11,177; Mig., Fl. Ind. Bat., ITI, 49,

ecl. syn. (CO. Talliera, Roxb., Corom. Pl., IIT, 51, t. 255-256 and Fl. Ind.,

IT, 174.; Griff, Ind. Palm., 114, ¢t. 220, EH, and F and in Macel. Cale.

Journ., V, 317.)

Has. Frequently seen cultivated in villages all over Burma, Fl. H.

S.; Fr. the following year.

Pae is the Burmese name of this and all the other species of Corypha.

23. C. Gepanea Bl. Rumph., LI, 59, t. 97-98 and 105. (C. elata,

Roxb., Fl. Ind., II, 176; Mart., Palm., 233 ; Griff: in Macl. Cale. Journ.,

V, 314 and Ind. Palm., 112, ¢. 220, D.).

Haz. Only occasionally seen in Burmese villages, as for example

around Tounghoo. Fl. H.S.; Fr. the following year.

24. C. macropopa, Kurz in Andam. Rep., ed. 2.,50.—Pl. XV.

A gigantic stemless palm, 30 to 40 ft. high, all parts glabrous ; leaves

very ample, palmately flabellate, from 12 to 20 ft. across, the petiole to-

- wards the base as thick as the arm, straight and slender, from 18 to 25 ft,

long, along the polished margin armed with strong incurved compressed

glossy black spines; pinnz united to near the middle into a blade, 6 to 10 ft.

long, linear, 2-lobed and bluntish at apex, the ribs 4-cornered ; inflorescence

206 8. Kurz—Hnumeration of Burmese Palms. [No. 4,

and flowers unknown ; drupes the size of a cherry, globular, with one or

two small abortive ovaries at their base, smooth, olive-brown, 1-seeded.

Has. Inthe bamboo jungles of Termoklee island, western side of

South Andaman, on chloritie rocks.

Called dondah by the Andamanese. I have not seen the palm in flower,

but judge it to be stemless from having failed to detect any indication of

a stem in the numerous full-grown specimens I met with accompanied by

seedling-plants, which latter had their roots so deeply seated in the rocky

ground that I did not reach them after digging to a depth of more than 2 feet.

Korruatsta, Bl.

25. K. scapnicEra, Mart. Palm., 211.—(Calamosagus scaphiger,

Griff., Ind. Palm., 30, t. 184 A. young plant ; Calamosaqus wallichiefolius,

Griff. in Mael. Cale. Journ., V, 24 and Ind. Palm., 29, t. 184 sub nom. C.

harinefolius.)

Pls. XX, A, and XXI. 7

A large scandent rattan palm, the canes up to half an inch in dia-

meter, the young leaves beneath fugaceously white-tomentose; leaves

pinnate, 2 to 4 ft. long, the rachis sparingly armed with short simple sharp

retrorse spines and terminating in a long recurved-thorny tendril, the

petiole } to 2 ft. long, irregularly beset with thin sharp rather straight

spines 2 to 4 lin. long, the sheaths minutely brown-scurvy (in young plants

sparingly prickly) dissolving along their margins into fibres embracing the

stem ; pinne at base contracted into a compressed petiolule, alternately some-

what approximated, plaited, broadly rhomboid-ovate, the upper ones cuneate-

rhomboid, acuminate, from about the middle irregularly and sharply erose- —

tocthed (the teeth formed by the more or less subulate-excurrent veinlets),

many-nerved, 4 to 7 in. long, the terminal segment much broader; spa= —

dices long and pendulous, terminal, the tubular spathes (in fruit) smooth, —

brown ; catkins very compact and terete, on a short sheathed peduncle,

densely tawny tomentose, 3 to 4 in. long, about 4 lin, thick; bracts very

broad, rounded or almost acute, smooth, a little longer than the densely —

villous bracteoles ; female calyx rigid, more than } lin. long, fibrous-ciliate ; —

corolla nearly 2 lin. long, very rigid-coriaceous, deeply 3-cleft, the tube —

very short ; drupes obovoid, mucronate, } inch long, retrorsely imbricate- —

scaled, l-seeded; scales rigid, trapezoid-ovate, longitudinally impressed, —

greenish, towards the apex brownish, bordered by a pale brown: broadly 7

lacerate narrow bluntish membrane, |

Has. Common all over the Andamans, especially in the evergreen —

tropical forests. Fr. H. 8. ;

Called bordah by the aborigines. On the Andamans occurs another —

species of the habit of the preceding but with the sheaths densely ~

1874.] S. Kurz—Enumeration of Burmese Palms. 207

covered by sharp spines. Unfortunately, I neglected to collect specimens

from the sterile plants, which alone I met with.

26. KK. tacrntosa, Mart., Palm., 211. (Calamosagus laciniosus, Griff.

in Macl. Calc. Journ., V, 23 ¢. tab. and Ind. Palm., 27, t. 183 and t. 216,

jf. 2. (K. flagellaris, Mig., Suppl. Fl. Sumat., 591).

Has. ‘Tenasserim, from the Salween down to Mergui, Fr. March.

I liave no clear idea of this species, which would differ from the former

by the shape of the drupes. The armature of the sheaths and nature of the

dentation of the leaves are, as I find, somewhat variable. C. ochriger, Griff.

Cnd. Palm., t. 216, f. 1), of which authentic specimens exist in H, B. C., is

K. rigida, Bl. exactly. Miquel reduces his K. flagellaris to K. angusta,

Bl. I have not seen the latter species, but if his conclusion be correct, then

K. laciniosa and K, angusta must fall together.

ZALACCA, Rumph.

27. Z. Watricutana, Mart., Palm., 201, ¢. 118-119 and 186 ; Miz.,

Fl. Ind. Bat., III, 80, quoad descr. (Z. edulis, Wall., Pl. As. rar., ITI, 14, t.

222-224 sub nom. Z. Rumphi; Griff. in Macl. Cale. Journ., V, 7. p. p.

and Ind. Palm., 10, t. 175 ? Calamus Zalacca, Roxb., Hort. Beng., 72 and

Hl. Ind., (11, 773). :

Has. Frequent in the evergreen tropical forests all over Pegu and

Martaban down to Tenasserim. FI. C. 8.; Fr. June, July.

Yeinga or yengan Khyen Burmese.

Wallich and Griffith reduce this species to Z. edulis, Rwdt. but it seems

to differ by much smaller fruits, sessile catkins, and the leaves being green

on both sides.

Prectocomia, Bl.

28. P. macrostacuya, 7. sp., Pls. XVI and XVII.

A lofty climber, all parts glabrous; leaves pinnate, the petiole and

rachis spiny, the spines straight, up to $ inch long; pinnee (median ones)

somewhat approximate by pairs, linear-lanceolate, } to 2 ft. long, long-

acuminate, white-powdery beneath, 3-ribbed (2 of the ribs marginal), coria-

ceous, but rather flaccid ; spadices not seen; lateral spikes 4 to 5 ft. long,

about 2 in. thick, somewhat compressed, pendulous ; spathules distichous,

rhomboid-obovoid, acute, 13 to nearly 2 in. long, coriaceous, brown,

blackish towards the upper borders, glabrous; male spikelets as long as the

spathules, rusty-scurvy-strigillose, the rachis rather strong, shortly and

$ distichously branched ; female flowers not seen ; male flowers: calyx wide,

cup-shaped, about a line deep, shortly 3-toothed, the teeth acute, bordered

| especially in their sinuses by a dense brown woolly tomentum ; petals rigid,

‘S faleate, lanceolate, sharply acuminate, about 3 inch long or somewhat

i: longer, sulcate outside ; stamens 6; drupes unknown,

208 S. Kurz—Enumeration of Burmese Palms. [No. 4, |

Has. Tenasserim, Bithoko range, at 3000 ft. elevation (Dr. Brandis).

Allied to P. elongata, Bl., but easily distinguished by the doubly lar-

ger flowers and the larger and more densely imbricate spathules.

Damonorors, Bl.

29. D. HypoLEucus, ”. sp., Pls. XVIII and XIX.

Apparently a slender scandent rattan palm, the sheathed stems as thick as —

the finger, the canes as thick as a common quill ; leaves interruptedly pinnate, —

2 to 8 ft. long, without tendril, the petioles short, often saccate at base, —

armed with shorter and longer conical thorns on the back and along the

margins sparingly intermixed with somewhat recurved straight short spines, —

the reddish rachis similarly but more sparingly armed, upwards simply —

recurved spiny ; the sheaths armed like the petiole but very densely so with ~

unequally long straight sharp spines up to an inch long or longer towards

the mouth, in front sending out a long prickly recurved-thorny whip-like —

tendril ; pinnee } to 2 ft. long, alternately and interruptedly approximate by —

twos on each side, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, bristly ciliate towards j

the apex, white beneath, many-nerved ; female spadix small, only 3 ft.

long, on a slender peduncle (about an inch long) thorny on both margins ; —

spathes unarmed or occasionally with a minute prickle on the midrib, ©

smooth, lanceolate-oblong, slit almost to the base ; spathules shortly tubular —

with an acuminate limb, small and distant ; female flowers minute, about a —

line long, distichous; calyx shortly Sloted, 4 lin. long ; corolla twice as —

long with a short tube, the lobes inarrclen ea acute ; male flowers and

fruits unknown. (Calamus hypolewcus, Kz. olim).

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Thounggyeen (Dr. Brandis). Fl. March.

30. D. aranvis, Griff. in Mart., Palm., A—C and t. 216, 327, 4.7

175, f. iv, t. Z, wii, f. 11; Mig, Fl. Ind. Bat., IIT, 88. (Calamus grandis,

Griff. in Macl. Cale. Fob V, 84 and Ind. Palin, 91, ¢. 210, A—C and t. q

216, f. 3.)

Has. In the evergreen tropical forests of Rutiand-island, Andamans. ;

Fr. May. * . ’

There grow two or three other species of Damonorops in Chittagong, a

Arracan, and the other provinces of Burma, but these I know from. j

insufficient MS. figures only or from having merely seen them growing.

N. B. D. Hystrix, Griff. is certainly identical with D. oblongus, BL ; i

the spines in the latter become quite as long as in the former.

Catamus, JZ.

31. C. arBorEscens, Griffin Macl. Cale. Journ., V, 33 and Ind.

Palins, 46, ¢. 188, A—C; Mig., Fl. Ind. Bat., ITT, 118.—Pl. XXIL |

SS ares eS eee

poe ey,

| = *

PRG Ee eS ae ee Np Rye AM

(1874. ] S. Kurz—numeration of Burmese Palms. 209

The insertion of the stamens would appear to vary somewhat. In my

specimens they are inserted at the base of the corolla and free; filaments

not infracted, shorter than the anthers. Drupes obovoid-oblong, 3-2 inch

long, apiculate, supported by the coriaceous somewhat enlarged perianth,

1-seeded ; scales uniformly brown, with a very narrow whitish minutely

erose border, cordate-trapezoid, rounded at apex, almost biconvex from a

longitudinal central furrow.

Has. Frequent in marshy beds of choungs, in the moister and

evergreen tropical forests of Pegu, on sandstone. Fr. C. S.

Called thanowng by the Burmans,

This is the only Burmese species which may truly be called arboreous,

having no tendrils whatever. All others are furnished with such tendrils,

either terminating their leaves (flagell@), in which case the inflorescences are

axillary (actually they spring from near the base of the opposite leaf) and

destitute of spadical tendrils (lore) ; or the leaves are destitute of them,

and the tendrils arise near the apex of the sheath of the opposite leaf,

in which case the inflorescences are leaf-opposed and tendril-bearing (or

rather the Jove grow out into inflorescences). In classification, these several

relations have no great value, as an arrangement based upon such characters

removes nearly allied species far from each other, as for example C. Anda-

manicus from C. tigrinus. )

32. C.ErEcrus, Rowxb., Fl. Ind., 111,774; Griff. in Macl. Cale, Journ.,

V,35. (C. longisetus, Griff: in Macl. Cale. Journ., V, 36 and Ind. Palms,

44,7. 189, A—B; Mig., Fl. Ind. Bat., III, 114; C. macrocarpus, Griff,

Ind. Palms, 40, t. 186, A, f. 1-2; Mart., Palm., 333, t. 176, f’ X ).

Pls. XXIII and XXIV.

A low erect tufted palm, looking like Zalacca, 12 to 18 feet high, all

parts glabrous ; leaves 18 to 12 feet long, pinnate, without tendril, the petiole

as also the sheaths armed with seriate greenish or fuscous flat sharp spines

up to an inch long, the rachis similarly armed, but the spines gradually

becoming fewer in number towards the apex ; pinne by 5 or fewer alternate-

ly approximate, elongate-linear-lanceolate, glossy, green on both sides, many-

nerved and transversely veined, acuminate, spinulose-ciliate, 1} to 2 feet long

by 13 to 2 inches broad, the midrib beneath armed with distant capillary

pristles ; spadices elongate, branched, terminating in a whip-like recurved-

thorny tendril; spathes somewhat compressed, linear-tubular, acuminate,

armed with half-whorls of flat upwardly and downwardly directed spines up

to 4 inch long, the partial spathes unarmed, shaped and rupturing like those

of Zalacca ; spathules imbricate, cymbiform, almost truncate, glabrescent,

fibrous-dissolving at their longer extremity; flowers distichous; calyx a

little longer than the bract, shortly 3-toothed ; corolla nearly 3 times longer,

the tube narrow, nearly as long as the calyx, the lobes linear-oblong ; sta-

210 S. Kurz—Enumeration of Burmese Palins. [No. 4,

mens in males free, the filaments broad, not infracted, shorter than the

anther; drupes more than an inch long, ovoid-oblong, apiculate, glossy,

brown, 1l-seeded ; scales imbricate, cordate-trapezoid, fuscous, towards the

base paler coloured, almost biconvex with a rather broad longitudinal cen-

tral furrow, bluntish, the margins not bordered and almost entire ; seed

oblong, somewhat compressed, the albumen foraminate-erose, surrounded by

a resinous crust. te.

Has. Evergreen tropical forests of Chittagong and Pegu. Fr. C.S.

According to Roxburgh, the species is called in Chittagong Sungotta,

but specimens collected there by Dr. Thomson bear the name rong—the

name by which it goes in Sikkim also. The Burmese call it theingq.

33. C. FascicuLatus, Roxb., Fl. Ind., III, 779 ; Griff: in Macl. Cale.

Journ., V, 52 and Ind. Palms, 62, t. 195, A—B (excl. infl. in B) and t. 190,

A, f.2; Miq., Fl. Ind. Bat., ITI, 127; Mart., Palm., 210 and 2388, ¢. 116,

SJ. LV and VI_—P). XXVII, B.

Haz. Frequent in the mixed deciduous forests, especially in the lower

ones, all over Burma, from Ava and Chittagong down to Tenasserim and the

Andamans. Fl. Sept. Octob.; Fr. Apr. May.

Called Kane ga in Burma.

It often happens that the fruits in this species become monstrous, as

shewn in the plate.

34. C. tatiroLius, Roxrb., Fl. Ind., L1I, 775; Griff. in Macel, Cale.

Journ., V, 60 and Ind. Palms, 68, t. 198. (C. palustris, Griff. in Macl.

Cale. Journ., V, 61 and Ind. Palms, 72, t.199? Mig., Hl. Ind. Bat., IU,

181?).—Pl. XXXI, A.

An extensive scandent rattan palm, all parts glabrous, the sheathed

stems 2 to 3 in. diameter, the canes up to an inch thick; leaves 8 to 12

feet long, pinnate, terminating in a long whip-like retrorse-thorned tendril,

the short petiole armed with a double or single row of short more or less

sharp spines hollowed-out at inner base, saccate at base (the sac unarmed or

sparingly and shortly prickly), the sheaths quite green, beset with a few

excavate thorn-like protuberances or seriate large excavate flat sharp spines

or occasionally quite or nearly quite unarmed (on the same plant), sometimes

the spines short flat and black ; the rachis armed with fascicled or simple —

upwardly recurved strong thorns; pinne alternate, broad-lanceolate, the me- —

dian ones alternately approximate by twos, 1 to 2 ft. long by 38 to 5 im.

broad, towards the shortly acuminate apex bristly ciliate, many-nerved and

transversely veined, uniformly green; spadix bifariously decompound,

axillary, elongate, drooping ; spathes tubular, with an obliquely truncate —

acuminate limb, glabrous, sparingly recurved-thorny, the partial spathes —

conform, but not so small and less armed; spathules cymbiform, the outer —

margin acuminate-produced, glabrous ; male flowers greenish-yellow; ovary-

rudiment small, 3-lobed; drupes ellipsoid-oblong, rather glossy, apiculate,

neha

1874. | S. Kurz—Enumeration of Burmese Palms. 211

about % inch long, supported by the persistent rigid perianth; scales trape-

zoid, bluntish, slightly biconvex, with a faint longitudinal furrow, pale

brown, with a narrow blackish brown margin; seeds almost semi-convex,

grooved and irregularly wrinkled.

Has. In the evergreen tropical forests all over Burma from Chitta-

gong, Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim and the Andaman islands,

fr. Apr. May.

This is the g" of the Burmans. According to Roxburgh, its name

in Chittagong is Kora bet.

35. C. ANDAMANICUS, ”. sp., Pls, XX VII, A and XXVIII.

A lofty scandent rattan palm, the sheathed stems as thick as the arm,

the canes up to an inch in diameter, all parts almost glabrous ; leaves pin-

nate, terminating in a whip-like recurved-thorny tendril, 6 to 8 ft. long, the

petioles saccate at base, armed with short blackish thin thorns arising from

tubercle-like swellings and intermixed with a few long black spines ; the reddish

brown sheaths covered with numerous obliquely placed seriate whorls of

eapillary black spines, which soon break off and leave only their bases,

towards the fugaceously greyish-tomentose base furnished with reflexed

broader flat black spines up to nearly an inch long and forming stronger

combs; the rachis more or less depressed 5-gonous, armed beneath with

reflexed paired or ternary thorns, towards the petiole also distantly short

thorned along the margins; pinne solitary, alternate, equidistant, 2 to 24

ft. long and up to an inch broad, linear, subulate-acuminate, along the mar-

gins and on the three principal nerves beneath distantly capillary-spiny, trans~

versely veined, uniformly green; spadix axillary, ample, decompound,

nodding; spathes somewhat compressed-tubular, .armed with strong short

reflexed solitary to ternary black thorns, otherwise apparently glabrous ;

the partial ones unarmed, tubular and slit on one side, rather abruptly acue

minate, glabrous ; spathules tubular-cymbiform, closely imbricated, truncate,

glabrous ; flowers... ; drupes distichous, numerous, supported by the some-

what enlarged perianth, elliptically-ovoid, acuminate, uniformly brown,

about 4 inch long; scales rhomboid, crustaceous, glossy, chestnut-brown<

bordered, otherwise greenish, rather flat and without furrow, at apex prolon-

ged into a lanceolate pale brown opaque acute ciliolate membranous appen-

dage longer than the scale itself ; seed semi-convex, grooved ; albumen equable.

Has. Common in the forests all over the Andamans.

Chowdah of the Andamanese.

36. OC. TiaRINuS, 2. sp., Pls. XXV and XXVI.

A large scandent rattan, all parts glabrous, the canes up to an inch in

thickness ; leaves pinnate, 4—8 ft. long, without tendril ; the sheaths fear-

fully armed with whorls and half-whorls of broad flat sharp glossy fuscous

or black spines (an inch long) variously intermixed with shorter or thinner

9}2 S. Kurz—Hnumeration of Burmese Palms. [No. 4,

ones, sending out from their front a long similarly armed whip-like tendril

the thorns of which are connate and those further up recurved; the

petiole and lower parts of rachis similarly but less densely armed not

only on the back but also along its margins; pinne linear, the lower

ones by 2 or 8 approximate, alternate or nearly so, id to 2 ft. long,

many-nerved and transversely veined, acuminate, spinulose-ciliate, green

on both sides, the midrib above and usually also the lateral nerve

beneath distantly capillary-spiny ; the 2 terminal pigne more or less

connate, deeply 2-cleft ; spadix ample, decompound, nodding, tendril-bearing ;

spathes compressed linear-tubular, densely black-spiny ; the partial spathes

unarmed, tubular and much lacerating at apex; spathules tubular-cymbi-

form, densely imbricate, truncate, minutely brown scurvy, the one side more

produced and often lacerating ; flowers... ; drupes ovoid-oblong, acuminate,

about an inch long, black and brown variegated, 1-seeded, supported by the

scarcely enlarged perianth ; scales much imbricated, trapezoid, not furrowed

on the crustaceous glossy pale brown rather flat back, rather broadly black-

bordered and produced into a large pale-brown minutely lacerate membranous

rather acute appendage ; seed oblong, broadly and longitudinally ribbed.

Haz. Common in the evergreen tropical forests from the eastern slopes

of the Pegu Yomah and Martaban down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.

Prob. 8.

Called 7émé in Burma. The Andamanese name is wadah.

37. OC. renuis, Rowxb., Fl. Ind., ITI, '780; Griff: in Macl. Cale. Journ.,

V, 45 and Ind. Palms, 57, t. 1958, A—C; Mart., Palm., 335, t. 176, f. LZ,

t. Z, XVILL, f. XXIV and XXV; Mig., Fl. Ind. Bat., LI, 118,

Pl. XXXI;‘B.

The drupes of this species are almost ellipsoid-globular, seated on the

pedicel-shaped indurated perianth, apiculate, nearly % inch long, straw-

coloured ; scales rhomboid, uniformly straw-coloured with a narrow whitish

border, acute, almost flat, with a distinct longitudinal furrow.

Has. Chittagong (Roxb., etc.) ; also Pegu (according to Martius).

PER. Soir Apr. ;

According to Roxburgh, it is called bandhari bet in Chittagong ; speci-

mens from there in H. B, C. are marked with the native name golob bet.

38. C. araciiis, Rorb., Fl. Ind., ILI, 781; Griff. im Macl. Cale.

Journ., V, 54 and Ind. Palms, 64, ¢. 196 —P]. XXXI, C. |

Drupes $ inch long, elliptical to elliptically globular, apiculate, sup-

ported by the indurated stalk-like perianth, straw-coloured ; scales trapezoid,

bluntish, straw-coloured with a very narrow brownish margin, slightly

biconvex with a very deep longitudinal furrow ; seed irregularly wrinkled. |

Haz. Forests of Chittagong (Roxb.). Fr. March. . }

According to Roxburgh, called AZapoort bet in Chittagong. 5 5

ie Ua

ee eee SC

—see” Sar

1874. | S. Kurz—Hnumeration of Burmese Palins. 2138

89. OC. Henrerranvs, x. sp.

Evidently a slender scandent rattan somewhat of the habit of C. vimi-

nalis, all parts glabrous ; leaves pinnate, without tendril, the rachis thin,

8-gonous, along the convex back sparingly armed with small recurved soli-

tary thorns ; pinne narrow-linear, alternately approximated by 2 to 4, long,

acuminate, 6 to 8 in. long, towards the apex bristly ciliate, along the 2

lateral nerves above bristly and slightly so also along the midrib beneath ;

spadix elongate, very slender, glabrous; spathes elongate-linear-tubular,

compressed, green, sparingly recurved thorny along the edges, the upper

ones unarmed, the limb linear-acuminate, erect ; the partial spathes shorter

and truncate ; spathules minute, cymbiform, remote ; male flowers distichous,

about 13 lin. long; calyx cupular, shortly 8-toothed ; corolla more than

twice as long as the calyx, 3-cleft almost to the base, the lobes oblong, acute ;

stamens inserted at the base of the corolla; female flowers, etc. unknown.

Haz. ‘Tenasserim (or Andamans ?) (Helfer 6389).

It is apparently very nearly allied to C. viminalis, Bl., but the incom-

pleteness of the material before me excludes the possibility of identifying it.

It requires also comparison with C. exils, Griff. (Ind. Palms.,, 51), a species

which I have not seen.

40. OC. paARapoxus, ” sp., Pls. XXIX and XXX.

An extensive scandent rattan palm, all parts glabrous, the sheathed

stems 1 to 2 in. in diameter ; leaves pinnate, 5—7 ft. long, terminating in

a whip-like hooked-thorny tendril, the petiole short, along with the lower

part of the rachis indistinctly puberous and armed underneath and near both

margins with more or less straight sharp thorns; the sheaths armed with

yellowish sharp flat spines arranged in combs; pinne IL to 13 ft. long, up

to an inch broad, of a thin texture, alternating by pairs and remote, margi-

nate, shortly acuminate and inconspicuously remotely appressed-ciliolate ;

male spadix bifariously decompound, ample, drooping; spathes all smooth,

tubular, with a truncate shortly acuminate limb ; spathules similarly shaped,

but much smaller, embracing the base of the very short (1 to 3 lin. long)

distichously imbricate-bracted male spikelets ; bracts spreading, ovate, acute,

about a line long, brown, glabrous ; male flowers: calyx about a line long,

deeply 3-cleft, striate ; petals rigid, at base only connate, nearly 25 line long,

oblong, acute; stamens 6, filaments rigid, the lower part linear-oblong,

longer and broader than the anthers, terminating in an infracted thread,

from which the anther is versatilely suspended ; ovary-rudiment hardly any ;

female flowers and fruits unknown.

Has. Martaban, in the evergreen tropical forests of Palawa zeik

(Toukyeghat), east of Tounghoo. Fl. Apr.

I heard this species called Yamatha Khyeing by the Burmans.

41. C. Gurupa, Mart., Palm., ed. I, 211 et ed. II, 206 and 380, ¢.

214 S. Kurz—Hnumeration of Burmese Pals. [No. 4,

175, f. ZT, t. Z, XVI, f. XX and XXI. (C. Mastersianus, Griff. in

Macl. Cale. Journ., V, 76 and Ind. Palms., 84, t. 206 and 195, B, excl. fol.

sub nom. C. fasciculati).

Has. Frequent in leaf-shedding, especially the mixed, forests all over

Burma from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim. Fl. C. 8.; Fr. Apr.

May.

Called Kyeing ni in Burma.

Doubtful Species.

1. C. prarysparnus, MWart., Palm., ed. I, 210 (Demonorops platyspa-

thus, Mart., Palms., 206)

Stem thin, the sheaths sparingly armed with subulate thorns and

spreading bristles, im front below the membranous deciduous limb with bris=

tle-like thorns; the rachis and petiole with straight and recurved thorns ;

pinnee all equidistant, linear-lanceolate, acute, several-nerved, plaited, along

with the rachis beneath sparingly and minutely rusty-yillous, $ to 1 ft.

long, about an inch broad ; male spadix 13 ft. long, supradecompound, the

peduncle 13 inch long, compressed-terete, thorny and bristly, the rachis

lax, sparingly and minutely rusty-floccose, terminating in a recurved-thorny

tendril ; spathes membranous, flat, persistent, linear, 2—3 in. long, sparing-

ly aculeate or almost unarmed; male flowers about a line long; calyx

campanulate ; corolla twice as long, the petals lanceolate, acute (Zart. 1. c.).

Has. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall. Cat. 8610),

I have not seen this species, which (owing to the tendril-bearing spa-

dix) is evidently a Calamus, and, had it not been for the unequally distant

pinnules, might have been compared with C. Guruba.

2. C. concrnnus, Mart., Palm., 332, ¢. 116, f X; Walp. Ann. IH,

483.—Pl. XX, C.

Erect or almost stemless ? the rachis of the leaves (and of the spadix)

rusty-tomentose, sparingly beset below with half-conical subulate straight

reversed pale thorns ; pinnze 15 to 20 in. long, 1—14 inch broad, almost

equidistant, linear-lanceolate, subulate-acuminate, many-nerved, glossy above, —

with numerous transverse veins, the margins and keel above setulose ;

female spadix decompound ; spathes coriaceous, rupturing, with small rather

straight recurved thorns ; secondary spathes lax membranous ; spathules ring-

shaped, short; calyx-lobes ovate, twice as broad as the lanceolate almost

equally long corolla-lobes ; drupe globular, acute, as large as a pea; scales

yellowish, the lower margin broader brownish (JZart. : c.).

Has. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall. Cat. 8607.)

This species also is unknown to me, and the figured drupes appear to be

very unripe,

3. ©. nitmpus, Mart., Palms., 334; Walp. Ann., IIT, 484,

1874. | S. Kurz—Hnumeration of Burmese Palms. 215 |

Stem ? leaves rather rigid, the rachis armed with copious solitary and

combined recurved thorns intermixed with smaller ones; pinne 4 ft. long,

1 inch broad, approximate, equidistant, linear-lanceolate, glossy, marginate

along the 3 nerves above and almost bristly along the border ; female spa-

dix about 2—3 ft. long, terminating in a tendril, decompound ; spathes pro-

duced into a membranous limb 2 in. long, at base beset with small retrorse

black thorns rather thick at apex ; flowers by pairs (a male and a fertile

one) ; calyx tubular, 3-toothed ; corolla lobes ovate, acute; drupes (unripe)

globular, acute; scales chestnut-brown on the middle, with a broad pale-

coloured fringed margin (Mart. 1. c.).

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall. Cat. 8609).

Again a species which I cannot identify from the description only. It

seems to belong in the affinity of C. tagrinus, ete. with fringed-appeudaged

scales, but has elongate spathuies,

4, C. me“tANnacantuus, Mart., Palim., 333, eS ae hee ew Bey SU

AXIT, f. X; Walp., Ann., II, 484.—Pl|. XX, B.

Scandent, the thorns all antrorse, glossy black (those of the sheaths

almost whorled straight?) those on the rachis almost solitary, scattered and

short (1-8 lin. long), recurved ; pinnee equidistant, linear, about 12—13 in.

the upper ones 4 ft. long by 5—6 lin. broad, long acuminate, along the

borders, on the midrib beneath and above and along the two lateral nerves

beneath black-bristled ; female spadix decompound, terminating in slender

-retrorsely aculeate tendrils ; spathes rather terete, shortly truncate, the lower

ones with scattered retrorse thorns, the upper ones almost unarmed ; drupes

ellipsoid, acute, 10 lin. long by 5 lin. thick ; pale yellowish, sometimes with

a brown-coloured thin margin (art, 1. ¢.).

Haz. Tenasserim, Chappedong (Wall. Cat. 8608).

A species unknown to me.

5. C. numiuis, Roxb., Fl. Ind., [11, 773.

Shrubby ; not scandent nor flagelliferous. Leaves lanceolar, smooth,

many-nerved. Spines few, but long and strong (Low. 1. ¢.).

Has. Chittagong (Roxb.).

6. C. potyeamus, Rowxbd., Fl. Ind., III, 780; Griff. in Mael. Cale.

Journ., V, 48, in adnot.

iq A most extensive scandent rambler, canes the thickness of a common

4 walking-stick ; spines almost whorled; sheaths flagelliferous ; lower pinne

_ in remote fascicles of 3 or 4, the upper ones single and alternate or opposite,

all linear with a few bristles on the margins and nerves underneath ; male

and hermaphrodite flowers on the same supra-decompound spadix (Lowd.,

Bei. c.). |

. Has, Chittagong (Roxb.).

Hoodoom bet of the natives, according to Roxburgh.

_ 216 S. Kurz—Hnumeration of Burmese Pals. [ No. 4,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. *

(All figures are of the natural size, except where the contrary is stated.)

| pa ied See . oO

Pl. XII. Arzca uexasticua, Kurz. Fig. 1. plant, reduced in size; fig. 2. spadix

in young fruit ; fig. 3. transverse section of spadix, shewing the 6 series of flowers ; fig. 4.

a very young fruit with perianth ; fig. 5. the same, longitudinal section, somewhat mag- ;

nified. | a

Pl. XIII. Lrvistrona speciosa, Kurz. Fig. 1. plant, reduced; fig. 2. a piece ©

of the ultimate branching of the fruiting spadix; fig. 3. seed, from below; fig. 4.

section of the same; fig. 5. upper part of petiole and base of leaf. (The trunk in ©

fie. 1 is drawn too thick by nearly half a line).

Pl. XIV. Livisrona sprciosa, Kurz. Fig. 1. lower; fig. 2. upper part of petiole.

Pl. XV. Corypya macropopa, Kurz. Fig. 1. plant, reduced; fig. 2. seedling-

plant, also reduced; fig. 38. fruit; fig. 4. terminal pinnee, reduced ; fig. 5. portion of@

petiole, reduced.

Pl. XVI. Pxrzucrocomra MacrostacnyA, Kurz. Fig. 1. tail-like spike, lowest and —

uppermost part of it; fig. 2.a spathule with the inflorescence; fig. 3. flower; fig. 4.

flower of Plectocomia elongata, for comparison’s sake; fig. 5. flower, opened out, mag-—

nified; fig. 6. petal, from outside, magnified.

Pl. XVII. Pxrecrocomia macrostacuya, Awz. Fig. 1. a portion of the leaf; fig. 2.

the same, shewing spine on the under side. ‘Z

Pl. XVIII. Damonorors uypoteucus, Kurz. Fig. 1. flowering branch, 9 ; fig. 2. —

an ultimate’ branching of inflorescence, magnified; fig. 3. calyx, magnified; fig. 4.

corolla, laid open, magnified. a

Pl. XIX. Damomorors uypotevucus, Kurz. Fig. 1. portion of branch and lower —

part of leaf; fig. 2. terminal portion of leaf. -

Pl. XX. A. Korruatsia scapuicera, Mart., from the Andamans. Fig. 1. part —

of fruiting spadix; fig. 2. a flowering catkin, 9 ; fig. 3. drupe; fig. 4. scales of drupe, —

magnified; fig. 5. seed; fig. 6. the same, longitudinal section. B. CALAMUS MELANA= —

cantuus, Dart. Fig. 1. drupe, copied from Martius’s work. C. CALAMUS CONCINNUS, —

Mart., copied from Martius’s work. Fig. 1. fruiting branchlet ; fig. 2. drupe, magnified. —

Pl. XXI. Korruausta scapuicrra, JMart., from the Andamans. Fig. 1. sheath

and lower part of petiole ; fig. 2. young plant. 2

Pl. XXII. Catamus arzorescens, Griff, from Pegu. Fig. 1. part of fruiting

spadix; fig. 2. drupe; fig. 3. scales; fig. 4. seed, immature; fig. 5. terminal portion of —

the male spadix ; fig. 6. male flower, somewhat magnified ; fig. 7. calyx, slit open, magni-—

fied ; fig. 8. corolla, with stamens, laid open, magnified ; fig. 9. stamens from ss

views, magnified.

Pl. XXII. Capamus Erectus Roxd., from Chita aie Fig. 1. lower part of

female spadix ; fig. 2. portion of fruiting tie fig. 3. seed, with the resinous cover ;

fig. 4. seed, longitudinal section ; fig. 5. scales.

Pl. XXIV. Catamus EReEctTus, Roxd., from Chittagong. Fig. 1. portion of ma 4

spadix ; fig. 2. male flower ; fig. 3. corolla with stamens, laid open, somewhat er '

fig. 4. stamens from diiron views, magnified.

Pl. XXV. Cazamus tTicrinus, Kurz, from the Andamans. Fig. 1. fruiting — ,

of the spadix with portion of tendril; fig. 2. lower part of the basal spadix ; fig. 3. dru

1874. | S. Kurz—Znumeration of Burmese Talms. 217

fig. 4. scales of the same, magnified ; fig. 5. seed from above ; fig. 6. the same, side-view ;

fig. 7. the same in longitudinal section, shewing the embryo at e.; fig. 8. young fruits,

from Pegu; fig. 9. scale of the same, magnified.

Pl. XXVI. Caramus ticrinus, Awrz, from the Andamans. Fig. 1. leaf with ten-

dril, reduced ; fig. 2. portion of petiole and sheath with tendril ; fig. 3. pinnule.

Pl. XXVIT. A. Catamus Anpamanicus, Kurz, fromthe Andamans. Fig. 1. por-

tion of the fruiting spadix ; fig. 2. drupe; fig. 3. scales of the same, magnified ; fig. 4.

the same, still more magnified; fig. 5. seed; fig. 6. the same, longitudinal section.

B. Catamus Fascicuratus, Roxb., from Burma. Fig. 7. a portion of the spadix with

unripe and monstrous fruits ; fig. 8. a monstrous fruit, magnified.

Pl. XXVIII. Cauamus Anpamanicus, Kurz, from the Andamans. Fig. 1. a por-

tion of the stem with leaf and lower part of inflorescence, much reduced ; fig. 2. the

same, with the lower part of the petiole ; fig. 3. a pinnule.

Pl. XXIX. Catamus parapoxvus, Kurz, from the Martaban. Fig. 1. portion of

flowering male spadix; fig. 2. terminal spikelet of the same, magnified ; fig. 3. a male

flower, magnified ; fig. 4. the same laid open, magnified ; figs. 5 and 6. anthers seen

from the side and front, magnified ; fig. 7. leaf, reduced.

Pl. XXX. Catamus pARADoxus, KAwrz, from Martaban, 9. Fig. 1. lower portion

of leaf and sheath ; fig. 2. upper portion of ditto, with part of tendril.

Pl. XXXI. A. Caramus tatiFouius, Roxd., from the Andamans. Fig. 1. portion of

the fruiting spadix; fig. 2. drupe: fig. 3. scales of the same, magnified ; figs. 4 and 4,

seed seen from below and above; fig. 6. the same in longitudinal section ; fig. 7. unripe

fruits from Pegu; fig. 8. the same, somewhat magnified ; fig. 9. scales of the same,

‘magnified. B. Catamus TENvIS, Lovd., from Chittagong. Fig. 1. piece of fruiting spadix ;

fig. 2. drupe ; fig. 3. scales of the same, magnified ; fig. 4. seed, from above; fig. 5.

the same, in longitudinal section ; fig. 6. unfinished pencil sketch of drupe, copied from

Roxbureh’s drawings. CO. CALAMUS GRACILIS, Roxb., from Assam. Fig. 1. lower part of

spadix with leaf-sheath ; fig. 2. drupe; fig. 3. seed from below; fig. 4. the same, in

longitudinal section ; fig. 5. scales, magnified ; fig. 6. transverse section of the same,

218 [No. 4,

On THE GEenerAL THEORY OF Dupriex TELEGRAPHY.

By Louis SCHWENDLER.

(Continued from page 21.)

The first part of this investigation concluded by giving the best rela-

tions between the resistances of the different branches of the Bridge

Arrangement, under the limiting supposition, however, that the line used

for duplex working was perfect in insulation, or more generally that the real —

conduction resistance of the line could be neglected against the resistance

of the resultant fault.* :

It now remains, therefore, to investigate if the simple relations given

are generally true ; or, if not, what they become in case the line has an ap-

preciable leakage. In fact this is clearly the case of practical importance,

since all overland lines, especially long ones, even if constructed on the best

known principles, will always have a very considerable leakage, 2. e., the re=

sistance of the resultant fault (¢) will generally be by no means very large —

in proportion to the real conduction resistance (Z) of the line. 4

In order to obtain the best general solution of the problem, we must —

conduct the investigation with great caution, that is, we must be careful a

not to introduce beforehand any relation between the different variables, —

however convenient, that is not necessarily a consequence of the paramount —

condition to be fulfilled for Duplex Telegraphy, 7. e., Regularity of Signals.

‘Thus it will be seen that the present general investigation must be

conducted somewhat differently from the special one given in the First Part. ©

It must, however, be understood from the beginning that whatever the

best relations may be, which should exist between the different resistances —

of the Bridge Method, when used on an imperfect line, these relations must —

revert to the special ones given before if we put 7== », and this fact affords —

a certain check upon the correctness of the new relations to be found.

General solution of the first problem for the Bridge Method. :

The diagram (Fig. 1) given in the First Part represents the general _

case, and to it therefore I shall refer in the present paper. d

The general mathematical question which is to be solved for Duplex 4

Telegraphy has been stated as follows :—

Reeunariry of Srenats. DandS are two functions which must be ¥

rigidly equal to zero when no variation in the system occurs ; and which for. ;

* For a definition of the terms, “resultant fault,” “real conduction,” “ measured 3

conduction,” “real insulation,” ‘“ measured insulation,’ &c., which will be of frequent

occurrence in this paper, see my Testing Instructions, Part U, Section I. |

“it

1874.] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 219

any given variation in the system must be as small as possible, and approxi-

mate rapidly towards zero as the variation in the system becomes smaller and

smaller.

Further these ate functions D and S were expressed, say for Station

(1), as follows :

oN EAA!

D=awawT eS re ni AES

and ae

ys — =F’ ue a beat hl a8. gieeeiNg

These two expressions are quite te i. é., they do not as yet contain

any restrictive conditions (beyond those involved by the mode of arrange-

ment of the system of conductors) between the different variables ; and the

signification of the abbreviated terms can be found from the First Part.*

Now the first relation that we shall introduce is

wt B—=f

for both stations, which may be called most appropriately “the key equa-

tion.”’ | .

The introduction of this relation at the outset is quite justified, for say

that S’ — D’ =o is rigidly fulfilled in Station (1), when Station (I) is

sending and the key in Station (II) is at rest, and suppose the electromotive

force in Station (II) equals o (the E..M. F, of all elements annulled and only

their resistance ” left), then, moving the key in Station (II) from its rest

contact to its working contact, the regularity condition S’ — D’ = o would

be (2. e. balance in Station I) at once disturbed if w” + 6” = f” during the

motion of the key, even if no variation in the line took place. Thus it is

paramount to have w + 6 = f/f for each station during the movement of

the key.f

* For convenience of reference I shall give here all the terms of which use will be

made hereafter.

n=b(apdtg+f)+a+y (f+4)

m=b(g +d) +d(a+9,)

k=b(a+f) -a(f +4.)

eae

a=b(g +d) (otf) bag (def) + fd la+y) .

These expressions have been obtained by the application of Kirchoff’s rules to the

Bridge Arrangement as represented in Fig. 1, and they are quite general, as no other

relations beyond those represented by the diagram have been introduced as yet.

+ To fulfil the key equation most exactly during the movement of the key, I have

constructed a key (constant resistance key) based on the following principle: During

290 L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplew Telegraphy. { No. 4

But if for instance in Station (1)

wt =f

it follows that

; gaye

Hence, substituting its value for o’ and reducing, we get more simply,

y= os sae —— <p Sh 2 CG

but as

an’ b’

NW ae

ant

and

pared:

we have

Pane idee 1 1

Bis 0, en ee 0 ihe oo ate

; ae

Therefore S’ approximates most rapidly} towards zero if ee does, or

we have

, ey

should be as small as the circumstances will allow of.

the first movement of the key (up or down stroke) a force is stored up in a spring

before the contacts are changed, which force finally causes the change in these contacts ;

for this reason the two principal contacts of the key co-exist only for an almost

infinitesimal time, the length of which is moreover independent of the signalling speed.

Thus for this key w + f = 6 is fulfilled in all positions except one, when it is o + i.

but for such a short time that the error cannot have any disturbing influence whaf-

ever. ‘

* J is the proportion of the total current arriving at point 1 Fig. 1, which passes —

off through the instrument g’ when the key of Station (I) is at rest. Then W/, being a

function of a’, b’, d’, g’, is also a function of f’% ’ is the proportion of the total

current arriving at point 1 Fig. 1, which passes through the instrument g’ when the

key of Station (I) is sending, thus, besides being a function of a’, 0’, d and g’, it is a

function of w’ +4 p’ insead of f4 and as ¢’ and y’ are otherwise quite similar functions |

they become identical if we make ;

ai Peoed w ++ p’

Hy’ .

st — > can never become zero, but should on the contrary be as large as possible,

, ¥

and, therefore, S’ can only approximate towards zero hy ora oy becoming as small as |

possible. ‘a

1874.] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 221

Now that D’ approximates also rapidly towards zero by making

(Ne

om yy

as small as possible can be proved as follows :—

By definition we have

D = —

PP’

Further, as ¢’ == y’ (on account of the key equation), we have

p = ® invariably

Thus D’ for any given P’ approximates towards zero at the same rate

as S’ does, 2. e., the smaller 6’ becomes.

Therefore the whole problem is actually most generally solved by

making

as small as possible for both stations,

Now for Station (I), if balance in the g’ branch for the outgoing

current be established, we have

ad —vW ¢ =o

where c’ is the “measured circuit” from Station (I), and supposing that all

variations in the system are chiefly due to variations in the line resistance,*

we have at once:

—YVsc=—N’

8c’ the total variation of the line resistance may be either positive or

negative, and supposing that 6 ¢’ contains its sign we have:

= ——

——

to be made as small as possible.

Now in case of the line being perfect (¢ == ) 8c’ = 8Z (a constant

with respect to the different resistances of each arrangement, and which

was the case in the first solution). At present however éc’ is a function

* The variations in c’ may be due to variations in the line, or to variations in the

duplex arrangements. In the latter case they may be due either to an alteration of

temperature in the station and then the effect can be only small, or to an accident (wire

or connection breaking) and then the influence will become so great that nothing short

of actual repairs could help. Thus practically the problem has only to be solved for

variations in the line.

222 Li. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 4, q

of the resistances of the two arrangements, which function must be first

determined before we can decide what general condition makes & as small

as possible.

We have

Kol gy Oe tn

a8 a ot eae

p” being the complex resistance of Station (IT).

Put V ==2

andl’ + "= L

i(L —a + p”)

t+ L—x + p” .

Now e¢’ may vary from three essentially different causes, namely :—

1. «& varies, or the position of the resultant fault alters ;

2. 7 varies, or the resistance of the resultant fault alters; -

3. L varies or the real conduction of the line alters, as may happen

by an increase or decrease of the temperature along the whole

length of the line, or by the occurrence of a partial discon-

tinuity (imperfect joints, loose shackles, &c.).

These three causes may act separately or conjointly, and their total

effect we can approximately get by taking the ¢otal differential of c’ with

respect to w, 2, and L.

C= 7 +,

WE. tthe des de’

, de de ke 4 ee a

or Oc = ae ov + rr ov + aT. 6L approximately,

which expression is perfectly true, however, for small variations da, 0%,, —

and ol, |

Now*

nv u’ pias

= Sp + dc’ = p' + ec’ + de’

rs mm! i: Ma

Te me ’ n?

— —— es eee

ma of yY m

CL? INE ny SIN oe Oe

sp oY om es

but A’ = b' be’

1874. |-L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy, 223

But as dx, 62 and 6Z are very ane and, as neither o, — nor =

can become infinite, it follows that dc’ must be always very small in pro-

portion to ¢’ itself, and more so as compared with p’ + ec’.

- Thus we have at last

de’ d. ,

de’ , Cc

a F uv + raat ov + aE OL

p - ¢’ p + eo p’ + co’

and therefore to make @’, for independent variations 62, 6¢, and dZ, as small

as possible, each term should be made as small as possible. Now, taking p’

and p” as independent variables, it will be seen that the total differential of

LP mage ae aN ey:

¥ R

ee ya ee ee)

each term is negative. Thus 6’ becomes smaller the larger p’ and p” are

selected, and the same of course is the case for 6” (Station IT).

Now the complex resistance of any one station can be expressed as

follows :—

BeGre+) wine

atgtd+f (atdtgtf)\ batdtgtf+atg(fta}

Thus for any given sum of resistances, 2. ea + f+ d+ 9 = const.,

p will be largest if

Cf AO We elds Se apitarh woceys gee tie eateastl © (Vay

- which is the “ zmmediate balance condition.”

Now

my Kw

i a

K’

Substituting for 72 its value we get

= +e

but N’ =n 4 a’

NV’ a a”

par fae? 1 eo &

NN’

Fain fp’

fp ee ra eae

* This expression is nothing else but the resistance of a Wheaistone’s Bridge

between the two battery electrodes. It is most easily obtained by the application of

Kirchoff’s rules.

224 L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. (No. 4,

The fulfilment of the immediate balance condition is therefore nolonger _

an assumption made to afford convenient and quick means of adjustment

when balance is disturbed, but, as has been proved, is necessary in order to

reduce the effect of any disturbance whatever to a minimum.

Supposing now the fulfilment of the immediate balance, we have

—_(g+4 @t+S)

— atdt+frg

which again has a relative maximum for

GPA ery

whence it follows, in consequence of equation (VI), that :

Le Lh ee ere

represents the general solution of the as see

This result might of course have been anticipated from the special

solution, since equation (VIII) gives only a relation between the branches, —

quite independently of 7. It remains now to determine the magnitude of one —

of the branches, and to this end we have to consider the magnetic moments —

of the receiving instruments. )

Maxima Macneric Moments. By definition we have

. S=—= P—Q@qQ

for both stations, and as it has been proved before quite generally that

S—oifd\—o, ie. if rigid balance in the station for the out-going ~

current be established, we know at once that at or near balance the currents —

which in one and the same station produce single and duplex signals must

be identical, and need therefore express the magnetic moment in each station —

for one current only, by presupposing balance in both the stations.

The currents which at or near balance produce the signals are

EE” yw ;

* GY see a 2

G’ = ad Fae in Station (1), —

" EE’ se :

and % G = A, pare ' ” ” (II). ;

* For balance in Station (IT) the current passing ‘ede Station e is

bh”

G= Ez" — a wy

G? = Ek” este ry

yn” y” od

but 2” = 49" (g" + b”)

and dividing by 4” we get

1874.] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 225

These expressions follow from the general formule by fulfilling the

regularity equation (VIII) for both stations, and in addition the balance

conditions.

Multiplying now G by / g’ and G" by vo 9g", we get

P’ mist " vi Gg pe

4 g “+ a

on EVI

<a eon et

the magnetic moments of the two instruments in Nos. (I) and (II) Sta-

tions respectively ; and, considering that*

ee Teo

where Q=—=(f +1) (op +U)+iC¢e ty +l +1”), we may write the

two above expressions as :—

; i" Q :

Se oA 5

P' =o.

The first expression has clearly an absolute maximum with respect

to g’, and the second with respect to g”, but these two maxima cannot be

simultaneously fulfilled, and do not therefore represent a solution in this

particular case. But if we consider that during a duplex signal both the

instruments g/ and g” are in circuit, while during a s¢ngle signal, though not

both the instruments yet certainly their equivalent in resistances are in

circuit, it will be clear why simultaneous maxima of the two single expres-

sions are not possible. It represents simply the more general case to which

the question belongs of making the magnetic moments of two instruments,

connected up in the same single circuit, maxima. In this case it is well

known we can do nothing more than make the sum of the magnetic mo-

ments a maximum, and here therefore we must do the very same.

Adding then we get

parser ibvs+Ev¢

a x” ie

as g! + fh

* This can be easily shewn by substituting for «4 4”, ¢’ and c” their actual values.

226 L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 4, q

which expression has a maximum with respect to both g’ and g” considered —

as independent variables, and such indeed according to the nature of the

problem they really are. a

Thus, differentiating 2 with respect to g’ and g”, we get ,

d i , , wD a d Q

Tp OB INV I + \T7=°

and

d fe 7 lA id / d Q

Tg ee ie v9 tag \ap=?

But as the same kind of instruments are employed in both the stations, —

we require evidently also the same force in both to produce the signals, no

matter what the state of the line may be.

Thus we must put* .

f’ as Pp

4. Qo 4 Q

i" WG

Kt’ VI

Q — 49’, = 0

7 dy

and

Q Big! apes

but f

dQ 77 a -

agi 4 + 1" 4+ 2

ana

OO tls e® eaielee

Fema sees

Substituting these values in the above equations and reducing ; and,

further, dividing the first equation by /’ + @ and the second by 2" + 4, we

get at last .

tel ; : 7 ; «4

7] yee oy = yee

o" + pepe 39 ( ea 0 | 7

and

it gy’

, : 1 ere p as

| Tegra e g (+;4) a

* This supposition in’ the case of a perfect line is fulfilled by itself, since then the

two instruments are not only of the same kind, but absolutely identical. @

Paes eS Tan

«ce

ake

1874.] L. Schwendler— On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 227

Lv WERE

Put l’ + ne = We measured conduction from Station (II),

, ee

and U + a i 5g measured conduction from Station (1).

Thus, the two equations which determine the absolute magnitude of

g and g’ respectively, are

Li+g¢—3y7'(1 7) =?

a a

and

Y n " g”

== & —___ | ——

L'+g ieee) :

from which g’ and g” can be expressed, namely,

Se ae ee Oe LOG) eset, (X’)

and

(i EERE ONIN OES 1 ae Ex")

where

g =t- Ll

and

qg pees 4 + i?

Supposing now 7 = «, or the insulation perfect, we have L’ = L” =

LD, and

(seein yey PERS fae L

Yom team: ga

the former special solution.

But so long as z is not infinite, Z’ and Z” may be different from each

other ; and, therefore, also g’ different from g”, and, further,

and

will be somewhat too large. These values will, however, represent a very

close approximation in the case of any line in tolerably good electrical con-

dition ; and, as a line worked dwplicé represents two lines, it can be always

afforded to select the best sections, when the above values for g’ and g”

will be sufficiently correct for all practical purposes, especially if it be

remembered that when once g’ and g” have been fixed, they cannot be

easily altered, and that, therefore, LZ’ and L” must be invariably certain

averages, either for the whole year or for certain seasons. This, however,

belongs more to the practical application than to the theory of Duplex

Telegraphy.

228 L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 4,

The resistance of the 6 branch in each station can now be easily cal-

culated from the balance equations and the values given for g’ and g”.

The value of the 4 branch must be calculated to enable as to

ascertain that maximum part of 6 which will have to be made variable in

increments for the purpose of adjusting balance, and to this interesting

question we shall revert further on.

The general solution of the problem might now be considered complete,

if it were not for the currents which produce the signals, of which we do

not know as yet with certainty that we have the maxima in the solution

given above. It must, however, be understood that this solution represents

the only true one from our physical point of view, and that, if it should not

be identical with that giving the maxima currents, when considered general-

ly by themselves from the beginning, the solution would not be thereby

invalidated ; but only the duplex method in question would prove to be not

quite so perfect as could be desired. The sequel, however, will shew that

the relation a = d == g = / represents also the maxima currents that are

possible under the circumstances. As this investigation is of great impor-

tance in forming a correct opinion of the value of the method, it will be

fully gone into.

Maxima Currents. When considering the question of currents, for

any telegraphic circuit, the two conditions which invariably should be ful-

filled are :

Firstly.—Greatest possible constancy of current.

Secondly.—Maximum current.

How far these two conditions can be fulfilled simultaneously, depends

clearly on the special circuit and the special arrangements adopted; but so

much is certain, that from a practical point of view, the first condition (con-

stancy of current) will always be of far greater importance than the second,

inasmuch as the required strength of currents can be obtained by employ-

ing cells, efficient in kind, sufficient in number, and properly arranged to

suit requirements.

Thus in our case, when we consider the currents which produce the

signals in Duplex Telegraphy, before going to the condition of maximum

current, we must ascertain first the condition of greatest possible constancy

of current.

Now it has been proved before that immediate balance in each station

is requisite in order to make the effect of any disturbance on the receiving

instrument as small as the circumstances will allow of. But as these dis-

turbances were considered with respect to one and the same instrument, 7. @.,

independently of the magnetic moment, these disturbances are then simply

due to the disturbances in the signalling current ; from which it follows at

once that the fulfilment of the ammediate balance condition is required also

1874.] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 229

in order to have the greatest possible constancy in the signalling current.

Thus when investigating the question of maxima currents we are justified

in presupposing the rigid fulfilment of the immediate balance for both sta-

tions, 2. é.,

ad — gf =o

Further, as it has been shewn before that the fulfilment of the regu-

larity condition

a tae Rae

for both stations does make the effect of the disturbances still smaller, we

have only to investigate the current at balance, and to show that the con-

dition of maximum current becomes identical with the regularity condition,

whence it would follow that the duplex method under consideration is

perfect in every conceivable respect.

The question to be solved stands, therefore, as follows :—

Two signalling currents, the expressions of which are known, have to be

made simultaneous maxima, while the different variables are linked together

by four condition equations.

: Thus C= Baw y

the current which produces single and duplex signals in Station (I).

G” —- an’ as pe” yy”

k’

the current which produces single and duplex signals in Station (IT).

1. ad —b'e¢ =o »)

balance in (g’) Station (1).

9. a’ d”’ ae b” e —=@

balance in g” Station (11). Condition equations.

8. ad —y f’=o0

A. a” of” aa gf? =— QO

immediate balance in both stations.

Now ec’ is a function of p”, but on account of equation (4) p” is in-

dependent of b”, thus c’ is also independent of 0”; in the same way it

follows that ¢” is independent of 0’; thus 0’ and b” can be explicitly expres-

sed at once, and from the four condition equations we have

ss pe le

230 L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 4,

and, substituting these values in the expressions for G’ and G@”, we get

EPL

2 ag

fea ty ta tay} fyW+yt+e7+%}

2 y a” ¢

Q's — BY 0 eee

fo@+y/) +0497 +4)} (a'@'ty) ta" (y +4}

where

g = 7 + i

i — a + Wis

Put a —— We

and substitute in the first expression

gq =e k io

in the second

Dela bs

when we get

, ,

GQ@=EBik: “7 ________.

{o" a" +g hk) ta’ a’ +¥h)} {y'(@a'ty) +4 (+4) }

Oa EG. eee

‘ (9” 4: ak) +a'(g" + d' ky} { 9” (a" +9") a a’ (d” +9"}

Now it will be seen that G’ has clearly a maximum with respect to g’,

while G” has a maximum with respect to g” ; thus, if we take g’ as the only

variable in G’ (& constant) and differentiate with respect to g’, we get

d G”’

ag” °

and, if we take g” as the only variable in G” and differentiate, we get

d GQ”

oy oie

* If in these two expressions we put

and remember that then

’d=d’=ad

f=7 =

and cé="’=—L+-p

a(g + 4)

while as

: a-g |

we get @=Q=G=8 eee

{TGF +2094} «FH

the expression of the current which produces the signals (single and duplex) through i

a perfect line, as was given in the first part of this investigation (p. 19). S

ee ee oe

1874. ] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy, 231

These two equations must be fulfilled simultaneously in order to

have the simultaneous maxima of the two currents in question,

hgh Be ; g

Executing the differentiation, and re-substituting for & its value te

~”

we get after reduction

PCP Nera rre re.

HIOHING CHD HEU + DZ —

ands Wa’ (+d) (g’ +d) —of f W+Y) (a as e)

StH) {ety ta’ G+ ay} —

while

dc” a {a — 7a)

ij tee @+e>

dé’ we 4? a’ (a”’ wets d’’)

dg” fini (9” -|- py? ° gs + gy

Now the terms inethe two equations which have on and — fe ; for factors

dy”

become independently zero, the first for a’ = d’, and the second for a” == d” :

and, substituting these values for d’ and d” in the other two terms, both

become zero for

va’ —7'¢ =o

whence it follows that

a —d’=0

a” —d” =0

ea — gy == 0

is one of the simultaneous solutions of the two equations.*

Thus, substituting for d’ its value a’, ik for d” its value a’, we get

i ag”

GC = Li [

CNA) NPS TR GTAP SNE ste)

G’” — HK’ 2 a” ; Dee

C+a@+/) Ct +7)

The first Seika has clearly a maximum ‘with respect to a’, and the second

with respect to wv”, namely

dG?

eae 0, which gives a = g’,

and = = 0, which gives a” = g”.

* The other solutions which are possible from a mathematical point of view are

however impossible with respect to the physical problem, for the quantitics being all

electrical resistances must be taken with the same sign, say positive.

232 Li. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 4,

Thus it follows generally that a= d = g represents a maximum of

the currents, and this, in consequence of the immediate balance, gives at

last

Ce ah

the known regularity condition, which thus has also to hold good in order

to make the two currents G’ and G” simultaneous maxima.

The first problem for the Bridge Method has therefore now been gene-

rally solved, and the results are expressed by the following formule :

a=—d—f—g—wt+f

c—Hily ie a)

1 s

where — f =

When.the insulation is perfect (¢ == o) the results revert to those

originally obtained in the special solution, viz :—

a=d=f=g=wtsf

It will be clear that the given solution fulfils the following conditions

which are necessary and sufficient to place Duplex Telegraphy on a par

with Single Telegraphy. .

i. <Any variation in the resistance of the line has the least possible dis= —

turbing effect on the receiving mstrument. q

ii, Any disturbance can be eliminated by a single Gece in the b

branch without disturbing balance in the distant station.

ii, Maximum magnetic moment of the receiving instrument.

iv. Maximun current,

There seems to me to be no other method that can fulfil all these con-—

ditions simultaneously, and the “ double balance’* method must therefore —

be pronounced perfect in every conceivable respect. I am convinced that if —

Variation Calculus, the dowble balance method would come out as the final ;

and only solution.

* [have called this method the “double balance’ method, since there are two —

balances to be fulfilled in each station, namely, balance in the 6 branch for the arriving: e

current and balance in the g branch for the outgoing current. ;

+ The double balance method was introduced on one of the important Bombay-Cal-

cutta main lines in June last. Since then this duplex method has been working so —

satisfactorily and with such regularity and speed, even during the worst time of the —

—s =>)” ee: —. oe

”

1874,] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy 233

ADDENDUM.

HISTORICAL.

When reading this paper before the Asiatic Society on the 4th Febru-

ary 1874, and, further, when editing the First Part for publication in the

Journal of the Society, I was unacquainted with the fact that a most com-

plete history of Duplex Telegraphy had been published by Dr. Karl Eduard

Zetzsche* (Leipzig 1865). According to Professor Zetzsche,¢ the Bridge

Method of Duplex Telegraphy was already invented in 1863 by Maron, a

Prussian Telegraph Inspector ; and Dr. Zetzsche very truly remarks that

the Bridge Method would seem to be that least affected by variations in the

resistance of the line. To this, from an historical point of view, most valua-

ble book, I refer the reader. It is to be hoped that an English translation

of it may soon be published.

year (South-West monsoon)—when necessarily the insulation as well as the inductive

capacity of lines are so enormously variable, that about its thorough practicability no

doubt can be entertained, and Col. Robinson, Director General of Telegraphs in India,

has consequently decided to introduce this duplex method also on the other long main

lines of India.

At present the apparatus for the Bombay-Madras line (worked direct 800 miles) ig

almost finished, and the apparatus for Calcutta-Rangoon is under manufacture.

The Calcutta-Bombay main line is worked duplicé with Jabalpur only in transla-

tion; distance between Calcutta and Jabalpur 850 miles: distance between Jabalpur and,

Bombay 640 miles. The wire is almost throughout No. 53 B. W. G. (diam. = 5}

m. m.)

This experiment, made on such a large scale and under the most unfavorable meteo-

rological conditions, has proved most conclusively the practicability of the double balance

_method, which certainly will invariably succeed on any liue where single telegraphy is

possible.

* Die Copiertelegraphen, die Typendrucktelegraphen, und die Doppel Telegraphie,

ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der electrischen Telegraphie, von Dr. Karl Eduard Zetzsche,

Leipzig 1865.

+ Page 126 in the work quoted.

(To be continued.)

234 [No. 4,

OF A NEW SPECIES.— By G. EH. Doxpsoy, B, A., M. B., F. L. S.

To Major H. H. Godwin-Austen we chiefly owe our knowledge of the

fauna of these little known hill tracts, and the following list has been almost

altogether made out from his collections presented to the Indian Museum,

Most of the species were new, or Himalayan forms, while one is a well

known European bat.

Fam. RHINOLOPHIDA,

1. RuryoLopuvs Ltuctus, Temm.

This species has never, so far as I know, been found in the plains. In-

deed all the species of this genus appear to be fond of elevated lands far

from human habitations. The genus £4nolophus is the only genus of this

large family represented in the colder latitudes, and both species of leaf-

nosed bats found in England belong to it. The fur of all the species is

remarkably long and dense, evidently in relation to the temperature they

live in. In this respect they contrast remarkably with the species of the

allied genus, Phyllorhiwa, which are almost confined to the plains and low

hill ranges of the tropical and sub-tropical parts of the Eastern Hemis-

phere.

2. Ru. YUNANENSIS.

Rh. Yunanensis, Dobson, J. A. 8. B., 1872, p. 336.

? Rh. larvatus, Milne-Edwards (non Horsficld), Mammif. du Tibet, 1872, p. 248.

Milne-Edwards’ species is most probably identical with this, which will

probably be found generally distributed throughout the Himalayas and —

adjoining mountain ranges. A dried specimen in the Indian Museum from —

Tupai Mukh, collected during the Lushai expedition, belongs to this species.

3. PHYLLORHINA ARMIGERA, Hodgson.

This fine species, first discovered by Mr. Hodgson in Nipal, is almost —

the only hill-dweller among numerous and widely distributed species of the

genus. It is alone surpassed in size by the African Ph. Commersoni (Ma- —

cronycteris gigas, Gray), and is the largest Asiatic leaf-nosed bat yet dis- —

covered. It extends along the Himalaya into China, and has been found

by Mr. Swinhoe at Amoy. )

The Khasia Hills are a new locality for this species.

4, PH, LEPTOPHYLLA, n. sp.

Kars rather large, broad and triangular with subacute tips, the outa

margin slightly concave beneath the tip. The upper transverse nose-leaf

1874.] G. E. Dobson—On the Chiroptera inhabiting the Khasia Fills. 235

small, upper edge simple, narrower than the horse-shoe portion, thin, the

three vertical folds in front faintly discernible at base only: the horse-

shoe with a small incision in the centre of its front free edge: frontal pore

- small, placed at some distance behind the transverse nose-leaf.

Wing-membranes from the tibia a short distance above the ankle ;

interfemoral membrane triangular, the extremity of the tail projecting,

Fur and integuments dark throughout.

This species belongs to the same section* of the genus as Ph. armigera

from which it is distinguished by its considerably smaller size ; by the upper

transverse nose-leaf being simple, not lobed above as in that species, and by

the incised front edge of the horse-shoe which in Ph. armigera is invariably

plain.

The specimen from which the above description is taken is an adult

male preserved in alcohol, obtained in the Khasia Hills by Major H. H

Godwin-Austen and sent by him to the Indian Museum.

5. Pu. parvata, Horsfield.

The Indian Museum possesses specimens of this species from the Kha-

sia Hills collected by the late Lieut. Bourne. They differ remarkably in

the colour of the fur from the Javanese and Burmese forms. ‘Those from

the Khasia Hills are usually very dark without the least reddish tinge; in

one specimen, however, an old male with greatly enlarged glandular eleva-

tions between the eyes, the fur has a very distinct orange tinge throughout.

6. Pu. Futva, Gray.

This appears to be the most widely distributed species of the genus.

It varies remarkably in the colour of the fur and size of the ears, and has

consequently received nearly as many names as those of the different coun-

tries it inhabits.

Fam. VESPERTILIONIDA.

7, VESPERUS PACHYOTIS.

Vesperus pachyotis, Dobson, P. A. 8. B., 1871, p. 211. .

This remarkable species, readily distinguished by its peculiar fleshy

ears, has not been recorded from any other locality. The original deserip-

tion was taken from two adult specimens, a male and female, preserved in

alcohol in the Indian Museum.

8. VESPERUGO (PIPISTRELLUS) IMBRICATUS, Horsfield.

This is the commonest bat in India where it takes the place of the

European Pipistrelle. Specimens vary much in size according to age and

locality ; the form of the teeth, especially of the incisors, is also very varia-

* Gloionycteris, Gray.

236 G.E. Dobson—On the Chiroptera inhabiting the Khasia Hills. {No. 4,

ble, and consequently the species has received a great number of different

names,

9, VESPERUGO (PIPISTRELLUS) AUSTENIANUS.

Pipistrellus Austenianus, Dobson, P. A. 8. B., 1871, p. 218.

Major Godwin-Austen has lately sent another specimen of this species

which is readily known by its broad straight tragus, and intensely black

integuments and fur. P. affinis, Dobson, from Yunan, is very close to this

species, but there are nine vertebree in the tail compared with seven in P.

Austenianus, the tragus is narrower, and the colour of the fur light brown.

10. Nycricesvs ornatus, Blyth.

This peculiarly marked bat is the nearest representative of the Ameri-

can genus Atalapha ( = Lasiurus). It is common in the warm valleys

about Darjeeling and Dr. J. Anderson found it in the Kakyan Hills,

Yunan.

11. BaRBASTELLUS COMMUNIS, Gray.

I can discover no difference between the specimen sent by Major God-

win-Austen and specimens of the common European Barbastelle. It ap-

pears to be common in the Himalayas. Specimens have been sent from

Masuri by Captain Hutton, and from Simla by Moulvie Ataor Ruhman ;—

those from Simla are preserved in the Indian Museum.

It may be confidently expected that the following species which are ~

generally common in the surrounding countries will be found in the Khasia

Hills, namely—Péeropus medius, 'Temm.; Cynopterus marginatus, Geoff. ;

Cynonycteris amplexicaudata, Geoff. ; MMegaderma lyra, Geoff. ; Rhinolophus

affinis, Horsf.; 2th. Garoensis, Dobson ; Phyllorhina diadema, Geoff.; Ph.

speoris, Schr. ; Taphozous saccolaimus, Temm.; TL, melanopogon, Temm. ;

Vespertilio formosus, Hodgson; Kerivoula picta, .Pallas; K. Hardwickii,

Gray ; Vesperugo annectens, Dobson; Vesperus (Tylonycteris) pachypus, —

Temm., ; Vycticejus Temminckia, ork ; WV. Tickelli, Blyth ; Murina ke ¥

Pallas ; and JZ. eyelotis, Dobson.

1874] 237

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECTES OF CHTROPTERA FROM INDIA AND

Younan.—By G. E. Dozson, B, A., M. B., F. L. 8.

PHYLLORHINA BRACHYOTA, 0. sp.

Ear comparatively small, as broad as long, inner margin very convex

forwards, outer margin slightly concave beneath the tip ; nose-leaf as in

Ph. larvata, Horsf., front surface of upper transverse portion with three very

distinct vertical ridges ; frontal pore small, indistinct, not larger than that

of the females of Ph. larvata.

Feet small: wing-membrane from the metatarsus near the base of the

toes. Interfemoral membrane rather large, triangular behind; extreme tip

of tail free.

Fur, above, light brown at base, the terminal third of the hairs very

dark, the extreme tips paler: beneath similar but somewhat paler. The

fur on the shoulders and along the spine darker. Hars and wing- and inter-

femoral-membranes very dark known. Specimens in colourless alcohol ap-

pear very dark brown throughout.

The second upper premolar is separated from the canine by a wider

interval than usual in this genus; in the midst of this space, but rather to

the outside, the small, scarcely distinguishable first premolar is placed.

Length, head and body 17:95 inches ; tail 1”°4: ; head 0-75 ; ear (ante-

riorly) 0”5; forearm 1°75; thumb 0”.25; second finger 2’”°7; fourth

finger 2/1; tibia 0’°72; calcaneum 0”-4; foot and claws 03.

The above description is taken from an adult male, preserved in alcohol,

obtained by Staff Surgeon F. P. Staples in Central India, and presented by

him to the Museum of the Army Medical Department at Netley.

VESPERTILIO MONTIVAGUS, N. sp.

Crown of head very slightly elevated ; muzzle obtuse: ears narrow,

tapering, with rounded tips; outer side flatly emarginate immediately be-

neath the tip for about quarter its length, then slightly convex, and lower

down, opposite the base of the tragus with a small emargination, terminat-

ing beyond this in a small rounded lobe; inner margin convex for two-thirds

its length, then forming a straight line to the tip ; tragus long, narrow, and

acutely pointed; inner margin straight, outer slightly convex upwards

with a small rounded lobe at the base.

Feet very small, toes two-thirds the length of the whole foot. Tail

wholly contained within the interfemoral membrane. Wings from the base

of the toes,

238 G. E. Dobson— Deseriptions of New Bats. [ No. a

Fur, above, dark-brown, the extreme tips paler and shining; beneath —

much darker, almost black for three-fourths the length of the hairs, the

remaining portion ashy. In front the face is everywhere densely covered,

the long hairs concealing the eyes and leaving the tip of the nose alone

naked: on each side of the muzzle two or three small glandular wart-like

elevations may be seen through the hairs. ‘The ears are quite naked ante-

riorly, posteriorly their bases only are covered. On the wing-membrane the

fur of the back extends as far as a line drawn from the junction of the —

proximal and middle thirds of the humerus to the commencement of the

distal third of the femur: on the interfemoral membrane it ceases abruptly —

at the end of the second caudal vertebra. Beneath the fur extends upon —

the wing-membrane as far as a line drawn from the elbow to the knee-joint ;

fourths of the remaining part is very thinly clothed with the short hairs

arising from the transverse dotted lines.

Incisors, on each side, parallel and acutely pointed ; inner incisors

longest, with a small acutely pointed talon near their extremities on the

outer side. In the lower jaw the second premolar is small but distinctly

visible, standing in the tooth-row ; in the upper jaw the space between the —

placed interiorly, in the angle between the first and third premolar, and with ~

difficulty distinguishable even with the aid of a lens. a

Length, head and body 1’°8 inches ; tail 1’°6; head 0°65; ear 0’°58; 4

tracus 0-25 ; forearm 15 ; thumb 0°25; second finger 2”-7; fourth fin- —

ger 19; tibia 0’-6 ; foot and claws 0”:3.

Habitat.—Hotha, Yunan. Si

The above description is taken from adult male and female specimens

preserved in alcohol, obtained by Dr. J. Anderson during the Yunan Expedi- —

tion, and deposited in the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

ees

1874.] 239

Some OrnituoLogicaAn Notres AND CORRECTIONS.

By W. Epvwry Brooks, C. EH,

(Received August 25th, read Nov. 4th, 1874).

TINNUNCULUS PEKINENSIS, Swinhoe.

I obtained a mature male, a young male in changing plumage, and an

adult female of this species, in April last, near Dinapore. ‘They were, with

many others, hovering over the cleared paddy land close to the line of rail-

way.

T. cenchris, Naum., it will be remembered, is distinct from the Indian

and Chinese species.

ACCIPITER VIRGATUS, Temm.

J. A. 8. B., 1872, p. 73.

Mr. Hume saw the specimen procured in Cashmere by Capt. Cock, and

pronounced it to be an old male of Ae. nisws, Lin. ; in which I believe him

to have been correct.

AQUILA BIFASCIATA, Gray and A. ORTENTALIS, Cab.

With the addition of Mr. Anderson’s specimens, I have now eight of

the latter species. Four are marked as males, as indeed their small size in-

dicates ; the average length of the wing in these is 20°09 inches. Of four

males of A. bifasciata —the first four I met with—the average of the wing is

20°62 inches, or a trifle more than half an inch difference, which is quite

a trifling one for so large a bird as an eagle. The sexing of one of the four

females is certainly incorrect : this bird has a wing only 20.75 long: one of

the males has the wing 20.50: showing a difference of only 0.25 in. between

male and female, which, in an eagle of this size, is far too small ; there should

have been a difference of 1.50 in. at least. Between the four males and

four females of A. bifasciata there is an average difference of 2.63 inches ;

I, therefore, need only contrast the males of each as regards size, using for

this purpose only this series of eight of each which I have before me.

One of the objections to my identification of Ag. orientalis with A.

bifasciata was the alleged larger average size of the latter—a question which

must be left open till a reliable series of the European bird can be obtained,

z.e., reliable as regards sex. The European birds were mostly obtained from

the dealer Moeschler of Dresden, and there is much doubt about the speci-

mens marked as females, for they approach the males too closely in size.

The other point of supposed difference was the darker tone of plumage

of the European bird. With regard to this, I find that the Indian species is

quite as dark. In fact, in the series now before me, the balance of darkness

240 W. E. Brooks—Ornithological Notes and Corrections. [No. 4,

of colour is decidedly on the side of the Indian birds. The European ones,

which are spring and summer birds, are more faded. The question of colour

may, therefore, be dismissed at once, for in this respect the two species cor-

respond as closely as could be desired, but that of comparative size must stand

over till a good series of the European bird is obtained, and for such a

series to possess any value the sexes of the birds should have been determined

by a naturalist, and not by a mere dealer.

For the present, then, I adhere to my conclusion that the two species

are identical ; each one having the peculiar buff patch at the back of the

head, the strongly banded wings when immature, and a tail barred in pre-

cisely the same way—all very strong points in favour of absolute identity, -

AQUILA HASTATA, Lesson.

This species is said by Mr. Dresser to differ from the species found in

North Furope, in the plumage of the young bird. The adults are said to

correspond.

I have two specimens in their first plumage, taken from the nest at

Saharunpore, and the following is a description of them.

Irides dark brown ; bill black, but lead-gray towards base; cere and

gape bright yellow; feet a dull yellow; claws black. Above, dark hair-

brown; this dark brown is shaded into quite a brownish-grey on the lower

half of the back and upper tail-coverts, the feathers of this lighter portion

being dark-shafted ; upper tail-coverts barred with white on their outer

webs; from top of head and down to nape of neck the feathers are tipped

with small fulvous spots ; scapulars, ridge and bend of wing, and most of

the lesser wing-coverts tipped with fulvous spots of larger size; median

wing-coverts similarly pale-tipped, with the lower row having the spots

considerably larger (about $ in. in length): this row of large spots pre-

sents the appearance, at a little distance, of a first and slight wing-bar ;

greater coverts all broadly tipped with dull fulvous white, presenting the

appearance of a second and strong bar on the wing ; secondaries and tertials

broadly edged with greyish-white shaded off into the darker portion of the

feather, and these light ends form the third bar on the wing; the dark por-

tion of the wing-coverts and scapulars is of the same dark hair-brown as

the back ; primaries uniform black and unbarred ; secondaries brown, pro-

fusely barred with hoary-grey on both webs ; the greyish-white ends to the

tertials are very broad ; cheeks and side of head brown of a paler shade

than the top of the head and streaked very faintly with darker; tail-

feathers dark brown, tipped broadly with greyish-white, and barred with

greyish on both webs; these bars are nearly square to the shaft (Mr. An-

derson’s young example has not, however, any indication of bars on the tail,

except on the two outer feathers, and these nearly obsolete bars are con-

1874. ] W. E. Brooks—Ornithological Notes and Corrections. 241

fined to the inner webs) ; chin, throat, and breast are brown of a shade

lighter than the head and upper back and gradually becoming paler lower

down, till it passes into dingy fulvous on the lower abdomen and under tail-

coverts ; from the top of the breast to lower abdomen the feathers have cen-

tral and terminal stripes of fulvous, the stripes increasing in size towards

the legs ; the feathers of the lower tail-coverts are slightly, but broadly, barred

with pale brown, and the shaft portion forms also a longitudinal brown

streak ; the appearance of the tail from below is brown, darkest towards

the basal portion, and barred profusely with whitish grey; tibial plumes

lightish brown spotted with fulvous ; tarsus fulvous, indistinctly streaked

with pale brown. ‘The primaries, though apparently barless, are, especially

the inner ones, when seen from below, obsoletely barred on the inner web.

One specimen is much less spotted than the other on the upper portion of

the wing, most of the lesser coverts being plain brown, and the small spots

being almost confined to the vicinity of the bend of the wing and to its

ridge.

Mr. Dresser has promised me an immature bird of the European form

for comparison, the result of which will be communicated hereafter,

AQUILA FULVESCENS, Gray and Hardw.

For the last three years no additional examples of this rare eagle have

been procured. ‘The African species, Aguila nevioides, Ouv. with which our

bird has been confounded, is, I find, subject to some variation as regards

the tail. In my remarks on this species (P. A. 8S. B., 1873, pp. 173-175), I

noted the strongly barred tail of the example then before me. Mr. An-

derson has since lent me another South African example, a fine adult bird,

which is inthe moult; in it both old and new tail-feathers are hoary-greyish-

brown, and the indications of bars so faint as to be only perceptible in

certain lights. It would thus appear that only some individuals have the

tail well-barred like the common Indian Aguila Vindhiana, and, consequent-

ly, that a barred tail may not always be one of the characteristics of the

species. I maynote that I havea single example of Aguila Vindhiana

with an absolutely plain tail; but of the hundreds that I have seen, all,

with this single exception, had well-barred tails.

The body plumage of this second example of Ag. nevioides above

referred to is of two colours : all the old feathers are light sandy-coloured,

while the new ones are foxy-red: the lesser and median wing-coverts, and

also the scapulars, are a mixture of purplish-brown of different shades and

rufous; the rufous, in most of the feathers, occupying the centre as a broad

stripe, but in some cases being confined to one side. The nostril is vertical

and of the same oblong form as that of dg. Vindhiana.

I cannct understand how our Indian A. Vindhiana came to be con-

24:2 W. E. Brooks—Ornithological Notes and Corrections. [No. 4,

founded with the well-marked African A, nevioides ; no two birds could be

more distinct, the foxy-red plumage of the latter being most striking.

As far as general tone of colour goes, the African species more resem-

bles Aguila fulvescens, Gray in its immature or buff stage; but this last

is readily distinguished by its very circular nostril, not to mention other

well-marked differences.

Aquita VINDHIANA, Franklin.

Having seen Ruppell’s plate of Aguila albicans and read what Mr.

Blanford* and Dr. Finscht say of the North East African species, which

they term A. rapax, Temm., I strongly suspect its identity with our

Indian A. Vindhiana. From what I have seen of true Aquila nevioides

vel rapax, I cannot conceive of this bird ever being “pale cream colou-

red” or “blackish brown;” and a species distinct from A. nevioides

(and which has been confounded with it) is doubtless found in the Northern

portion of Africa. Riippell’s plate of A. albicans is the most perfect repre-

sentation of a pale “ Wokhab” that could be desired. A series of North

African and Punjab birds should be compared. Mr. J. H. Gurney once

told me (i litt.) that the identity of the North African Eagle generally

termed A. nevioides with our Indian A. Vindhiana was very probable;

and also that Lord Walden had Abyssinian examples of the latter species,

ARCHIBUTEO STROPHIATUS and A. cRYPTOGENYS Hodgs,

Are two entirely distinct species. I have copies of Hodgson’s minute

drawings of each, with all details of bills and feet. Although both are of

similar size, the latter is a much feebler bird and more of a Buzzard ; it

has a very much smaller foot, a more slender tarsus, and a much smaller bill,

and while A. strophiatus has the nostril free, A. eryptogenys has it partially

hidden by plumes. ‘The plumage of the two birds is also entirely different.

Neither, I should remark, bears the faintest resemblance to Aquila pennata,

which is only two-thirds of the size of Hodgson’s two species, so that if a

specimen of the last-named in the British Museum, said to have been sent

by Hodgson, is labelled 4A. strophiatus, it could not have been so labelled

by Hodgson, who cannot be held responsible for what is probably due to |

Museum blunders, and who anyhow knew the Booted Hagle too well to

apply the name of strophiatus to it. -

Mityvus patusrris, And.

P. A. 8. 1873, pp. 142—147.

Mr. Anderson authorizes me to withdraw this species. I have procured

a considerable series of the common Indian village Kite (JL. affinis, Gould),

* Zoology and Geology of Abyssinia, p. 295.

+ Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1870, p. 201.

1874. | W. EK. Brooks— Ornithological Notes and Oorrections. 243

and there appears to be but little doubt that JZ. palustris is this bird in

either second or third plumage.

As before observed, JZ. Govinda, Sykes is the larger Kite which comes

to the plains of India in the cold weather. The large dimensions given by

Sykes render it certain that he described the larger species, for no common

village Kite reaches the length of 26 inches. It is also pretty clear that

Sykes did not contemplate there being two affined Kites, both of them

found in the country in which he worked.

Mr. Gurney has informed me that the two types are of different sizes :

but regardless of the types, neither of which in this instance may have been

the very one from which Sykes described, I think we should hold to the

original description, which describes a large 26-inch Kite. And in this case

Milvus mayor, Hume and Milvus melanotis, 'Temm. and Schleg. become sy-

nonyms of Milvus Govinda, Sykes.

I possess a common Indian village Kite, returned to me by Mr. Gur-

ney as being feather for feather identical with the Australian species, J,

affins, Gould. This identical bird is the commonest form of the resident

species distributed so widely over India; and I think, therefore, that our

common Kite should in future be known by its correct name of IZ. affinis.

At Mussoorie, both species are to be seen during the spring and sum-

mer, but more in the interior of the hills only the large species, IZ. Go-

vinda, is met with. <A few breed at Barahaut on the Bhaugaruttee.

PERNIS CRISTATA, Cuv.

A young bird from the nest which I once kept in confinement, had the

breast of a rather light earth-brown, each feather having a black central

stripe. Even in this young bird the crest was well developed.

The dark-plumaged birds are the fully adult ones. I have one shot

from the nest in this plumage, and all I saw at Saharunpore in July, where

they had their nests in trees near the canal, were of this dark plumage. In

speaking of the young bird, I should have mentioned that the upper plu-

_mage was a very dark clove-brown.

Hirunpo Davrica, Lin. and H. eryruropyeta, Sykes,

I only met with the latter species in cishimalayan Cashmere, as far

up as Chungus on the Tawi river. At Mussoorie, Simla, and Almorah, and

also at Binsur, north of Almorah, the strongly striated species with paler

rump-band (H. Dauwrica) prevails. It is also somewhat larger than H.

erythropygia. Ihave procured both in the plains in the cold weather,

but the hill bird is there very much scarcer, HH. erythropygia breeds near

Chunar, and at most places in the North-West Provinces where there are

old buildings or quarries suitable. The eggs are laid at the commencement

of the rains. At Mussoorie, I saw a nest of H. Dawrica on the ceiling of

244 W. E. Brooks—Ornithological Notes and Corrections. _[No. 4,

a bath-room in Col. Macdougall’s house. The birds went in and out

through a broken pane of glass. Other nests were affixed to the underside 4

of the roofs of servants’ houses belonging to a house at the south end of

Mussoorie. The doors being generally left open, the place just suited the

swallows, which were only shut up with their nests at night. The young

were hatched in the beginning of July, so that the eggs must have been

laid towards the latter part of June. I have, however, seen eggs of this

species at Almorah in the end of April.

HEMICHELIDON SIBrrica, Gmel.

H. fuliginosa, Hodg. |

I have referred to this species in J. A.S. B., 1872, p. 75. It is now

known by its older term of AH. Srbirica, Gmel. I compared my examples

with one of Hodgson’s in the Indian Museum, and found them identical.

Hodgson’s dimension (27 in.) for the wing refers to the minimum size; the

range of variation in length of wing is greater than I supposed possible in

such a small bird, viz. 2.75 to 3.05 in. What the small species referred to

by mein J. A.S.B., 1872, p. 76 was, I have no means of ascertaining. I

remember it well, and still have Mr. Hume’s letter concerning it, written

at the time, when he assured me that Hodgson’s species was not the one

commonly received as such.

ALSEONAX TERRICOLOR, Hodgs. and A. LATTROSTRIS, Raffles.

Mr. Hume considers these species identical, and in writing of the former

always terms it A. Jatirostris, under which name he has figured it in

‘Lahore to Yarkand.’ Mr. Swinhoe* identifies Muscicapa cinereoalba,

Temm. and Schleg. with Alseonax latirostris, Raffles. Having examined

the Chinese species MZ. cinereoalba, I find it distinct from A. terricolor, by

its shorter tail and rather differently shaped and somewhat broader and

shorter bill, which is also blacker towards the tip than in the other bird.

Alseonasx latirostris is without doubt one of these two closely allied birds ;

and the question is, Which of the two agrees with Raffles’s type and descrip-

tion ? Mr. Hume appears to think that because A. ferricolor, Hodgs. has

been procured in the country from which Raffles described his A. latirostris,

it is therefore Raffles’s species ; but the other bird, which is a common

species in China, may also occur in Sumatra in winter.

I do not know whether Mr. Swinhoe was correct in uniting A. cimereo-

alba and A. latirostris, and whether he compared his examples of the former

with the type or not; and the subject requires thorough investigation, for

Mr. Swinhoet speaks of the Chinese bird as being ‘‘identical with the

Indian species.”

* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1871, p. 325. t P. Z.S8., 1863, p. 288.

1874. | W. KE. Brooks—Ornithological Notes and Corrections. 245

I know for a certainty, from close comparison, that Mr. Swinhoe’s ex-

amples of MW. cimereoalba in the Indian Museum are not identical with the

Indian species A. terricolor, and I have indicated the points of difference.

This identification of his makes me very much doubt that of A. cinereoalba

with A. latirostris. Apparently he has not noted the difference between

A. terricolor and A. cinereoalba.

I fail to see any grounds whatever for Mr, Hume’s identification in

- the fact that both he and Lord Walden have A. terricolor from the

locality whence Raffles obtained his species; and the question, What bird

is Alseonax latirostris ? must be regarded as at present an unsettled one,

ERYTHROSTERNA PARVA.

J. A. S. B., 1872, p. 76.

The bird I observed in Cashmere should be Hrythrosterna hypery-

thra, Cabanis, distinguished from H. parva by having a band of velvet-

black down each side of the neck and edging the red of the throat and

breast. This full breeding-plumage is assumed after the birds have left the

plains. In the cold weather when they re-appear, they have lost the black

band ; but the old males retain the red breast. In this plumage it has been

mistaken for #. parva, which for the present should be expunged from the

Indian list.

ERYTHROSTERNA ALBICILUA, Pallas.

Erroneously termed H. lewewra by Blyth and Jerdon, this species having

a western limit at about Buxar or Ghazeepore and being replaced in the

North-West by the aforenamed species. The black wings and tail of Z.

albicilla and its colder and greyer plumage readily distinguish it from the

other when in immature or female plumage ; it is not nearly so often pro-

cured witha red throat, and even then the red does not extend down the

breast as in the other species, but is confined to the throat.

ACROCEPHALUS STENTOREUS, H. and E.

Acrocephalus brunnescens, Jerdon, Ibis, 1874, p. 49.

Lord Walden* considers the Cashmere species to be distinct. I have

seen many both in Cashmere and inthe plains of India, and the birds are

perfectly identical. The very peculiar and loud voice is alone sufficient to

identify the bird by, whether in the plains or in Cashmere. It varies some-

what in size and in tone of colour; the latter depending upon the season of

the year. Our plains’ birds are only with us during the cold weather,

leaving in the spring. Cashmere is the nearest breeding-place, but the

ereat majority of the birds probably go farther north. I should also remark

that in, this species length of bill, wing, and tail is variable.

* Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 64.

246 W. E. Brooks— Ornithological Notes and Corrections. [No. 4,

ACROCEPHALUS DUMETORUM, Blyth.

I saw a few of this species near Mussoorie on June Ist frequenting —

dense rose-thickets at about 7000 feet elevation. Whether they would have

remained there to breed or gone further north, is a question to be solved.

Capt. Hutton is said to have taken the eggs near Mussoorie. The males

were not singing, as they usually do vigorously when the nest is built.

DUMETICOLA AFFINIS, Hodgs.

Is subject to variation as regards being spotted or not, just as is D,

major, Brooks. I obtained one or two unspotted examples of the latter ;

they were breeding males, too, and in full song. Mr. Hodgson was

aware of the variation, and hence figures D. affinis as unspotted, but

describes it as spotted. The female of neither species has been recorded ;

that sex in both is probably unspotted. I never obtained a female of D,

major.

DUMETICOLA BRUNNEIPECTUS, Blyth.

Referred to by Mr. Blanford in J, A. 8. B., 1872, p. 164. I examined

this bird, and found it to be D. affinis in the unspotted stage. I would

suppress Blyth’s D. brunnezpectus altogether as a species, considering it but

D. affinis, Hodgs. ‘

TRIBURA LUTEOVENTRIS, Hodgs.

I examined the specimen referred to by Mr. Blanford* and found it also

to be Dumeticola affinis, Hodgs. in the unspotted plumage. TZribura luteo-

ventris has a longer head, measured from the back of the skull to the tip of |

the bill, which latter is also of a different shape. The specimen in the In-

dian Museum is so old and faded that the original colour cannot be recog-

nized ; nor can the forms of wing and tail be ascertained.

NEORNIS FLAVOLIVACEA, Hodgs.

I have this species, and it is a greenish olive above. Hodgson’s draw-

ing, No. 900, does not represent it, as stated by Mr. Hume,f but is appli-

cable to Horornis assimilis, Hodgs., as stated by Gray.

PHYLLOSCOPUS PALTIDIPES, Blanford, J. A. S. B., 1872, p. 162.

Is not a Phylloscopus, but a true Horeites. I have examined

the type: the second quill is equal to about the sixteenth; third —

equal to eighth; the first, second, third, and fourth are graduated, the

distance from tip to tip of each feather diminishing till the fourth is

reached. ‘This is a very rounded wing, such as is not possessed by any

Phylloscopus ; in the wing of which genus there is always a long space

* Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, p. 164. t+ Stray Feathers, 1873, p. 444.

my a 7” «

rn ae ~~

> i -_

1874.] W. E. Brooks—Some Ornithological Notes and Corrections. 247

between first and second quills, and the second is equal to from fifth or

sixth to eighth or ninth, according to the species. The tail, too, of Horeites

pallidipes is much rounded and non-phyllescopine. A further difference

between Phylloscopus and Horeites lies in the fact that the former has twelve

tail-feathers and the latter ter, I cannot see any generic distinction between

Horornis and Horeites ; Neornis also appears to be the same with a better

developed tail,

PHYLLOSCOPUS MAg@NIRostRIs, Rlyth.

Mr. Hume* tells us that this bird is identical with P, Borealis, Blasius

(P. sylviculiriz, Swinhoe), I examined the Chinese examples of the latter,

in the Indian Museum, and found the following differences :

1. P. borealis has a minute first primary, as in P. sibilatrix, Bechst ,

while P. magnirostris has a much larger one, as in Hippolais Rama, Sykes.

2. The wing of P. borealis is of a different shape from that of mag-

nirostris, being more pointed, with the 2nd quill intermediate between the

5th and 6th; while P. magnirostris has a wing much more rounded in form:

the 2nd quill being equal to about the 9th.

Such differences as these are fatal to identity.

CULICIPETA CANTATOR, Tickell.

I examined the specimen referred to by Mr, Blanfordt and found it to

be Reguloides viridipennis, Blyth, and to agree perfectly with the types in

the Indian Museum. C. cantator is a very different bird, and is correctly

described by Jerdon.

REGULOIDES VIRIDIPENNIS, Blyth.

May be described as a small and brightly coloured Reg. trochiloides,

Sundevall. Small examples of Reg. trochiloides are very difficult to separate

from Reg. viridipennis.

REGULOIDES MACULIPENNIS, Blyth.

Mr. Humef identifies this species with Reg. chloronotus, Hodgs, ; against

which I do protest. I also have seen Hodgson’s drawing referred to by Mr.

Hume and could not come to such a conclusion. Hodgson’s types of chlo-

ronotus have been identified by Blyth and others with Reg. proregulus, Pallas.

The drawing referred to is one intended to represent the nest, which by the

bye is that of an Aithopyga, and we have no evidence that Hodgson dis-

tinguished between his Abrornis chloronotus and Reg. maculipennis, or

that he knew the latter species at all. Such an identification from this

slightly coloured drawing cannot be admitted. Hodgson sometimes over-

* Stray Feathers, 1873, p. 494.

+ Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, p. 1638.

t Stray Feathers, 1873, p. 494.

248 W.E. Brooks—Some Ornithological Notes and Corrections. [No. 4,

coloured and sometimes under-coloured. Take his Lophophanes dichrous :

the drawing is far too red, and it would be impossible to recognize the species

intended from it. So also with his Parus Gimodius : it was this very faulty

drawing, omitting the crest and the wing spots, that led me to describe

Lophophanes Humei (J. A. 8. B., 1878, p. 57), which must henceforward

stand as Lophophanes Gimodius, for Blyth made out that the type of Parus

@modius was not a Parus but a Lophophanes. Many of Hodgson’s draw-

ings are very good, especially those in which he had evidently superintended

the work and given minute details, but others, such as that of the supposed

Reg. maculipennis, are insufficient for the determination of such birds as the

Phylloscopi, which, as arule, resemble each other so much in size and

colour.

I also examined the specimen referred to by Mr. Blanford in J. A. 8.

B., 1872, p. 162, and found it to be Reguloides maculipennis, Blyth; as

also was Leguloides sp.? mentioned on the following page of the same

Journal.

BupytrEs FLAVA, Lin.

B. CINEREOCAPILLA, Savi.

B. MELANOCEPHALA, Bonaparte.

Under the term Budytes viridis, Scop. Lord Walden* makes

great confusion, He says, “One example in winter plumage, olive green

above, upper part of breast sulphur yellow, rest of under surface pure white ;

some of the ventral and under tail coverts dashed with sulphur yellow.

Supercilium conspicuous, broad, and pure white. Agrees perfectly with ex-

amples from Continental India.”

This bird is, of course, Budytes flava, the characteristic of which is the

broad white supercilium. Again he says,t “ Motacilla flavescens, Stephens,

Gen. Zool, Aves. X, p. 559, is enumerated in the ‘ Hand list? by Mr. G. R.

Gray, as a distinct species, with the habitats of the Moluccas, Celebes,

Timor and Java, assigned. Stephens gave this title to Buffon’s Bergero-

nette de Vile de ‘Timor Hist. Nat. V. p. 275. Buffon’s bird belongs to that

phase of plumage of £. viridis, (Gm.) in which the superciliary stripe

is yellow, the upper plumage ash coloured, and the under yellow.”

When the male of B. flava has newly moulted in the spring, the super-

cilium is sometimes strongly tinged with bright yellow, as are the margins —

to the white wing-coverts and tertials ; this yellow rapidly fades away leay-

a regular occurrence, but that on the supercilium is accidental or, I should

* Trans. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 65.

t In a memoir ‘On the Birds of Celebes,’ Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., Vol. VIII, —

_ part 2, 1872, p. 65.

1874] W. E. Brooks—Some Ornitholoyical Notes and Corrections. 249

rather say, occasional and not specific. Of the many hundreds of examples ex-

amined by me, only three had this yellow bloom on the supercilium. Lord

Walden, however, speaks of the bird as being ash-colowred above! The ash-

eoloured back in the field-wagtails pertains only to the young and, perhaps, to

the female in winter plumage. When the supercilium is yellow, the back is

green in B. flava, Stephens’ bird was probably the female of Budytes

citreola, Pallas or the male in autumnal plumage, for this species has a

yellow supercilium and an ash-coloured back ; which B. flava, B. cinereoca~

pilla, and B. melanocephala certainly have not. '

There are four distinct yellow field Budytes with olive green backs,

and I note them, with short distinguishing characters of the mature male.

_ B. flava. Grey head, broad white super- Generallly distributed over the

cilium, grey and white cheeks. old world and northern half

of the new.

B. cinereocapilla. Dark grey head, supercilium Eastern Europe, India, and

absent or else very narrow China.

and white ; often only a half

supercilium behind the eye; @&

cheeks a dark slate colour or

almost black. This dark

cheek is the well marked

peculiarity of the species.

B. melanocephala, Pure black head, with very rare- Eastern Europe, India, and

ly indeed a supercilium, and China.

then very narrow, like a thin

white thread. I have twice

seen examples with this

thread-like supercilium. The

black head is a good distinc-

tion.

B. Rayi. Top of head yellowish olive, Western Europe, North-West

supercilium bright yellow, Africa, and Central Asia.*

and cheeks yellow.

It will thus be seen that the colour of the cheek in summer is alone

a sufficient criterion.

It seems inexplicable to me howso many good ornithologists have

confounded these four very distinct species, and lumped them together as B.

flava with varieties, or as B. viridis with varieties.

There are but two yellow-headed marsh wagtails found in all India,

and, I believe, in all the world besides, viz. Budytes calcaratus, Hodgs.—with

black back and yellow head, sometimes a greyish patch remaining on the

lower back; and Budytes citreola, Pallas—with grey back and yellow head,

also generally a crescentic black band above the shoulders at the hind part

* Two examples of this species, as also of Anthus pratensis, were lately obtained

by Dr. Stoliczka in Yarkand,

250 W. E. Brooks—Some Ornithological Notes and Corrections, {No. 4,

of the lower neck, but this is sometimes absent, even when the bird is in full.

plumage. B. crtreoloides, Hodgs. is identical with this latter species, and

pot with the former, as Mr. Hume supposes in ‘ Lahore to Yarkand.’ Hodg-

son’s drawing represents a yellow-headed wagtail with a grey back. The

back feathers are always more or less changed when the head in spring be-

comes pure yellow; Hodgson’s drawing thus shewing a uniform grey back

with the yellow head, is clearly a representation ofa male B. eitreola. When

the other species, B, calcaratus, Hodgs., attains the yellow head, the back

is either blotched largely with jet-black or is entirely black. It is therefore

an utter impossibility for Hodgson’s B. citreoloides to have been the black

backed bird.* B. citreoloides, Wodgs. is a synonym of B. ecitreola, Pallas,

and as such should sink into disuse. Hodgson’s drawing of B. calcaratus is

lifesized, and represents the bird in winter plumage with yellow supercilium,

olive cap, and grey back. In this plumage it closely resembles B. eitreola

in its winter plumage. It is by the long tarsus alone that I connect B.

calcaratus with the black-backed bird. The tarsus of B. citreola never

reaches the size given by, Hodgson for B. calearatus ; both in the drawing

and in the table of dimensions, the length of the tarsus given is that of the

largest black-backed birds I have procured. In ‘ Lahore to Yarkand’ Mr.

Hume appears to consider Hodgson’s description as inapplicable to the

black-backed species ; but I cannot see in what respect it does not suit. It

should be remembered that Hodgson measured the tarsus from the sole of

the foot, and not from the junction of the toes, the latter being the usual

mode of measurement.

The females of all the six species I have noted, have their characteris-

tics, but it would add too much to the length of this paper to introduce

them now ; enough to say that they abundantly confirm my view of the

distinctness of each.

These wagtails can only be properly worked out by the field observer,

and the confusion into which cabinet naturalists have thrown them is thus

easily accounted for.

Moracitta CAsHMIRIENSIS, Brooks.

‘Is only MM. Hodgsont, Gray in full summer plumage. Having had

abundant opportunities of again observing this bird up the valley of the

Bhagaruttee, I am forced to the above conclusion.

I formerly thought that JZ, Hodgsoni, Gray and IL. personata, Gould

were identical, the former being the latter in breeding’ plumage: but

having lately had the advantage of Mr. Mandelii’s fine series of I2, Hodg-

* Gould in his ‘ Birds of Asia’ has misapplied the term to the black backed valle

headed Wagtail.

Ta ry pe i ee yo es ar!

1874.] W.E. Brooks—Some Ornithological Notes and Corrections. 251

sont, shewing that the adult male retains its black back during the autumn

and winter months, it is impossible to avoid the conclusion that the two

species, though closely affined, are thoroughly distinct.

M, Hodgsont may be described as a black-backed JL. personata.

Hach species has the eye set in a diamond-shaped white patch, which

even in young grey and white birds of the year is conspicuous; so that

neither should ever be confounded with JL. luzoniensis or M. Dukhunensis.

Old females of Hodgsont have black backs like the males; but

younger birds, as I take them to be, often have the back grey, but of a

more dusky shade than that of personata, which has the back of a pure light

grey. Some females of Hodgsonz have the grey clouded with black to a

slight extent, especially on the upper portion of the back.

A parallel case of specific distinctness existing only in the colour of

the back is that of Budytes calearatus, Hodgson and Budyées citreola,

Pallas ; the former of which has a jet black back in the breeding season,

while the latter has invariably a grey back, with generally a black half

collar at the lower part of the hind neck during the breeding season. I

refer to the males only, for the females are very similar to one another.

Moracitta Luzonrensis, Scop.

The western limit of this species appears to lie between Dinapore and

Buxar, in the districts in which I have been placed. ‘The old males, to a

ereat extent, retain the black back during autumn and winter, and even

the old females are somewhat patched and clouded with black at these seasons.

The chin and throat is always white, and the white band down the side of the

neck, as in MZ. Dukhunensis, is invariably present at all seasons. This

white band communicates with the white surrounding the eye. In JZ.

personata, the eye, at all seasons, is set in a diamond-shaped patch of white,

which is bounded below, as well as above, by black; this white eye-patch

has thus no communication with the white of the lower parts, and is the

charaeteristic by which this species may at any time be easily known, when

obtained in the plains.

Mr. Hume has pointed out to me that Dr. Jerdon’s description of JZ.

Dukhunensis is only applicable to IZ personata, Gould, and this, as is proved

by his appendix, was Dr. Jerdon’s own conclusion; but in his description,

the statement that “the neck all round is black” does not agree with

another that in its winter dress it is barely distinguishable from JZ Luzo-

niensis. MM. personata is at all times conspicuously distinct from JZ.

Luzoniensis, Dr. Jerdon’s description of MZ. Dukhunensis is, however,

not sufficiently definite to fix the species intended, neither is the original

description by Sykes, except for the statement that “it very closely resem-

252 W. E. Brooks—Some Ornithological Notes and Corrections. | No. 4,

bles JZ. alba of Europe, but differs in being of a light slate or cinereus, and

in the wing coverts and secondaries being edged with broader white’ (P.

ZS. Lea2, pro).

ANTHUS AGILIS, Sykes.

Was said by Blyth to be apparently Anthus trivialis, Penn. (= An-

thus arboreus, Bechst). In the original description, Sykes says, “ found

on open stony lands ;” but I think it probable, as it is the only Anthus noted

by him, that his agilis was either Agrodroma campestris, Lin. or Corydalla

rufula, Vieill. These pipits do affect stony and waste lands, as does OCory-

dalla striolata, Blyth, but neither of the tree-pipits do, least of all P. macu-

latus, Hodg.,* to which Sykes’s term agilis has most unaccountably been

applied: the most arboreal of all pipits certainly is never found on “ open

stony lands.” I think it would be almost safe to conclude that Sykes’s bird

was one of the three I have named, viz. either Ag. campestris juv. with

spotted breast or C. rufula or C. striolata. Iam most inclined to the last.

I am weary of hearing ornithologists speak of the green Chinese tree-pipit

as P. agilis, Sykes, the application of the name to it being absurd.

AtaupA Deva, Sykes.

Spizalauda Deva Blyth.

I do not see any grounds whatever for separating the genus Spizalauda

from <Alauda, and I think the term should be abandoned. Spizalauda

sumillima, Hume is as true an Alauda in every respect, in colour of plumage,

in voice, and in habits, as could be desired. It is rather small and this is

all that can be said.

Sykes says of his Alawda Dera, that it is smaller than d. Gulgula, but ,

Alauda Malabarica, which Mr. Hume would identify with Alauwda Deva,

is not smaller than dA. Gulgula, but fully the same size, or if anything a

larger and finer lark ; Sykes’s species is therefore the small one which Mr.

Hume separated (J. A. S. B.,, 1870, p. 120) as S. stmillima; and the

last term becomes a synonyin of Alauda Deva, Sykes. I have seen many

of this last, including some brought by bird-catchers from localities well

to the south and west, and there is but one species which is smaller than

gulgula, and this is the true Alawda Deva of Sykes. The Khandalla large

crested lark, 4. MWalabarica Scop., will stand as such till the contrary be

shewn, and my <Alauda australis of the Neilgherries (Stray Feathers, 1873,

p- 486), which isa fine large non-crested rufous toned Alauda, will stand

until an older name can be shewn as clearly pertaining to ib.

* In J. A. S. B., 1878, p. 88, line 24, for “never strictly arboreal, read “ more

strictly arboreal,”’

——- © =>

ay." he

1874.] W. KE. Brooks—Some Ornithological Notes and Corrections. 253

ALAUDA DULCIVOX, Hodg.

Of the unfair identification of this species with A. arvensis of Kurope,

1 shall say nothing more, but will leave those that have good eyes for form

and colour to decide for themselves, when they have an opportunity of

comparing specimens of each: I repeat that they are most thoroughly distinct,

and that A. arvensis is non-alpine or non-monticolous. The colour and

form of bill is different, the colour of the legs and feet is different, to say no-

thing of the different body plumage and almost total absence of rufous on the

greater wing-coverts. ‘There is the utmost difference that can be expected

in birds of such similar plumage as larks.

CoRvVUS CULMINATUS, Sykes and C. rntprMeEprIvs, Adams.

These two crows, though very similar in general appearance, are never-

theless quite distinct. As a rule the latter has a decidedly (by fully an

énch) longer tail and is a bird of duller plumage. The voice of the hill bird,

too, is notably different, being a much deeper toned and more hollow soun-

ded croak. ‘This great difference in the note strikes most observers on first

going to the hills. For a time, I was inclined to believe with Mr.

Hume in the identity of the two species, but having examined a good num-

ber of each and having paid great attention to the voices and manners, I

am entirely convinced of their specific distinctness.

ScOLOPAX RUSTICOLA.

It was a mistake to include this bird among those that breed in the

Cashmere Valley (J. A. 8S. B., 1872, p. 86). It breeds among the pines on

the mountain sides, high up near the snows.

254 [No. 4,

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF A SUPERORBITAL CHAIN OF BONES IN THE AR-

BORICOL® (WooD-PARTRIDGES).—By James Woop-Masow of Queen’s

College, Oxford.

(Received April 20th ; read March 4th, 1874.)

(With Plate II).

In his elaborate paper ‘On the Osteology of the Gallinaceous Birds and

Tinamous’ read before the Linnean Society on November 25th, 1862,

Professor W. Kitchen Parker announced the remarkable discovery, in

Tinamus robustus, “of a whole row of super-orbital bones, the like of

which must be sought for, not amongst birds, but in a group of creatures a

long way down in the scale,” viz., in the Skinks and Blind-worms. Further

on in the same paper, the presence of a similar chain of superorbitals in

Psophia crepitans, *‘only in an enfeebled form,” is mentioned. The same

author, ina memoir ‘ On the Structure and Development of the Skull in the

Ostrich Tribe’ read before the Royal Society on March 9th, 1865, records

the occurrence of a double row of these bones extending all along the

superorbital margin from the lacrymal to the post-frontal process in Tinamus

varvegatus.

I have now to announce the occurrence of a similar chain of ossicles in

four out of the eight recognized species of Arboricola, a genus of Indian

Partridges, viz.,in A. torqueola, atrogularis, rufogularis, and intermedia ;

and I look forward with especial interest to the examination of skulls of

the two of the remaining species which have been referred by some authors

to the subgenus Peloperdix, and which inhabit the Tenasserim provinces

and the Malay peninsula.

Mr. Parker has pointed out how in the Lapwing (Vanellus) the fron-

tal in the young bird sends out square denticles of bony substance under

and beyond the nasal gland, which coalesce with one another, with the

lachrymal in front, and with post-frontal process behind, so as to form

beyond the gland a secondary frontal margin, which acts as a smooth eave

to the eyeball; and that the superorbital chain of bones in the Tinamou

takes the place of this secondary frontal margin and the denticles in the Lap-

wing, the same end being attained by different means. But in the Arbori-

colas the arrangement is totally different: in them the margins of the com-

bined frontals so far from being bevelled or scooped for the reception of the

nasal gland are rather prominent and the internal edges of the ossicles

composing the chain come into close relation of apposition with them.

I have examined a considerable number of species of Gallinaceous birds,

small and great, including, by the kindness of my friend Major Godwin-

Austen, aspecies of Bambusicola, but have hitherto failed to detect so much

as a single grain of bone in the superorbital membrane of any one of them, —

ee ee ee ee ee. ee

1874. 255

The Arboricolas, I may add in conclusion, differ from all in not

having the temporal fossa bridged by bone, the zygomatic process of the

squamosal being quite rudimental.

Explanation of Plate IT.

Upper view of skull of Arboricola rufogularis, nat. size,

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2. Side view of the same skull, nat. size.

Fig. 3. Upper view of skull of a young individual of the same species, nat. size.

Fig, 4, Side view of the same skull, nat. size.

Fig. 5. Upper view of skull of Tinamus robustus, magnified two diameters.

(After Parker).

Sro. Superorbital chain of ossicles; 7. lacrymal; p. 0. postorbital process ; s. 0. m.

unossified portion of superorbital membrane.

COO OOESOOOO OS™

TN DECK.

f° Names of new genera and species have an asterisk (*) prefixed,

Abelmoschus crinitus, 110

i, ficulneus, 110

s Manihot, 110

:. moschatus, 110

. pseudo-abelmoschus, 110

Abroma, 114

Abrornis castaneoceps, 168

my chloronotus, 287

flaviventris, 168

Abutilon, 101

“~ graveolens, 104

“5 polyandrum, 104

Indicum, 104

Acrocephalus brunnescens, 245

- dumetorum, 246

~ stentoreus, 245

Acronodia punctata, 183

Acrotrema, 45

3 costatum, 45

- Wightianum, 45

Actinodura Egertoni, 164

: Waldeni, 163

Adinandra, 89

iy dasyantha, 91

aa villosa, 90

AXgithaliscus erythrocephalus, 169.

Aithopyga Gouldiz, 156

x ignicauda, 156

Agrodroma campestris, 252

Alaudala Raytal, 171

Alauda arvensis, 253

pe australis, 252

5 Deva, 252

2, dulcivox, 253

59 guleula, 252

= Malabarica, 252

Alphonsea, 48

5 lutea, 50

a xy ventricosa, 50

Alsocomus puniceus, 171

Alsodeia, 72

» Bengalensis, 73

» Griffithii, 73

» longiracemosa, 73

» Roxburghii, 73

5 mollis, 73

Alseonax cinereoalba, 244

Alsconax latirostris, 244, 245

terricolor, 244, 245

Althaea, 101

2 ‘flexuosa, 102

» rosea, 102

+, Coromandeliana, 102

5» Sinensis, 102

ee bicrenatus, 148

‘ Burtii, 149

ie crenatus, 148, 149, 150

a crispatus, 148, 150

- conicus, 146, 149

” diagonius, 149, 150

ae ae inflatus, 146

- Ingrami, 147

r Ingrami, var. 150

ee lobulus, 147

(D pie) graphicus var. minor,

149

» Khasiacus, 146, 149, 150

= inflatus, 16

5, lenticulus, 147

ep multirugosus, 149

3 Nagaensis, 150

se polygonoma, 150

= prosectus, 150

= serratus, 148

s Stoliczku, 147

* , strigatus, 146

ss Theobaldi, 147

urnula, 150

Anamitra, 59

< cocculus, 62

9 paniculata, 62

Anas peecilorhyncha, 176

Anaxagorea, 48

Luzoniensis, 54

Zeylanica, 54

Ancistrocladus, 95

attenuatus, 96

extensus, 96

Griffithii, 96

stelligerus, 96

Wallichii, 96

* *

Anisoptera, 95

$3 glabra, 97

= oblonga, 97

258

Anisoptera odorata, 96

Anneslea, 89

‘5 fragrans, 96

- monticola, 90

spinosa, 65

Anoda, 101

Anogeissus acuminatus, 188

. phillyrezefolia, 188

Anona, 48

» muricata, 54

» reticulata, 54

3 Squamosa, 54

Anser Indicus, 175

Anthus agilis, 252

» arboreus, 252

»» pratensis, 249

Antitaxis ramiflora, 63

Aquila albicans, 242

» bifasciata, 239

» hastata, 240

»» neevioides, 241, 242

» orientalis, 239

»» pennata, 241, 242

» fulvescens, 242

» rapax, 242

Vindhiana, 241, 242

Arachnechthra Asiatica, 177

intermedia, 177

Arboricola intermedia, 174, 254

fa rufogularis, 174, 254

7 atrogularis, 254

torqueola, 254

Archibuteo cryptogenys, 242

a strophiatus, 242

* ARCUELLA, 26

Areca, 193, 194

» Catechu, 194, 200

x, costata, 194, 200

» disticha, 201

» gracilis, 194, 201

* ,, hexasticha, 194, 201

» laxa, 200

» pumila, 200

triandra, 194 200,

Arenga, 195

»» saccharifera, 195, 202

Argemone, 65

9 Mexicana, 65

*Arnebia Tibetana, 189

Artabotrys, 48

5 Blumei, 55

. Burmanicus, 55

“: crassifolius, 55

* hamatus, 55

: intermedius, 55

5 odoratissimus, 55

e speciosus, 55

suaveolens, 55

Aspidocarya, 59

‘ uvifera, 60

= uvifera, var. mollis, 60

Index.

Aspidopterys 135, 136

*) concava, 1387

a hirsuta, 137

3 Helferiana, 137, 184

9 lanuginosa, 137

9 nutans, 137

55 rotundifolia, 137

‘5 Roxburghiana, 137

tomentosa, 137

Atragene Zeylanica, 44

Atylosia calycia, 186

candicans, 186

Averthoa, 138

ms bilimbi, 1389, 140

os Carambola, 139, 140 |

Azanza Zollingeri, 112

Balanopteris minor, 118

i tothila, 118

Bambusicola Fytchii, 173, 254

Hopkinsoni, 172

Banisteria Benghalensis, 136

Barbastellus communis, 236

Barbus hexagonolepis, 32

» hexastichus, 32

9). ber, 32

Barclaya, 64

5 longifolia, 64

Berberis, 63

5 Leschenaultii, 63

“ Nepalensis, 63

Bergia, 82

» aquatica, 83

» ammanioides, 83

» verticillata, 83

Berrya, 123

» Ammonilla, var. mollis, 124.

» mollis, 124

Binnendykia trichostylis, 122

Biophytum, 138

= adiantoides, 139

a Candolleanum, 139

= Reinwardtii, 139

3 sensitivum, 139

Bischoffia Javanica, 41

Bixa, 73

» Orellana, 74

Bocagea, 48

= elliptica, 49

- hexandra, 58

Bombax, 102

59 gossypium, 74

9 heptaphylla, 113

» . Insigne, 112

5 Malabaricum, 113

pentandrum, 113

Borassus, 196

3 flabelliformis, 196, 204

Brachystemma, 80

” calycinum, 81

Brassica, 66

Se oY er aes Fe

Brassica campestris, 67

* brassicata, 67

5 juncea, 67

5 napus, 67

- oleracea, 67

rapa, 67

Brownlowia, 123

9 elata, 124

Ss lanceolata, 124

es peltata, 124

Budytes calcaratus, 249, 250, 251

» Citreola, 249, 250, 251

‘ citreoloides, 250

» cinereocapilla, 248, 249

» flava, 248, 249

» melanocephala, 248, 249

» Rayi, 249

viridis, 248, 249

Buettneria, 114

a Andamanensis, 122, 123

5 aspera, 122

3 catalpifolia, 122

5 crenulata, 122

" echinata, 123

* pilosa, 122

Cadaba, 68

Cajanus ? candicans, 186

Calamosagus laciniosus, 207

a3 ochriger, 207

- scaphiger, 206

Wallichizefolius, 206

Calamus, 199

» Andamanicus, 198, 211

- arborescens, 198, 208

a erectus, 198, 209

” concinna, 214

XN 5 eXilis, 213

" fasciculatus, 198, 210

ss grandis, 208

5 gracilis, 198, 212

ey Guruba, 199, 213

Rha Helferianus, 198, 212

. humilis, 215

a hypoleucus, 208

. latifolius, 198, 210

%9 longisetus, 209

5 melanacanthus, 215

” Mastersianus, 214

° 9 macrocarpus, 209

eA nitidus, 214

99 palustris, 210

en paradoxus, 198, 213

~ platyspathus, 214

= polygamus, 215

9 tenuis, 198, 212

* , tigrinus, 198, 211, 216,

* viminalis, 213

Zalacca, 207

Calophyllum, 85

as amoenum, 88

a )

259

Calophyllum Bitangor, 88

9 inophyllum, 88

F polyanthum, 88

- spectabile, 88

5 tetrapetalum, 88

Calysaccion Siamense, 88

Camellia, 89

ie caudata, 94

a drupifera, 94

re Kissi, 94

- simplicifolia, 95

5 thea, 94

theifera, 94

Cananga, 18

odorata, 51

Capparis, 68

9 orbiculata, 70

9 auricans, 70

A bisperma, 70

$5 callosa, 69

= crassifolia, 70

< disticha, 70

e flavicans, 70

e floribunda, 70

glauca, 70

- grandis, 70

i grandis, var. auricans, 70

= Hasseltiana, 70

“ horrida, 70

” membranifolia, 70

9 micrantha, 69

ay oligandra, 70

S oxyphylla, 70

polymorpha, 70

3 Roxburghii, 181

= sepiaria, 71

rs Sikkimensis, 181

- trifohata, 71

2 trinervia, 70

9 ? variabilis, 68

- versicolor, 71

5 viminea, 70

Zeylanica, 70

Caprimulgus Jotaka, 153

: monticolus, 153

Cardamine, 65

4 hirsuta, 66

», , Var. sylvatica, 66

Carpophaga i insignis, 171

e sylvatica, 171

Carpophyllium macropodum, 117

Caryota, 195

= Cummingii, 203

9» Griffithii, 203

. mitis, 204

* sobolifera, 195, 203

urens, 203

Casarca leucoptera, 176

“ rutila, 176

Celosia corymbosa, 81

Cerastium cordifolium, 81

260 Index.

Ceratophyllum 82 Cocculus villosus, 61, 62

he demersun, 83 Coccystes Coromandus, 156

i demersum, var. tubercula- a melanoleucos, 155

tum, 83 Cochlospermum, 73

* tuberculatum, = gossypium, 74

verticillatum, 83 Cocos, 193

Ceriornis Blythu, 172 », nucifera, 193, 200

i Caboti, 172 Columbia, 123

Certhia Nipalensis, 157 2 floribunda, 124

*CHHREPHON, 144 ca Merguensis, 124

Chameerops, 196 Combretum Chinense, 188

55 Khasyana, 196, 204 * - dasystachyum, 187

Martiana, 204 “9 extensum, 188

Chibia hottentota, 157

Chiromeles, 144

caudatus, 144

A Griffithii, 188

. pyrifolum, 188

ovalifolium, 188

”

torquatus, 142, 144 as platyphyllum, 188

Choulmoogra odorata, 76 * quadrangulare, 188

Chrysococcyx xanthorhynchos, 155 Conus characteristicus, 22

Ciconia leucocephala, 175 * 4, | (Chelyconus) pretiosus, 22

Cissampelos, 59 * ,, (Chelyconus) Masoni, 22

y convolvulacea, 61 » Malaccanus, 22

i Caapa, 61 9» muscosus, 22

A glabra, 61 5, (Rhizoconus) Seychellensis, 22

Fs hernandifolia, 61 5, Spectrum, 22

3 hexandra, 61 subulatus, 22

pareira, 61 Coralliobia fimbriata, 29

Cisticola melanocephala, 165 Corchorus, 128, 129

» Tuficollis, 166 9% acutanguluss, 130

russica, 166

schoenicola, 165

*Cithara amabilis, 23 a: fascicularis, 130

Cleidion Javanicum, 134 fuscus, 130 .

Clematis, 43 = olitorius, 130

acuminata, 44 - trilocularis, 130

bracteata, 43 - tridens, 130

. 10-angularis, 130

capsularis, 130

”

< Buchananiana, 44 urticaefolius, 130

> Cadmia, 43 Corvus culminatus, 170, 253

ns floribunda, 44 », intermedius, 253

. Gouriana, 44 Corydalla rufula, 252

* grossa, 44 5 striolata, 252

= hedysarifolia, 44 Corypha, 196

= inversa, 44 a elata, 205

& Munroana, 44 E Gebanga, 197, 205

S smilacifolia, 44 RP at macropoda, 197, 205

% subumbellata, 44 a Talliera, 205

subpeltata, 44 umbraculifera, 197, 205

Cleome, 67 Cotyle Sinensis, 171

* Chelidonii, 68 Cratzva, 68

* pentaphylla, 68 - hygrophila, 71

Pe viscosa, 68 » ~-Narvala, 71

Cleyera, 89 is Roxburghi, 71

- gymnanthera, 90 Cratoxylon, 83

Cocculus, 59 is arborescens, 85

br accuminatus, 62 ‘5 cuneatum, 85

: cordifolius, 60 » formosum, 84

7 glaucescens, 62 - nerifolium, 85

3 incanus, 61 i polyanthum, 85

a Linneanus, 61

dif é0 ” Pe var. genuinum,

iy nudiflorus,

» ‘macrocarpus, 62 pS polyanthum, var, carneum, 85

Cratoxylon prunifolium, 84

Cuculus poliscephalus, 155

Culicipeta cantator, 247

Cyanops Asiatica, 176

Cyathostemma, 48

viridiflorum, 51

Cyathocalyx, 48

- Martabanicus, 54

» peltata, 63

Cyclostemon eglandulosa, 100

Cynopterus marginatus, 236

Cynonycteris amplexicaudata, 236

Cypraea Beckii, 29

x 255 Macandrei, 24

Cypselus infumatus, 179

ne subfurcatus, 153

Dafila acuta, 176

Deemonorops, 199

grandis, 208, 199

”

- 7 hypoleucus, 199, 208

a8 hystrix, 208

” oblongus, 208

platyspathus, 214

Decaschistia, 102

crassiuscula, 106

parviflora, 106

”

Delima, 45

sarmentosa, 45

*Desmodium (Phyllodium) grande, 184

is vestitum, 148

s pulchellum, 184

Diceum chrysorheum, 156

Dillenia, 45

35 angusta, 46

” aurea, 46

. elongata, 46

i floribunda, 46

- Indica, 46

ornata, 46

» pentagyna, 46

- parviflora, 46

a pilosa, 46

~ pulcherrima, 46

~ scabrella, 46

speciosa, 40

Dinops, 142

» Cestonii, 142

Dipterocarpus, 95

alatus, 98, 99

angustifolius, 99

levis, 97

costatus, 41, 98

gonopterus, 98, 99

” grandiflorus, 97

Griffithii, 98

Hasseltii, 98

incanus, 98

levis, 97

“A obtusifolius, 41, 98

Index. 261

Dipterocarpus pilosus, 98

r scaber, 99

a tuberculatus, 97, 211

as turbinatus, 97, 98

vestitus, 99

Dolichos bracteatus, 186

os Gangeticus, 185

< tomentosa, 186

Drymaria, 80

= cordata, 81

Drymoeca brevicauda, 167

Dumeticola brunneipectus, 246

. affinis, 246

a major, 246

Dunbaria calycina, 186

x fuscus, 186

ie Ri podocarpa, 185

Durio, 102

», Oxleyanus, 100

» Zibethinus, 113

Dysopes, 143

Pe Cestonii, 142

. plicatus, 143

- (Molossus) Riippelii, 142

Echinocarpus, 123

a murex, 130

‘s Sigun, 130

“ sterculiaceus, 131

Elatine ammannioides, 83

Eleeocarpus, 123, 131, 182

. aristatus, 132

s5 acronodia, 183

>: bracteatus, 132

. cuneatus, 134

- cyanocarpus, 133

os floribundus, 133

9 Ganitrus, 133

- glabrescens, 183

> grandiflorus, 132

grandifolius, 132

_ Griffithii, 132

Helferi, 133

_ hygrophilus, 133, 183

: integra, 1382

Jackiana, 183

lacunosus, 133, 1384

lancezefolius, 133

lanceolatus, 132

leptostachya, 134

littoralis, 132, 182

longifolius, 133

lucidus, 134

oblongus, 134

Palembanicus, 183

pedunculatus, 183

‘ petiolatus, 132

photinizfolius, 133

prunifolius, 133

punctatus, 183

“ robustus, 133, 134

262

Elzocarpus rugosus, 132

serratus, 133

simplex, 132, 182

stipularis, 184

tuberculatus, 132

Varunua, 133

Wallichii, 133

Ellipeia ferruginea, 44

Elodea pruniflora, 84

Emberiza fucata, 171

a pusilla, 179

Enicurus Chinensis, 168

guttatus, 179

immaculatus, 168

Leschenauliu, 168

maculatus, 179

4 nigrifrons, 179

Ephialtes lempigi, 176

Epirhizanthes cylindrica, 79

Eriodendron, 102

anfractuosum, 113

pentandrum, 113

Eriolena, 114

* Candollei, 121

Eriorhaphe punicea, 121

Erythrina lithosperma, 41

Erythrochiton Wallichianum, 90

Erythrosterna acornaus, 158

albicilla, 245

hyperythra, 245

leucura, 245

maculata, 158

parva, 245

sordida, 158

Erythroxylon, 135, 135

Burmanicum, 135

cuneatum, 135

Indicum, 135

Kunthianum, 135

monogynum, 135

”

Eulima, 26

* ,, (Arcuella) mirifica, 26

», tortuosa, 26

Eumyias melanops, 177

Eurya, 89

Chinensis, 91

» acuminata, 91

» daponica, 91

» lucida, 91

», oObovata, 91

», Roxburghii, 91

» serrata, 91

9, Ssymplocina, 91

9» Virens, 91

», Wallichiana, 98

Wightiana, 91

Eur yale, 64

5 ferox, 65

Kurystomus orientalis, 154

Fibraurea, 59

Index.

Fibraurea tinctoria, 59

Fimbristylis diphylla, 201

= polymorpha, 201

Firmiana colorata, var. fulgens, 117

Fissistigma scandens, 47

Flacourtia, 74

"= cataphracta, 75

9 inermis, 75

3 mollis, 75

% rotundifolia, 75

” sapida, 75

BS », var. glaberrima, 75

- » var. genuina, 75

5 », var, puberula, 75

Hs sepiaria, 7d

4, Sumatrana, 75

eS nama, 186

sericans, 186

"pulpula cristata, 176

Geertnera racemosa, 136

Ganitrus sphericus, 133

Garcinia, 85

i anomala, 87

“; Choisyana, 88

- cowa, 87

as cornea, 86

dulcis, 88

A elliptica, 87

i. heterandra, 87

+ kydia, 87

5 lancezefolia, 87

<. lobulosa, 87 *

loniceroides, 87

mangostana, 86

Merguensis, 87

pictoria, 88 .

7 Roxburghil, 87

a speciosa, 86

ra succifolia, 87

xanthochymus, 88

Garrulax albosuperciliaris, 161

cerulatus, 160

gularis, 161

~ galbanus, 161

A merulinus, 162

Gecinulus grantia, 154

Ke obtusifolia, 136

Geranium, 138

Glaucidium Brodizi, 152

Goniothalamus, 49

cardiopetalus, 56

Griffithii, 56

sesquipedalis, 56

Gordonia, 89

5 floribunda, 93

a integrifolia, 93

oblata, 94

”-Wallichii, 93

Gossypium, 102

Barbadensc, 112

Index.

Gossypium herbaceum, 112

”

herbaceum, var. herbaceum,

112

- var. hirsutum, 112

hirsutum, 112

obtusifolium, 112

Graminicola Bengalensis, 167

Grewia, 123, 125

”

abutilifolia, 127

. var. aspera, 137

‘i var. sclerophylloides,

128

a var. viridescens, 127

acuminata, 122

Asiatica, 127

a var. nana, 127

RS var. vestita, 127

aspera, 127

calophylla, 125

elastica, 127

excelsa, 126

floribunda, 124

helicterifolia, 126

hirsuta, 126

» var. genuina, 126

» var. helicterifolia, 126

var. viminea, 126

heteroclita, 122

humilis, var. Wallichu, 127

» var. retusifolia, 127

leevigata, 126

» var. glabra, 126

ss var. pubescens, 126

lanceolata, 128

microstemma, 127

microcos, 126

nana, 127

pilosa, 126

retusifolia, 127

salvifolia, 126

scabrida, 126

sclerophylla, 128

sinuata, 126

tilesefolia, 127

ulmifolia, 126

viminea, 126, 128

scabrophylla, 128

Guatteria brevipetala, 53

cerasoides, 53

Jenkinsii, 53

laterifolia, 52

macrophylla, 53

membranacea, 53

nitida, 53

pallida, 201

spathulata, 52

sesquipedalis, 56

Sumatrana, 53

Guazuma, 114

”?

tomentosa, 121

Gynandropsis, 67

”

Gynocardia, 74

pentaphylla, 68

odorata, 76

Gypsophila, 80

”

vaccaria, 81

Harina caryotoides, 203

Harpactes Hodgsoni, 177

Helicteres, 111

angustifolia, 119

elongata, 119

glabriuscula, 119

hirsuta, 119

hirsuta, var. spicata, 119

» var. oblonga, 119

isora, 119

Javensis, 119

lanceolata, 119

oblonga, 119

obtusa, 119

plebeja, 119

spicata, 119

» var. lanigera, 119

vestita, 119

virgata, 119

viscida, 119

enc holden fuliginosa, 244

Sibiri ica, 344

Heritiora, 114

fomes, 118

littoralis, 118

macrophylla, 118

minor, 118

tothila, 118

Hibiscus, 102

Abelmoschus, 110

abelmoschus, var. multiformis

110

aculeatus, 109

cancellatus, 110

cannabinus, 110

diversifolius, 109

esculentus, 110

ficulneus, 110

furcatus, 109

hastatus, 111

heterophylius, 109

hostilis, 111

lampas, 112

longifolius, 110

lunarifolius, 109

manihot, 110

macrophyllus, 111

micranthus, 108

mutabilis, 109

panduriformis, 109

pentaphylius, 110

populneoides, 112

populneus, 111

procerus, 109

264

Hibiscus prostratus, 110

pungens, 111

radiatus, 109

. 5 var. Lindleyi, 110

rigidus, 108

rosa Sinensis, 109

sabdariffa, 110

sagittifolins, 110

scandens, 111

solandra, 108

“s setosus, 111

Storckii, 109

i strictus, 110

is Surrattensis, 109

a Syriacus, 109

a tetralocularis, 112

Fi tiliaceus, 111

“A mikes var. tortuosus, 111

aS tricuspis, 111

Bs truncatus, 108

35 tubulosus, 109

a venustus, 109

: - var. Brandisii, 109

A vitifolius, 108

vulpinus, 111

Hierax eutolmos, 152

> melanoleucos, 152

Hierococcyx varies, 155

Hippolais Rama, 247

Hiptage, 135

arborea, 136

Benghalensis, 136

candicans, 136

4 Madablota, 136

a obtusifolia, 136

Hirea Indica, 137

» nutans, 137

» rotundifolia, 137

5, tomentosa, 137

Hirundo Cahirica, 152

3 Daurica, 243

» erythropygia, 243

Ma gutturalis, 162

Ys rustica, 152

Tytleri, 152

‘Homalium foetidum, 75

Homraius bicornis, 154:

Hopea, 95

» eglandulosa, 100

» tfaginea, 96

» grandiflora, 96

» gratissima, 100

» Griffithii, 101

» oblongifolia, 100

» odorata, 100

» scaphula, 100

vasta, 100

Horeites pallidipes, 247

Horornis assimilis, 246

Humea elata, 124

Hyalostemma Roxburghiana, 58

Index.

Hydnocarpus, 74

pe castaneus, 76 ;

mn heterophyllus, 76

Hydrocera, 138

Hyperanthera Moringa, 72 7

Hypericum, 83 2

i arborescens, 85

elodeoides, 84

a Hookerianum, 84

» Japonicum, 84

Leschenaulti, 84

oblongifolium, 84

triflorum, 84

Hypopicus hyperythrus, 155

Illicium, 47

a majus, 47

Impatiens, 139

bi Balsamina, 141

var. coccinea, 141

ia $f var, vulgaris, 141

ag capillipes, 141

> Chinensis, 140

# circeeoides, 140

# fasciculata, 140

Bs heterophylla, 140

ss Malayensis, 141

natans, 141

5 Parishii, 141

- reticulata, 140

2” ”

i setacea, 140

ss Tavoyana, 141

3 tomentosa, 140

a violeeflora, 141

Indigofera debilis, 184.

A viscosa, 184

Tonidium, 72

- suffruticosum, 73

Ixulus castaniceps, 169

Kayea, 85

»» nervosa, 89

Kerivoula Hardwickii, 236

¥ picta, 236

Kleinhovia hospita, 122

Korthalsia, 197

3 angusta, 207

55 flagellaris, 207

ee laciniosa, 197, 207

= rigida, 207

3 scaphigera, 197, 206

Kydia, 102

» calycina, 106 :

» fraterna, 106 a

Labeo dyocheilus, 32 Z)

Lanius collurioides, 157 4

», bhypoleucos, 157 :

», tephronotus, 157

Leeflingia Indica, 81

Leiothiix argentauris, 169

mya

PT eh ea oe en

Index.

Leiothrix luteus, 169

Lepidium, 66

™ sativum, 67

Leptocoma Hasselti, 156

Leptoconchus Robilliardi, 29

Leptonychia, 114

* glabra, 122

Res heteroclita, 122

uy moacurroides, 122

Lespedeza pinetorum, 184

Lebritonia procumbens, 105

Licuala, 196, 204

- longipes, 196, 204

es paludosa, 196, 204

& peltata, 196, 204

Limacia, 59

me Ambherstiana, 62

5 cuspidata, 62

ae triandra, 62

a velutina, 62

Limnaetus Kienerii, 152

Limopsis cancellata, 28

ee compressa, 28

i Japonica, 28

Linum, 134

§s repens, 134

m trigynum, 134

Liriodendrom grandiflorum, 47

+ hiliflora, 47

Livistona, 196

5 Jenkinsiana, 205

ae speciosa, 196

* Lonicera leiantha, 188

ss longiflora, 188

Lophophanes Humei, 248

Oemodius, 248

Ludia foetida, 75

» Spinosa, 74

Macronycteris gigas, 234

Magnolia, 47

pe insignis, 47

= sphenocarpa, 47

Mahonia Nepalensis, 63

Malacocircus (Layardia) robiginosus, 164

- a8 subrufus, 165

terricolor, 164

Malphigia, 135

3 coccifera, 136

se coccigera, 136

yA heteranthera, 136

Malva, 101

» Neilgherrensis, 102

» verticillata, 102

Malvastrum, 101

> ruderale, 102

tricuspidatum, 102

Migrate Penelope, 176

*Marginella (Volvarina) deformis, 23

7m festiva, 23

” gemma, 23

265

*Marginella (Volvarina) inconspicua, 23

a neglecta, 23

* 4. (Glabella) picturata, 23

$5 suavis, 28

Marsyopctalum ceratosanthes, 201

Motacilla Maderaspatana, 168

Manglictia, 47

insignis, 47

Megaderma lyra, 236

Melhania, 114

af Hamiltoniana, 121

*Melia Birmanica, 183

Melochia, 114

ss corchorifolia, 121

os velutina, 121

Mclodorum, 49

3 Bancanum, 181

3 bicolor, 57

2 Griffithii, 57

= latifolium, 181

” macranthum, 56

me manubriatum, 181

ms monospermum, 57

fi parviflorum, 181

3 rubiginosum, 57

verrucosum, 57

Melophus melanicterus, 171

Menispermum cocculus, 62

a cordifolium, 60

Em heteroclitum, 62

As hirsutum, 31

‘5 myosotoides, 61

ss polycarpum, 62

A tomentosum, 60

sa triandrum, 62

¥ villosum, 61

99 verrucosum, 60

Mesua, 85

5 ferrea, 89

“ nervosa, 89

4 pedunculata, 89

= speciosa, 89

Michelia, 47

5 aurantiaca, 48

99 champuca, 48

Micropternus phaioceps, 176

Miliusa, 4:

” tristis, 181

» Roxburghiana, 58

» sclerocarpa, 58

3 velutina, 58

‘Milvus affinis, 242, 243

t Govinda, 243

» melanotis, 152 243

39 Major, 243

- palustris, 242, 243

Minla ignotincta, 169

Mitra assimilis, 29

» (Nebularia) assimilis, 29

s caeligena, 29

es (Pusia) Cernica, 24

266

Mitra (Turricula) Garrett, 29

5, pardalis, 24

Mitrephora, 49

a aperta, 57

.9 Maingayi, 57

5 reticulata, 57

i tomentosa, 57

vandeeflora, 57, 18k

Monocera ferruginea, 183

grandiflora, 132

5 rugosa, 132

Monoceras lanceolatum, 132

3 obtusum, 132

$5 petiolata, 132

re trichanthera, 122

Monoon Sumatranum, 53

Mops Indicus, 143

Morindopsis capillaris, 189

Moringa pterygosperma, 72

Motacilla alba, 252

i Cashmeriensis, 250

$5 Dukhunensis, 251

53 flavescens, 248

Jy Hodgsoni, 250, 251

$3 Luzoniensis, 251

personata, 250, 251

Mucuna anguina, 186

» biplicata, 186

» mollisima, 187

»» monosperma, 186

Mulleripicus puberulentus, 155

Malabarica, 171

Munia nisoria, 170

» subundulata, 170

» undulata, 170

Murina cyclotis, 236

ee harpia, 236

Muscicapa cinereoalba, 244, 245

Muscicapula superciliaris, 157

eestigma, 157

Mycteria australis, 175

Myriophyllum, 82

- Indicum, 83

- tetrandrum, 83

vs tuberculatum, 88

Naravelia, 43

- dasyoneura, 4:4

3 laurifolia, 44

Zeylanica, 44:

Nassa (Arcularia) callospira, 25

5, semiplicata, 24

* ,, (Telasco) Stoliczkana, 24

», (Niotha) sinusigera, var. Cernica,

* ,, (Hima) sistroidea, 24

Nasturtium, 65

sy Benghalense, 66

3 diffusum, 66

"3 Indicum, 66

7 ” var. Benghalense, 66

dindex.

Nasturtium Indicum, var. glabrum, 56

is Madagascariense, 66

is montanum, 66

Nelumbium speciosum, 65

Nelumbo, 64

3 nucifera, 65

Nemoricola Indica, 168

Neornis assimilis, 167

», flavolivacea, 246

Niebuhria, 67

i. ? variabilis, 68

Nigella, 43

. Indica, 45

an sativa, 45

Niltava grandis, 177

» Sundara, 17:7

Nipa, 193

» fruticans, 193, 199

Nycticejus ornatus, 236

2 Temminckii, 236

& Tickelli, 236

Nyctinomus, 14.2

* Aigyptiacus, 143

3; Bengalensis, 143

s Cestonii, 142

3 insignis, 142

- Johorensis, 142, 144

9 plicatus, 142, 143

os tenuis, 143

bd tragatus, 143

Nyctiornis Athertoni, 153

Nymphea, 64:

5 esculenta, 64

as lotus, 64

- » var. cordifolia, 64

hs », var. pubescens, 64

3 pubescens, 64

- rubra, 64:

¥5 stellata, 64

var. cyanea, 64

var. parviflora, 64

var. versicolor, 64

9 99

99 9

9 9

Ochrocarpus, 85

Ye Siamensis, 88

Oriolus tenuirostris, 166

Orophea, 49

PS acuminata, 58

» Brandisi, 58

» . hexandra, 58

polycarpa, 57

Orthotomus edela, 166

is flavoviridis, 166

Otocompsa jocosa, 179

Oudemansia hirsuta, 119

» - iotegerrima, 119

Pe viscida, 119

Oxalis, 138

3, corniculata, 139

5 pusilla, 139

» sensitiva, 139

Oxymitra, 49

ce fornicata, 56

“a Macclellandii, 55

3 stenopetala, 55

Ki unoneefolia, 56

Pachyglossa melanoxantha, 156

Pachygone, 59

= dasycarpa, 63

” odorifera, 63

ss ovata, 63

Papaver, 65

somniferum, 55

Parabeena, 59

7 sagittata, 59

*Paradoxornis Austeni, 159

flavirostris, 159

Parashorea, 95

stellata, 99

Paritium tiliaceum, 111

Parus monticolus, 170

» oemodius, 248

Parvatia, 63

a Brunoniana, 63

Passer cinnomomeus, 171

» montanus, 171

Pavonia, 101

is glechomifolia, 105

es odorata, 106

a rosea, 106

Zeylanica, 106

*Pectunculus planatus, 29

vitreus, 29

Pelticalyx argentea, 52

Pentace, 123

es Burmanica, 124

Pentacine Siamensis, 100

Pentacme, 95

Pentapetes, 114:

Pentaptera pyrifolia, 188

Pericampylus incanus, 61

Pernis cristata, 243

Pharnaceum depressum, 81

Phaseolus dolichoides, 185

‘3 fuscus, 186

» grandis, 185

* lucens, 185

Pheanthus, 49

dioicus, 58

Phoenix, 194

fe acaulis, 194, 202

ss dactylifera, 202

y paludosa, 194, 202

es Siamensis, 202

3 sylvestris, 194, 202

pei armigera, 234, 235

“ brachyota, 237

a Commersonii, 234

“ diadema, 236

” fulva, 235

Ms larvata, 235

Index. 267

*Phyllorhina leptophylla, 234:

speoris, 236

Phy ornis Cochine hinensis, 180

sj chlorocephalus, 180

Phylloscopus pallidipes, 246

3 sylvicultrix, 247

) borealis, 24/7

+ magnirostris, 24/7

sibilatrix, 247

Picus cathpharius, 154

Pinanga, 194

<a costata, 200

- Kuhlii, 200

As patula, 201

Pipastes maculatus, 252

Pipistrellus affinis, 236

= Austenianus, 236

Pitta cyanea, 159

» cucullata, 158

Pittosporum ferrugineum, 76

Plagiopteron, 135

a suaveolens, 138

Planesticus fuscatus, 159

Plectocomia, 199

sy elongata, 208

* macrostachya, 199, 207

Pnoepyga longicaudata, 160, 178

Podiceps Philippensis, 176

Polanisia Chelidonii, 68

icosandra, 68

Polyalthia, 48

- Andamanica, 53

He bifaria, 53

. cerasoides, 53

3 costata, 53

s dubia, 53

oe » var. Falconeri, 53

= . » glabriuscula, 53

ee Jenkinsu, 53

ee lateriflora, 52

‘5 macrophylla, 53

= nitida, 53

ss simiarum, 52

- suberosa, 53

Sumatrana, 53

Polycarpzxa, 80

4 corymbosa, 81

marginata, 81

Polycarpon, 80

Loeflingiz, 81

Polygala, 76

* arillata, 78

6 arvensis, 77

ee cardiocarpa, 78

Chinensis, 77

- crotalarioides, 78

A. erioptera, 78

es furcata, 78

glaucescens, 78

zs elomerata, 77

iy Karensium, 78

268

Polygala leptalea, 78

telephioides, ries

Pomatorhinus leucogaster, 160

McClellandi, 177

ruficollis, 160

Popowia Helferi, 54

Portulaca, 81

oleracea, 81

3 quadrifida, 82

Porzana bicolor, 174

”

stkedusead,.175

Pratinicola caprata, 166

+ Indica, 166

- leucura, 166, 171

Prinia flaviventris, 171

ES gracilis, 165

fs Hodgsoni, 165, 166

$3 rufescens, 166

* rufula, 165

Proparus vinipectus, 169

Psilobium capillare, 189

Psophia crepitans, 254

*Pterocarpus macrocarpus, 187

Pterocymbium Javanicum, 117

Pteropus medius, 236

Pterospermum, 114

acerifolium, 120

fe aceroides, 120

s3 Blumeanum, 120

5 cinnamomeus, 120, 182

oa fuscum, 120

diversifolium, 120

lancezefolium, 120

semisagittatum, 120

Ptychosperma simplicifrons, 201

Pueraria brachycarpa, 185

Pycnonotus pygeus, 178

Pyctorhis Sinensis, 160

Pyramidanthe macrantha, 56

Pyrenaria, 89

s attenuata, 93

- camellieflora, 92

> diospyricarpa, 92

a lanceolata, 93

a serrata, 93

Rallus striatus, 175

Ranunculus, 43

diffusus, 45

= Indicus, 45

“4 sceleratus, 48

% subpinnatus, 45

* vestitus, 45

Raphanus, 66

sativus, 67

Reguloides chloronotus, 247

“ var. 168

‘s erochroa, 167

* as fulvoventer, 167

i maculipennis, 247, 248

triphylla, var. glaucescens, 78

Index.

Reguloides proregulus, 247

ys trochiloides, 247

viridipennis, 247

Reidleia velutina, 121

Reinwardtia, 134

Indica, 134

trigyna, 134

Rhinolophus affinis, 236

& Garoensis, 236

. larvatus, 234

55 luctus, 234

Yunanensis, 234:

Rhopalopetalum uniflorum, 55

Rhynchosia tomentosa, 186

*Rissoina evanida, 25

Sed minuta, 25

7 nivea, 26

a3 obeliscus, 25

* percrassa, 26

Roydsia, 68

e obtusifolia, 71

- parviflora, 71

Rubia cordifolia, 188

* ., Sikkimensis, 188

Ruticilla aurorea, 166

Ryparia, 74

ns ceesia, 76

Saccopetalum sclerocarpum, 58

Sagguerus Rumphu, 202

Salmalia Malabarica, 113

Salomonia, 76

* angulata, 79

65 aphylla, 79

3 Cantoniensis, 78

* cylindrica, 79

. longiciliata, 78

A obovata, 79

- oblongifolia, '79

parasitica, 79

Saponaria perfoliata, 81

- vaccaria, 81

Saraglossa spiloptera, 170

Saurauja, 89

* armata, 92

9 cerea, 92

"9 macrotricha, 92

~ Punduana, 92

Roxburghii, 92

Scaphium Wallichii, 117

Schima, 89

a3 Bancana, 94

ms crenata, 94

s monticola, 93, 181

- Noronhe, 93

+ oblata, 94

Wallichii, 93

#Schmiedelia chartacea, 183

Schoutenia, 123

Scolopax rusticola, 253

Scolopia, 74

Index. 269

Scolopia Roxburghii, 74

*Scutus P abnormis, 28

Seaforthia Kuhlii, 200

Securidaca, 77

a inappendiculata, 79

a paniculata, 79

a Tavoyana, 79

= scandens, 79

Semeiocardium glaucescens, 78

Semiplotus McClellandi, 31

Sethia Indica, 135

Sethia P? kunthiana, 135

Shorea, 95

re floribunda, 100

e gratissima, 100

Fe Helferi, 100

“ leprosula, 100

7 obtusa, 99

. Penangiana, 96

A robusta, 100

< Siamensis, 100

stellata, 99

Sibia gracilis, 164, 179

5, pulchella, 164

*Sicydium fasciatum, 31

Sida, 101

» acuta, 103

» alnifolia, 103

» Asiatica, 104

», cordifolia, 103

» carpinifolia, 103.

», Chinensis, 103

» corylifolia, 103

» decagyna, 103

» glutinosa, 104

» graveolens, 104

» humilis, 104

» Indica, 104

»» microphylla, 103

» lanceolata, 103

», Mysurensis, 104

», Lhillippica, 103

», polyandra, 104

», populifolia, 104

» retusa, 103

»» Yhombifolia, 103

var. acuta, 103

var. alnifolia, 103

i var. canariensis, 102

- var. Linneana, 103

; var. retusa, 103

es rhomboidea, 103

Sinapis cuneifolia, 67

», dichotoma, 67

» divaricata, 66

99 juncea, 67

9 patens, 67

» pusilla, 66

= ramosa, 67

rugosa, 67

Siphia erythraca, 158

Sitta Nagaensis, 157

Spizixos canifrons, 179

Spizalauda Deva, 252

Pe simillima, 252

Stephania, 59

33 hernandifolia, 61

var. discolor, 61

var. glabrescens,

”? ”

3 ”

‘s rotunda, 61

Sterculia, 114

ss alata, 117

angustifolia, 116

Ss ua var. angustifolia, 116

= 7 var. mollis, 116

ae campanulata, 117

- coccinea, 116

= colorata, 117

he var. fulgens, 117

ensifolia, 117

” foetida, 115

fulgens, 117

guttata, 117

Heynii, 117

longifolia, 116

linguifolia, 117

mollis, 116

ornata, 116

. pallens, 117

parviflora, 116

a5 ornata, 116

rubiginosa, 116

. scaphigera, 117

striatiflora, 116

urens, 116

versicolor, 116

villosa, 116

Suya atrogularis, 167

5, fuliginosa, 16

Synaptea grandiflora, 96

be odorata, 96

Sylviparus modestus, 169

Talinum, 81

i cuneifolium, 82

Tamarix dioica, 82

gallica, 82

a Indica, 82

Taphozous melanopogon, 236

% saccolaimus, 236

Taractogenos Blumei, 76

Tchitrea aflinis, 157

Telauma, 47

Candollei, 47

liliifera, 47

mutabilis, 47

Ternstreemia, 89

bilocularis, 92

coriacea, 90

J aponica, 90

~ macrocarpa, 90

”

70 Index.

Ternstreemia Penangiana, 90 Trochalopteron variegatum, 162

serrata, 92 virgatum, 162

Tetracera sarmentosa, 45 Trochus (Monilea) callifera, 27, 28

+ 45 FA (Solariella) castus, 27

x assa, 45 5 (Clanculus) Ceylonicus, 27

rs trigyna, 45

Thalictrum bracteatum, 43

“ depictus, 27

* Kraussii, 27

”

Thea Bohea, 94: Me Tonnerrei, 27

», Chinensis, 94 dame (Monilea) Masoni, 28

», |Cochinchinensis, 94 PS ze rigata, 27

» Viridis, 94 _ - scabrosus, 27

Thespesia, 102 * Warnefordi, 27

of lampas, 112

Turdinus Abbottii, 160

” macrophylla, 112 » brevicaudatus, 160

” populnea, 111 e Garoensis, 160

Tiliacora, 59 Turdulus pallens, 178

“ acuminata, 62 Turnix Dussumierii, 174

racemosa, 62 3 ocellatus, 174,

Tinamus robustus, 254 » Sykesii, 174

z variegatus, 254 Turtur humilis, 172

Tinospora, 59

cordifolia, 60 Unona, 48 5 .

~ crispa, 60 » ceelophloca, 52 :

> Malabarica, 60 » dasymaschala, 52

49 nudiflora, 60 . i var. Bhumei, 52

tomentosa, 60

Tinnunculus cenchris, 239

Pekinensis, 239

Totanus stagnatilis, 174,

Treron Nipalensis, 171

Tribulus, 138

os cistoides, 138

a var. Wallichii, 52

desmos, 51

discolor, 51

Dunalii, 51

latifolha, 52

longiflora, 52, 56

macrantha, 56

= lanuginosus, 188 » Stenopetala, 52

- terrestris, 1388 Urena, 101

Tribura luteoventris, 246 lobata, 105

Trichastoma Abbotti, 162

Tridesmis formosa, 84.

3 pruniflora, 84,

Triopteris Indica, 137

Triton labiosus, 29

» gemmatus, 29

» gibbosus, 29

» (Gutturnium) orientalis, 29

Triumfetta, 123

ne angulata, 128

», var. lanosa, 105

» var. sinuata, 105

microcarpa, 105

reticulata, 105

ribesia, 105

rigida, 105

scrabriuscula, 105

sinuata, 105

speciosa, 105

Swartzii, 105

- annua, 129 viminea, 105

a Bartramia, 128 Urocissa magnirostris, 170

ay cana, 128, 129 Urostigma ? cuneatum, 135

oblonga, 129 Uvaria, 48

ss octandra, 129 » axillaris, 51

Be pilosa, 129 » bracteata, 50

» » var. oblonga, 129 » cerasoides, 53

7 rhomboidea, 128 » dioica, 58

» rotundifolia, 129 yy, -duleisy 50

” semitriloba, 129 », ferruginea, 49

tomentosa, 129

Tr ivalvaria macrophylla, 53

Trochalopteron Austeni, 180

4 cineraceum, 162

‘9 lineatum, 163

A setafer, 163

fornicata, 56

grandiflora, 50

hirsuta, 50

lutea, 50

macrophylla, 50

micrantha, 50

Index,

Uvaria odorata, 51

» odoratissima, 55

» purpurea, 50

» pilosa, 50

»» ptychocalyx, 50

» reticulata, 97

»» suberosa, 53

Sumatrana, 50

trichomalla, 50

uncata, 55

» ventricosa, 50

», Villosa, 58

Vareca heteroclita, 73

Vateria lancezefolia, 101

Vatica, 95

», faginea, 96

grandiflora, 96

lancezefolia, 101

5, scaphula, 100

» trigyna, 101

Venilia pyrrhotis, 155

Bye uornilio formosus, 236

» Montivagus, 237

5. plicatus, 143

Vesperugo annectans, 236

5 (Pipistrellus) Austenianus, 236

imbricatus, 235

Vesperus pachyotis, 235

(Tylonycteris) pachypus, 236

”

* Vigna brachycarpa, 185

Gangeticus, 185

Viola, 72

» diffusa, 72

Patrinii, 72

primulifolia, 72

» serpens, 72

271

Viola suffruticosa, 73

» Walkerii, 72

Visenia, 114

», Indica, 121

», umbellata, 121

Wallichia, 195

caryotoides, 195, 203

7 densiflora, 195, 203

ie disticha, 195, 203

me oblongifolia, 203

Waltheria, 114

5S Americana, 121

Indica, 121

Wrightia caryotoides, 203

Xanthochymus dulcis, 88

pictorius, 88

Xanthophyllum, he

+5 affine, 80

i angustifolium, 80

-. eglandulosum, 80

53 flavescens, 79, 80

» glaucum, 80

5 insignis, 80

Be paniculatum, 79

a virens, 79, 80

Xylopia, 48

Xylosma, 74:

Yuhina nigrimentum, 169

Zallacca, 197

3 edulis, 207

- Rumphu, 207

Wallichiana, 197, 207

eee, s:,:2 sen ae eres 0 0 OOOO

)

~ i

, _

a ¢

» - be 4

‘

= = -.

A ~

’ . ’ .

— rz ce

. 2

4 .

° “sd

_ -

» n ® ‘

. i ie) ae _ s sae

ADDITIONS AND ERRATA.

Page 46, 17 lines from top of page, after words “ D. elongata, Miq.,’’ add words

“Fil. Ind. Bat. I /2. 12 ;”” and 21 lines from above, for “+t. 9293,” read “t. 92—93.”

Page 57, 8 lines from top of page, after words “slopes of,’ add word “the ;’ and

after *Pegu’’ add ‘ Yomah.”

Page 61, 4 lines from top of page, transfer the passage “2. C. Tainnzanvs, (Menis-

permum hirsutum L. sp. pl. 1469 Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 814; Menispermun myosotoides, Lis

1. c.; Cocculus villosus, DC. Syst. I. 525; Hf. and Th. Ind. FI. I. 101).

Has. Frequent in hedges, shrubberies, etc., around villages all over Pegu and

Prome; also Ava. FI. Jan. Febr.

10. (Pericampylus incanus, Miers in Tayl. Ann. ser. 2. VII. 40 and Contr. Bot. III,

118; Hf. and Th. Ind. Fl. I. 102 ; Menispermum villosum Roxb. FI. Ind. ITT. 812).

Has. Frequent in savannahs, mixed and other deciduous forests all over Burmah

from Chittagong, Ava, Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim, up to 3000 ft. eleva«

tion. Fl. March,” ¢o the bottom of the following page.

Page 63, 3 lines from the bottom of the page, for “edition,” read “issue ;” and

5 lines from the bottom, after “t. 940,” add “ Jenk. Pl. Ind. 20. t. 19.”

Page 67, 18 lines from top of the page, for “ Roxb.,” read “ Rchb.”

Page 74, 17 lines from top of page, erase the marks K XK and substitute * *,

Page 76, 6 lines from bottom of page, after word “Seeds,” add word “ usually.”’

Page 85, 6 lines from top of page, after “257,” add “(C. biflorus, Turcz. in Bull,

Mox. 1863. 580).”

Page 108, 15 lines from top of page, for “8. glutinosa,” read “ 8. Mysurensis.”

Page 104, 4 lines from top of page, restore “8S. Myswrensis, W. A.,” and reduce

“S. exurmnosa, Roxb. (non Cav.)’” to a synonym; and 11 lines from top of page, Sor

“‘ ALBUTILON,” vead ‘ ABUTILON.”

Page 105, 3 lines from top of page, for ‘‘ Capsules,” read “ Carpels.”

Page 121, 8 lines from bottom of page, after “374,” add “ W. longiramea, Turcz.

in Bull. Mose. 1863, 571.”

Page 125, 4 lines from top of page, for “*,” read “X;” and 20 lines from the

top, for “G. scabrida,” read “ G. acuminata.”

Page 126, 16 lines from top of page, substitute “G. acuminata, Tuss. in Ann.

Mus. IV. 91. t. 48,” and reduce “G. scaBripaA, Wall” to a synonym; and 5 lines

from the bottom, for “IV,” read “1111.”

Page 187, 17 lines from top of page, after “1/2,” add “ poll.”

Page 206, 10 lines from top of page, add the words “Mr. Homfray of Port Blair

has since informed me that this palm makes a trunk 8-12 ft. high, and that the leaves

are there proportionally smaller. It is found also in the vicinity of Port Mouat.”

WOOD-MASON. Journ: Asiat: Soc: Bengal, Vol.XLIII, Pt Il, 1874. PL Il.

———————————

hides Schaumburg Lith:

427. Journ: Asiat: Soc: Bengal. Vol. XL. III. Pt. 11. 1974. Pl. XII.

> }

aay

— Ny

NSS

ar SS gil bs

oS #

=25 Or

S25

fi)

Photozincofraphed at the Surveyor General's Office —alcutta.

LIVISTONA SPECIOSA.

y “ . i4

1 she hpens tenet Om hse aiding Rmeaeies . +9 plone eran

Photozincofraphed at the Surveyor General's Office Calcutta

hivisSTOND eSeeCIOSa.

———S eS aaa

———[S—SSSSS

SS 5 GE Se

Ce, SZ Y7 7, F7, LPP TED Se — SP a =

——= a OD Ses Pe = Sa ye : ee

= ty Uy op ss G Y Le SSS

N za A Z: 0, Zz

fj » Z S

ee ” ts

4 ,,

BY 0) pad

z kip ier One

Pier”

“= ci

oy fit

+ OLE

GELS

engal. Vol. XL, III. Pt. 11. 1674.

rn; Asiat; Soc: B

KURZ. Jou

CORYPHA MACROPODA

“-

‘

ao ae

= =

caro

a ao

er Tai ate

ft! j ANY \

| i H | H ny NY \

Wy \

| |

Vow

7 WH\AA RA

A we

NAA

i N\ ' \

Wh) iy WV NY

Wi} A \\\ Wi \ \

Wit} q ALANALANY

——o

Lith:

Korthals

S. Se,

higera B. calamus melanacanthus. C. C.concinnus.

la scap

Kel.

‘

» » .

. .

- .

*. :

“4

é ad ' ‘

, i

« } ’ 4

ee bat ’

4 ‘

, ; :

+ 4

i” ¢

bi at OPM

aot

er *

i *

eh *y =

‘ :

ot Sy Ale «

iistiere 1 l

r b

SO reagite TS Ce,

SK ANT TN 6 wx

Pcs naa eae

SPALL) , Z 7

oes, ELL) Q

' ay

4 ek

SOS AN :

\ \

SCAPHIGEHRA.

KORTHALSIA

KURZ. Journ: Asiat: Soo: Bengal. Vol. XLII. Pt II. 1874. SF op ee id

—

CALAMUS ARBORESCENS.

ERECTUS.

CALAMUS

J.N. Das Lith.

A KEE AIE=>

| DUNN Via NS . QS Tt

esr NAS VARESE

Dd) Wns Xa SS —

oh AVE

aS A

CALAMUS ERECTUS.

oT nahin

ITD

CALAMUS TIGRINUS.

Pl XXV

CALAMUS TIGRINUS.

KURZ. Journ:Asiat: Soo: Bengal. Vol:XLIILP* Ul. 1874

VE Schaumburg Lith:

PL. AXVIT

<A RN RAR RA Rh AAS EAC ON A NT HE NC NY A NM EG IN aw HAR AEON EA Roms w= a po ree Selnneng at Vise ae ym emai eRe pee Sure yen ree my mee emits omen

A i a i RA Nt A NR AEN eT EY MN OAT TSN BL LN ACR Rt AA 9 St BN Ne NY SCE NEA FO Aaa nf Ae te nahn easel aN NRA RSNA Ne ctor tL PON OmblAENe Rhi MEER ew Rel IM a nEAE NM nh Ae

JCLANDAMANICUS;: B.C PASCICULAT US

Pl. XXV/Zi

18 74,

Soc: Beng’al. Vol. XL IIL. P

Asiat

KURZ. Journ

ROE earner ace

Soa canes ata

oe cis

CALAMUS ANDAMANICUS, @.

KURZ. Journ: Asiat: Soc: Bengal. VOL eusslige Logue ts: lls, be pee Pl]. XXIX.

fy ale :

(,, Dae

Was

* - Photozmcographed at the Surveyor General's Uiice Vaicutta.

CALAMUS PARADOXUS.

KURZ. Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal. Vol. XL. III. Pt. II, 1874. Pl. XXX.

Photozincostaphed at the Survevor General's Office Calcutta.

Cie GA NAGE Y Gl DT ACD Rh Tew Le

KURZ. Journ: Asiat: Soo:Bengal. Vol. XLII. Pt. 1.1874, PL: XXXT.

a ONTO ORG

AN 9 dine Name re mt es

ee eS A A Ole ee lt ee ee ee FS ee

, ,

a MSs

ZN .Paes. Lith: 4ACalamus latifolius. B.C. fenuis: CC: gfractize:

INDEX.

Names of new genera and species have an asterisk (*) prefixed.

Ablabes flaviceps, 112, 114

ts .. var. 123

» melanocephalus, 123

Acanthoderus bicoronatus, 45

7 lacertinus, 45

2 semiarmatus, 45

Acanthus, 98

Aceraius, 156

ys emarginatus, 158

an grandis, 158

Acranthera, 77

Acrocarpus intricatus, 192

Actephila, 236

% a puberula, 236

Adeniophis (Callophis) bivirgatus, 115

S intestinalis, 115

Adenosacme, 78

Aello, 194

*Afzelia retusa, 73

Agapetes setigera, 84:

Py variegata, 84:

“3 verticillata, 83

*Albizzia (Pithecolobium) glomeriflora, 74

Allzeomorphia, 80

Amphicarpea ferruginea, 232

Anabeena bullosa, 180

= flos-aquee, 180

* BS Indica, 180

oe stagnalis, 180

*, subtilissima, 180

Andrographis, 100

*Anisoptera glabra, 61

marginata, 61

Aulacocyclus Parryi, 150

& teres, 152

*Anneslea monticola, 59

*Antidesma fruticulosum, 237

- lunatum, 239

5 molle, 237

§ Roxburghii, 237

os velutinosum, 237

*Aphanocapsa albida, 176

Aporosa lunata, 239

», Roxburghiana, 239

* , villosula, 239

Aquila Adalberti, 146

» bifasciata, 145, 146, 147

» clanga, 145, 146

Aquila crassipes, 146

» hastata, 147

» imperialis, 146

» Mogilnik, 146

» nevia, 145, 146, 147

orientalis, 145, 146, 147

_Andisia floribunda, 87

» Helferiana, 86

» neriifolia, 87

MS, rig, 87

* ,, serrulata, 87

Argostema, 79

*ARILLARIA, 70

* robusta, 71

Arthrostylidium, 252

*Arundinaria elegans,. 249

racemosa, 250

Astacoides, 41

Asystasia, 99

Atalantia longispina, 228

Bacillus, 46

sy Artemis, 46, 51

aspericollis, 46

a carinulatus, 46, 55

% fuscolineatus, 46

Gerhardii, 46

gramineus, 46

Geisovii, 46

” Guenzii, 46

pie hispidulus, 47

- humilis, 55

Re ase levigatus, 49

“A leprosus, 46

a oxytenes, 48

ne patellifer, 46, 51

» Regulus, 49

Ri ee: scabriusculus, 55

3 scytale. 46, 55

* Westwoodii, 50

(Baculum) Artemis, 51

cuniculus, 54

oe furcillatus, 54

- Ms Hyphereon, 54

as, = insignis, 51

% Penthesilea, 52

ramosus, 46

scytale, 55

Humberti, 46

264

Baculum, 54

*BALANOSTREBLUS, 247

*Balanostreblus ilicifolius, 248

Bambusa, 251

i Helferi, 253

: Maclellandii, 253

polymorpha, 251

. stricta, 251.

Le ame (Dendrocalumus) calostachya,

250

* i Pe critica, 250

x < latifiora, 250

* re 5 longispatha, 250

Barleria, 98

3 stenophylla, 95

Barringtonia augusta, 233, 234

2 aS pterocarpa, 234

Epeieate, 156, 158

y Andamanensis, 159

a cancrus, 157, 159, 162

os Cantoris, 159, 160, 161

Me inzequalis, 159

* t Indicus, 159

. Nilgheriensis, 159

* Sikkimensis, 159

Batrachospermum moniliforme, 192

Bauhinia brachycarpa, 73

nei involucellata, 72

seer monandra, 73

ar ornata, 72

a ees rosea, 72

A tomentosa, 73

Vahlii, 72

Begonia, 82

es barbata, 82

» Brandisiana, 83

» flaccidissima, 83

; Jaciniata, 82

», Martabanica, 82

ms megaptera, 82

5 modestiflora, 83

» nivea, 81, 82

paleacea, 83

a parvulifiora, 83

ne procridifolia, 82

59 prolifera, 83

ss Roxburghii, 82

% scutata, 83

& sinuata, 83 ‘

i subperfoliata, 83

superfoliata, 81

5 surculigera, 83

o velutina, 81, 83

verticillata, 82

Bailechaniedin, 1038

Berrya mollis, 62

Biepharis, 98

*#BLUMEODENDRON, 245

*Blumeodendron Muelleri, 245

2 Tokbrai, "245

Bombax insignis, 61

“ "Malabarica, 61

Index.

Bostrychia intricata, 193

5 rivularis, 193

Bouea Brandisiana, 66

, Burmanica, 66

Brandisia discolor, 2386

Briedelia, 241

- ameena, 241

LAO os dasycalyx, 241

ee . var. accuminata, 241

* 3 var, aridicola, 241

ee var. genuina, 241

3 pubescens, 241

5 stipularis, 242

Bronchocela cristatella, 113

Brownlowia lanceolata, 62

*Brucea mollis, 64

Bufo asper, 113

» melanostictus, 112, 163

Bulbochete, 189

& intermedia, 189

* As Peguana, 189

Bulimus atricallosus, 27

», interruptus, var. citrinus, 27:

3 Nicobaricus, 163

Bungarus fasciatus, 115

Ceelodiscus, 244:

* & hirsutulus, 243

Calamaria Linnezi, 120

* i Stahlknechti, 114, 119

Calocaris MacAndreweer, 40

Callula puichra, 114:

Cambarus pellucidus, 40

Canscora Helferiana, 236

. Parishii, 236

Canthium, 76

*Capparis crassifolia, 227

= horrida, 227

5 polymorpha, 227

Cardianthera, 101

Cardisoma, 258, 259, 261

Carpophaga bicolor, 163

Carpopogon bracteatus, 231

Cassia renigera, 71

Casparea, 82°

Catenella opuntia, 192

Cephaelis, 75

Cephalanthus, 79

Cephalostachyum, 252

4g flavescens, 252

pergracile, 252

*Ceracupes Austeni, 151

or fronticornis, 151

Ceratostema miniatum, 85

Cerberus variegatum, 84

. rhynchops, 115, 162

Certhia discolor, 255

s familiaris, 255, 257

nA Himalayana, 255

i Hodgsoni, 255, 257

ae 5 Mandelii, 256, 257

35 Nipalensis, 255, 256

* , Stoliczke, 256, 257

Cetejus, 156

» Australiensis, 157

Cheetophora pisiformis, 191

*: radians, 191

% cs stricta, 191

cf tuberculosa, 191

*Chantransia roseola, 192

Chara gymnopitys, 193

Chasalia, 75

Chickrassia velutina, 65

*Chloranthus insignis, 108

*CHONDROPHIOPS, 144

*Chroococcus granulosus, 176

* Pr Indicus, 176

minor, 175

*Chroolepus botryoides, 190°

- calamicola, 190

- be elongatum, 189, 190

flavum, 189

= rs fusco-atrum, 190°

* oh Kurzii, 190

ss lageniferum, 190°

* 35 tenue, 191

umbrinum, 190:

Chrysopelea ornata, 114

rubescens, 114

*Chthonoblastus Burmanicus, 178:

2 Kurzii, 178.

s Lyngbyei, 178.

Cicca, 238

» emblica, 239

* 4 (Emblica) albizzioides, 239

* 99 macrocarpa, 239

Citrus angulatus, 228

*Cladophora (Aigagropila) contorta, 188

callicoma, 187

* a codiola, 188

bed Ms exigua, 188

+ fracta, var. strepens, 187

= glomerata, 187

. Javanica, 187

= minutissima, 188

ss strepens, 187

‘Franquebariensis, 188

*Claoxylon leucocarpum, 244

*) longifolium, 244

5 longipetiolatum, 24.4

Clausilia Gouldiana, 28

a insignis, 28

= Javana, 29

Lene (Pheedusa) filicostata, 28

et ‘ Penangensis, 27

er . Philippiana, 28

oa Sumatrana, 28

Cleistanthus, 242

ca stenophyllus, 242.

Gleidion nitidum, 245

Closterium striolatum, 184

Coccoceras, 240

plicatum, 239

+Codicoum Andamanicum, 246

aR umbellatum, 246

Index. 265

*Codizum ? Iutescens, 246

Coffea, 76

Columbia floribunda, 63

Comacupes basalis, 151

* cavicornis, 152

= cylindraceus, 151

* Fr Felderi, 152

* “p Masoni, 151

Compsosoma (Elaphis) melanurum, 114

ee radiatum, 114

*Conferva Burmanica, 187

yo, -Kunkii, 187

> *Ineequalis, 178, 190

¥ rhypophila, 187

i subsetacea, 187

utriculosa, 187

Goaulama: 16

Cordyline Helferiana, 248

Crocodilus: Pondicherianus, 113, 114

= porosus, 113

Crossandra, 98

Crotalaria a Kuril 229

» » var. genuina, 229:

» var. luxurians, 229

Croton argyratus, 242:

bicolor, 242

* 4, calococcus, 242

» caudatus, 243

* ,, crozophoroides, 243

* 4, flocculosus, 242

* ,, robustus, 242

sublyratus, 243

Tiglii, 242, 243:

Cyclophis tricolor, 114, 122

Cyclophorus Nicobaricus, 163

Cyclostemon eglandulosum, 240

subsessile, 240

Cylicodaphne Wightiana, 102

Cylindrophis rufus, 114

Cylindrospermum eteola. 181

macrosporum, 181

Cynonyeteris, 200, 202 .

amplexicaudata,200,202,208

bP)

* minor, 2038:

Cynopterus, 200

afiinis, 200:

brachysoma, 202, 203

Py eae 200, 201, 208

var. Andaman

ae 201, 203

33 29

201

iy Sherzeri, 201, 203

Cyrtodactylus, 118

me affinis, 113

rubidus, 1638.

Cystacanthus, 100

Deedalacanthus, 99

Dalbergia cana, 70

te glomerifiora, 70

*Daphnidium argenteum, 103

*Decaschistia crassiuscula, 227

P, Sherzeri,

266

Decaschistia crotonifolia, 227

Dendrophis caudolineatus, 114, 123, 124

162

HS octolineatus, 124

3 pictus, 114, 162, 163

3 terrificus, 162

Dentella, 79

Desmodium angulatum, 231

rr auricomum, 230

“s obcordatum, 229

a oblatum, 230

- reniforme, 230

an strangulatum, 230

triflos, 230

Them ac! 169

a Nicobaricus, 168

ere 109

53 speciosa, 97

Ba » var. genuina, 97

ex » pilosa, 97

Didymus, 154

Dimetia, 80

* Dinochloa Andamanica, 253

es ciliata, 253

5 Maclellandii, 253

= Tjangkorreh, 253

pPEpyeOS mollis, 88

3 sapotoides, 88

5 undulata, 88

Diplopelma Berdmorei, 114

i Carnaticum, 114

Diplospora, 77

Diplostromium tenuissimum, 187

Dipsas cynodon, 114:

>, dendrophila, 114

» Drapiezii, 114

Docidium baculum, 184

; Ehrenberghii, 184

*Dorstenia Griffithiana, 104

Draczna angustifolia, 249

sae i? brachyphylla, 249

Pe, Finlaysoni, 249

sy Helferiana, 248

ie linearifolia, 249

“4 pachyphylla, 249

- spicata, 249

ternifolia, 248

Draco abbreviatus, 119

» tfimbriatus, 113, 119

» quinquefasciatus, 112, 113, 118

», volans, 113

Drilosiphon Julianus, 181

Dysodidendron, 76

Ebermaiera, 101

Kebolium, 99

*latostema bulbiferum, 104

” cornutum, 104

a gibbosum, 104

7 lineolatum, 104

* hes membr anifolium, 104

Eleutherura marginata, 200

Emblica, 238

Index.

Ennea bicolor, 11, 33

Engeus, 43

Enteromorpha complanata, 186

s compressa, var. complanata

186

*KONYCTERIS, 204

EKonycteris spelea, 204

Epicrium glutinosum, 113

Episphenus Moorei, 156

Eranthemum, 99

Eriocnemis monticulosus, 155.

tridens, 155

_Szythrina lithosperma, 69, 70

os holosericea, 69

= Sumatrana, 184

Euastrum ampullaceum, 184

* ansatum, 184

Eucicea, 238

*Kugenia cerasiflora, 233

eS grandis, 233

. lancevefolia, 233

* +,, -pachyphylla, 232

ere tristis, 233

Euphorbia epiphylloides, 247

- lingularia, 24/7

i notoptera, 247

“ is scabrifolia, 247

Euprepes carinatus, 163, 113

Pn macrotis, 163

s, olivaceus, 113, 118

rufescens, 113

Eurostus alternans, 125

Kutrigonostemon, 236

Evodia viticina, 64

*Excecaria holophylla, 247

» Oppositifolia, 247

Ferania Sieboldi, 125

Ficus affinis, 105

5, anastomozans, 107

* 4, caloneura, 106

», chrysocarpa, 107

», diversifolia, 107

* ., geniculata, 105

* 4, insignis, 105

» infectoria, 105 _

», ischnopoda, 107

» lepidosa, 107

9» pomifera, 106

», pomifera, var. oviformis, 106

- », pomiformis, 106

6 pytrhocarpa, 106

», Yrhododendrifolia, 105

», Rumphii, 106

tuberculata, 106

Fordonia unicolor, 115

Galium, 75

Gardenia, 77

Gecarcinucus, 258, 259

Gecarcinus, 258, 259

eas ruricola, 259, 260

Gecarcoidea, 258

Gecko guttatus, 113

* & # *

Index.

Gecko stentor, 113

Gelidium intricatus, 192

*Gentiana crassa, 235

* i nudicaulis, 235

* var. compacta, 235

sd 9 genuina, 235

Geophila, 75

Gigantochloa aspera, 251

* Be (Oxytenanthera) macros-

tachya, 251

Glochidion, 237

”? ”

ted oP

* n Andamanicum, 238

* Bancanum, 238

* S dasystylum, 237

* ‘ leiostylum, 237

Zelanicum, 238

¥@loiotrichia Kurziana, 181

Glossospermum 5-alatum, 63

Gonates, 156

= Doleschali, 158

s Gemarii, 158

. naviculator, 157

*Gongroceras radicans, 192

*Gongrosira onusta, 191

35 pygmea, 191

*GONOCITRUS, 228

Gonocitrus angulatus, 228

Gonyosoma oxycephalum, 114, 123

Graptophyllum, 100

Greenia, 79

Grewia columnaris, 63

» floribunda, 63

» humilis, 63

» microstemma, 63

» odorata, 63

9 pilosa, 63

», retusifolia, 63

» scabrida, 63

amibellata, 63

Griffithia, Fe

*Grona filicaulis, 232

a Grahamii, 232

Guettarda, 77

*Gunisanthus mollis, 88

Gymuodactylus, 118

ef (Cyrtodactylus) pulchel-

lus, 113

5 pulchellus, 118

+ ss Wicksii, 165

Gymnops, 144

4s meizolepis, 144

a microlepis, 144:

Gynochthodes, 76

Gynoon hirsutum, 237

Hapaline, 109

5 Benthamiana, 109

Haplacanthus, 101

Hedyotis, 80

*Helicarion permolle, 18

*Helicia pyrrhobotrya, 103

Helicina Dunkeri, 163

Helicteres lanceolata, 62

267

Helicteres, obtusa, 62

ms virgata, 62

Helix capitium, 20

», Cantoriana, 22

» Castra, 20, 21

» cymatium, 11, 13

», Pplanorbis, 20

», tricarinata, 16

», trochiformis, 20

», (Fruticicola) bolus, 26

hemiopta, 26

propinqua, 26

scalpturrita, 26

similaris, 26

Zor oaster, 26

Hemiadelphis, 101

Hemicyclia Andamanica, 240

Hemidactylus (Doryara) Berdmorei, 114

frenatus, 113, 165

Hemigraphis, 99

glandulosa,92

*HnMrIoRcuis, 108

* Hemiorchis Bur manica, 108

Heritiera attenuata, 62

- macrophylla, 61

*Heterophragma sulfurea, 90

*Hildenbrandtia Arracana, 192

Hinulia maculata, 114, 163

Hipistes hydrinus, 115

* Hiptage arborea, 228

Homalopsis bucata, 115

decussata, 125

Hopea diversifolia, 61

“ eglandulosa, 240

floribunda, 60

» gratissima, 61

* ,, Griffithii, 60

» jucunda, 61

Hormosiphon ellipsosporum, 179

granulare, 179

Hydnophytum, 75

* Hydrobryum lichenoides, 103

— ocoleum Meneghinianum, 178

striatum, 178

Hydrophis robustus, 115

Hydrophylax, 80

Hydrosaurus salvator, 113, 163

Hylarana erythrea, 112, 114

5 Tytleri, 114:

*HyLEOCARCINUS, 259

*Hyleocarcinus Humei, 260

pimped, 240

plicata, 239

Hymenodyction, 79

Hymenopogon, 79

Hypheothrix cruginea, 176

a zeruginea, var. subtorulosa,

176

_ calcicola, var. muralis, 176

fe subtilissima, 177

* viridula, 177

Hypobathrum, 77

268

Hypoglossum Bengalense, 193

Leprieurii, 193

Hypsirhina (Ferania) alternans, 151, 125

- Bocourti, 125

- enhydris, 115

Hyptianthera, 77

Incillaria, 29

% bilineata, 30

*Indigofera caloneura, 229

Isonandra calophylla, 88

Ixora, 76

Julocroton, 243

Justicia, 100

, Atkinsoniana, 96

* ,, caloneura, 96

* _, dasycarpa, 96

#25. a flava, OF

Kaliella Barrackpoorensis, 20

Kirganelia, 238

Knoxia, 80

Laches, 156

», | Comptonii, 158

* ,, gracilis, 156

Lagerstremia flos-regine, 234

* macrocrapa, 234

villosa, 234

Lasianthus, 76

Lebidieropsis, 241

*TLeea compactiflora, 65

» cordata, 66

» gigantea, 65

», leeta, 65

», sambucina, 65

», Sanguinea, 66

Lepidagathis, 99

strobilina, 96

Leptaulax, 154

5 bicolor, 154, 155

és dentatus, 155, 157

ss Nietneri, 155

paxilus, 155

eS planus, 155

Timorensis, 155

Leptothrix ochracea, 176

*Lespedeza decora, 231

7 elliptica, 231

Fe hirta, 231

3 parviflora, 231

re pinetorum, 230

Limax carolinensis, 30

Limonia alternifolia, 64

*Litsea leiophylla, 1u3

Lonchodes, 45

5 pseudoporus, 55

*Lophophanes Humei, 57

Lycodon aulicus 114, 115, 162

*Lyngbya pallida, 178

Lysimachia Griffithiana, 86

5 linearifolia, 86

¥ lobelioides, 86

” peduncularis, 86

Macaranga denticulata, 246

eK KR

*Monocondylea Ave, 209

Index.

Macaranga gummifiua, 246 r

a involucrata, 246

# membranacea, 246

s molliuscula, 245

*Machilus fruticosa, 101

Macrochlamys (Durgella) honesta, 24

& hyalina, 17

, hypoleuca, 17

a3 Indicus, 17

- patane, 17

. petasus, 17

A stephoides, 17

: stephus, 17

Macroglossus, 204:

i minimus, 204, 205

% speleus, 204

Macrolinus latipennis, 155

4 Waterhousei, 156

Weberi, 155

Mesa, mollissima, 87, 88

»» | muscosa , 87

» permollis, 88

Mallotus, 244, 245

< albus, 245

” dispar, 244.

“ eriocarpoides, 244

és eriocarpus, 244:

39 lappaceus, 244

: longipes, 24:4:

= paniculatus, 245

” Tokbrai, 245

Wallichianus, 240

*Magnifera caloneura, 66

Indica, ae

Mastachilus politus, 156, 161

- polyphyllus, "156

Mastigothrix zruginea, 181

*MAYODENDRON, 91

Meghimation, 29

Meghimatium striatum, 30

Melocanna, 252

A humilis, 251

Mesocarpus intricatus, 186

scalaris, 186

Metabolos, 80

Microtropis longifolia, 65.

* Microcystis palmicola, 18

* Millettia Brandisiana, 69. -

= extensa, 67

» glaucescens, 67

‘ leiogyna, 67

” leucantha, 68

aH mouticola, 67

_ ovalifolia, 68

+ pachycarpa, 67

Pe pubinervis, 68

pulchra, 69

tetraptera, 69

*Mocoa macrotympanun, 166

Cumingi, 209

a inoscularis, 202

Sea eT e

Morinda, 78

Mucuna bracteata, 231

ss pruriens, 232

Mundulea pulchra, 69

Murina cyclotis, 206

Musa rubra, 248

Musseenda, 77

Mysis, 42

Nauclea, 78

Nanopetalum, 242

Nelsonia, 101

Nephrops norvegicus, 39, 41, 43

*NEPHROPSIS, 40

*Nephropsis Stewarti, 40

Neuracanthus, 99

* : grandiflorus, 95

* C subuninervis, 95

Nigritella, 20

*Nitella microglochin, 193

» oligospira, 193

»» Roxburghi, 193

Nomaphila, 101

Nostoe ellipsosporum, 179

» gyranulare ,179

» heterothrix, 179

» Kurzianum, 179

» limosum, 180

» purpurascens, 179

» rufescens, 179

» rivulare, 179

= saxatile, 180

Nycteridium platyurus, 113

Nymphon, 174:

cs grossipes, 173

(Edogonium apophysatum, 188

“A Braunii, 188

bs gracile, 188

* bs Kurzii, 189

x Landsboroughii, 188

- Rothii, 188

a scutatum, 189

~ tenellum, 189

vesicatum, 189

Oldeniandia, 80

Onchidium molle, 33

Ophiops, 144:

(Gymnops) microlepis, 144

Ophites albofuscus, 112, 115, 124

a subcinctus, 112, 115, 124

Ophiorrhiza, 79

Ormosia coarctata, 71

oe floribunda, 71

Oscillaria Antillarum, 177

5» antliaria, var. physodes, 177

Bs brevis, 177

me chalybea, 177

” e var. Indica, 177

wi fenestralis, 177

a Grateloupii, 177

», Neapolitana, 177

» Sancta, 177

» Violacea, 177

* KX

Index.

*Oscillaria viridula, 177

Oxycalamus longiceps, 112, 114, 120

Oxytenanthera, 251

le hwaitesii, 251

Pachysoma Sherzeri, 201

chacieria, 80

a calycina, 74:

fe acroton pendulus, 245

Paranephrops, 43

*Parkia insignis, 74

», leiophylla, 73

Parmacella reticulata, 31

Parmarion reticulatus, 31

Parus Britannicus, 57

», cemodius, 57

Passalus Nicobaricus, 158

. pilifer, 158

Pellionia, 104:

Pelocarcinus, 258, 259

Lalandei, 259, 260, 261

Peripia mutilata, 113

Peristrophe, 100

Petunga, 77

Phalangium caudatum, 140, 141

Phaylopsis, 99

Phelsuma Andamanense, 163

Philomycus, 29

_ bilineatus, 31

sy Carolinensis, 30

A dorsalis, 30

¥ Po pictus, 30

" reticulatus, 31

striatus, 31

Phlogacanthus, 100

Phormidium arenarium, 177

5 inundatum, 177

a thinoderma, 177

*Phycoseris Burmanica, 186

Phyllanthus Andamanicus, 238

* PHYLLOCYCLUS, 235

Fe Helferiana, 236

Parishii, 236

_Plectopylis repercussa, 170

Shanensis, 170

eee pes ee 152, 156

ma pilipes, 153

Pleurococcus vulgaris, 184

Pleurotenium baculum, 184

Sheena. 184:

Podophis chalcides, 112, 118

*Podosira Kurzii, 175

Polypedates maculatus, 112, 114

Fe quadrilineatus, 112, 114

Polyphragmon, 77

* Polypothrix binata, 184

Polysiphonia subadunea, var. major, 193

Pongamia ovalifolia, 68

Prismatomeris, 76

Pristidia, 77

Procris gibbosa, 104

Protococcus crustaceus, 190

is minor, 175

269

270

Protococeus vulgaris.

Psammodynastes pictus, 115

pulverulentus, 115

*Pseudos stachyum compactiflorum, 252

* s Helferi, 253

Psichohormium inequalis, 187

Psilobium, 78

Psychotria, 75

Pterolobium lacerans, 71

* = macropterum, 71

microphyllum, 71

Pter opus, 196, 200

amplexicaudatus, 202

+ Assamensis, 196

i edulis, 197, 198

ss Edwardsii, 196

a Leschenaultii, 202

ee leucocephalus, 196

a marginatus, 200

Ag medius, 195, 196, 198, 199

a melanotus, 198

is minimus, 205

: Nicobaricus, 198, 199

os pyrivorus, 200

A rostratus, 205

seminudus, 202

Pter osper mum acer cides, 62

Ptyas hexagonotus, 114

», korros, 114

Ptychozoon homalocephalum, 113

*Pueraria brachycarpa, 254

.. ferruginea, 232

a hirsuta, 254

eee stricta, 254

Pupa avanica, 33

», filosa, 33

» lignicola, 32

* 4, (Pupisoma) orcella. 33

5, (Scopelophila) Kokeilii, 32

aes ¥ palmira, 32

*PUPISOMA, 32

.*Pyrenaria diospyricarpa, 60

Pyrus granulosa, 232

55 Karensium, 232

Python reticulatus, 115

*Quercus Brandisiana, 108

* 4 eumorpha, 107

Rana fusca, 112, 115

» gracilis, 112

» lymnocharis, 116

- var. pulla, 112, 116

ie plicatella, 112, 116

9, porosissima, 117

tygrina, var. pantherina, 112

Ramulus, 55

Randia, 77

Rhinacanthus, 100

Rhinophidion Nicobaricum, 168

*Rhizoclonium arboreum, 187

és Hookeri, 187

*RHOPALORHYNCHUS, 172

*Rhopalorhynchus Kréyeri, 171

Index.

*Rhynchonema Kurzii, 185

_ Rhysota Chevalieri, 12

ee cymatium, 11

er densa, 12

et semiglobosa, 12

Riopa albopunctata, 114

*Rivularia Peguana, 181

2 Motul anceps, 14, 15, 20

» bijuga, 14

» Indica, 14

» serrula, 20

Shiplayi, 14

Bua. 75

Ruellia, 99

» flaccida, 91

3» macrosiphon, 92

» suffruticosa, 92

Saprosoma, 76

Sarcocephalus, 78

*Saurauja armata, 59

»» macrotricha, 60

*Schizogonium tenuissimum, 189

Schizosiphon parietinus, 181

Schizostachyum, 252

. Blumei, 252

# Hindostanicum, 252

Scyphostachys, 77

Scleromitrion, 80

Scyphiphora, 76

Scytonema aureum, 181

=A cinereum, 181

a var. Julianum, 181

* 3 fulvum, 182

5 a fuscum, 182

9 gracile, 182

* * Kurzianum, 182

* 3 murale, 182, 183

- olivaceum, 183

* ip parvulum, 183

<a Peguanum, 182

* so subclavatum, 183

4 tomentosum, 182

varium, 182 ,

* Vieillardi, 182

* 59 violascens, 183

* . (Symphyosiphon) Rhizophore,

183

Securinega, 238

*Semicyclus Redtenbacheri, 153

Serissa, 76

Sesara infrendens, 24

Shorea: floribunda, 60

», Penangiana, 61

Simotes ancoralis, 122

» bicatentatus, 114, 120, 121

» brevicauda, 122

* ,, catenifer, 114 121, 122

», Cochinchinensis, 122

cruentatus, 121, 114

Sirella, 20

Sirocoleum Gujanense, 179

* ; Indicum, 178

oan

q read . 39

Index.

*Sirosiphon parasiticus, 184

Sitala attegia, 13

és cacuminifera, 20

* , carinifera, 16

» infula, 18, 15, 20

tricarinate a, 16

Swietenia villosa, 65

», Velutina, 65

Solenocyclus exaratus, 156

Sonneratia apetala, 17 5

Sophora robusta, 71

-*Spherium Avanum, 209

Spherococcus intricatus, 192

Spathodea ignea, 91

stipulata, 91

velutina, 90

Spatholobus crassifolius, 254

Spermacoce, 80

Spiradiclis, "9

Spirogyra adnata, 185

”

Pei crassa, 185

s decimina, 185

"3 irregularis, 185

a jugalis, 185

a longata, 185

” majuscula, 185

a nitida, 185

+ quinina, 185

tropica, 185

$e eosharniann fragile, 186

Stravadium augustum, 233

*Stemona Griffithiana, 109

Stenogyra gracilis, 11, 27, 33

Stephegyne, 78

Sterculia ornata, 228

villosa, 228

4 ereospermum chelonicides, 91

neuranthum, 61

| Skgeoalati tenue, var. gracile, 191

Rangoonicum, 191

Seen 99

a -acrocephalus, 94

%9 Berhaavioides, 95

sag i dasysperma, 94,

* fimbriata, 93

* 7 foctidissima, 93

a glomerata, 94

5 imbricata, 94.

* me Karensium, 94

* os Neesii, 93

: pentstemonoides, 95

* - pterocaulis, 93

s rufescens, 93

* » subflaccida, 94:

* A (Hemigraphis) Burmanica,

Griffithiana, 93

Pavala, 22

” 7

*Symploca Kurziana, 179

* lutesceas, 179

Pi ymplocos crategoides, 89

3 leiostachya, 89

271

*Symplocos leucantha, 89

fer lucida, 89

9” pedicellata, 89

*Synechococcus fuscus, 176

qeaber ‘nemontana membranifolia, 90

Fe ophiorrhizoides, 89

ne rostrata, 90

3 subcapitata, 90

Tachydromus sexlineatus, 114

Teeniocerus bicanthatus, 152

pygmeus, 152

Tebenophor us, 29

Carolinensis, 29

Teinostachyum, 252

,perminalia Chebule, 81

tomentella, 80

eae Panamoja, 103

* sf (Cylicodaphne) albicans, 102

ia » i calophylla, 102

. ” ” nuculanea,

102

Thelyphonus Antillanus, 128, 142

ys Assamensis, 128, 130, 133

i angustus, 134

# 3 Beddomei, 129, 130, 142

be Brasilianus, 128

- caudatus, 128, 129, 138,

134, 138, 140, 141

‘ formosus, 129, 130, 137

* 9 Indicus, 129, 130, 138

. Linganus, 128

* proscorpio, 128,

141, 142

55 rufimanus, 128, 133, 134

. rufipes, 128, 129

4 Scabrinus, 127,

130, 141

i (conf.) angustus, 127, 130,

134

129, 1383

128, 129

Thibaudia macrantha, 84

3 obliqua, 84

4 variegata, 84

Thunbergia, 98

Jae dilophus, 168

» Humei, 167

- subcristata, 163, 167

», tuberculatus, 168

Trachia breviseta, 25

crassicostata, 171

delibrata, 26

erinacea, 25

eustoma, 25

fallaciosa, 171

* Footei, 170

Helferi, 25

Nilghirica, 171

* Penangensis, 24, 26

quieta, 25

ruginosa 171

Ts agia Burmanica, 244

Tragops prasinus, 114

Trigonostemon, 236